Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
■
■
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
1 9 8 9- 9
0
Swarthmore
College Bulletin 1 9 8 9 -1 9 9 0
Volume LX X X V II Number 1
Catalogue Issue September 1989
D irections fo r
C orresponden ce
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081
David W. Fraser
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
President
Ja m e s W. England
ACADEMIC POLICY
Provost
R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r .
ADM ISSIONS AND CATALOGUES
Dean o f Admissions
Ja n e H . Mullins
RECO RD S AND TRANSCRIPTS
Registrar
S u za n n e P. Welsh
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Assistant Treasurer
La u ra Talbot
FINANCIAL AID AND
FINANCING OPTIONS INFORMATION
CA REER
p l a n n in g
AND
Director o f Financial Aid
H . T h o m as Francis
placem en t
Director
ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Kendall Landis
Vice President
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION
P a tric ia A . Whitman
Equal Opportunity Officer
GENERAL INFORMATION
M a ra ly n Orb iso n Gillespie
Associate Vice President
Swarthmore College is committed to the prin
ciple o f equal opportunity for all qualified
persons without discrimination against any
person by reason o f sex, race, color, age,
religion, national origin, handicap, or sexual
preference. This policy is consistent with rele
vant governmental statutes and regulations,
including those pursuant to Title IX of the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 5 0 4 o f the Federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.
The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN
0888-2126), o f which this is Volume LXXXVII,
number 1, is published in September, Novem
ber, December, February, March, and August
by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post
master: Send address changes to Swarthmore
College Bulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081.
Printed in U .S.A .
Table of Contents
CALENDAR 4
INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
ADMISSION 18
EXPENSES 21
FINANCIAL AID 22
COLLEGE LIFE 36
STUDENT COMMUNITY 43
IV
V
VI
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 49
FACULTY REGULATIONS 61
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 64
AWARDS AND PRIZES 66
FELLOWSHIPS 70
C O U R S E S O F IN S T R U C T IO N 73
Art 74
Linguistics 160
Asian Studies 81
Literature 167
Astronomy 84
Mathematics 169
Biology 85
Medieval Studies 178
Black Studies 91
Modern Languages and Literatures 180
Chemistry 92
Music and Dance 195
Classics 98
Philosophy 203
Computer Science 104
Physical Education and Athletics 209
Economics 108
Physics and Astronomy 211
Education 115
Political Science 221
Engineering 120
Psychology 229
English Literature 129
Public Policy 236
German Studies 145
Religion 238
History 147
Sociology and Anthropology 244
International Relations 158
Women’s Studies 253
THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 258
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 263
THE FACULTY 268
ADMINISTRATION 284
VISITING EXAMINERS 295
DEGREES CONFERRED 298
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 303
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 306
INDEX 307
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 318
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 320
3
Sun \Mon Tue Wed Thu
3 4 5
10 It 12
17 18 19
' 24 25 ; 26
Fri : Sac
1 2
6 !■ 7 el 8 9
13 14 15 16
20 i 21 ; 22 23
27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
Fri Sac :
2 3 4 5 6 1i 7
9 10 11 12 13 ! 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 ; 28 :
30 31 :
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
l •1
8
15
22
29
NOVEM BER
Fri Sac
1 2$ 3 : 4
•" 5
6 7 8 9 io 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 i 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Son Mon Tbe Wed Thu
26
27
28
29
30
Fri
5
12
19
26
Sat
6
13
20
27
Fri
2
9
16
23
Sat
3
10
17
24
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Fri
6
13
20
27
Sat
7
14
21
28
M Sat
Tue W ed t h u
'■i ém 3 4
7 8 m i 10 11 ili
15“ u 17 18 19
20 ■'ti'; 22 2 3 , 2 4 25 26
27 mm. 29 3 0 ' 31' 4,
6
15
||fj
7
14
21
28
FEBRUARY
Tu e W ed
"
3
17
24
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
8
5
6
9
7
16
12
13
15
14
21 22
23
19 20
26 27 28
29 30
Sat
4
11
18
25
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Fri
Sat
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
Fri
7
14
21
15
22
2
9
16
23
Thu
Fri
Sat
20
27
28''
M ARCH
Su n M on
Tue Wed
3 mMl i l l
IO 11 12
,
Fri
3
10
17
24
31
s®
il!
6
12 13
4 - 5'
11
18
19
26
JU LY
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
5
1
2
3
4
12
10
11
8
9
16
18
19
15
17
26
22 23
24 25
29 30 31
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
4
11
8
9
10
7
18
15
16
17
14
25
21 22
23 24
28 29 30
31
Fri
5
12
19
26
Sat
6
13
20
27
NOVEM BER
Fri
2
9
16
23
30
Sat
3
10
17
24
31
A P R IL
4
Sat
2
9
16
23
30
JA N U A R Y
1
Su n M ón
17
24
31
18
25
19
26
6
13
7
14
21
28
20
27
1 2
8 9
15 16
22 23
;|p ; 30
A PR IL
Su n Mon Tn e Wed T h u
2
3
1
4
IO
11
8
9
7
18
16
17
14
15
24 j l i i
21
2 2 > 23
30
W M , 29
Fri Sat
6
5
12
20
19
26 I I I
ili
MAY
20
27
Tne Wed Thu
2
1
9
!É&;
15
16
14
22
23
21
2 $ \%9
30
js S u n M on
Tue Wed Thu
F ri
ili
6
13
. 20
27
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
Mon
s
12
19
26
6
I li!
Fri
l i i
io
ì?
24
31
Sat
4
lì
18
25
OCTOBER
M ARCH
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
5
1
2
3
4
12
8
10
11
9
16
18
19
15
17
22
25 26
23 24
29 30
Fri
1
8
15
22
29
JU N E
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
FEBR U AR Y
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
5
6
8
4
7
11
12
13
15
14
21 22
18
19 20
26 27
28 29
25
Sat
5
12
19
26
SEPTEM B ER
1990
JA N U A R Y
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
5
6
8
4
7
11
12
13
15
14
21
22
18
19 20
28
25
26
27
Fri
4
11
18
25
A U G U ST
Tue Wed Thu i Fri S u
1 : 2
9
5
6 ! 7 : 8
4
15
13
14
16
n
12
19 20 ' 21 : 22 23
18
30
25
26
27 ; 28 29
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
4
8
10
11
9
7
16
18
14
15
17
23
21 22
24 25
31
28 29 30
1
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
10
6
8
9
7
15
16
17
13
14
21
22 23
24
20
29 30 31
27 28
DECEM BER
Sun Mon
3
10
17
24
31
■s H M h M M H S B
1990
M AY
1989
SEPTEM B ER
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
1
8
5
6
7
4
15
11
12
13
14
21
22
18
19 20
25
26 27 28
29
Sat
7
14
21
28
Sat
3
10
17
24
DECEM BER
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
Fri
6
13
20
27
Fri
2
9
16
23
30
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Fri
Sat
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
JU N E
imm
9
16
23.
30
3
IO
17
24
4
11
18
25'
5 :
12
26
Sàt
JU LY
- S u n M on Tu e W ed Thu
w im
ir ¡« 2 1
9
10
7
8
16
17
J5
21
22
23
24
30
31
28
29
111?
iì
§38
725
Fri ;..:$at
'/$ ? 6
13
20
12
19
26
III
Fri
Sat
16
23
17
24
31
AU G U ST
Su n M on
4
5
il
12
19
26
18
25
Tue Wed Thu
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
7 ii V 3
V 9 10
30
College Calendar
1989
Fall Semester
August 30 -Septem ber 3
September 1
September 2
September 4
September 22-23
October 20
November 27
December 1 - 2
December 6 -1 2
December 12
December 13
December 15
December 15
December 23
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Optional reading period
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
1990
Spring Semester
October 30
November 22
January 22
March 2-3
March 9
March 19
April 6-8
April 30 -M ay 4
May 4
May 4 -5
May 7
May 10
May 10
May 19
May 21
May 21-22
May 24-26
June 3
June 4
June 8 -10
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Parents Weekend
Optional reading period
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend
5
College Calendar
(Tentative)
1990
Fall Semester
August 29 -Septem ber 2
August 31
Septem ber 1
Septem ber 3
O ctober 5 -6
O ctober 19
November 26
D ecem ber 7 -8
D ecem ber 5 - 1 1
D ecem ber 11
D ecem ber 12
D ecem ber 14
D ecem ber 14
D ecem ber 22
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Optional reading period
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
1991
Spring Semester
O ctober 29
November 21
January 21
M arch 1 - 2
M arch 8
M arch 18
A pril 29 -M ay 3
M ay 3
M ay 3 - 4
M ay 6
M ay 9
May 9
M ay 18
M ay 20
M ay 2 0 -2 1
M ay 23-25
June 2
June 3
June 7 - 9
6
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Optional reading period
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend
Introduction to
S w a rth m o re College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends
as a coeducational institution, occupies a cam
pus o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded
land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarth
more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is
a small college by deliberate policy. Its present
enrollment is about 1,300 men and women
students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a
residential suburb within half an hour’s com
muting distance o f Philadelphia. College stu
dents are able to enjoy both the advantages of
a semi-rural setting and the opportunities
offered by Philadelphia. The College’s loca
tion also makes possible cooperation with
three nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and
Haverford Colleges and the University of
Pennsylvania.
OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ
uals and as responsible citizens through exact
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.
institutions, each school, college, and univer
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own
way. Each must select those tasks it can do
best. By such selection it contributes to the
diversity and richness o f educational oppor
tunity which is part o f the American heritage.
The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to
make its students more valuable human beings
and more useful members o f society. W hile it
shares this purpose with other educational
Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and
social concern.
VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. The Course
and External Examination (Honors) Programs
are designed to give recognition to this fact.
They provide alternative systems o f instruc
tion for students during their last two years.
Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and
development from each student, the choice o f
method being determined by individual pref
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association
with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development of
individual responsibility. W ithin the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide range
o f individual goals. These opportunities typ
ically include considerable flexibility of pro
gram choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs o f students.
THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although
it has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the stu
dent body, the faculty, and the administration,
the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.
8
Foremost among these principles is the individ
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way of life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple liv
ing, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any
other specific set o f convictions about the
nature o f things and the duties o f human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and
religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination o f any view which
may be held regarding them.
T R A D IT IO N A N D C H A N G E
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its pur
poses and policies must respond to new con
ditions and new demands. By being open to
change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.
9
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as
physical resources play an important supportive role,
THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and be
quests from many alumni, foundations, cor
porations, parents and friends. In addition to
unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for build
ings, equipment, collections o f art and litera
ture, and permanently endowed profes
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds
and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore
have not only provided the physical plant, but
also have created an endowment fund o f ap
proximately $ 2 7 7 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 at market value
on December 31, 1988. Swarthmore ranks
among the top ten in the country in endow
ment per student. Income from the endow
ment during the academic year 1988-89 con
tributed approximately $ 8,100 to meet the
total expense o f educating each student and
accounted for almost 26% o f the College’s
educational and general income.
The College’s ability to continue to offer a
high quality o f education depends on con
tinuing voluntary support. Swarthmore seeks
additional gifts and bequests for its current
operations, its permanent endowment, and its
capital development programs to maintain
and strengthen its resources. The Vice Presi
dent in charge o f development will be pleased
to provide information about various forms
o f gifts: bequests, outright gifts o f cash or
securities, real estate or other property, and
deferred gifts through charitable remainder
trusts and life income contracts in which the
donor reserves the right to the annual income
during his or her lifetime.
I
LIBRARIES
The College Library is an active participant in
the instructional and research program o f the
College. It seeks to instruct students in the
effective and efficient use o f the library, and to
encourage them to develop the habit o f selfeducation so that books and libraries may
contribute to their intellectual development
in future years. To this end the Library ac
quires and organizes books, journals, audio
visuals, and other library materials for the use
o f students and faculty. W hile the Library’s
collections are geared primarily towards under
graduate instruction, the demands o f student
and faculty research make necessary the pro
vision o f source material in quantity not
usually found in undergraduate libraries. Fur
ther needs are met through interlibrary loan
or other cooperative arrangements. The Thom
as B. and Jean ette E. L. M cC abe Library, situ
ated on the front campus, is the center o f the
College Library system housing reading and
seminar rooms, administrative offices, and
10
the major portion o f the College Library
collections.
Total College Library holdings amount to
6 7 8 .0 0 0 volumes with some 2 0 ,0 0 0 volumes
added annually. About 2 ,3 0 0 periodical titles
are received regularly. T he C ornell Library of
Science and Engineering (completed in 1982)
houses some 5 9 ,0 0 0 volumes. T he Daniel
U nderhill M usic Library contains around
15.000 books and scores, 13,000 recordings
and listening equipment. A small collection of
relevant material is located in the Black Cul
tural Center.
I
Special Library Collections
The Library contains certain special collec
tions: British A m ericana, accounts o f British
travellers in the United States; the works of
the English poets Wordsworth and Thomson
bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. Wells;
the W. H. Auden C ollection commemorating
the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in
I
I
the mid-forties; the Bathe C ollection o f the
history o f technology donated by Greville
Bathe; the Private Press Collection representing
the work of over 6 0 0 presses. The A udiovisual
Collection has over 6 0 0 recordings on disc,
tape, and over 9 0 0 videotapes. It includes
contemporary writers reading from and dis
cussing their works; full length versions o f
Shakespearean plays (both videocassettes and
discs) and other dramatic literature; the liter
ature of earlier periods read both in modem
English and in the pronunciation o f the time;
recordings o f literary programs held at
Swarthmore, and videocassettes o f U .S. and
foreign film classics. These materials are used
as adjuncts to the study o f literature, art, and
history and are housed in the McCabe Library.
Their acquisition is partially funded with in
come from the W illiam Plummer Potter Public
Speaking Fund ( 1950) and the Betty Dougherty
Spock ’52 M em orial Fund.
Within the McCabe Library building are two
special libraries which enrich the academic
background o f the College:
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manu
scripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relat
ing to the history o f the Society o f Friends.
The library is a depository for records o f
Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Phi
ladelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More
than 3,200 record books, dating from the
1670’s until the present, have been deposited.
Additional records are available on microfilm.
The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker
Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical
interest. Special collections include materials
on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as
abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and
the history o f women’s rights. Notable among
the other holdings are the W hittier Collection
(first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott
manuscripts (over 500 autographed letters o f
Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more
than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent
Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f
books and pamphlets by and about Friends
numbers more than 3 8 ,0 0 0 volumes. Over
200 Quaker periodicals are currently received.
There is also an extensive collection o f photo
graphs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f rep
resentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil
paintings, including two versions o f "The
Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is
hoped that Friends and others will consider
the advantages o f giving to this library any
books and family papers which may throw
light on the history o f the Society o f Friends.
The Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection is o f
special interest to research students seeking
the records o f the peace movement. The re
cords o f the Women’s International League
for Peace and Freedom and the personal pa
pers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago,
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1930). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cor
nell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
William Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and
others, as well as the records o f the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi
ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on Na
tional Legislation, The Great Peace March,
Lake Mohonk Conferences on International
Arbitration, National Interreligious Service
Board for Conscientious Objectors, National
Council for Prevention o f War, National Coun
cil to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War Resisters
League, Women Strike for Peace, World Con
ference o f Religion for Peace, and many oth
ers. The Peace Collection serves as the official
repository for the archives o f many o f these
organizations, incorporated here in more than
10,000 document boxes. The Collection also
houses over 12,000 books and pamphlets and
about 2,0 0 0 periodical titles. Four hundred
periodicals are currently received from 22
countries. The comprehensive Guide to the
Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection, published
in 1981, and the Guide to Sources on Women in
the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection de
scribe the archival holdings.
11
Educational Resources
PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergradu
ate instruction and in most cases for research,
exist in astronomy, botany, chemistry, com
puter science, engineering, physics, psycholo
gy, and zoology. The Sproul Observatory,
with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is
the center o f much fundamental research in
multiple star systems. A 24-inch reflecting
telescope on Papazian Hall is used for solar
and stellar spectroscopy. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides facilities for
work in zoology, botany, and premedical stud
ies. The Pierre S. Du Pont Science Building
provides accommodations for chemistry,
mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains
the engineering laboratories, several o f which
are equipped for computer-assisted and com
puter-controlled laboratory experimentation.
Papazian Hall provides facilities for work in
psychology, and for the engineering shops.
Pearson H all contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.
T he Florence W ilcox G allery for art exhibitions
is located in Room 303 on the third floor o f
Beardsley Hall.
The Eugene M. and T heresa Lang M usic Build
ing, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium
seating approximately 500, the Daniel Under
hill Music Library, classrooms, practice and
rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is
the central facility for the program o f the
Music Department and for musical activities
at the College.
The Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A VAX 8810, running
VAX/VMS, is available as a central file server
to students and faculty for research and in
struction, for posting notices on a number o f
user-created bulletin boards, and for sending
mail through BITNET, INTERNET, or the
campus-wide mail system. This VAX is net
worked together with a number o f Micro VAX
II’s, several VAXStation 2100’s and VAXStation 3100’s, approximately 3 0 0 Macintoshes,
a SUN Computer work station LAN, and an
Apollo Computer work station LAN. Using
one o f a number o f available terminal emula
tion programs, users can gain access to any
12
academic computer on campus from any Mac
intosh connected to this network.
Apple Macintosh computers are widely used
for word processing as well as for data man
agement, Basic programming, desktop pub
lishing, and for creating graphics and spread
sheets. Software for use on Macintoshes can
be purchased in the Computer Store located
in Beardsley Hall. Macintosh and terminal
clusters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont,
and Trotter Halls, as well as in the Graphics
Lab in Sproul Observatory and in McCabe
and Cornell Libraries. Student Consultants
are available throughout most o f the day and
night, seven days a week, to assist users in the
Beardsley public area and the Graphics Lab;
Consultants are available in Trotter during the
evening hours. Terminals or Macintoshes have
also been placed in virtually all academic and
administrative departments.
Additional resources for academic computing
include; a network o f Macintosh II’s and
VAXStation 3 100’s in the Physics Depart
ment; a cluster o f Apollo graphics worksta
tions housed in the Engineering Department;
a network o f SUN workstations and numer
ous software development tools (e.g., the
UN IX operating system and languages such as
C, Clu, Fortran 77, LISP, Pascal, and Prolog)
available in the Computer Science Laboratory
in Sproul Observatory; and state-of-the-art
hardware and software devoted to computer
graphics. A Prime Information 9950 and a
Prime 2 2 5 0 are used for the College’s adminis
trative data management and word processing
needs.
T he Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Trotter Hall serves as a laboratory for the
social sciences. The Center has a social science
data archive available for empirical research
on social and policy issues, and it provides
statistical consulting for faculty and students.
The Center also supports the concentration in
Public Policy through its physical facilities,
data archives and program o f events.
The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations
for 27 students and has equipment for both
audio and video instruction.
SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
—
The W illiam J. C ooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College.
The Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College,
whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served
as a member o f the Board o f Managers from
1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
College the sum o f $100,000 and provided
that the income should be used "in bringing
to the college from time to time eminent
citizens o f this and other countries who are
leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts,
sciences, learned professions and business, in
order that the faculty, students and the college
community may be broadened by a closer
acquaintance with matters o f world interest.”
Admission to all programs is without charge.
1
The Cooper Foundation Committee works
with the departments and with student organi
zations in arranging single lectures and con
certs, and also in bringing to the College
speakers o f note who remain in residence for
a long enough period to enter into the life o f
the community. Some o f these speakers have
been invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the aus
pices of the Foundation. This arrangement has
so far produced eighteen volumes.
■
1
The Promise Fund, established anonymously
by an alumnus on the occasion o f his gradu
ation, is administered by the Cooper Founda
tion Committee. Income fom the Promise
Fund brings guest speakers and performers in
music, film, and theatre who show promise o f
distinguished achievement.
The W illiam I. H ull Fund was established in
1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class o f
1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr. Hull
was Professor o f History and International
Law at Swarthmore College for 48 years. The
Fund enables the College to bring a noted
lecturer on peace to the campus each year in
memory of Dr. and Mrs. Hull who were peace
| activists.
■
The Scott Arboretum. About three hundred
twenty-five acres are contained in the College
property, including a large tract o f woodland
and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this
tract has been developed as a horticultural and
botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and her
baceous plants through the provisions o f the
Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by Mrs.
Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret
Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott o f
the Class o f 1895. The plant collections are
designed both to afford examples o f the better
kinds o f trees and shrubs which are hardy in
the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suit
able for planting by the average gardener, and
to beautify the campus. All collections are
labeled and recorded. There are exceptionally
fine displays o f hollies, Japanese cherries,
flowering crabapples, magnolias, and tree peo
nies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhodo
dendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many inter
ested donors have contributed generously to
the collections.
The Arboretum conducts applied research on
ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for
three plant evaluation programs: the Styer
Award o f Garden Merit through the Pennsyl
vania Horticultural Society and the Plant In
troduction scheme o f the University o f British
Columbia Botanic Garden and the National
Crabapple Evaluation Program.
The Arboretum offers horticultural educa
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec
tures, and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Tours are conducted throughout the year for
college people and interested public groups.
Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its
efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott Arbo
retum.” This organization provides not only
financial support but also assistance in carry
ing out the myriad operations which make up
the Arboretum’s total program, such as plant
propagation, public lectures, and bus tours to
other gardens. The Arboretum’s newsletter,
Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and
provides up-to-date information on seasonal
gardening topics. Maps o f the Arboretum’s
plant collections and self-guided brochures
are available at the Scott Offices (215) 3 2 8 802 5 , located in the Cunningham House.
13
Educational Resources
T he Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919,
and other friends. The income from the fund
may be used for any activity that contributes
to the advancement o f music at the College. It
has been used, for example, for concerts on
the campus, for the purchase o f vocal and
orchestral scores and other musical literature,
and to provide scholarships for students in the
Department o f Music who show unusual
promise as instrumentalists or vocalists.
T he G ene D. O verstreet M em orial Fund, given
by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1 9 2 4-1965), a member o f the Political Sci
ence Department, 1957-1964, provides in
come to bring a visiting expert to the campus
to discuss problems o f developing or modern
izing nations and cultures.
T he Benjamin W est Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
14
Benjamin West Society which built up a col
lection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was born in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president o f the Royal Academy.
T he Swarthmore C hapter o f Sigma Xi lecture
series brings eminent scientists to the campus
under its auspices throughout the year. Local
members present colloquia on their own re
search.
T he L ee Frank M em orial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a
scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
T he M arjorie H eilm an Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac
tice o f art, on campus.
Endowed Professorships
The Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry
was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college
and niece o f Manager Rachel Hillborn.
The Franklin E. and Betty Barr C hair in Econom
ics was established in 1989 as a memorial to
Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’4 8 by his wife, Betty
Barr.
The Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest from
Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in
honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington,
Class o f 1898.
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor of Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds
raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign.
The Isaac H. C lothier Professorship o f History
and International Relations was created in 1888
by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board o f
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
The Isaac H. C lothier, Jr., Professorship o f Bi
ology was established lay Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.
as a tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr.
Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 18881926.
The Morris L. C lothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class
of 1890, in 1905.
The Julien and V irginia C ornell V isiting Profes
sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board o f Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every comer o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.
The A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins,
Class of 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f
1890.
The Howard N. and A da J . Eavenson Professor
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by
a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose
husband graduated in 1895.
T he H oward M. and C harles F. Jenkins Profes
sorship o f Q uaker History and Research was
endowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon.
*26 and member of the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member o f the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library
and to stimulate interest in American and
Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall
Taylor ’04.
The W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the W il
liam R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to “sup
port and encourage a scholar-teacher whose
enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teach
ing and sincere personal interest in students
will enhance the learning process and make an
effective contribution to the undergraduate
community.”
T he Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
member o f the Board o f Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f
the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrich
ment or writing. It carries an annual discre
tionary grant for research expenses, books
and materials.
T he Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period o f
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f significant
change.
T he Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W. Lippincott, member of the Board o f
Managers, a contribution from her niece Caro
line Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts by
other family members.
The Edward H icks M agill Professorship o f M athe
m atics and Astronomy was created in 1888
15
Endow ed Pro fe sso rships
largely by contributions o f interested friends
o f Edward H. Magill, President o f the College
1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
T he C harles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Profes
sorship o f Philosophy and Religion was estab
lished in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell,
Class o f 1887 and member o f the Board of
Managers, in her name and that o f her hus
band, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class o f 1877.
The R ichter Professorship o f P olitical Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50.
The Scheuer Family C hair o f H um anities was
created in 1987 through the gifts o f James H.
Scheuer ’46, Walter and Marge Pearlman
Scheuer ’4 8, and their children, Laura Lee
’73, Elizabeth Helen ’75, Jeffrey ’75, and
Susan ’78 and joined by a challenge grant from
16
The National Endowment for the Humanities.
The Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con
tributions and gifts from members of the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the
devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member of the
Board o f Managers.
T he D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f Music was
established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha
Underhill to honor her husband, Class of
1894 and member o f the Board o f Managers.
The Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
T he Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f Civil
and M echanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.
Adm ission
Inquiries concerning admission and applica
tions should be addressed to the Dean o f
Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarth
more, Pennsylvania 19081.
GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsi
bility, and intellectual capacity which it is
primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them,
not in isolation, but as essential elements in
the whole personality o f candidates for ad
mission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiz
ation o f the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different
parts o f the United States but many foreign
countries, both public and private secondary
schools, and various economic, social, reli
gious, and racial groups. The College is also
concerned to include in each class sons and
daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the
Society o f Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion o f a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have virtu-
ally completed the normal four-year program
in three years will be considered for admis
sion, provided they meet the competition of
other candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school prin
cipal, headmaster, or guidance counselor,
and from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school
and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and 1
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of
interest to the College include strength of j
character, promise o f growth, initiative, seri- 1
ousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of |
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back
grounds can bring to the community.
PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan o f
secondary school courses as preparation for
its program. The election o f specific subjects
is left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should in
clude:
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College en-
18
courages students to study at least one I
language for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art, and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is recom-1
mended.
Those planning to major in engineering should i
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, ge
ometry, and trigonometry.
APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admis
sion, Fall Early Decision, or W inter Early
Decision. Applicants follow the same proce
dures, submit the same supporting materials,
and are evaluated by the same criteria under
each plan.
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open
several different options for their undergradu
ate education throughout the admissions pro
cess. Applications under this plan will be
accepted at any time up to the February 1
deadline.
The two Early D ecision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col
leges and found Swarthmore to be an un
equivocal first choice. The W inter Early
Decision plan differs from the Fall Early
Decision plan only in recognizing that some
candidates may arrive at a final choice o f
college later than others. Early Decision can
didates under either plan may file regular
applications at other colleges with the under
standing that these applications will be with
drawn upon admission to Swarthmore; how
ever, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans
is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety
inherent in multiple application procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica
tion fee of $35. Timetables for the three plans
are:
Fail Early Decision
Closing date for applications November 15
Final date for all
supporting materials
November 30
Notification o f candidate
on or before
December 15
Winter Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
January 1
January 15
on or before
February 1
Regular Admission
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
Candidates reply date
February 1
February 15
on or before
April 15
May 1
Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or W inter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En
trance Examination Board. English Composi
tion is required, and the other two Achieve
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe
matics.
Application to take these tests should be
made directly to the College Entrance Exami
nation Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey
085 4 0 . A bulletin o f information may be
obtained without charge from the Board. Stu
dents who wish to be examined in any o f the
following western states, provinces, and Pa
cific areas—Alaska, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Mani
toba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and
all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan
— should address their inquiries and send
their applications to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, Cali
fornia 94701. Application should be made to
the Board at least a month before the date on
which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would
like to be considered for any o f our scholar
ships should complete their applications at
the earliest possible date. Information con
cerning financial aid will be found on pages
22 -3 4 .
19
Adm ission
THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
o f the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make
an appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request a
meeting with an alumni representative in their
own area. Interviews with alumni representa
tives take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni inter
view arrangements well in advance of the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter
views can be made by writing the Office of
Admissions or calling 215-328-8300.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Ex
amination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the most advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses
taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution at
tended as well as written work (papers, exami
nations), syllabi, and reading lists in order
that the course work may be evaluated by the
department concerned. Such requests for
credit must be made within the freshman year
at Swarthmore. Departments may set addi
tional requirements. For instance, students
may be required to take a placement examina
tion at Swarthmore to validate their previous
work.
APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well-qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including
a statement o f honorable dismissal. They
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given
by the College Entrance Examination Board if
this test has not been taken previously.
Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for
a degree, two o f which must be those of the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June 1. Application for transfer
at mid-year must be received by November
15. Financial assistance is available for transfer
students.
See page 3 9 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.
* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover o f this catalogue.
20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
Expenses
STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1989-90 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
Room
Board
Student Activities Fee
$14,380
2,4 6 0
2,460
150
$19,450
These are the only charges billed by the Col
lege. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
Students engaged in independent projects
away from the College for which regular
academic credit is anticipated are expected to
register in advance in the usual way and pay
normal tuition. If the student is away from the
College for a full semester, no charge for
room and board will be made; but, if a student
is away only for a part o f a semester the above
charges may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($1,800) or half course
($ 9 0 0 ), although they may within the regular
tuition vary their programs to average as many
as five courses in the two semesters o f any
academic year. College policy does not permit
programs o f fewer than three courses for
degree candidates in their first eight semesters
o f enrollment.
PAYMENT POLICY
A deposit of $100, due before enrollment for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against
the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on
July 14 and December 15. Payment for the
first semester is due by August 7 and for the
second semester by January 8. A one percent
late fee will be assessed on payments received
after the due date.
Many parents have indicated a preference to
pay college charges on a monthly basis rather
than in two installments. For this reason,
Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan,
which provides for payment in installments
without interest charges. Information on the
AM S Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in
April.
WITHDRAWAL POLICY
Total charges will be reduced for students
who, for reasons approved by the Dean, with
draw on or after the first day o f classes.
Tuition, fees, and room charges will be re
duced as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes
80%
60%
40%
Prior to the 5th week o f classes
None thereafter.
20%
Board charges will be reduced by $ 5 0 for each
week the student is absent from the dining
room.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal.
INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment of
student charges should be addressed to:
Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar.
215/ 328-8394
21
Financial Aid
The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarth'
more, regardless o f their financial circum
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Forty-nine percent o f the total student body
currently receives aid from the College. Most
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon demonstrated financial need and is usu
ally a combination o f scholarship, loan, and
student employment. The College is commit
ted to meeting all demonstrated financial need.
A prospective student must apply for College
as well as outside assistance at the time o f
application for admission: admission and fi
nancial aid decisions are, however, made sep
arately. Instructions for obtaining and filing
an application are included in the admissions
application. Financial assistance will be of
fered if family resources are not sufficient to
meet College costs. The amount a family is
expected to contribute is determined by
weighing the family’s income and assets against
such demands as taxes, living expenses, med
ical expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses.
It also includes the expectation o f $ 9 5 0 $ 1,200 from the student’s summer earnings as
well as a portion o f his or her personal savings
and assets.
For 1989-90 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $19,450.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services—health, library, labo
ratory fees, for example—but admission to all
social, cultural, and athletic events on campus.
The total budget figure against which aid is
computed is $ 20,780. This allows $1,330 for
books and personal expenses. A travel allow
ance is added to the budget for those who live
beyond 100 miles from the College.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each stu
dent’s award annually. Mid-year each student
who has aid must submit a new financial aid
application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is
no longer demonstrated. Assistance is avail
able only for the duration o f a normal-length
undergraduate program (8 semesters) and
while a student makes satisfactory academic
progress. These limitations are applied in our
consideration o f a sibling’s educational ex
penses also. Students who choose to live off
campus may not receive College assistance in
excess o f their College bill, although the cost
o f living o ff campus will be recognized in the
calculation o f a student’s financial need and
outside sources o f aid may be used to help
meet off-campus living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstan
ces have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were the student single.
Eligibility for federal aid funds is now limited
to those who are able to complete and submit
to us the Statement o f Registration Com
pliance. The College has recently reaffirmed
its need-blind admission policy and the related
practice o f meeting the demonstrated financial
need o f all admitted or enrolled students by
action o f our Board. Additional funds have
been made available for those who are unable
to accept need-based federal aid because they
have not registered with the Selective Service.
A special brochure has been prepared to
advise families o f the various sources of aid,
as well as a variety o f financing options. Please
request a copy.
SCHOLARSHIPS
For the academic year 1989-90 the College
awarded almost $ 5 ,5 0 0 ,0 0 0 in grants. About
one half o f that sum was provided through the
generosity o f alumni and friends by special
gifts and the endowed scholarships listed on
pp. 2 4 -3 4 . The Federal government also
makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Educa
22
tional Opportunity Grants available. It is not
necessary to apply for a specific College schol
arship; the College decides who is to receive
endowed scholarships and others are helped
from general scholarship funds. Although
some endowed scholarships are restricted by
locality, sex, religion or physical vigor, the
College’s system o f awarding aid makes it
possible to meet need without regard to these
restrictions. Financial need is a requirem ent for
a ll scholarships unless otherw ise indicated.
LOAN FUNDS
Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen
erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student. Although
most offers o f support from the College in
clude elements o f self-help (work and bor
rowing opportunities), the College strives to
keep a student’s debt at a manageable level.
Aided students will be expected to meet a
portion of their demonstrated need (from
$800 to about $ 2 ,2 5 0 ) through the Perkins
Loan (formerly NDSL), the Swarthmore Col
lege Loan (SCL), or the Stafford Loan (for
merly GSL) Programs (the College will deter
mine which source is appropriate for the
student). Each o f these programs allows the
borrower to delay repayment until after leav
ing school, and each allows deferment o f the
debt if the borrower goes on to graduate
school. Up to 10 years may be taken to repay
Perkins, SCL, or Stafford Loans. No separate
application is needed for the Perkins or SCL
loans since the College administers these
funds. Stafford Loan applications must be
initiated by the student with the lender, the
student’s local bank. Interest on these loans
does not accrue for an enrolled student al
though interest does accrue on the unpaid
balance once the student is no longer in
school.
Students whose families do not receive College
support may wish to borrow to help meet
College expenses. The PLUS, PHEAA HELP,
and SHARE loan programs are available for
ithis purpose.
Eligible parents may borrow up to $ 4 ,0 0 0 per
year through the PLUS Loan Program. Al
though a 10-year repayment schedule is pos
sible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must
begin soon after the lender (the student’s local
bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan
currently carries a 10.45% interest rate.
The HELP Loan through Pennsylvania offers
up to $ 10,000 per child each year to credit
worthy parents from any state. The variable
interest rate is currently 9.5% , and parents
may take 10 years to repay.
The SHARE Loan is offered by Swarthmore
College through the Consortium on Financing
Higher Education, the Educational Research
Institute, and Nellie Mae—the New England
Student Loan Marketing Association. The
SHARE Loan program offers up to $2 0 ,0 0 0
per child each year to credit-worthy parents.
The variable-rate interest loan (12.95% as o f
6/ 89) may be repaid over a period o f 20 years,
and borrowers may choose variable or equal
monthly payments. For example, those who
borrow $15,000 should expect to repay about
$160 each month and those who borrow
$ 6 0 ,0 0 0 should expect to repay about $660
each month over a 15-year period.
Students who would like more information
about these loan programs should read our
Financial Aid Brochure.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The C lass o f 1916 Loan Fund
The C lass o f 1920 Loan Fund
The C lass o f 1936 Loan Fund
The C lass o f 1937 Loan Fund
The Jay and Sandra Levine Loan Fund
The John A . M iller Loan Fund
The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The T hatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. W illiam s Fund
The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund
The Joseph W. Conard M em orial Fund, estab
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
T he A lphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.
Financial Aid
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices, and the post
office, and placements can be arranged when
students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f
pay run from $4.15 to $4.65 per hour. Stu
dents receiving financial aid are usually offered
the opportunity to earn up to $ 9 5 0 during the
year and are given hiring priority, but there are
usually jobs available for others who wish em
ployment.
The Student Employment Office publicizes
local off-campus and temporary employment
opportunities. Students are generally able to
carry a moderate working schedule without
detriment to their academic performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most aided
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse-1
urns, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.
Swarthmore College
National Scholarships
O n occasion Swarthmore College awards
four-year National Scholarships to the out
standing men and women entering the fresh
man class.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion of the Committee on Admission,
rank highest in scholarship, leadership, char
acter, and personality. The amount o f the I
annual award varies from $ 3 ,0 0 0 , the mini-1
mum stipend, or enough to cover all expenses, I
depending on the financial need o f the winner. I
O ther Scholarships
(Financial need is a requirem ent for a ll scholarships unless otherw ise indicated.
N o separate application is needed.)
T he A etna L ife and Casualty Foundation Schol
arship provides assistance to minority students
with financial need.
tion’s interest in the international exchange of I
students.
j
The L isa P. A lbert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humani
ties.
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class of
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded,
on the recommendation o f the Department of
Art, to a junior who has a strong interest in the
studio arts. It is held during the senior year. j
The George I. Alden Scholarship Fund estab
lished as a memorial by the Alden Trust is
awarded on the basis o f merit and need with
preference to a student in the sciences or
engineering.
The EvenOT Amungton Scholarship is given each!
year to a worthy student with financial need I
in recognition o f the long-standing and affec-1
tionate connection between the Armingtonl
family and Swarthmore College.
The Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides schol
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda-
The Frank and M arie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded to a new student who shows promise
o f distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personali
ty. The award is made in honor o f Frank
Aydelotte, President o f the College from 19211940, and originator o f the Honors program
at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Ayde
lotte, his wife.
The W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W. Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.
T he P hilip H. Barley M em orial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley,
’66, by his family and friends and the Class o f
1966, which he served as president, provides
financial assistance for a junior or senior who
has demonstrated outstanding leadership quali
ties at Swarthmore.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to stu
dents at the College who show unusual prom
ise as instrumentalists or vocalists and who
need help to pay for private instruction.
T he Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student who has broad
academic and extracurricular interests and
who shows promise o f developing these abili
ties for the betterment o f society. This schol
arship is based on need and is renewable for
three years.
The H. A lbert Beekhuis Scholarship in engineer
ing is awarded on the basis o f merit and need
to a freshman and is renewable through the
senior year as long as that student retains a
major in engineering. This scholarship is en
dowed through the generous bequest o f this
Mr. Beekhuis, neighbor, friend, and successful
engineer.
The B elville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at Swarth
more.
The Brand and Frances Blanshard Scholarship is
given in their memory to a deserving student
with high academic promise.
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor
o f the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alum
nus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is as
signed annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students
in any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
T he Edward S. Bower M em orial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who
ranks high in scholarship, character, and per
sonality.
The D aniel W alter Brenner M em orial Scholar
ship, established by family and friends in mem
ory o f Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is
awarded to a senior majoring in biology who
is distinguished for scholarship and an interest
iu plant ecology, or wildlife preservation, or
animal behavior research. The recipient is
chosen with the approval o f biology and Clas
sics faculty.
The John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to
a deserving student on the basis o f merit and
financial need.
T he C hi O mega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons o f
members o f the fraternity.
T he Eleanor Stabler C larke Scholarship, estab
lished in her honor by Cornelia Clarke
Schmidt ’4 6 and W. Marshall Schmidt ’47, is
awarded to a worthy freshman student with
need. Preference is to be accorded to members
o f the Society o f Friends. The scholarship is
renewable through four years.
The Class o f 1963 Scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year. The scholarship was
created in honor o f the class’s 25th reunion.
T he Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig
nated by the Classics Department.
The C harles A . Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student who
25
Financial Aid
is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance
with the donor’s will.
The N . Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Chari
table Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson
o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman
man or woman. Selection will place emphasis
on character, personality, and ability.
T he Stephanie Cooley ’70 Scholarship, estab
lished in loving memory by her parents, is
awarded on the basis o f financial need to a
worthy student from Kifissia, Greece.
T he D avid S. Couiden Scholarship was estab
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class o f
1942, who taught English Literature at Swarthmore from 1949 until his death in May 1983.
It is awarded on the basis o f financial need.
T he Ellsworth F. Curtin M em orial Scholarship
was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin,
Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband,
Class o f 1916, to benefit an engineering stu
dent with financial need.
T he M arion L. D annenberg Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student with financial
need who ranks high in personality, character,
and scholarship. This endowment is in mem
ory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and
grandmother o f six students who attended
Swarthmore.
T he Edith Thatcher ’50 and C . Russell ’47 de
Burlo Scholarship is awarded to students in
tending to major either in engineering or in the
humanities. It is awarded on the basis o f need
and merit and is renewable annually. It is the
gift o f Edith and Russell de Burlo.
T he D istrict o f Colum bia Scholarship was estab
lished by alumni residents in the area o f
Washington, D.C., to encourage educational
opportunity for qualified minority and disad
vantaged students. Awards are made on the
basis o f merit and need.
T he Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality, and abili
ty.
T he Robert K . Enders Scholarship, established
by his friends and former students, to honor
Dr. Robert K. Enders, a member o f the Col
26
lege faculty from 1932 to 1970, is awarded
annually to a worthy student with an interest
in the study o f biological problems in a natural
environment.
T he Philip Evans Scholarship is established in
fond memory o f a member o f the Class o f
1948 by his friend Jerome Kohlberg ’4 6 and
seeks to expand the diversity o f the Swarth
more community by bringing to this campus
outstanding students with need, whether from
near or far. The scholarship is awarded to
members o f the freshman class and is renew
able annually, and provides a summer oppor
tunity grant which is awarded on the recom
mendation o f the Dean.
T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet Schol
arships, endowed by Frank W. Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’5 3 , Thomas Fetter ’56, and
Ellen Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P.
Fetter '2 5 , subsidize the private instrumental
lessons o f four top-notch student string play
ers at the College. Interested applicants should
write to the Chairman o f the Department of
Music and should plan to play an audition at
the College when coming for an interview.
T he Eleanor Flexner Scholarship is awarded on
the basis o f merit and need to a student in the
humanities. It is the gift o f Eleanor Flexner of
the Class o f 1930, author o f Century o f Struggle
and M ary W ollstonecraft: A Biography. The
scholarship is renewable through the senior
year.
T he Polly and G erard Fountain Scholarship has
been established in their honor by Rosalind
Chang Whitehead ’5 8 in appreciation o f their
kindness and support during her college years.
It is awarded to a freshman with need and
merit, and is renewable through the senior
year.
T he T heodore and E lizabeth Friend Scholarship
is established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar
ship will be awarded each year on the basis of
need to a worthy student.
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer Scholar
ships provide stipends for attendance at sum
mer workshops in music and dance. Recipi
ents are selected by the Department o f Music
and Dance on the basis o f written proposals.
The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships
subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen
tal or vocal lessons with the teacher o f their
choice for a limited number o f especially
gifted or advanced students. These scholar
ships, which are awarded yearly to approxi
mately 10 students, are determined through
competition as well as through interviews and
auditions.
The Joyce M ertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis o f
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was es
tablished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’2 6 in
memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a
member o f the class o f 1951.
The B arbara Entenberg Girhbel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref
erence to a black candidate.
The M ary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is
given to a woman student with financial need,
who ranks high in character, personality, and
scholarship. Preference is given to a member
o f the Society o f Friends.
The Stella and C harles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a
grant from the Foundation to provide scholar
ships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition
and fees for students who require financial
assistance. Preference is given to students o f
recognized ability who have completed two
academic years o f college and who are con
templating graduate or professional study.
The scholarships are renewable for a second
year.
The M ason H aire Scholarship is given by his
wife, Vivian, in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1937, a distinguished psychologist
and sometime member o f the Swarthmore
College faculty. The scholarship is awarded to
a freshman with financial need who is distin
guished for intellectual promise and leader
ship. It is renewable through the senior year.
T he W illiam R andolph H earst Scholarship Fund
for M inority Students, established by the Hearst
Foundation, Inc., provides financial assistance
to minority students with need.
The J. Philip Hermann Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman on the basis o f merit
and need and is renewable annually to gradu
ation. This award was established by Katharine
F. Herrmann ’ 14 and by Margaret Herrmann
Ball ’24 in honor o f their father.
The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class
o f 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from
the Middle West. Preference is given to a premedical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.
The R achel W. H illbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillbom Philips o f the Class o f 1892
in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is
given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some in
ternational government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi
ties.
T he Betty Stem H offenberg Scholarship, estab
lished in 1987 in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1943, is awarded to a junior or senior
with merit and need who shows unusual
promise, character, and intellectual strength.
Strong preference is given to a student major
ing in history.
T he H adassah M. L. H olcom be Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for three years at the discretion
o f the College. Preference will be given to
members o f the Society o f Friends.
T he C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created
by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference
in the awarding is given to students planning
to major in engineering or pre-law.
T he R ichard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro
vides assistance to a student (or students) o f
African descent.
27
Financial Aid
T he Everett L . Hunt Scholarship, endowed by
the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annu'
ally by the College.
The W illiam H. K istler ’43 Scholarship is en
dowed in his memory by his wife, Suzanne,
and his friends and former classmates. It is
awarded to a needy and deserving student
majoring in engineering or economics.
T he Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first black
students to attend Swarthmore College, established this fund through a bequest "to provide
scholarship aid to needy students.”
The Paul and Mary Ja n e Kopsch Scholarship
Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each
year to a junior premedical student(s) with
financial need. The scholarship is renewable
in the senior year.
The W illiam Y. lnouye ’44 Scholarship, estab
lished in loving memory by his family, friends,
and colleagues in recognition o f his life o f
service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy
junior premedical student with need. The
scholarship is renewable in the senior year.
T he A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col
lege.
T he George B. Jackson ’ 21 Scholarship has been
endowed by Gene Lang ’3 8 in honor o f the
man who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to
be awarded on the basis o f need and merit
with preference given to a student from the
New York metropolitan area.
T he H oward C ooper Johnson Scholarship, estab
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achieve
ment to a male undergraduate who is a mem
ber o f the Society o f Friends.
T he K appa K appa Gam ma Scholarship provides
an award to a woman in the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
T he Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f
the parents and with thanks to the children o f
Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar
ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit
and is renewable through four years.
T he Florence an d M elville Kershaw Scholarship
is endowed in their honor by their son Thom
as A. Kershaw, Class o f 1960. It is awarded to
a freshman on the basis o f need and merit,
with preference to those intending to major in
engineering, and is renewable through the
senior year.
28
T he W alter W. K rider Scholarship was estab
lished by his wife and daughter for a young
man who ranks high in scholarship, character,
and personality.
T he L afore Scholarship is awarded in memory
o f John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives pref
erence to qualified candidates who are des
cendants o f Amand and Margaret W hite La
fore.
T he Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab
lished in his memory in 1986 by family,
friends, classmates, and former students. Pro
fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and
essays, taught history at Swarthmore from
1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded
to a needy student showing unusual promise
and is renewable through four years.
T he B arbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a
student in the junior class whose major is in
the arts, preferably in music, who ranks high
in scholarship and has financial need. It is
renewable in the senior year. This scholarship
was established by Eugene M. Lang ’38 in
honor o f his sister.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants are
awarded each year to as many as five entering
students who are selected by a special committee on the basis o f distinguished academic
and extra-curricular achievement and demon
strable interest in social change. Stipends are
based on financial need and take the form of
full grants up to the amount o f total college
charges. Each Lang Scholar is also eligible for
summer or academic year research or commu
nity service support, while an undergraduate,
up to a maximum o f $ 7 ,5 0 0 and for a $2,700
fellowship for graduate study. Projects, which
must be approved in advance by a faculty
committee, are expected to facilitate social
I
I
I
I
j
change in a significant way. The program is
made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
T he Id a and D aniel Lang Scholarship estab
lished by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the
Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance
for a man or woman who ranks high in
scholarship, character, and personality.
T he Frances Reiner and Stephen G irard Lax
Scholarship has been established with prefer
ence for minority or foreign students who
show both merit and need. This scholarship
has been endowed by the family o f Stephen
Girard Lax ’41, who was Chairman o f the
Board o f Managers o f Swarthmore College
from 1971 to 1976.
The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates o f
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis o f
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by
Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at
Swarthmore College, was offered for the first
time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f
a former distinguished Professor o f Engineer
ing and, therefore, students who plan to major
in engineering are given preference. An award
is made annually.
The C hristian R. and M ary F. Lin dback Founda
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu
dents from the states o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland.
The Long Island Q uarterly Meeting, N .Y., Schol
arship, is awarded annually by a committee o f
that Quarterly Meeting.
The D avid Laurent Low M em orial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and
brother, is awarded to a man or woman who
gives the great promise that David himself did.
The award assumes both need and academic
excellence, and places emphasis, in order, on
qualities o f leadership, a concern for others,
and character, or outstanding and unusual
promise. The scholarship is awarded to a
freshman and is renewable for the undergrad
uate years.
T he L elan d S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given
by Major League Baseball in recognition o f 4 8
years o f dedicated service by Leland S. MacPhail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a
deserving student on the basis o f need and
merit.
T he D avid M andelbaum Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in scholarship and character, with
preference to residents o f the states o f Penn
sylvania and New Jersey.
T he Dorothy M aynor Scholarship, established
by the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a
student from the Harlem School o f the Arts in
honor o f its founder. It provides a grant for
the full amount o f need and for music lessons.
The awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarth
more College on the basis o f all-around quali
fications.
T he Thom as B. M cC abe Achievem ent Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe ’15, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In
making selections, the Committee places em
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. These
awards provide a minimum annual grant of
tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees,
room and board, depending on need. Candi
dates for the McCabe Awards must apply for
admission to the College by January 15.
T he C harlotte G oette ’20 and W allace M. Mc
Curdy Scholarship is awarded to a freshman on
the basis o f need and merit, and is renewable
annually. It has been endowed by Charlotte
McCurdy ’20.
T he Dorothy Shoem aker ’29 and Hugh McD iarm id ’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman
man or woman student on the basis o f merit
and need and is renewable through the senior
year. It is the gift o f the McDiarmid family in
commemoration o f their close association
with Swarthmore College.
T he Norman M einkoth Scholarship, established
by his friends and former students, to honor
Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member o f the
College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is awarded
29
Financial Aid
annually to a worthy student with an interest
in the study o f biological problems in a natural
environment.
T he Peter Merit Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend
ing these talents for the good o f the college
community and o f the larger community out
side. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class
o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
T he Jam es E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will
o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents o f Nether Provi
dence Township).
T he Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer
ence given to students o f South Asian origin.
T he Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship,
named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an
alumna o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a
student whose past performance gives evi
dence o f intellectual attainment, leadership,
and character, and who shows potential for
future intellectual growth, creativity, and
scholarship, and for being a contributor to the
College and ultimately to society.
T he Thom as S. ’30 and M arian Hamming N icely
’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with
need who shows promise o f academic achieve
ment, fine character, and athletic ability. Pref
erence will be given to a person who hits been
on the varsity tennis, squash, racquets, golf,
or swimming teams in high or preparatory
schools.
T he John H. Nixon Scholarship was established
by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third
World students, especially those who plan to
return to their country o f origin.
T he Edward L . Noyes ’31 Scholarship has been
endowed in his memory by his wife, Jean
Walton Noyes ’32, his three sons and his
many friends. The scholarship is available to
an incoming freshman, with preference given
to those from the southwest, especially Texas.
It is awarded on the basis o f need and merit to
students with broad interests and is renewable
through four years.
T he H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar
ship for a young woman who is a member o f
the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly
Meeting).
T he Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926,
are awarded to members o f the freshman class
who show promise o f leadership and who
have need o f financial assistance. The scholar
ships are renewable for a total o f four years at
the discretion o f the College.
T he J. R oland Pennock Scholarships were estab
lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’3 8 in honor
o f J. Roland Pennock ’2 7, Richter Professor
Emeritus o f Political Science. Income from
this endowment is to be used to award four
scholarships on the basis o f merit and need,
preferably to one scholar in each class.
The W innifred Poland Pierce Scholarship Fund
is awarded on the basis o f merit and financial
need and is renewable through the senior year.
T he C ornelia Chapm an and N icholas O. Pittenger Scholarship, established by family and
friends, is awarded to an incoming freshman
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality and who has need
for financial assistance.
T he Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
o f 1959.
The George G. and H elen G askill Ratfije ’ 18
Scholarship is awarded to students with char
acter, outstanding academic record, and fi
nancial need.
T he Raruey-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvamsit ’47 in memory
o f his parents. They are given in alternate
years: the Raruey-Chandra Scholarship to a
woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit
Scholarship to a man for his senior year, who
has high academic standing and real need for
financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate
who has divorced or deceased parents or a
deceased mother or father.
T he Fred C. and Jessie M . Reynolds Scholarship
Fund, created through a testamentary gift of
Jean Reynolds ’3 2, is awarded each year to a
worthy student based on need.
T he Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality, and physical vigor.
T he A dele Mills Riley M em orial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic
year 1964-65. An annual award subject to
renewal is made to a deserving student, man
or woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s
capacity for significant development o f his or
her interests and talents during the college
years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well
as potential for service are sought in making
this appointment.
T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts,
’12, is awarded annually to an incoming stu
dent and is renewable for his or her years o f
study at Swarthmore.
T he Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member
o f the Swarthmore College faculty and
founder o f the Economics Discussion Group.
A member o f the junior or senior class who
has demonstrated interest and ability in the
study o f Economics is chosen for this award.
The Edwin P. Rome Scholarship provides finan
cial assistance to worthy students with need.
It was established in memory o f Edwin P.
Rome ’37 by his wife, Mrs. Rita Rome, and
the William Penn Foundation on whose board
he served.
The A lexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab
lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation,
provides aid for a freshman student. It is
awarded annually to a worthy student who
could not attend the College without such
assistance.
The Ida and W illiam Rosenthal Scholarship was
established by Elizabeth Coleman ’6 9 to be
awarded to a student with need from a middle
income family.
The Girard Bliss Ruddick ’27 Scholarship is
awarded to a junior on the basis o f merit and
need, with preference to an economics major.
It is renewable in the senior year. T he M arcia
Perry Ruddick C ook ’27 Scholarship is awarded
to a junior on the basis o f merit and need, with
preference to an English Literature major, and
is renewable for the senior year. Both scholar
ships are endowed by J. Perry Ruddick in
memory o f his parents.
T he Edith A . Runge Scholarship Fund, estab
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the
Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to
students who have need o f financial aid.
T he D avid B arker Rushmore Scholarship, estab
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rush
more Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a
worthy student who plans to major in Engi
neering or Economics.
T he K atharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter
ests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
T he W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f the
Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given
to men who are residents o f Abington Town
ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
T he Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con
siders character, personality, and leadership.
T he Jo e and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in
honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice Presi
dent o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni, Devel
opment, and Public Relations from 19501972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted him in
countless ways in serving the College, was
established by their son, Larry Shane ’56, and
his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’57, in remem
brance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friendship
with generations o f Swarthmore alumni. This
award is made to a freshman student on the
31
Financial Aid
basis o f merit and need. It is renewable
through four years.
stewardship o f the College’s affairs and his
tragic death in its service.
T he Florence C reer Shepard ’26 Scholarship,
established by her husband, is awarded on the
basis o f high scholastic attainment, character,
and personality.
T he W. W. Smith C haritable Trust provides
scholarships to students who qualify on the
basis o f need and merit.
T he C aroline Shero Scholarship was established
in 1982 on the occasion o f her retirement
from the College. It is awarded to a deserving
student with need.
T he Annie Shoem aker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col
lege.
T he Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to
a woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
T he W illiam C . and B arbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities, and extra-curricular activities, and
who indicates an interest in a career in busi
ness.
T he Nancy Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab
lished by her husband and children, is awarded
to an incoming freshman with financial need.
It is renewable through four years.
T he W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class
o f 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on
the basis o f merit and need.
T he Courtney C. Smith Scholarship is for stu
dents who best exemplify the characteristics
o f Swarthmore’s Ninth President: intellect
and intellectual courage, natural dignity, hu
mane purpose, and capacity for leadership.
Normally the award will be made to a member
o f the freshman class on the basis o f merit and
need. It is renewable during the undergraduate
years. Holders o f this scholarship gain access
to a special file in the Friends Historical
Library left by the scholarship’s creator, the
Class o f 1957, inviting them to perpetuate the
memory o f this individual’s sixteen years o f
32
T he H arold E. and Ruth C olw ell Snyder Pre
m edical Scholarship is the gift o f Harold E.
Snyder, Class o f 1929. It provides support up
to full tuition and fees for junior or senior premedical students and is awarded on the basis
o f merit and need.
T he Cindy Solomon M em orial Scholarship is
awarded with preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
T he H elen Solomon Scholarship is given in her
memory by her son, Frank Solomon Jr. o f the
Class o f 1950. It is awarded to a freshman on
the basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year.
T he B abette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class of
1933, is awarded to a student showing very
great promise as a creative writer (in any
literary form) who has need o f financial assis
tance. The Department o f English determines
those eligible.
T he Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was estab
lished in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell
’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion.
It is awarded to a junior or senior with
financial need who has a special interest in law
or music.
C.V. Starr Scholarship Fund, established by
The Starr Foundation as a memorial to its
founder, provides scholarship assistance on
the basis o f merit and need.
T he C larence K . Streit Scholarship is awarded to
a student entering the junior or senior year
and majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar
ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in
American pre-Revolutionary War History.
This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit,
author o f U nion Now: A Proposal For An At
lantic Federal U nion o f the Free, whose seminal
ideas were made public in three Cooper Foun
dation lectures at Swarthmore.
T he K atharin e Bennett Tappen, C lass o f 1931,
M em orial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar
ship is renewable for four years at the discre
tion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
T he Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char
acter, and personality, and resides west o f the
Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in
the State o f Illinois.
T he Jonathan K . Taylor Scholarship, in accor
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting o f
Friends; then to others.
The Phebe Anna T hom e Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their ear
nestness and ability. This gift includes a clause
of preference to those students who are
members o f the New York Monthly Meeting
of Friends.
The Audrey Friedm an Troy Scholarship, estab
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable through four years at
the discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to
the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit
from a Swarthmore education, and to be a
contributor to the College and ultimately to
society.
The Robert C . and Sue Thomas Turner Scholar
ship is awarded to a deserving student on the
basis o f merit and financial need.
The W illiam H illes W ard Scholarships, in mem
ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class o f
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving o f
financial assistance.
The Stanley and Corinne W eithorn Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial as
sistance on the basis o f need and merit.
T he Barclay and Edith Lew is White Scholarship
is awarded annually by the Music Department
to a student o f music.
T he I. V. W illiam son Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Balti
more Friends School, Wilmington Friends
School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends
Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends
School, and Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward C larkson W ilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends o f
Edward Clarkson W ilson, 1891, formerly
Principal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It
is awarded each year to a former student o f the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the
basis o f high character and high standing in
scholarship.
T he Elm er L . W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab
lished in 1980 by a member o f the Class o f
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis o f merit and need.
The L etitia M. W olverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class o f
1913, provides scholarships for members o f
the junior and senior classes who have proved
to be capable students and have need for
financial assistance to complete their educa
tion at Swarthmore College.
T he Roselynd A therholt W ood ’23 Fund provides
a scholarship for a young man or woman with
financial need who is distinguished for intel
lectual promise as well as potential for service.
T he M ichael M. and Zelm a K . Wynn Scholarship
was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn
’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is
awarded annually to a student on the basis o f
need and merit.
The income from each o f the following funds
is awarded at the discretion o f the College.
T he Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
T he R ebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
T he B ook and Key Scholarship Fund
T he Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship Fund
T he Robert C. Brooks Scholarship Fund
T he Edna Pownall Buffington Scholarship
Fund
T he C lass o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
33
Financial Aid
T he C lass o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
T he Cochran M em orial Scholarship Fund
T he Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship Fund
T he D elta Gamma Scholarship Fund
The W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
The George E llsler Scholarship Fund
T he J. H orace Ervien Scholarship Fund
The H oward S. and Gertrude P. Evans
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
T he George K . and S allie K. Johnson
Scholarship Fund
T he K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund
T he Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship
Fund
The E. H ibberd Law rence Scholarship Fund
T he Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
T he Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship Fund
T he C lara B. M arshall Scholarship Fund
T he Edward Martin Scholarship Fund
T he H oward Osborn Scholarship Fund
T he Susanna H aines ’80 and Beulah H aines
Parry Scholarship Fund
34
The T. H. Dudley Perkins Scholarship Fund
T he Mary C oates Preston Scholarship Fund
The D avid L. Price Scholarship
The Robert Pyle Scholarship Fund
T he R eader’s D igest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
T he H elen Squier Scholarship Fund
T he W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
T he H elen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
T he Francis Holmes Strozier M em orial
Scholarship Fund
T he Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
T he Titus Scholarships Fund
T he D aniel U nderhill Scholarship Fund
T he D eborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund
T he Thom as H. W hite Scholarship Fund
T he Sam uel W illets Scholarship Fund
T he Edward C larkson W ilson and E lizabeth T.
W ilson Scholarship Fund
T he Mary W ood Scholarship Fund
T he Thom as Woodnutt Scholarship Fund
College Life
H O U S IN G
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most stu
dents live in College dormitories, which in-
elude coeducational housing as well as single
sex dormitories and sections. Many members
o f the faculty live on or near the campus, and
are readily accessible to students.
Residence Halls
Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls,
which were opened in 1967; the upper floors
in the wings o f Parrish Hall; W harton Hall,
named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton,
at one time President o f the Board o f Man
agers; Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on
South Chester Road; one building on the
Mary Lyon School property; W orth Hall, the
gift o f William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a
memorial to their parents; W illets Hall, made
possible largely by a bequest from Phebe
Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother
and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold
and Esther Mertz.
About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other stu
dents choose their rooms in an order deter
mined by lot or by invoking special options—
among these are block housing, allowing
friends to apply as a group for a section o f a
particular hall or dorm; and language hall
inclusion in which occupants are expected to
conduct conversations in a language other
than English to provide an immersion experi
ence o f learning. There is also the opportunity
to reside at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a cross-campus housing
exchange that proceeds on a matched one-forone basis. All students are expected to occupy
the rooms to which they are assigned or which
they have selected through the regular room
choosing process unless authorized by the
Deans to move. Permission must also be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during October and
Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student
occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca
tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester
only are expected to vacate their dormitory
rooms within twenty-four hours after their
last scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho
mores, and juniors are expected to leave im
mediately after their last examination in the
spring so that their rooms may be prepared for
use by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property of
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.
Sharpies Dining H all
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The
board plan covers 2 0 meals a week. Although
an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f
all students, not all special requirements can
36
be accommodated; permission to reside off
campus will be extended to any student not
able to participate in the board plan. The
dining hall is closed during the Christmas and
Spring vacations.
S O C IA L C E N T E R S
T arble S o cia l C en ter
Through the original generosity o f Newton E.
Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow,
Louise A. Tarble, the reconstructed Tarble
Social Center in Clothier Memorial opened in
April o f 1986. The facility includes recrea
tional areas, a snack bar, lounge, student ac-
tivities offices, a multi-purpose performance
space as well as the bookstore. Under the
leadership o f a Student Activities Coordinator
and student co-directors, many major social
activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are
held in Tarble.
O ther Centers
The A lice Paul Women’s Center was established
to draw all women o f the Swarthmore com
munity together through common concerns.
The Center, which serves faculty, students,
faculty wives, staff and alumnae, maintains a
library o f resource books, pamphlets and
periodicals, provides information, and spon
sors a variety o f programs, lectures, discus
sions and symposia for all members o f the
college community about issues relating to
women.
A B lack Cultural Center, located in the Caroline
Hadley Robinson House, provides a library
and facilities for various cultural activities o f
special interest to black students. The Center
and its program are guided by a director and
a committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.
There are three fraternities at Swarthmore;
Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are affili
ated with national organizations, while Phi
Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities
are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on campus. The
lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda
tions or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during late fall o f their first year at the
College. In recent years about ten per cent o f
the freshman men have decided to affiliate
with one o f the fraternities.
R E L IG IO U S L IF E
Religious life at the College is a matter o f
individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker
principles. The Society o f Friends is commit
ted to the belief that religion is best expressed
in the quality o f everyday living. There are
accordingly no compulsory religious exer
cises. Students are encouraged to attend the
churches o f their choice. Seven churches are
located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other
churches and synagogues may be found in the
nearby towns o f M orton, Media, Chester, and
Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting
House is located on the campus. Students are
cordially invited to attend its meeting for
worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups
with faculty cooperation exist for the study o f
the Bible and the exploration o f common
concerns o f religion. They include: The Chris
tian Fellowship and Caritas, both Christian
groups; Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish organi
zation), Catholic Students’ Association, and
Ba’hai.
S T U D E N T S E R V IC E S
H ealth S erv ices
The Worth Health Center, a gift o f the Worth
family in memory o f William Penn Worth and
Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, outpatient
37
College Life
treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychologi
cal Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor
if they prefer to do so.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
medical problems, handicaps, allergies, medi
cations, or psychiatric disturbances will be
especially valuable to the college Health Ser
vice in assisting each student. All this infor
mation will be kept confidential.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient
care in the Health Center per term without
charge. Students suffering from a communi
cable disease or from illness which makes it
necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the Health Center for the period o f
their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished
without cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education
and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. Rarely are students ex
cused entirely from the requirements o f the
Physical Education Department because adap
tive programs are offered.
The medical facilities o f the College are avail
able to students injured in athletic activities or
otherwise, but the College cannot assume
additional financial responsibility for medical
and surgical expenses arising from accidents.
Insurance coverage for all students participat
ing in athletics, however, is included in the
mandatory health insurance package as is sup
plementary coverage for all accident injuries.
Psychological Services
The program o f Psychological Services, which
is administered separately from Health Ser
vices, is housed in the North wing o f Worth
Health Center. Services for students include
counseling and psychotherapy, after hours
emergency-on-call availability every day o f
the academic year, consultation and educa
tional talks and workshops. The director and
staff are all part-time but collectively provide
regular appointment times Monday through
Friday. Students may be referred to outside
mental health practitioners when long-term or
highly specialized services are needed.
The staff includes clinical psychologists and a
clinical social worker as well as a consulting
psychiatrist who is available on an as-needed
basis. Psychological Services participates in
training Resident Assistants and provides con
sultation to staff and faculty. There is a strict
policy o f confidentiality except where there
may be an imminent threat to life.
Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this respon
sibility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f adviser should
be addressed to the Associate Dean and will be
freely granted, subject only to equity in the
number o f advisees assigned to individual
faculty members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
38
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matter, and for assistance with spe
cial needs, such as those arising from physical
handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is avail
able to assist students with special problems
o f academic adjustment, study skills and read
ing proficiency. In addition, aptitude and in
terest tests may be given on request.
Career Planning and Placement
The Career Planning and Placement Office
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life
style alternatives. Individual counseling ses'
sions and group workshops are conducted to
facilitate this planning.
The programs are open to students in all
classes and are developmental in nature. W ork'
shops are designed to help students expand
their career options through exploration of
their values, skills, interests, abilities, and
experiences. A computerized interactive guid
ance system, which provides an extensive
source o f career information, is available as
well.
Sophomore and junior students in particular
are encouraged to test options by participating
in the Extern Program. This program provides
on-site experience in a variety o f career fields
by pairing students with an alumnus/a to
work on a mutually planned task during one
or more weeks o f vacation. Career exploration
and experiential education is also encouraged
during summer internships and jobs, during a
semester or year off, and during the school
year. Assistance is provided in helping stu
dents locate and secure appropriate jobs, in
ternships, and volunteer opportunities, and
efforts are made to help students learn the
most they can from these experiences.
Additional help is provided through career
information panels, on-site field trips, work
shops on topics such as resume writing and
cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and
job search techniques. The office cooperates
with the Alumni Office, the Alumni Associ
ation, and the Parents Council to help put
students in touch with a wide network o f
people that can be o f assistance to them. The
Career Resources Library includes many pub
lications concerning all stages o f the job search
process. The office hosts on-campus recruit
ing by representatives from business, indus
try, government, non-profit organizations, and
graduate and professional schools. Notices of
job vacancies are collected, posted, and in
cluded in the office’s newsletter. Credential
files are compiled for interested students and
alumni to be sent to prospective employers
and graduate admissions committees.
Academic Support
A program o f academic support includes in
dividual tutorial services; special review sec
tions attached to introductory courses in the
natural sciences, philosophy, and economics;
a mathematics lab; an expository writing
course; a reading and study skills workshop;
and a pre-freshman summer program for se
lected entering students which is sponsored
conjointly with Haverford and Bryn Mawr
Colleges. These programs are overseen by the
Deans and a faculty committee in cooperation
with the academic departments. There are no
fees required for any o f these supportive
services.
To meet the needs o f writers who would like
to get assistance or feedback, a Writing Center
has been established. The Center is staffed by
Writing Associates, students trained to assist
their peers with all stages o f the writing pro
cess. The Center is located in Trotter Hall and
operates on a drop-in basis. Writing Asso
ciates are assigned on a regular basis to selected
courses.
W ithdrawal and Readmission for H ealth Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because
of health problems. W here health problems
of a physical or psychological nature substan
tially interfere with a student’s academic per
formance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion o f
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment o f
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. In the
case o f a mental health withdrawal, the College
will not, as a rule, accept applications for re-
39
College Life
admission until a full semester (in addition to
the semester in which the student has with
drawn) has passed.
A student applying to the College for «adm is
sion must provide evidence from his or her
physician or psychotherapist o f increased abil
ity to function academically or o f decreased
hazard to health or safety. After such evi
dence has been provided, the student will
ordinarily be required to be evaluated in
person by a physician employed by the College
Health Services and/or the Director o f Psy
chological Services, as appropriate. Recom
mendations for readmission are made to the
Dean o f the College, who makes the final de
cision.
S T A T E M E N T O F S E C U R IT Y P O L IC IE S A N D P R O C E D U R E S
Swarthmore College is a coeducational insti
tution founded in 1864 by members o f the
Religious Society o f Friends. It occupies ap
proximately 3 0 0 acres o f privately owned
land adjacent to the Borough o f Swarthmore
in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. There are
approximately 1,330 undergraduate students
enrolled for the 1988-89 academic year with
1,209 occupying college housing. Approxi
mately 6 0 0 non-student personnel are em
ployed on campus either in a part-time or full
time capacity.
The Department o f Security and Safety Ser
vices is primarily responsible for the overall
security o f the campus. Its mission is to
"protect persons and property, to preserve
the peace, to deter crime, to apprehend crimi
nal offenders, to recover lost and stolen prop
erty, to perform services as required, to en
force appropriate college regulations, and to
maintain a sense o f community security and
confidence in the department.” It endeavors
to accomplish this task through a department
comprised o f a Director, Coordinator, Lieu
tenant, Corporal, and seven full-time and four
part-time patrol officers. All full-time patrol
officers undergo a thorough background
check, psychological screening, and physical
examination before hiring. They are subse
quently sworn in as Special Officers after
completing a recognized Pennsylvania State
Police Training Academy for municipal police
officers. These officers may exercise full police
powers on Swarthmore College property.
Local jurisdiction is shared with Swarthmore
Borough Police Department, with whom a
close working relationship is maintained.
Additionally, current certification in cardio
pulmonary resuscitation, obstructed airway,
and standard first aid is minimally required.
40
Ongoing training after the police academy is
provided for all full-time officers.
Significant criminal incidents are reported to
the Swarthmore Borough Police and to other
state and local agencies as is indicated or
required. Campus Officers also enforce col
lege rules and regulations. Swarthmore Col
lege is considered private property and tres
passers are escorted o ff campus or arrested.
Criminal incidents may be reported by the
College community by dialing the College
Communications Officer " 0 , ” or one o f the
two numbers for security. These numbers are
conspicuously placed near all college tele
phones. The information received is immedi
ately broadcast out to on-duty patrol officers
who respond to the scene. Swarthmore Bor
ough Police vehicles are outfitted with trans
ceivers and may also respond. Other appro
priate assistance is summoned by the College
Communications Officer.
All college buildings are posted so as to re
strict all others but students, employees, and
invited guests. These facilities are locked on a
flexible schedule dictated by the college calen
dar.
The possession and use o f alcoholic beverages
on the campus is regulated by State law and
limited to those areas o f the campus which are
specified by the Student Council and the
Dean. The observance o f moderation and de
corum in respect to drink is a student obliga
tion. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a
serious offense. The use or possession of
illegal drugs or narcotics, without the specific
recommendation o f a physician and knowl
edge o f the Deans, is prohibited and subjects
a student to possible suspension or expulsion.
The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted by stu
dents, staff, or college security officers.
Known criminal records o f students and em
ployees are taken into consideration before
admission and/or hiring.
At least twice each academic year, a standing
committee composed o f faculty, staff, and
students reviews security considerations on
campus and reports possible hazards to the
Physical Plant Department. Outside lighting
on campus has recently been upgraded.
The college community is kept apprised o f
security matters in a number o f ways. In
addition to the weekly school newspaper, the
Department o f Security and Safety Services
publishes a bi-weekly newsletter. Serious in
cidents are detailed in flyer form and immedi
ately posted in dormitories and key locations
throughout the campus. This information may
also be transmitted via a resident assistant and
off-campus phone tree system. The college’s
Public Relations office works closely with the
local news media when any significant college
event transpires.
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
in recognition that the close association o f
students and instructors is an important ele
ment in education. Most students live in col
lege residence halls. Single, double, and group
rooms are available. There are no graduate or
married housing accommodations. Many
members o f the faculty and staff live on or
near the campus and are readily accessible to
students.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer
ences indicated by the students and to accom
modate special needs. Other students choose
their rooms in an order determined by lot or
by invoking special options. Requests for
room changes can be made by notifying the
Housing Office o f room preferences under
guidelines distributed by the Dean’s office
throughout the year.
Students are permitted guests in college hous
ing so long as their resident assistants and
housekeepers are duly notified. Guests o f the
college are housed separately in facilities apart
from the main campus. Residence halls are
secured at 11 p.m. during normal semester
days. Those residence halls located on the
fringe o f the main campus are always locked.
During October and Thanksgiving breaks,
residence halls are locked earlier, the times
being determined by census. All students are
required to leave campus housing during
Christmas and Spring vacations. Automatic
locks on outside residence hall doors are
supplemented by posted warnings that these
facilities are private property, and access is
restricted. All student rooms are individually
keyed, and their windows are equipped with
screens and locking devices to deter unauth
orized entry. Regular interior and exterior
patrols are made by college Security Officers.
Resident assistants are selected to serve in all
residence halls and have on-site responsibility
for security, fire protection, and general safety.
Each student is provided with an informa
tional sheet detailing security concerns, proce
dures, and services. This information is also
published yearly in the Swarthmore College
Student Handbook.
The Department o f Security and Safety Ser
vices maintains an active crime prevention
program and designates a trained officer to
work within the college community. A radio
equipped shuttle service and pedestrian escort
service are but a part o f an overall network
designed to make the campus as safe as pos
sible.
Should anyone desire more detailed informa
tion concerning this brief overview or wish to
review crime statistics, feel free to write or call
the Department o f Security and Safety Ser
vices during business hours.
A L U M N I O F F I C E A N D P U B L IC A T IO N S
Alumni Relations is the communication chan
nel between the College and its alumni, en
abling them to maintain an on-going relation
ship with each other. Some o f the office’s
programs and activities include Alumni Week
end in the spring, Homecoming Day in the
fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings off
campus all over the country, and alumni travel
41
College Life
tours. It also plans the annual Parents Week
end. The Alumni Office hires students as
events interns and to help staff alumni events
on campus and in the Philadelphia area. Stu
dents also work as staff for most o f the cam
pus events.
The Alumni Office works closely with the
Office o f Career Planning and Placement to
facilitate "networking” between students and
alumni and among alumni in order to take full
advantage o f the invaluable experience repre
sented among the alumni. The Alumni Office
also helps officers o f the senior class plan
special events.
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its 100th
anniversary in 1981-82, and to the Alumni
Council, die fifty-person elected governing
body o f the Alumni Association. The Alumni
Office gives staff support also to the ten
regional alumni organizations, called Connec
tions, in Philadelphia, New York, Boston,
Washington, D.C., southern Florida, Chicago,
Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and
Seattle.
There are 15,200 alumni: 7,913 men, 7,287
women, and 2,202 married to each other,
giving substance to the traditional appellation
for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The
College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who
has completed one semester.
College Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac
ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica-
tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are
an annual engagement calendar, the President’s
an d Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter.
P U B L IC R E L A T IO N S
The Public Relations Office works with the
print and broadcasting media to provide news
and information about the College to its
various publics. It responds to requests from
the media for information on a variety o f
subjects by calling on the resources and exper
tise o f the faculty and professional staff. The
Public Relations Office prepares two publica
tions: On Cam pus, a monthly schedule o f
activities at the College that are open to the
42
public, distributed on request to more than
2 ,0 0 0 households in the Philadelphia area,
and the W eekly News, a newsletter o f events
and announcements distributed to faculty,
staff, and students.
The Public Relations Office hires students
who can write like journalists to be feature
writers and events publicity writers, and also
employs students as clerical help.
Student Com m unity
Student Conduct
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are ac
cepting social and academic standards which,
while subject to periodic review, are essential
to the well-being o f the community. In general,
the life o f students should be governed by
good taste and accepted practice rather than
elaborate rules. Certain regulations, however,
are o f particular importance and are listed
below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever
ages on the campus is regulated by State law
and limited to those areas o f the campus
which are specified by the Student Council
and the Dean. The observance o f moderation
and decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as
a serious offense. Complete information
about the College’s alcohol policy and guide
lines is provided in the Student Handbook.
2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommenda
tion o f a physician and knowledge o f the
Deans subjects a student to possible suspen
sion or expulsion.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas
is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
4. The participation by any student in any
disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected
to show consideration for other residents.
Students are held responsible for the behavior
o f visiting guests.
6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization Com
mittee, a student-faculty group. This permis
sion is not extended to freshmen. Day students
may use cars for commuting to College, but
special arrangements for stickers must be
made for campus parking. More detailed in
formation may be obtained from the Office of
the Deans.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regula
tions may be modified and new rules may be
added at any time upon notice to the student
body.
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any
o f its officers shall be under any liability
whatsoever for such exclusion.
Judicial Bodies
There are two judicial committees with dis
tinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Com
m ittee, elected by the entire student body, acts
on cases o f alleged violations o f students’
rules and campus regulations except as they
fall within the sphere o f the College Judiciary
Committee. The C ollege Judiciary Comm ittee is
composed o f student, faculty, and administra-
tion members. It has primary jurisdiction
over cases that may involve academic disho
nesty. It also acts upon cases referred by or ap
pealed from the Student Judiciary Committee.
A more complete description o f the judicial
system is available from the Office o f the
Dean or in the Student Handbook.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu
nity and is the chief body o f student govern
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordi
nation o f student activities and the expression
o f student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Ap
pointments Committee, which selects qualified
applicants for student positions on student/
43
Student Com m unity
faculty/administration committees, Board o f
Managers committees, and student commit
tees; the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution o f funds to student groups, and
the Elections Committee, which supervises
procedures in campus elections; and the Social
Consortium, which is the oversight group for
Social Committee and student social organiza
tions.
Social Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee, a represen
tative student committee. The program is
designed to appeal to a wide variety o f in
terests and is open to all students. There is no
charge for Social Committee functions and
for most other campus events.
E X T R A C U R R IC U L A R A C T IV IT IE S
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extracurricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind o f
interest. There are dozens o f formal and in-
formal organizations.They vary as gready as
the interests o f the students vary. The College
encourages students to participate in whatever
activities best fit their personal talents and
inclinations.
Student A r t Association
The Student Art Association encourages and
supports a wide range o f extracurricular op
portunities for those interested in the visual
and performing arts. It has sponsored avantgarde happenings and lectures by visiting ar
tists, and it runs three programs that continue
from year to year: the Griffin Gallery for
student art shows and performances; Studio
Free Pearson, a cooperative studio space on
the top floor o f the Arts Center; and the Life
Drawing Program, presenting weekly sessions
o f figure drawing. All events are open to the
entire College community, and each semester
the group holds meetings for all who are in
terested in the creative arts.
Music
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. T he
C ollege Chorus, conducted by Robert Smart,
rehearses three hours per week. T he C ollege
Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the
membership o f the Chorus and conducted by
Karen Meyers, rehearses an additional two
hours per week. T he C ollege O rchestra, di
rected by Arne Running, rehearses twice a
week. The Cham ber O rchestra, directed by
James Freeman, gives two concerts each se
mester; its rehearsals closely precede the con
certs and its members are drawn from The
College Orchestra. The W ind Ensem ble, which
rehearses one night weekly and gives two
major concerts each year in addition to several
outdoor performances, is under the direction
o f Michael Johns. T he Early M usic Ensemble,
44
directed by Michael Marissen, meets each
week and gives several concerts during the
year. More information about joining these
performing groups can be found on the De
partment bulletin board on the upper level of
Lang.
Instrumentalists and singers can also partici
pate in the chamber music coaching program
coordinated by Dorothy Freeman. The Or
chestra (Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus
(Singers) both require auditions for member
ship. Several student chamber music concerts
(in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each se
mester. These concerts also provide an oppor
tunity for student composers to have their
works performed. T he Swarthmore College
String Q uartet, composed o f four top-notch
student string players who also serve as prin
cipal players in the College Orchestra and
Chamber Orchestra, performs frequently at
the College and at other institutions.
The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships
subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen
tal or vocal lessons for a limited number o f
especially gifted and advanced student musi
cians with the teacher o f their choice. These
scholarships, which are awarded yearly to
approximately ten students, are determined
through a departmental screening process.
The Department each year sponsors a Concerto
Com petition, open to all Swarthmore College
students. Auditions for the competition are
normally held the first Thursday after wintervacation. The winner performs later with the
Orchestra. Practice and performance facilities
in the Lang Music Building include sixteen
practice rooms (each with at least one piano),
a concert and a rehearsal hall (each with its
own concert grand), one organ, and two harp
sichords. The D aniel U nderhill M usic Library
has excellent collections o f scores, books, and
records.
T he W illiam J. C ooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis
ters a separate series o f public concerts.
T he Swarthmore M usic and D ance Festival takes
place on campus during three weeks o f the fall
semester. It presents concerts, master classes,
and symposia, focusing on contemporary
American works performed and discussed by
eminent artists.
Dance
The Swarthmore College Dancers perform
public concerts with works choreographed by
students, the dance faculty, and other profes
sional choreographers.
Each year there are a series o f formal concerts
at the end o f each semester, as well as informal
performances throughout the year, including
a series o f exchange concerts with other area
colleges. Lecture demonstrations for public
schools and for organizations within the sur
rounding communities are also a regular part
of the yearly dance performance schedule.
For the past few years Swarthmore College
has been the recipient o f Pennsylvania Council
of the Arts and National Endowment for the
Arts grants which have enabled the College, in
conjunction with the William J. Cooper Foun
dation, to bring outstanding professional
dance companies for short term residencies.
These residencies typically last from one to
three weeks, and include master classes, lec
tures, performances, and sometimes, the cre
ation o f a new work by a guest artist for
student performers.
Each year the Swarthmore Music and Dance
Festival brings together guest artists, faculty
members, and students in a series o f perfor
mances and symposia focused on specific
themes.
Scholarships for summer study are available
to dance students through funds provided by
the Friends o f Music and Dance.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perfor
mance group in Folk Dance.
Theatre
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre.
He supervises the Theatre Studies program.
Interested students should consult the depart
mental statement for English Literature.
Internships in film production, casting, and
theatre are available throughout the Philadel-
phia area. See Mr. Devin for details.
Extra-curricular theatre is produced by Drama
Board. News o f try-outs and productions
appears on the Call Board in Parrish Hall, near
the telephones.
45
Student Com m unity
Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports. W ithin the
limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as
many students as possible competing on its
intercollegiate or club teams, or in intramural
sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They
work closely with the teams, attending prac
tices and many o f the scheduled contests.
In terest Clubs
There are a great variety o f special interest
clubs, listed more fully in the Student H and
book. Since the interests o f our students
change frequently, new clubs are often formed
by student groups.
Publications and M edia
The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper,
and W SRN , the campus radio station, are
both completely student-run organizations. In
addition, there is a variety o f other student
publications, including literary magazines,
newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The
current list can be found in the H andbook.
O U TREA CH PRO GRA M S
AIM S, Adventures in M ath and Science
AIMS is a residential enrichment program for
rising ninth and tenth grade students from
Philadelphia, Chester, and local public schools.
It was initiated at Swarthmore in 1986, and
Swarthmore College students serve as counse
lors and teaching assistants in partnership
with College professors, high school teachers,
and other educators. The goal o f the program
is to create an innovative, motivational learn
ing environment for middle-ability students.
Math, science, writing, and personal assess
ment and growth are emphasized. AIMS is
funded by the William Penn Foundation; Myrt
Westphal is the Administrative Director.
Swarthmore College Upward Bound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul
taneously a valuable experience for Swarth
more students and a service to high school
students who are members o f surrounding
communities. It offers both a six-week resi
dential summer school in which Swarthmore
students may serve as counselors, and a series
o f activities during the academic year in which
Swarthmore students serve as tutors. The
program, designed to assist young people in
their preparation for post-high school educa
tion, is administered by Edwin A. Collins,
Project Director.
Swarthmore College Volunteer Program
Swarthmore students may work as volunteers
or paid Interns in community agencies that
46
provide a variety o f services including housing
rehabilitation, legal assistance, and counseling.
The localities serviced include the nearby City
o f Chester, Delaware County, and Philadel
phia.
The program was begun by students in 1983
and is now overseen by a coordinator and a
committee o f faculty members, students, and
community leaders.
Swarthmore Foundation
The Swarthmore Foundation is a small philan
thropic body designed to be a distinctive part
o f Swarthmore College. Its mission is to pro
mote an understanding and a sense o f social
responsibility within our students by enabling
them to become involved in effective charit-
able work. The Foundation operates under the
oversight o f the Dean o f the College and, on
a competitive basis, awards grants to students
who wish to engage in charitable activity. The
awards are small, generally ranging from $200
to $ 2,000 a year to a single beneficiary.
47
IV
Educational Program
Awards and Prizes
Faculty Regulations
Fellowships
Degree Requirements
48
Educational Program
G EN ER A L STA TEM EN T
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bache
lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sci
ences, and the Natural Sciences. Four years o f
resident study are normally required for a
Bachelor’s degree (see page 6 4 ), but variation
in this term, particularly as a result o f Ad
vanced Placement credit, is possible (see page
20).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however,
is not primarily to provide vocational instruc
tion, even though it provides the best founda
tion for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is
to help students fulfill their responsibilities as
citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile
individuals. A liberal education is concerned
with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with
I the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesI thetic values, with the development o f anaI lytical abilities. Intellectually it aims to enI hance resourcefulness, serious curiosity,
open-mindedness, perspective, logical coherI ence, insight, discrimination.
I One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9
curriculum (Critique o f a C ollege, 1967) suggested two principles for a liberal education.
"One is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most of a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him
a genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so
that he can use them to generate new discoveries on his own___ He must go far enough
to grasp systematic connections within a field,
to see how fundamental principles combine to
make intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or phenomena.. . . The other principle
is that o f Diversity. To make the most o f a
liberal education, each student must have
enough breadth and variety in his studies so
that he can compare and contrast different
methods o f inquiry. . . , and so that he can
have the experience o f making the bright
spark of connection leap across wide gaps. It
is this breadth that gives point to the two
senses o f 'relevance’ that are fundamental in
liberal education. . . perception o f the rele-
vance o f one part o f learning to another, even
across the boundaries o f fields and subjects
(and ). . . perception o f the relevance o f learn
ing to the exigencies o f life___ ” To these two
principles the study added that the curriculum
should aim to encourage resourcefulness and
self-reliance and develop the personal condi
tions o f intellectual progress by placing sub
stantial responsibility upon the student for his
or her education, amply allowing individuality
o f programs and requiring important choices
about the composition o f programs. "W hat
we are proposing,” the study concluded, "is
a curriculum that leans rather sharply toward
specialized diversity, and away from uniform
generality.. . . Our emphasis is on serious en
counters with special topics and problems at
a comparatively high level o f competence, and
on student programs that reflect individual
constellations o f diversified interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re
quires o f the student both a diversity o f
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding
o f problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
During the first half o f their college program
all students are expected to satisfy some if not
all o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists o f four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords
a choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi
date concentrates on two or three fields
through a disciplinary major and minor or
focuses the program o f study in an interdisci
plinary major or concentration; studies are
intensive and will occupy the equivalent o f
49
Educational Program
three-fourths o f the student’s work during the
last two years. In addition to work taken as a
part o f the External Examination Program,
the students take other courses which provide
opportunities for further exploration. At the
close o f the senior year, the candidate’s exter
nal examination program will be evaluated by
visiting examiners.
A student in the course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. All students must fulfill the
requirements for the major, and before the
end o f the senior year, students are required
to pass a comprehensive examination given by
the major department.
All students are admitted to seminars based
on their prior academic work.
The program for engineering students follows
a similar basic plan, with certain variations
which are explained on page 121. Courses
outside the technical fields are distributed
over all four years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho
mores are members o f the faculty appointed
by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the
advisors are the chairs o f their major depart
ments or their representatives.
PRO G R A M F O R FRESH M EN A N D SO PH O M O R ES
The major goals o f the first two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to introduce stu
dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits,
to equip them with the analytic and expressive
skills required to engage in those pursuits, and
to foster a critical stance towards learning and
knowing. The College distribution require
ments are designed to aid students in achieving
these goals.
To meet the distribution requirements, a stu
dent must take at least three credits in each o f
the three divisions o f the College and complete
at least 20 credits outside the major before
graduation. A t least two credits in each divi
sion must be in different departments and
must also be earned in courses designated as
Primary Distribution courses.
For purposes o f the distribution requirements
the three divisions o f the College are consti
tuted as follows:
H um anities: Art, Classics (literature), English
Literature, Modern Languages and Litera
tures, Music and Dance, Philosophy, Reli
gion.
N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science, Engineering,
Mathematics, Physics and Astronomy.
Social Sciences: Classics (ancient history), Eco
nomics, Education, History, Linguistics,
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and
Anthropology.
50
Primary Distribution courses place particular
emphasis on the mode o f inquiry in a particu
lar discipline. In teaching students to be self
conscious about how knowledge is generated,
these courses seek to develop an appreciation
o f both the power and the limits o f each
discipline within a broader system o f knowl
edge. In recognition o f the importance of
writing as an integral part o f the learning
process in disciplines across the curriculum,
Primary Distribution courses also provide
considerable practice in expressing analytic
and synthetic thought in writing. Primary
Distribution courses are intended to be ap
propriate both for those students who con
tinue in a field and for those who do not. They
are restricted to 25 students or have accom
panying small laboratories or discussion sec
tions.
Courses which count for Primary Distribution
are designated in the departmental listings. All
six Primary Distribution courses must be
satisfied by courses taken at Swarthmore and,
with the exception o f literature courses taught
in a language other than English, will normally
be completed before the student enters the
junior year. Extensions in the time allowed to
complete the remaining Primary Distribution
courses may be granted by the Committee on
Academic Requirements to students who
study for a semester or more away from
Swarthmore.
Any course in a division (with the exception
o f English Literature courses numbered 1A,
IB , 1C, Music courses numbered 4 0 -4 9 , and
Dance courses numbered 1-12 and 4 0 ) may be
chosen as the third Distribution course in that
division. Some courses may be designated as
qualifying for distribution (including Primary
Distribution) within more than one division.
One-credit courses so designated can be
counted in only one o f those divisions; multicredit courses so designated may be counted
for distribution in two or more divisions. A
course cross-listed between departments,
within or across divisions, will fulfill the
distribution requirement only for the depart
ment and division o f the professor who offers
the course. Unless designated otherwise,
courses taught jointly or alternately by faculty
members o f departments in different divisions
may not be used to satisfy distribution re
quirements.
Students who have been granted credit and
advanced placement by two departments in
the same division for work done prior to
matriculation at Swarthmore will be exempted
from one Primary Distribution requirement
in that division on the condition that they take
an additional course in one o f those depart
ments. They will be exempted from both
Primary Distribution requirements in that
division on the condition that they take an
additional course in each o f those depart
ments. Students who enter Swarthmore with
at most four semesters remaining to complete
their degree will be exempted from the Pri
mary Distribution component o f the distribu
tion requirement.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign lan
guage, beyond the basic language requirement
(see p. 64 ). A student who intends to major
in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathe
matics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one o f the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these sub
jects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
o f the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least
20 credits must be taken outside the major
department. Early in the sophomore year, die
student should identify two or three subjects
as possible majors, paying particular attention
to departmental requirements and recommen
dations.
W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre
paring their academic programs, it is empha
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to pro
grams and for the completion o f graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
and the Registrar are available for information
and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 63.
P R O G R A M S F O R JU N IO R S A N D S E N IO R S
The major goals o f the last two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to engage students
with a chosen field o f inquiry and to assist
them in assuming an independent role in
creating and synthesizing knowledge within it.
The breadth o f exposure, acquisition o f skills,
and development o f a critical stance during
the first two years prepare students to pursue
these goals. W ith the choice o f a major, the
focus shifts from scope to depth. Students
become involved for two years with a discrete
field o f inquiry and demonstrate their mastery
o f that field through the completion o f courses
within the major and courses taken outside
the major which serve to expand and deepen
the student’s perspective on the major.
All students are required to include sufficient
51
Educational Program
work in a single department or program (des
ignated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent
o f at least eight courses before graduation. In
the spring o f the sophomore year, each student
will, with the guidance o f his or her advisor,
prepare a reasoned plan o f study for the last
two years. This plan will be submitted to the
chair o f the student’s proposed major as a part
o f the application for a major. Acceptance will
be based on the student’s record and an
estimate o f his or her capacities in the desig
nated major. Students who fail to secure
approval o f a major cannot be admitted to the
junior class.
During the senior year a student may choose
to study in one o f two programs o f study
described below.
C O U R SE PRO GRAM
Work in the Course program includes some
intensive study within a general area o f inter
est. This work results in a departmental major
or a special major. To complete a departmental
major, a student must be accepted as a major,
and in addition to the standard eight courses
and comprehensive examination in the major
department, must fulfill specific departmental
requirements. The requirements for accep
tance to departmental majors and for comple
tion o f them are specified in this catalogue
under the respective departmental listings.
The latter are designated to ensure a compre
hensive acquaintance with the field. A student
must accumulate twenty courses outside his
or her major, but there is no other limit on the
number o f courses that a student may take in
his or her major.
W ith departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special M ajor that
includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is
part o f the major program for the comprehen
sive examination; some o f it may consist o f a
thesis or other written research project(s)
designed to integrate the work across depart
mental boundaries. In any case, the program
o f the Special Major is expected to be integral
in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning
(not necessarily conventional) or topic or
problems for sustained inquiry that crosses
departmental boundaries and can be treated as
a sub-field within the normal departmental
major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10
credits and normally o f no more than 12
credits. Occasionally, where regular depart
mental requirements unduly constrain the
possibilities o f a Special Major, these require
ments may be relaxed to a minimum o f six
courses in the primary department or by the
omission o f certain courses in that department
normally required for the sake o f breadth of
experience o f the major field; but course
requirements central to systematic understand
ing o f the major field will not be waived. By
extension, Special Majors may be formulated
as joint majors between two departments,
normally with at least five credits in each
department and 11 in both departments,
which, in such programs, collaborate in advis
ing and in the comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the depart
ment designated by the chairman) whose ap
proval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program
and have achieved the grade average estab
lished for this degree.
52
\
e
(
t
f
c
f
i
t
t
(
(
<
t
I
(
t
I
(
t
(
\
(
(
(
<
1
1
(
1
<
\
1
;
1
E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P R O G R A M ( R E A D I N G F O R H O N O R S )
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1987, is a distinctive
f
part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While
the program is designedly flexible and responsive to new needs, it has been characterized
from the beginning by three basic elements,
which taken together may be said to be the
essence o f the system.
(1 ) Reading for Honors involves a concentra
tion o f the student’s attention upon a limited
field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues
only two subjects each semester, avoiding
fragmentation o f interests. Content o f studies
is correspondingly broader and deeper, per
mitting a wide range o f reading and investiga
tion and demanding o f the student correlations
of an independent and searching nature.
(2) W hile Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both class
mates and instructors. Students prepare for
examination over their program at the close o f
the senior year. In these, the student is ex
pected to demonstrate competence in a field
of knowledge rather than mere mastery o f
those facts and interpretations which the in
structor has presented. These examinations,
consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field,
are set by examiners from other institutions
who also come to the campus to conduct an
oral examination o f each student.
(3) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara
tions for external examinations. Seminars
meet once a week, in many cases in the home
of the instructor, for sessions lasting three
hours or more. The exact technique o f the
seminar varies with the subject matter, but its
essence is a cooperative search for truth,
whether it be by papers, discussion, or labora
tory experiment. Once a seminar in a desig
nated subject has been taken, the student must
stand for the external examination as part o f
his or her Honors program.
An external examination program will be
based on the equivalent o f twelve units o f
work covering at least four fields chosen from
at least two departments. The program o f
study must contain at least three fields from
the student’s major department or be in a
faculty-approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration. The major department may
require that the minor field o f a four field
examination program be related to the three
fields in the major.
A student who sits for an external examination
in a field must do so based on one o f the
following forms o f preparation:
(1 ) Two units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent, or a twocredit thesis or individual research project.
(2 ) Three units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent plus a unit o f
prerequisite work.
(3 ) One unit o f work if this work is related to
one or more o f the other fields in the student’s
external examination program. The examined
work will take the form o f a written essay
which will be the equivalent o f a one-credit
thesis. A student may include, at most, two
single-unit fields in the program for external
examination.
A candidate for admission to the external
examination program should, during the
spring semester o f the junior year, consult the
chair o f his or her prospective major and
minor departments or the chair o f an approved
interdisciplinary concentration or major in
which the examination program is to be fo
cused, to work out his or her proposed pro
gram for external examination. The applica
tion for an external examination program
contains a specification o f i) which examina
tion a student proposes to take, ii) how many
units each examination is to count for, and iii)
the form o f preparation for each examination.
This proposed program must be filed in the
office o f the Registrar, who will forward it to
the divisions concerned. Accceptance o f the
candidate by the division will be based on the
recommendation o f the major and minor de
partments, concentrations or interdisciplinary
major. The recommendation o f the major
department or interdisciplinary program will
depend on the proposed program o f study and
the quality o f the student’s previous work as
indicated by grades received and upon the
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for honors. The
major department or interdisciplinary pro
gram is responsible for the original plan o f
work and for keeping in touch with the can
didate’s progress from semester to semester.
53
Educational Program
The division is responsible for approval o f the
original program and o f any later changes in
that program.
For purposes o f the external examination
program, the structure o f divisions will be as
follows:
H um anities: Art, Classics, English Literature,
History, Linguistics (program), Mathematics,
Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psy
chology, Religion.
Social Sciences: Economics, Education, Engi
neering, History, Linguistics (program), Mathe
matics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychol
ogy, Sociology and Anthropology.
N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science (program), En
gineering, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics
and Astronomy, Psychology.
All seminar work will be followed by an
examination at the end o f the spring semester
o f the year in which the seminar is offered. For
seniors in the external examination program,
the external examination will constitute suffi
cient examination for all seminars in their plan
o f study. All other students who have taken
seminars will stand for an appropriate exami
nation set (when feasible) by external examin
ers and read by a member o f the Swarthmore
faculty. I f such an exam is not available, these
students will stand for an equivalent examina
tion set and read by a member o f the Swarth
more faculty.
Seniors who are awarded honors and juniors
who have been accepted into the external
examination program will have no grades
recorded on their transcript for any seminars
included in their plan o f study for honors
programs. Seniors who take courses within a
plan o f study for an external examination
program will be expected to m eet all the
requirements for such courses except that of
course examination, unless the instructor
deems it necessary that they take the examina
tion. Normally, the external examination will
be sufficient examination for such courses.
A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is en
tirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners.
Upon their recommendation, successful can
didates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree
with Honors, with High Honors, or with
Highest Honors. W hen the work o f a candi
date does not in the opinion o f the examiners
merit Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore fac
ulty members review the student’s examina
tion papers and assign grades.
E X C E P T IO N S T O T H E F O U R -Y E A R P R O G R A M
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bache
lor o f Science degrees is four years, graduation
in three years is freely permitted when a
student can take advantage o f Advanced Place
ment credits, perhaps combining them with
extra work by special permission. When cir
cumstances warrant, a student may lengthen
the continuous route to graduation to five
years by carrying fewer courses than the norm
o f four: this may be appropriate for students
who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements
o f the usual preparation for college, who are
physically handicapped, or who wish to free
time for activities relating to their curricular
work although not done for academic credit.
Such five-year programs are possible in Music
and Studio Arts for students who are tak
54
ing instruction o ff campus or who wish to
pursue studio or instrumental work without
full credit but with instruction and critical
supervision; but such programs are possible
only on application to and selection by the
department concerned, which will look for
exceptional accomplishment or promise. In
all cases where it is proposed to reduce aca
demic credit and lengthen the period before
graduation the College looks particularly to
personal circumstances and to careful advising
and necessarily charges the regular annual
tuition (see the provisions for overloads,
p. 21 ). Full-time leaves o f absence for a semes
ter or a year or more are freely permitted and
in some cases encouraged, subject also to
careful planning and academic advising.
N O RM A L C O U R SE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree
of Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is
made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses
or the equivalent each semester, students may
and frequently do vary this by programs o f
five courses or three courses if it is desirable
for them to do so. The object o f progress
toward the degree is not primarily, however,
the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College
policy does not permit programs o f fewer
than three courses within the normal eight
semester enrollment. Programs o f more than
five courses or fewer than four courses require
special permission (see p. 21 on tuition and
p. 6 2 on registration).
F O R M A T S O F IN S T R U C T IO N
While classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty regu
lations encourage other modes as well. These
include various forms o f individual study,
student-run courses, and a limited amount o f
"practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the in
structor, a project o f additional reading, re
search, and writing. If this attachment is taken
concurrently with the course it is normally
done for half credit. If it is taken in a later
semester (preferably the semester immediately
following), it may be done for either half or
full credit. This kind o f work can be done on
either a small-group or individual basis. It is
not possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative
to seminars as a preparation for papers. Stu
dents who decide before the middle o f the
semester to do a half-credit attachment may
commonly, with permission, withdraw from a
regular course and carry three and a half
credits in that term to be balanced by four and
a half credits in another term. Students may
do as many as two attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, oppor
tunities for directed reading are more frequent
in most departments than are opportunities
for tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir
able that the work be more specialized or more
sharply focussed than is usually the case in
courses or seminars; the work may range from
a course o f reading to a specific research
project. Such work is available primarily to
juniors and seniors in accordance with their
curricular interests and as faculty time per
mits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list ap
proved by the instructor and a final examina
tion or equivalent administered by him or her,
but normally with no further involvement o f
faculty. In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring
term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on the
basis o f an initial memorandum emphasizing
the principal subject matter to be studied, the
questions to be asked about it, the methods o f
investigation, and providing a preliminary bib
liography. The course is then registered by its
organizers with the Provost, who has admin
istrative supervision o f such work, and who
may waive the foregoing deadlines to recognize
problems in the organization o f such courses.
The course supervisor consults his or her
department, and in the case o f an interdepart
mental course, any other department con
cerned, whose representatives together with
55
Educational Program
the Provost will decide whether to approve the
course. The supervisor also reviews the course
outline and bibliography and qualifications
and general eligibility o f students proposing
to participate in the course. After a studentrun course has been found acceptable by the
appropriate department (or departments) and
the Provost, the course supervisor’s final ap
proval is due ten days before the term begins,
following which a revised reading list and class
list are given to the Librarian and the course
title and class list are filed with the Registrar.
A t the end o f the course the supervisor evalu
ates and grades the students’ work in the usual
way or arranges for an outside examiner to do
so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provi
sionally proposed for half credit to run in the
first half o f the semester, and at midterm, may
be either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then
be continued, on the same basis, into the
following term. O r they may be taken for half
credit over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to occa
sional or regular participation. The only es
sentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both ana
lytical and bibliographical, are also regarded
as important ends in themselves, to be em
phasized in the review o f proposals before
approval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant
up to one course credit for practical work,
which may be done o ff campus, when it can
be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis
and is likely to contribute to a student’s
progress in regular course work, and subject
to four conditions: ( 1 ) agreement o f an in
structor to supervise the project; ( 2) sponsor
ship by the instructor’s department, and in the
case o f an interdisciplinary project, any other
department concerned, whose representatives
together with the Provost will decide whether
to grant permission for the applied or practical
work before that work is undertaken; (3) a
basis for the project in some prior course
work; and (4 ) normally, the examination of
pertinent literature and production o f a writ
ten report as parts o f the project. This option
is intended to apply to work in which direct
experience o f the off-campus world or re
sponsible applications o f academic learning or
imaginative aspects o f the practice o f an art are
the primary elements. Because such work is
likely to bear a loose relation to organized
instruction and the regular curriculum, the
College limits academic credit for it while
recognizing its special importance for some
students’ programs.
IN T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y W O R K
The requirements o f the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety o f
interests and to emphasize intellectual diver
sity; it may also be used for the practical
integration o f individual programs around
interests or principles supplementing the
major. The College offers interdepartmental
majors in Asian Studies, Medieval Studies,
Literature, Linguistics-Psychology, and The
atre Studies, and formal interdisciplinary pro
56
grams short o f the major in Black Studies,
Computer Science, International Relations,
Public Policy, and Women’s Studies. The pro
grams in Education and in Linguistics have
departmental status as to staff. It should be
recognized that some departments are them
selves interdisciplinary in nature; that a con
siderable number o f courses are cross-listed
between departments; that each year some
courses are taught jointly by members of two
or more departments; that departments com
monly recommend or require supporting
work for their majors in other departments;
and that students can organize their work into
personally selected concentrations in addition
to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly
in Special Majors. Such concentration is for
mally provided in Black Studies, International
Relations, Public Policy, and Women’s Stu
dies. Many other opportunities exist infor
mally—e.g., in comparative literature, in Af
rican studies, in American studies, in religion
and sociology-anthropology, in engineering
and social sciences, in women’s studies, in
biochemistry, or in chemical physics. Students
are encouraged to seek the advice o f faculty
members on such possibilities with respect to
their particular interests. In some cases faculty
members o f several departments have planned
and scheduled their course offerings with
some consultation so as to afford a de facto
concentration in addition to the major, and
students may wish to know and take advantage
o f these cases o f overlapping faculty interests.
H E A L T H S C IE N C E S A D V IS O R Y P R O G R A M
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for profes
sional schools to which students apply. The
letters are based on faculty evaluations re
quested by the student, the student’s academic
record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the ne
cessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for stu
dents entering medical or dental schools: Bi
ology 1, 2 (students who have earned ad
vanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2
should take two other biology courses);
Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 , or 3 8; Physics 3 , 4 ;
Math 5 and one additional math course; and
English Literature, two semester courses. The
work o f the junior and senior years may be
completed in either the Course or the Honors
Program, and in any major department o f
the student’s choice. However, professional
schools in the health sciences generally require
a demonstrated proficiency in the basic scien
ces. All required courses should therefore be
taken on a graded basis after the first semester
of the freshman year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the Medical College Admission Test
which is given in April and September each
year. It is recommended that students take the
test in the Spring o f the year that they apply
for admission to medical schools. Swarthmore
College is a testing center for the MCAT.
Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and
the Veterinary Aptitude Test, are often re
quired by dental and veterinary schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the Health Sciences
Advisory Office: M edical School Admission
Requirements and Adm ission Requirements o f
A m erican D ental Schools. Catalogs for most
medical and veterinary schools are also on file
in the Advisory Office.
The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodi
cally with students interested in health careers
and is available to assist students in planning
their programs in cooperation with students’
own academic advisors. Further information
on opportunities, requirements and proce
dures can be obtained from the Health Sci
ences Advisor but it is the student’s respon
sibility to make his or her intentions known
to the Advisor at the earliest possible date.
C R E A T IV E A R T S
Work in the creative arts is available both in
the curriculum o f certain departments and on
an extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements
57
Educational Program
in Art, English Literature, and Music. A total
o f not more than five courses in the creative
arts may be counted toward the degrees o f
Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science.
C O O P E R A T I O N W I T H N E IG H B O R I N G I N S T I T U T I O N S
W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College
or the University o f Pennsylvania without the
payment o f extra tuition. Students are ex-
pected to know and abide by the academic
regulations o f the host institution. This ar
rangement does not apply to the summer
sessions o f the University o f Pennsylvania and
Bryn Ma.wr College.
STU D EN T EXCH AN GE PRO G RA M S
To provide variety and a broadened outlook
for interested students, the College has stu
dent exchange arrangements with Brandeis
University, Harvey Mudd College, Howard
University, Middlebury College, Mills Col
lege, Pomona College, Rice University, and
Tufts University. Selection is made by a com
mittee o f the home institution from among
applicants who will be sophomores or juniors
at the time o f the exchange.
W ith each institution there is a limited and
matched number o f exchanges. Students setde
financially with the home institution, thus
retaining during the exchange any financial aid
for which they are eligible. Exchange arrange
ments do not permit transfer o f participants
to the institution with which the exchange
takes place.
E D U C A T IO N A B R O A D
The College recognizes the general educational
value o f travel and study abroad and cooper
ates as far as possible in enabling interested
students to take advantage o f such opportuni
ties. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study
must meet Swarthmore academic standards,
and must form a coherent part o f the student’s
four-year plan o f study.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Registrar and the chairmen o f
departments concerned, if credit is to be given
for courses taken. Students may be asked to
take examinations upon their return to the
College. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following return to
Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as
A rt and Modern Languages and Literatures,
publish separate instructions for transfer o f
credits from other institutions. These are
available from the respective department of
fices.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
58
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble,
where their course o f study is the equivalent
o f one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This
program, under the auspices o f the Depart
ment o f Modern Languages and Literatures, is
open to students from any department, but
especially those in the humanities and social
sciences. Should there be places available,
applications from students at other institu
tions are accepted. The number o f participants
in limited to twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life
at the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f External Examination papers is
possible in certain fields. The program is
designed primarily for juniors and second
!
I
¡
j
--------------------------------------------------------semester sophomores, but seniors can be ac
commodated in special cases.
more Colleges, serve also as directors-in-residence in Madrid.
A member o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program
and the living arrangements o f the students,
and advises on all educational or personal
problems. A coordinator o f the program at
Swarthmore handles such matters as admis
sions to the program (in consultation with the
Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic
credit to departments within the College and
to institutions whose students participate in
the program. Applications for the fall semester
must be submitted by March 15 and for the
spring semester by October 15.
Applications and further information are avail
able from the Department o f Modern Lan
guages and Literatures.
3. Swarthmore-supported Programs o f Study
A broad. Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Ma
2.
A cadem ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro
drid (Spain) for the fall semester or the
gram is administered by the Romance Lan
entire academic year (see above);
guage Department o f Hamilton College, in
cooperation with faculty members o f W il
3 ) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany,
liams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Col
either at the University o f Freiburg or the
leges. Students many enroll either for the full
University o f Munich (West Germany)
academic year or for the fall semester only.
for the entire academic year;
(Credit at Swarthmore must be obtained
4
)
Smith
College Junior Year at the University
through the departments concerned.) The
o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire
program attempts to take full advantage o f the
academic year;
best facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish
community, while adhering to the code o f
5 ) Great Lakes College Association Latin
intellectual performance characteristic o f the
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co
most demanding American institutions.
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in non6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
academic areas, especially in (1 ) the efforts
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
that are made to find homes well suited for
or the entire academic year. (See also
student lodging, and (2 ) the activities which
announcement o f the Art Department,
are planned to insure ample contact with
p. 74, and o f the Classics Department,
Spanish students.
P- 9 8 .)
The program is based in Madrid, where the
7)
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
8
)
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
s
located, it houses a library eminently suited
for study and research, and it sponsors a series
9)
of lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance of
a committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth-
Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).
Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational
(ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November)
semester.
CET/Wellesley College Chinese Language
Program in Beijing for one or both semes
ters.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with the
Financial Aid officer o f the College.
59
Educational Program
4. O ther Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai Univer
sity the College is also affiliated, Smith Col
lege, or Sweet Briar College. These are fullyear programs o f study at foreign universities,
under the supervision o f American college
personnel. Interested students should consult
the Associate Provost.
5. D irect Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for ad
mission as a special student. This should be
done only after consultation with the Registrar
and the appropriate department head. Care
must be taken to assure in advance that
courses taken abroad will be acceptable for
Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities
severely limit the number o f students they
accept for short periods.
60
The O lga Lam kert M em orial Fund. Income from
a fund established in 1979 by students o f Olga
Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore
College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need
who wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Lenin
grad or Moscow semester programs in the
U SSR. Awards based on merit and financial
need will be made on the recommendation of
the Russian section o f the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures.
T he Eugene M. W eber M em orial Fund. Income
from a fund established in 1986 to honor the
memory o f Eugene M. Weber, Professor of
German at Swarthmore College from 1973 to
1986, is available to students with demon
strated financial need who wish to attend an
academic program in a German-speaking coun
try. Awards based on merit and financial need
will be made on the recommendation o f the
German section o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures.
Faculty Regulations
A TTEN D A N CE A T C LA SSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below.
W ith this exception, students are responsible
for regular attendance. Faculty members will
report to the Dean the name o f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion
impairing the student’s work. The number o f
cuts allowed in a given course is not specified,
a fact which places a heavy responsibility on
all students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since fresh
men must exercise particular care in this
respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its
greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter o f class attendance, it is expected that
freshmen, especially, will attend a ll classes.
When illness necessitates absence from
classes, the student should report at once to
the Health Center.
A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading
the material prescribed by a syllabus and
taking a final examination, under the follow
ing conditions:
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2 ) I f after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the in
structor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examina
tion, as the instructor deems necessary for
adequate evaluation o f his or her perfor
mance.
4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.
GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Regis
trar’s offices at intervals during the year upon
the work o f students in courses. Informal
reports during the semester take the form o f
comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end
of each semester formal grades are given in
each course under the letter system, by which
A means excellent work, B good work, C
satisfactory work, D passing but below the
average required for graduation, and NC (no
credit) for uncompleted or unsatisfactory
work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses
and minuses. W signifies that the student has
been permitted to withdraw from the course
by the Committee on Academic Require
ments. X designates a condition; this means
that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half o f a year course, but by creditable
work during the second half may earn a
passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove the condition. R is used to designate
an auditor or to indicate cases in which the
work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated
because o f deficiencies in English.
I
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete
with respect to specific assignments or exam
inations. The Faculty has voted that a stu
dent’s final grade in a course should incorpo
rate a zero for any part o f the course not
completed by the date o f the final examina
tion, or the end o f the examination period.
However, if circumstances beyond the stu
dent’s control preclude the completion o f the
work by this date, a grade o f Incom plete (Inc.)
may be assigned with the permission o f the
Registrar. In such cases incomplete work must
normally be made up and graded and the final
grade recorded within five weeks after the
start o f the following term. Except by special
permission o f the Registrar (on consultation
with the Committee on Academic Require
ments) all grades o f Inc. still outstanding after
that date will be replaced on the student’s
permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver
o f this provision by special permission shall in
no case extend beyond one year from the time
the Inc. grade was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester o f
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no
Faculty Regulations
credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses
for Credit/No Credit by informing the Regis
trar’s Office within the first two weeks o f the
term in which the course is taken, except that
repeated courses may not be taken Credit/No
Credit. For freshmen and sophomores CR
will be recorded for work that would earn a
grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors
the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR
will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the
student and the faculty adviser with evaluation
o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The
evaluation for first-semester freshmen in
cludes a letter-grade equivalent; for other
students the evaluation may be either a lettergrade equivalent, or a comment. Such evalua
tions are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end
o f each semester. They are not routinely sent
to parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.
R E G IS T R A T IO N
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semes
ter. If more than five or fewer than four
courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor
should be consulted and a petition filed with
the Committee on Academic Requirements.
Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received
not later than the middle o f the semester, or
the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their enrollment in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.
E X A M I N A T IO N S
Any student who is absent from an examina
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement
with the instructor in charge o f the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super
vision.
A C A D E M IC H O N E S T Y
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examina
tions or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is
a most serious offense, and one which strikes
at the foundations o f academic life.
62
The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem
to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement
concerning plagiarism may be found in The
Student H andbook), to minimize temptation,
and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean
for action by the College Judiciary Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni
tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f
the Faculty that for the first offense failure in
the course and, as appropriate, suspension for
a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.
ST U D E N T LEA V ES O F A BSEN C E
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by
the date o f enrollment and the student is in
good standing. If a student has not enrolled
and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for
the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he
or she is withdrawing. Such students must
apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to
return to College after an interval. The pur
pose o f this policy is to assist the College in
planning its enrollments.
SU M M ER SC H O O L W O R K
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chair
man o f the Swarthmore department con
cerned before doing the work. Prior approval
is not automatic: it depends upon adequate
information about the content and instruction
of the work to be undertaken. Validation o f
the work for credit depends upon evaluation
of the materials o f the course including sylla
bus, reading lists, written papers, and exami-
nations by the Swarthmore department con
cerned after the work has been done. Valida
tion may include an examination, written or
oral, administered at Swarthmore. An official
transcript from the summer school must be
presented to the Office o f the Registrar before
the work can be validated for credit. Requests
for credit must be made within the academic
year following the term in which the course is
taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is
regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours.
P H Y S IC A L E D U C A T I O N
In the freshman and sophomore years all nonveteran students not excused for medical rea
sons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming
test or take up to one quarter o f swimming
instruction. (See the departmental statement
o f the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.
E X C L U S IO N F R O M C O L L E G E
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning
any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
W IT H D R A W A L A N D R E A D M I S S I O N F O R H E A L T H R E A S O N S (se e p. 3 9 )
63
Degree Requirem ents
B A C H E L O R O F A R T S A N D B A C H E L O R O F S C IE N C E
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for gradua
tion. The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their
equivalent.
test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign lan
guage while at Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive ex
aminations in his or her major field, or met the
standards set by visiting examiners for a degree
with Honors.
3. Complied with the distribution require
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 4 9 -5 0 .)
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
4. The foreign language requirement, having
either: a) passed three years or their equivalent
(as determined by the Provost) o f one foreign
language while in grades nine through twelve;
or, b ) achieved a score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent
in a foreign language on a standard achievement
8. Completed the physical education require
ment set forth on page 63 and in statements of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.
M A S T E R O F A R T S A N D M A S T E R O F S C IE N C E
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f
Science may be conferred subject to the fol
lowing requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinc
tion, either at Swarthmore or at another insti
tution o f satisfactory standing, shall be ad
mitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at
Swarthmore.
done in courses, seminars, reading courses,
regular conferences with members o f the
faculty, or research. The work may be done in
one department or in two related depart
ments.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. I f ac
cepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, ex
ceptions may be made by the Curriculum
Committee. The department or departments
concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the
outside examiners, together with the reports
o f the student’s resident instructors, shall
make recommendations to the faculty for the
award o f the degree.
The requirements for the Master’s- degree
shall include the equivalent o f a full year’s
work o f graduate character. This work may be
A t the option o f the department or depart
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f the work for the degree.
* " A n average o f C ” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A - = 3.67, B + = 3.33,
B = 3.0, B - = 2 .67, C + = 2 .33, C = 2.0,
C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D— 0.67).
Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.
84
Degree Requirem ents
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the
announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $14,380.
65
A w a rd s and P rize s
The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
T he O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
T he M cC abe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty o f the department o f
Engineering.
T he F lack Achievement Award, presented by
the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders
is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f
1938, is made to a deserving student who,
during the first two years at Swarthmore
College, has demonstrated a good record o f
achievements in both academic and extracur
ricular activities while showing leadership po
tential as a constructive member o f the Col
lege. The donor hopes these awards will go to
students o f demonstrated achievement and
high potential who are dedicated to the basic
principles o f American democracy and o f
academic freedom. The awards are not related
to need.
T he Academ y o f A m erican Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group o f
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English Litera
ture.
T he Adam s Prize o f $100 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
T he Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise o f excellence and dedication in
the field.
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class o f
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded
by the Department o f Art to a junior who has
strong interest and potential in the studio arts.
66
It provides up to $ 2 ,0 0 0 to support purpose
ful work in the studio arts during the summer
between the junior and senior years.
A m erican C hem ical Society Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
American Institute o f Chem ists Award is given
to the student who is judged by the Depart
ment o f Chemistry to have the second best
record in chemistry and overall academic per
formance.
T he Boyd Barnard Award is awarded annually
to one or more students, selected by the
Department o f Music, in recognition o f mu
sical excellence and achievement.
T he Jam es H. Batton ’72 Award, endowed in his
memory by G. Isaac Stanley ’73 and Ava
Harris Stanley, M .D. ’7 2, is awarded for the
personal growth or career development o f a
minority student with financial need.
T he Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 is
awarded each May for the best thesis or
extended paper on an historical subject by a
History major during the previous academic
year.
T he B lack Alumni Prize is awarded annually to
honor the sophomore or junior minority stu
dent who has shown exemplary academic
performance and community service.
The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Depart
ment, submits the best essay on any philo
sophical topic.
T he Sophie and W illiam Bramson Prize is
awarded annually to an outstanding student
majoring in sociology and anthropology. The
prize recognizes the excellence o f the senior
thesis, in either the course or external exami
nations program, as well as the excellence of
the student’s entire career in the department.
The Bramson prize is given in memory o f the
parents o f Leon Bramson, founding chairman
o f Swarthmore’s sociology-anthropology de
partment, and it carries a cash stipend.
T he H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics Prize,
honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor o f
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grand
mothers, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is
awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar
ship, character, and influence.
The A lice L . Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Rod D ow dle ’82 Achievem ent Award in
tennis is given annually to the male varsity
tennis player who best exhibits qualities o f
perseverance and strong personal effort to
achieve a meaningful personal or team goal.
The Robert Enders Field Biology Award, estab
lished by his friends and former students, to
honor Dr. Robert K. Enders, a member o f the
College faculty from 1932 to 1970, is awarded
to support the essential costs o f the study o f
biological problems in a natural environment.
The Dorothy D itter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the direc
tion of the Literature Committee.
partment submit the best critical essays on
any topic in the field o f literature.
T he Jesse H. H olm es Prize in Religion o f $150,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class o f
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
T he M ichael H. K eene Award, endowed by the
family and friends o f this member o f the Class
o f 1985, is awarded by the Dean to a worthy
student to honor the memory o f Michael’s
personal courage and high ideals. It carries a
cash stipend.
T he N aom i K ies Award is given in her memory
by her classmates and friends to a student who
has worked long and hard in community
service outside the academic setting, alleviat
ing discrimination or suffering, promoting a
democratic and egalitarian society, or resolv
ing social and political conflict. It carries a
cash stipend.
T he Kw ink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by
the campus managerial organization known as
the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the
faculty o f the Department o f Physical Educa
tion and Athletics to the senior man who best
exemplifies the Society’s five principles: Ser
vice, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sports
manship.
T he L eo M . Leva M em orial Prize, established
by his family and friends, is awarded by the
Biology Department to a graduating senior
whose major is Biology and whose work in the
field shows unusual promise.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
T he Linguistics Prizes were established in 1989
by contributions from alumni interested in
linguistics. Two awards o f $100 each are pre
sented annually, one for linguistic theory and
one for psycholinguistics, to the two students
who, in the opinion o f the Program in Lin
guistics, submit the best senior papers or
theses in these area.
The Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor
of English and Chairman o f the Department
of English Literature. They are awarded to the
two students who in the opinion o f the De
T he Norman M einkoth Field Biology Award,
established by his friends and former students,
to honor Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member
o f the College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is
awarded to support the essential costs o f the
67
A w a rd s and P rize s
study o f biological problems in a natural en
vironment.
The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds
for visiting poets and writers.
T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the
Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best origi
nal poem in the annual competition for the
award. The award o f $100 is made in the
spring o f the year.
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize endowed
by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent
the Library Prize first established by W.W.
Thayer, is awarded annually to that under
graduate who, in the opinion o f the Commit
tee o f Award, shows the best and most intel
ligently chosen collection o f books upon any
subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely
upon the size o f the collection but also upon
the skill with which the books are selected and
upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subjectmatter.
T he M ay E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty o f the Department
o f Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the Dean on the recommendation o f the edi
tors o f T he Phoenix at the end o f each staff
academic year to a member o f T he Phoenix for
excellence in journalism. The prize was estab
lished by the directors o f The Drew Pearson
Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson, Class
o f 1919.
T he D avid A. Peele ’50 Sportsmanship Award is
made to a tennis player after submission o f a
written essay. It is endowed by Marla Hamil
ton Peele in memory o f her husband’s love and
advocacy o f tennis and carries a cash stipend.
T he John W. Perdue M em orial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student
o f the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the
Department o f Engineering to the outstanding
student entering the junior class with a major
68
in engineering.
The W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 11, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major
source o f funds for campus appearances by
poets and writers.
Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award
for a paper on politics or public policy written
during the junior or senior year. The paper
may be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar,
or an independent project, including a thesis.
The paper is nominated by a faculty member
and judged by a committee o f the Department
o f Political Science to be o f outstanding merit
based upon originality, power o f analysis and
written exposition, and depth o f understand
ing o f goals as well as technique.
T he R osita S am off Prize for Playwriting is
awarded for the best full-length or one-act
play as judged by external reviewers in a
competition conducted by the Department of
English Literature.
T he Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Pur
chase Fund permits the A rt Department to
purchase for the College one or two o f the
most outstanding student works from the
year’s student art exhibitions.
T he H ally Jo Stein Award, endowed in her
memory by her brother Craig Edward Stein
’78, is given to an outstanding student who in
the view o f the Dance faculty best exemplifies
Hally Jo ’s dedication to the ideals o f dance. It
carries a cash stipend.
T he K aren Dvonch Steinmetz ’76 Prize, endowed
in her memory by many friends and family, is
awarded annually to a junior who will be
applying to medical school and who demon
strates a special compassion for others.
T he Peter Gram Swing Prize o f $1,000 is
awarded each year at commencement to an
outstanding student whose plans for graduate
study in music indicate special promise and
need. The endowment for the prize was estab
lished in the name o f Ruth Cross Barnard ’19.
T he M elvin B. Troy Award o f $ 2 5 0 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
o f Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class o f 1948.
T he P. Linwood U rban, Jr. Prize, honoring Lin
Urban, Professor o f Religion at Swarthmore
from 1957 to 1989, is awarded annually to a
graduating senior planning to continue reli
gious studies either in seminary or graduate
school.
FA CU LTY AW ARD
T he F lack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity
to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to
help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between
teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President
upon the recommendation o f the Provost and
the candidate’s academic department. This
award is made possible by an endowment
established by James M. Flack and Hertha
Eisenmenger Flack ’38.
69
Fellow ships
Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott, and
Lockw ood Fellowships—see below) are
awarded annually by the Faculty, and two
fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—
see below) are awarded by the Somerville
Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the
College for the pursuit o f advanced work.
These awards are made on recommendation
o f the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes
for a proposed program o f study which has
the approval o f the Faculty. Applications must
be in the hands o f the Committee by March
23. The Committee considers applicants for
all o f these fellowships for which they are
eligible and makes recommendations which
overall do not discriminate on the basis o f sex.
These fellowships are:
The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875,
in memory o f his father.
T he John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother,
John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor
that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f
the Society o f Friends.
T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It
is awarded each year to a woman senior who
is to pursue advanced study in an institution
approved by the Committee.
T he M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by
the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and
sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen
tary or secondary school work-. The recipient
o f the award is to pursue a course o f study in
an institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the con
ditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs,
is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
70
The General Electric Foundation G raduate Fellow
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for
the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be a
United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department cho
sen for graduate work.
Phi B eta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a pro
gram o f advanced study in some branch o f the
liberal arts.
T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow
ship. In awarding these fellowships, preference
is given to Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars
who have completed their Opportunity Project
(see Financial Aid) and who have academic
achievement at Swarthmore sufficient to earn
Distinction or Honors. Applicants should sub
mit to the Committee on Fellowships and
Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high
potential for service to society. This fellowship
is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
T he Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cC abe M em orial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time resi
dents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr.
McCabe received the M .B.A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving spe
cial consideration to applicants who have dem
onstrated superior qualities o f leadership.
Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligi
ble to apply.
M ellon Minority U ndergraduate Fellowship Pro
gram. The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation has
provided a grant to establish an undergraduate
fellowship program intended to increase the
number o f minority students who choose to
enroll in Ph.D. programs and pursue an aca
demic career. The Foundation’s grant provides
term and summer stipends for students to
work with faculty mentors, as well as a loanforgiveness component to reduce undergradu
ate indebtedness for those Fellows who pursue
graduate study. The Fellowships are limited to
the Humanities, a very few o f the Social Sci
ences, and selected Physical Sciences. A faculty
selection committee invites nominations o f
sophomore students in February and awards
the Fellowships in consultation with the Dean
and Provost.
T he ]. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by
friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his
many years o f distinguished teaching o f Politi
cal Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for
as much as $2,5 0 0 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore un
dergraduates, would normally be held offcampus during the summer. Preference is given
to applicants from the Junior Class.
F A C U L T Y F E L L O W S H IP S
The Mary Albertson Faculty Fellowship was en
dowed by an anonymous gift from two o f her
former students, under a challenge grant issued
by the National Endowment for the Humani
ties. It will provide an annual award o f a
semester’s leave at full pay, to support research
and writing by members o f the humanities
faculty. Mary Albertson joined the Swarth
more faculty in 1927 and served as chairman
of the history department from 1942 until her
retirement in 1963. She died in May, 1986.
mittee, there may be a small additional grant
for travel and project expenses. Any humani
ties faculty member eligible for leave may
apply. Fellows will prepare a paper about the
work o f their leave year and present it publicly
to the College and wider community. The
Blanshard Fellowship is made possible by an
anonymous donor who was Blanshard’s stu
dent at Swarthmore, and a challenge grant
from the National Endowment for the Human
ities.
The George Becker Faculty Fellowship was en
dowed by Ramon Posel ’5 0 under a challenge
from the National Endowment for the Hu
manities, in honor o f this former member o f
the English department and its chairman from
1953-70. The fellowship will provide a semes
ter o f leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and write, in
the fields o f art history, Classics, English liter
ature, history, linguistics, modern languages,
music, philosophy, or religion, but with pref
erence to members o f the department o f En
glish literature.
T he Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is de
signed to enhance the educational program o f
Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty
development, by promoting original or innov
ative scholarly achievement o f faculty mem
bers, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual ex
change among scholars. The Fellowship will
provide financial support for faculty leaves
through a grant o f about one half the recipi
ent’s salary during the grant year. Upon rec
ommendation o f the Selection Committee,
there may be a small additional grant for travel
and project expenses and for library book
purchases. The Selection Committee shall
consist o f the Provost, three Divisional Chair
men, and three others selected by the Presi
dent, o f whom at least two must be Swarth
more alumni. Any faculty member eligible for
leave may apply, and up to four may be
chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare a
paper or papers resulting from the work o f
their leave year, presented publicly for the
The Brand Blanshard Faculty Fellowship is an
endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities
established in the name o f philosopher and
former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blan
shard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from
1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a
semester leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and to write.
Upon recommendation o f the Selection Com
71
Fellow ships
College and wider community. The Selection
Committee may support wholly or in part the
cost o f publishing any o f these papers. These
72
fellowships are made possible by an endowment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.
V
Courses o f Instruction
The course (semester course) is the unit o f
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually
given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half'
course credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 9 9 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for upperclass persons
and graduate students.
Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for
the first semester if the student fails the second
semester.
Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.
73
A rt
C O N S T A N C E C A IN H U N G E R F O R D , Professor o f Art History
T . K A O R I K IT A O , Professor o f Art History
M IC H A E L W . C O T H R E N , Associate Professor o f Art History and Chair12
R A N D A L L L . E X O N , Associate Professor o f Studio A rts3*
R R IA N A . M E U N IE R , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts and Acting Chair, Spring 1990
R E T S E Y A . R A T C H ELO R , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts
J O Y C E J . N A G A T A , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (part-time) 1
D IA N E M . O ’ D O N O G H U E , Assistant Professor o f Art History3
K A T H E R IN E F. H A C K E R , Instructor o f Art History (part-time) 5
D A N IE L S M A R T T , Instructor o f Art History
The Department o f A rt offers historical, criti
cal, and practical instruction in the visual arts.
Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions, mean
ing, and historical context o f works o f art and
architecture; studio arts courses explore prob
lems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation o f
objects in various media.
W ilcox G allery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal
lery provides seven to nine exhibitions a year,
which are an integral part o f the Studio Arts
Program. The works o f nationally known
artists as well as those o f younger artists, in
various media, are exhibited in group and
one-person shows. Each spring there is a
group show o f student work drawn from
Studio Arts classes throughout the year, as
well as a series o f solo exhibitions by senior
majors.
H eilm an A rtist: Each year the Department of
Art selects an artist to visit the College to
serve as a visiting artist and critic under the
Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program.
The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in
the W ilcox A rt Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he
or she gives critiques in the studios and also
meets and talks with students, both majors
and non-majors, on an informal basis.
L ee Frank Lecture: See p. 14.
Benjamin W est Lecture: See p. 14.
Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship: See p. 24.
Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant: See p. 66.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 is the prerequisite for
all other art history courses in the Department.
STU A 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio
arts courses; it may be waived only by present
ing a portfolio for evaluation. Students are
advised that graduate work in art history
requires a reading knowledge o f at least Ger
man and French.
Study A broad: The Art Department strongly
encourages those with an interest in art to
1
2
3
5
74
Absent on leave,
Absent on leave,
Absent on leave,
Spring semester,
fall semester, 1989.
spring semester, 1990.
1989-90.
1990.
consider incorporating foreign study—either
during a summer or a regular academic term—
into their Swarthmore program. Important
examples o f art and architecture are scattered
throughout the world, and the encounter with
works still imbedded in their original context
is vital to an understanding o f their historical
and contemporary significance. Past experience has shown, however, that art courses in
most foreign study programs fall considerably
I
I
I
I
I
I
]
I
I
|
below the academic standards o f comparable
courses at Swarthmore. To aid students in
their attempt to gain Swarthmore credit for
study abroad, the Department has established
the following guidelines. (1 ) Beginning with
the class o f 1992, no request for transfer
credit in art history will be considered unless
a student has already taken ARTH 1 (the
normal prerequisite for work in art history at
Swarthmore) before taking a course abroad.
(2 ) Students who are interested in bettering
their chances o f gaining a full Swarthmore
credit for a course taken in a foreign program
are advised to attempt to arrange with a
Swarthmore professor, before leaving the cam
pus, to write, if necessary, a supplementary
research paper as a part o f the course. Such
papers will be evaluated by the Department as
part o f the process o f determining transfer
credit.
The Course M ajor in Art History: Art History
majors are required to take ARTH 1, four
survey courses (ARTH 12, ARTH 14, ARTH
15, and either ARTH 17 or ARTH 18), four
elective credits in Art History, and one course
in Studio.Arts. The comprehensive—given in
the Spring semester o f the senior year—con
sists o f a written examination, in preparation
for which students are required to study a
group o f carefully chosen works o f art and
architecture drawn from the core areas rep
resented by the required survey courses.
The Course M ajor in Art: The combined pro
gram o f the Course M ajor in A rt consists o f
a minimum o f five courses in Art History
(ARTH 1; ARTH 12, ARTH 14, of ARTH 15;
ARTH 17 or ARTH 18; and two elective
credits) and five courses in Studio Arts (in
cluding courses in drawing, another 2-D me
dium, and a 3-D medium). The comprehen
sive consists o f a Senior Exhibition and
Catalog, prepared during Senior Workshop
(STU A 3 0 ) during the Fall o f the senior year.
M ajors and Minors in T he External Exam ination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 (and one
studio course for majors), art history majors
in the External Examination Program should
take four seminars in the Department; minors
should take two. W ith the approval o f the
relevant professor, a corresponding course
with an attachment may be substituted for a
seminar if that seminar will not be offered
during the period o f the student’s preparation
for External Examinations.
A rt History
1. C ritical S tu d y in the V isual A r t s .
This introduction to the study o f the visual
arts will investigate formal analysis, iconog
raphy, and methods o f historical interpreta
tion, using examples o f art and architecture
drawn from a variety o f cultures and historical
periods. The course will emphasize learning to
see vividly and systematically and to write
accurately about what is seen. Topics for
discussion will include technique and produc
tion, visual narrative and didacticism, patron
age and biography, and approaches such as
psychoanalysis, Marxism, and feminism. This
Primary Distribution Course serves as prereq
uisite for all further work in art history.
Each semester. Cothren, Hungerford, Kitao,
Smartt.
12. A s ia n S u r v e y .
An introduction to the creation and use o f art
within various Asian cultures, including India,
China, and Japan. Architecture, sculpture,
ceramics, and the pictorial arts will be in
cluded in this survey, which will cover all
major historical periods from the Neolithic to
the modern era. W ithin each national tradi
tion and period, visual culture will be ex
amined in relation to the broader societal
values—aesthetic, political, religious— that
informed its production.
Spring sem ester. Hacker.
14 . M e d ie va l S u r v e y .
An introduction to European art and archi
tecture from late antiquity through the thir
teenth century. Special attention will be given
to the "Romanization” o f Christian art under
Constantine, the alternative Celtic Christian
heritage o f the British Isles and its culmination
in the Book o f Kells, the Imperial Papal
75
Art
patronage o f Sixtus III, Justinianic Constan
tinople and Ravenna, the political implications
o f the Carolingian Renaissance, Romanesque
sculpture as ecclesiastical propaganda, the
efflorescence o f monastic art under the Cluniacs and Cistercians, the neoplatonic aesthetic
that gave birth to the Gothic, and the political
ideology that led to its dissemination.
Spring semester. Smartt.
15. R e n aissan ce and Baroque S u r v e y .
Study o f artistic developments in Europe from
the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries, cover
ing major activities and legacies in Florence,
Rome, Venice, Paris, Amsterdam, and Lon
don, with special emphasis on the emergence
o f a new style in Florence, Leonardo da
Vinci’s achievements in art and science, Clas
sicism and Mannerism, Bernini’s remaking of
Rome, and the spread o f Baroque in and
beyond Europe.
Fall sem ester. Kitao.
1 7 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry S u r v e y .
Developments in European painting and
sculpture from the late 18th century through
the Post-Impressionist generation o f Cézanne,
van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, po
litical, economic, and cultural contexts are
considered.
Fall sem ester. Hungerford.
18 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry S u r v e y .
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impresssionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak o f
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring sem ester. Hungerford.
19 . Film : A r t and H is to ry .
Introduction to the study o f film, primarily as
visual and narrative art; analytical discussion
o f the elements o f film as a medium, art,
literature, technology, and industry, with ex
amples o f selected classics (Blue Angel, C itizen
K ane, and Rules o f the Game) in the first half,
followed by a historical survey from the silent
days to Godard and Bergman. Screening, lec
tures, and critical papers.
Not offered 1989-90. Kitao.
2 5 . A r t s o f A fric a .
A historical survey, this course explores A ff i-
76
can political, religious, and social systems o f
different epochs through the visual arts. The
purpose is to define the role o f art in a
traditional African context. Topics include
arts o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary
arts, rites o f passage, and masquerade as total
art. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
between social structure, artistic expression,
and symbolic thought. Also considered are
the role o f the artist in African society, the
aesthetic values o f different cultures, canons
o f form, and stylistic change.
Not offered 1989-90. O ’Donoghue.
3 4 . A r ts o f Ja p a n .
This course is intended to introduce the arts
o f Japan from ca. 6 0 0 0 BCE through the pres
ent era. Topics will include the arts o f Shinto
and Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, paint
ing, sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the
traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong
emphasis will be placed on viewing art in re
lation to its larger historical context.
Not offered 1989-90. O ’Donoghue.
3 5 . C hinese A r t and A rc h a e o lo g y .
An introduction to China’s artistic traditions
from their origins in the localized cultures of
the Neolithic period to the founding o f the
People’s Republic. Topics to be covered within
this historical survey include the ritual and
funerary art o f the Bronze Age, Buddhist
architecture and sculpture, landscape painting
and painting theory, as well as the politicization
o f Chinese art in the twentieth century.
Not offered 1989-90. O ’Donoghue.
4 5 . G o th ic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re .
The course will emphasize the formation of
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its de
velopment and codification in France during
the thirteenth century. Topics will include the
role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the
establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, the Gothic
church as theatrical space, the inspiration fot
and effectiveness o f structural systems in
Gothic architecture, and Gothic "humanism”
in the figural arts around the year 1200.
Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and
manuscript illustration will be considered.
N ot offered 1989-90. Cothren.
4 7 . La te A n tiq u e , E a rly C h ristia n ,
and B y za n tin e A r t
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris
tian form o f artistic expression from the heri
tage o f late antique art, followed by a survey
of its international development through the
sixth century and its progression in the Byzan
tine empire centered in Constantinople until
the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks
in 1453. Attention will be given to architec
ture, its monumental mosaic and fresco dec
oration, manuscript illumination, iconic de
votional images, and the small-scale arts o f
ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels.
Not offered 1989-90. Cothren.
53. M ichelangelo and H is T im e s .
Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contem
poraries. Topics include classicism, art as prob
lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea o f
the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and
Mannerism.
Not offered 1989-90. Kitao.
55. R e m bran dt and H is T im e s .
Study o f Rembrandt’s art, especially toward
the understanding o f the nature o f picture
making. Works in painting, drawing, and etch
ing are examined. Topics considered include
Holland’s mercantile and Protestant milieu,
Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his Dutch con
temporaries, the development o f the genres,
the print as a medium, the loose style, optics
and painting, popular imagery, and, above all,
the general questions concerning portraiture,
self-portraiture, theatricality, realism, narra
tive art, landscape, marketing, and the late
style.
Spring sem ester. Kitao.
65. Philadelphia: A rc h ite c tu ra l
Heritage.
Introduction to the history and criticism o f
architecture and planning, covering American
and European Architecture o f the last 300
years with focus on Philadelphia; special em
phasis on Philadelphia’s relation to the Europe
of Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian Lon
don, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago
School, Art Nouveaux, the International Style
and Post-Modernism, with topics on the rise
of professionalism, historicism and new tech
nology, modernism and the classical canon,
and historic preervation. Papers and projects,
and walking tours o f Philadelphia.
Fail semester. Kitao.
6 6 . A m e ric a n A r t
Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Not offered 1989-90. Hungerford.
6 7 . M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and
Lite ra tu re .
(Also listed as English 85 .) An interdiscipli
nary study o f the origins, ideology, develop
ment o f modernism in American culture be
tween 1870 and 1930 using approaches from
the fields o f art history, American studies, and
literary criticism. Artists include Winslow
Homer and Ernest Hemingway, W illa Cather
and Georgia O ’Keeffe, Charles Demuth,
Charles Sheeler, Marcel Duchamp, and W il
liam Carlos Williams, plus selected artists and
writers associated with the Harlem Renais
sance.
Prerequisites: one introductory course in
English and ARTH 1.
Fall sem ester. Hungerford and Schmidt.
6 8. Yankee In g enu ity: T e ch no lo g y,
D e sig n , and M a te ria l C ulture.
Discussion o f machine-made objects as cul
tural artifacts. The course examines industrial
technology in American design in relation to
the history o f material culture, focusing on
selected design, large and small, extending
from household appliances to mass transit,
and considers such topics as the theory o f
design and craftsmanship, tools and machines,
standardization, electricity and electronics,
the cult o f speed and efficiency, the computer
world, and observations on the "history o f
things.”
N ot offered 1989-90. Kitao.
7 5 . Sp e cial S tu d ie s in C in em a:
H o lly w o o d 1939.
This course, conducted in a seminar format,
will deal with selected films in wide-ranging
genres, with emphasis on cine-semiotics and
other critical theories.
Prerequisite: ARTH1 or 2, ARTH 7, and per
mission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Kitao.
8 6 . A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry : D e sig n ,
T h o u g h t and C u ltu re .
Topics discussed include functionalism, classi
77
Art
cism, theory o f structure and decoration; build
ings as objects and environmental constructs;
architecture in relation to urban planning and
systems design; architecture and behavioral
sciences; architecture as metalanguage; archi
tectural semiotics; architecture in relation to
history and culture. Readings cover Sullivan,
Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitru
vius as well as more recent theories by Lynch,
Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Venturi, Eco, and
Tafuri.
Not offered 1989-90. Kitao.
9 5 . T h e o ry and M eth o do log y.
This one-credit seminar, which is required for
all course majors in art history and is normally
taken in the senior year, focuses on the process
o f art historical inquiry. Non-majors are ad
mitted only with the permission o f the in
structor.
Not offered 1989-90. Cothren or O ’Donoghue.
9 6. D irecte d Reading.
Staff.
9 9. T h e s is .
S E M IN A R S
135. C hin ese Painting.
153. M ichelang elo and H is T im e s .
The development o f China’s pictorial tradi
tion is examined from its origins in early
language and ritual imagery to the theoretical
and structural concerns o f the late dynastic
and modern periods. Topics for consideration
include philosophical and formal issues relat
ing to the depiction o f landscape, the role o f
theory and the formulation o f the painting
"canon,” imperial and religious imagery and
the position o f the painter in Chinese society.
Fail sem ester 1990. O ’Donoghue.
See description for ARTH 53.
Not offered 1989-91. Kitao.
138. Isla m ic Painting.
After a brief general introduction to Islamic
art, the seminar will explore the history and
evolution o f the pictorial narrative tradition
within Islamic culture from A.D. 691 to A.D.
1548. Particular emphasis will be given to the
manuscripts o f the M aqam at o f al-Hariri pro
duced in thirteenth-century Baghdad and to
the development o f a tradition for the illustra
tion o f Persian poetic and historical texts from
the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries. The
seminar will culminate in a detailed study o f
the lavish Sha/inama o f Shah Tahmasp, a proj
ect which occupied the most important paint
ers o f the period (c. A.D. 1522-35).
Not offered 1989-91. Cothren.
14 5 . G o th ic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re .
See description for ARTH 45.
Spring semester 1991. Cothren.
78
16 0. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry A r t
Study o f the transition from royal and aristo
cratic visual culture to that o f the rising middle
class in Western Europe and the emerging
United States, with primary attention to paint
ing, sculpture, and architecture.
Spring sem ester 1991. Hungerford.
16 4 . M od ern A r t
This seminar will focus on the varying schol
arly approaches to the work o f artists such as
David, Courbet, Manet, Monet, Cézanne, Pi
casso, and Pollock and to the issue o f "mod
ernism” in nineteenth- and twentieth-century
painting.
Prerequisite: ARTH 17 or ARTH 18, or the
completion o f another seminar in art history,
or permission o f the instructor.
Spring sem ester. Hungerford.
19 5 . T h e o ry and M e th o d o lo g y.
An introduction to the historiography o f art
history, both theory and practice, and an ex
ploration o f the current "crisis” o f the disci
pline which has led to its reassessment from
a variety o f critical perspectives.
Prerequisite: four credits in art history.
Not offered 1989-91. Cothren or O ’Donoghue.
Studio A rts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for
full course credit unless otherwise noted.
Studio Arts courses are subject to the Col
lege’s limit on Creative Arts courses (see
p. 57 ). Studio Art I is the usual prerequisite
for studio arts courses; it may be waived only
by presenting a portfolio for evaluation by the
Studio Arts faculty.
1. In troduction to S tu d io A r ts .
Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form.
Attention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects o f the work and to the development o f
studio techniques.
Each sem ester. Batchelor, Meunier, and
Nagata.
2. C e ra m ic S c u lp tu re .
This class examines the concepts o f form and
mass in three-dimensional structures. Clay is
the primary medium. Students should have a
familiarity with hand-forming methods in
clay, basic two- and three-dimensional classwork, or consent o f instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Nagata.
3. D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Not offered 1989-90. Exon.
4. Sculptu re.
This course will cover a wide range o f sculp
tural concepts and techniques, from tradi
tional to contemporary. These techniques will
include: clay modeling, casting, multi-media
assemblage, and wood construction.
Each semester. Meunier.
5. C eram ics I.
Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand
building and wheel techniques, and artistic
use of these techniques.
Not offered 1989-90. Nagata.
6. Ph otograph y.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photog
raphy, both as a unique medium and as it
relates to other forms o f non-photographic
composition.
Not offered 1989-90. Meunier.
7 . C e ra m ic s II.
Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing
and firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware, and
some porcelain).
Prerequisite: STU A 5 or equivalent.
N ot offered 1989-90. Nagata.
8 . Paintin g .
Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it
can define surface, space, light, temperature
and mood.
Spring sem ester. Batchelor.
10 . L ife D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f the human form in
nature and in art. Although the course centers
on drawing from the model, many other nat
ural forms are utilized in order fully to estab
lish a student’s appreciation o f the visual
world.
Fall semester. Batchelor.
14 . A d va n c e d S c u lp tu re .
Not offered 1989-90. Meunier.
15. A d v a n c e d C e ra m ic s .
Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on per
sonal development in explorative glazing;
decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex
tures; and understanding o f firing processes.
Admission by consent o f the instructor.
N ot offered 1989-90. Nagata.
16. A d v a n c e d P h o to g ra p h y.
N ot offered 1989-90. Meunier.
18. A d va n c e d Painting.
N ot offered 1989-go. Exon.
2 0 . Sp e cial S tu d ie s.
Staff.
3 0 . S e n io r W o rk sh o p .
A course designed to strengthen critical, the
oretical, and practical skills on an advanced
level. Critiques by the resident faculty and
visiting artists, as well as group critiques with
all members o f the workshop, will guide and
assess the development o f the students’ indi
vidual directed practice in a chosen field.
79
Art
Assigned readings and scheduled discussions
will initiate the writing o f the catalogue for the
senior exhibition. (This course is required o f
senior art majors; non-majors will be admitted
80
only by permission o f the instructor.)
F all sem ester. Meunier.
40.
Staff.
S e n io r T h e s is .
Asian Studies
Coordinators: S U S A N W IL L IA M S O N (Social Sciences Librarian, fall)
A L A N B ER K O W ITZ (M odem Languages, Chinese, spring)
Faculty:
S te v e n Goodm an (Religion)
G e ra ld Le vin s o n (Music)
Lillia n U (History) 1
Li-ch in g M a ir (Modern Languages, Chinese)
Diane O ’ Donoghue (A rt)*3
Steph en P ik e r (Sociology/Anthropology)
S . W. R . D e .A . S a m a ra s in g h e (Cornell Visiting Professor)
V id ya m a li S a m a ra s in g h e (Cornell Visiting Professor)
P a tric ia S tran a h an (History) 4
Donald S w e a r e r (Religion) 3
L a r r y W estphal (Economics)
T yre n e W hite (Political Science) 3
PU RPO SE
The purpose o f the Asian Studies major is to
provide the student with interdisciplinary
education concerning Asia that has five components, four o f which are required: (1 ) A
general background in Asia that stresses the
ability to make cross-cultural comparisons.
For this purpose the student is required to
take courses in more than one o f the regions
of Asia: China, Japan, South Asia, and South
east Asia. (2 ) An interdisciplinary approach;
the student will be required to take instruction
in at least three different departments, one o f
which may be language. (3 ) A specialized
knowledge o f one area o f Asia, defined either
geographically or topically. (4 ) The ability to
demonstrate this specialized knowledge in an
independent research project (thesis) done in
the senior year.
A fifth, strongly recommended, component is
the study o f an Asian language. Students may
study an Asian language in one o f the follow
ing ways: (a) taking Chinese language at
Swarthmore or Japanese at Haverford, (b)
taking another Asian language at the Univer
sity of Pennsylvania or in summer school, for
example at the Middlebury College Summer
Language Institute, or (c) taking language
courses in one o f the study-abroad programs
with which Swarthmore is affiliated. All lan
guage courses taken above the first-year level
may be counted toward the major. Other
courses taken in a study-abroad program may
also be applied toward the major, subject to
the approval o f the Asian Studies Committee.
In planning their programs o f study, prospec
tive majors are urged to consider study abroad
for a summer, a semester, or a year. Study
abroad serves not only as an opportunity for
students to build their language skills, but also
as the ideal way to study a foreign culture. To
the greatest extent possible the Asian Studies
faculty will help students plan a program
abroad that will support and enhance their
Swarthmore programs.
In planning his/her major in Asian Studies,
the student should demonstrate in the sopho
more plan o f study the intellectual coherence
o f his/her proposed program. To a large
extent this will consist o f explaining how the
proposed program develops a specialized
knowledge o f one o f the regions o f Asia, as
defined above, or o f a topic that spans the
different regions. Examples o f the latter might
be Buddhism in Asia, Revolutionary Move
ments in Asia, the Political Economy o f Asian
Development, or Elite and Popular Cultures
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
G1
Asia n Studies
in Asia. Any subsequent changes in the program, after its initial approval by the Asian
Studies Committee, must be aproved in advance by the Coordinator o f Asian Studies.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S
The major consists o f a minimim o f 9 credits
distributed in the following way:
( 1 ) 2 credits at the introductory level.
History 9 (Chinese Civilization), Religion
11/History 72 (The History, Religion,
and Culture o f Japan), or Religion 8 (The
Religions o f India).
(2 ) Minimum o f 6 credits o f work at the
intermediate or advanced level in at least
two different departments, one o f which
may be language above the first year. The
external examination candidates will nor
mally present two fields plus a thesis for
examination, in addition to three fields
outside the major. (In cases where fields
represent three credits o f work, three of
these fields must be in Asian Studies, and
one will be outside the major.)
(3 ) 1- or 2-credit Senior thesis.
Each major will be expected to write a
senior thesis in his/her area o f specializa
tion. External examination candidates will
generally be required to write a twocredit thesis for external examination;
other students will write a one-credit
thesis.
C O U R SES
D e p a rtm e n t o f A r t
12. Asian Survey
Spring sem ester.
34. Arts o f Japan
Not offered 1989-90.
35. Chinese Art and Archaeology
Not offered 1989-90.
135. Chinese Painting
Not offered 1989-90.
D e p a rtm e n t o f Ec on o m ics
86. Economic Problems o f Southern Asia
Spring semester.
D e p a rtm e n t o f H is to ry
9. Chinese Civilization
Spring sem ester.
.72. The History, Religion, and Culture of
Japan
Not offered 1989-90.
74. Modern China
Fall semester.
75. Modern Japan
Not offered 1989-90.
76. 20th Century Japan
F all semester.
144. Modem China
Fall sem ester.
82
D e p a rtm e n t o f M od ern Lan g u ag e s
and Lite ra tu re s
3B, 4B. Second-year Mandarin Chinese
Fall and spring semesters.
11. Third-year Chinese
Fall semester.
11 A. Chinese Conversation
Fall semester.
12. Advanced Chinese
Spring semester.
12A. Chinese Conversation
Spring semester.
16. The Classical Tradition
Fall semester.
17. Vernacular, Modern, and
Contemporary Writings.
Sjjring semester.
93. Directed Reading
D e p a rtm e n t o f Po litica l Scie nce
19. Comparative Communist Politics
Not offered 1989-90.
20. Politics o f China
Not offered 1989-90.
26. Ethnic Conflicts
F all semester.
107. Comparative Politics:
Communist Regimes
Not offered 1989-90.
Departm ent o f Religion
8. The Religions o f India
Fall semester.
9. Mahayana Buddhism
Spring semester.
11. The History, Religion, and Culture of
Japan
Not offered 1989-90.
12. Introduction to Islam
Spring semester.
103. Asian Religious Thought
Not offered 1989-90.
104. Buddhism in Southeast Asia
N ot offered 1989-90.
110. Foundations o f Buddhism
Spring semester.
D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y
80. Women and Feminism in the Third
World.
Spring semester.
93. Southeast Asia: Culture and History
Independent Study.
83
A stro n o m y
J O H N L G A U S T A D , Professor*
W U L F F D. H E IN T Z , Professor
See P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y for major
requirements and full descriptions o f courses.
1.
In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y .
5 ,6 . G en eral A s tro n o m y I, II.
9.
M e te o ro lo g y .
23.
M eth o ds o f O b se rvatio n al
A s tro n o m y .
5 1 . C ele stial M ec h a n ics.
5 2 . C on ce pts o f th e C o s m o s.
2
84
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
5 5 . P la n e ta ry S cie n ce .
5 6 . C o s m o lo g y.
59.
6 1.
64.
Positional A s tro n o m y .
C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tro p h y s ic s .
G a lactic S tru c tu re .
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t
1 1 7 ,1 1 8 . T h e o re tic a l A s tro p h y s ic s .
Biology
M A R K J A C O B S , Professor and Chair
J O H N B . J E N K IN S , Professor
RO B ER T E. S A V A G E , Professor
T IM O T H Y C . W IL L IA M S , Professor'
GR EG O R Y L F L O R A N T , Associate Professor*3
4
S C O T T F. G ILB ER T , Associate Professor
N A N C Y V. H A M L E T T , Associate Professor3
B A R B A R A Y. S T EW A R T , Associate Professor and Associate Chair
JA C O B W E IN ER , Associate Professor3
A A R O N M . E L L IS O N , Assistant Professor
R A C H EL A . M E R Z , Assistant Professor1
K A T H L E E N K . S IW IC K I, Assistant Professor
PH ILIP U . S T O D D A R D , Assistant Professor4
A M Y C . V O L L M E R , Assistant Professor
D A R L E N E B R A M U C C I, Assistant
A N N E S T O R K , Assistant
The student may be introduced to biology by
enrolling in Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either
course may be taken first. A diversity o f
intermediate and advanced courses, some of
fered in alternate years, affords the student the
opportunity o f building a broad biological
background while concentrating, if desired, in
some specialized areas such as cellular and
molecular biology, or organismal and popula
tion biology. Intermediate courses are num
bered 10-60; courses numbered beyond 60
are advanced. A special major in biochemistry
is offered in cooperation with the Department
o f Chemistry (cf. Chemistry). A special major
in psychobiology is offered in cooperation
with the Department o f Psychology (cf. Psy
chology).
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting sub
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college mathe
matics (not Math 1 or 3). One semester of
statistics (Math 2 ) is strongly recommended.
These courses should be completed before the
senior year. Introductory physics is strongly
recommended and is prerequisite to some
departmental offerings. Further, it should be
noted that medical schools and graduate
schools in biology require introductory phys
ics and four semesters o f chemistry for admis
sion.
Students majoring in Biology must take at
least one course or seminar in each o f the
following three groups: I, cell and molecular
biology (i.e., 2 0 ,2 1 ,3 4 ,3 8 ,5 8 ,1 0 2 ,1 5 1 ,1 5 3 ,
154, 156); II, organismal biology (i.e., 1 2 ,2 9 ,
36, 37, 7 8 ,1 0 6 ,1 5 2 ,1 5 7 , 173); III, populational biology (i.e., 17, 25, 26, 28, 39, 50,
1 0 2 ,1 0 8 , 160, 168).
Biology course majors are expected to take at
least one seminar in Biology.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
05
Biology
E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P R O G R A M
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations by combining courses and semi
nars in the areas o f Virology (Bio 38 or 21 and
153), Microbial Ecology (Bio 3 8 or 3 9 and
168), Plant Ecology (Bio 3 9 and 104), Animal
Physiology (Bio 12 and 157), Behavioral Ecol
ogy (Bio 25 or 39 and 160), Orientation and
Sensory Systems (Bio 12 or 25 and 173),
Developmental Biology (Bio 20, 21 or 3 8 and
152), Human Genetics (Bio 20 and 156),
Biomechanics (Bio 3 6 or 5 0 and 106), Cell
Biology (Bio 21 and 151), Paleobiology (Bio
36, 50, 17, 12, 2 6 or 3 9 and 108), Neurobiology (Bio 29 and 78), Membrane Molecu
lar Biology (Bio 21 or Chem 3 8 and Bio 102),
and Research in Biology (Bio 180). Most
seminars used to prepare for the External
Examination are one credit and are an exten
sion and continuation o f a prerequisite course.
Admission to the External Examination Pro
gram is based on academic record (average of
B or better in the natural sciences) and com
pletion o f prerequisites for the courses or
seminars used in preparation for external
examination. Departmental requirements in
chemistry and mathematics must also be ful
filled.
Students wishing to obtain secondary teacher
certification in biology must complete suc
cessfully a major in biology. In addition, the
Program in Education strongly recommends a
course in physics and one biology course in a
plant science.
1. C ellu la r and M o le c u la r B io lo g y.
12 . Th e V e rte b ra te s.
An introductory study o f phenomena funda
mental to living systems illustrated by exam
ples drawn from the fields o f microbiology,
cell biology, genetics, and developmental biol
ogy. Emphasis is upon the means by which
biologists have attempted to elucidate these
phenomena rather than upon a survey o f them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Fall sem ester. Staff.
A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra
tions, films, an introduction to basic histolo
gy, and when possible, radiographic presenta
tions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Spring semester.
2 . O rg an ism a l and Population B io lo g y.
An introduction to the study o f whole organ
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals.
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Spring sem ester. Staff.
10. H um an Evo lu tio n .
Cross-listed with Sociology/Anthropology 10
(c/ Sociology/Anthropology). This course is a
Primary Distribution Course in the Social
Sciences when taken as Sociology/Anthro
pology 10, but not in the Natural Sciences
when taken as Biology 10.
86
1 7 . S y s te m a tic B o ta n y.
Principles and methods o f plant systematics
approached through the classification and iden
tification o f the major families o f vascular
plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the
northeastern United States. The course is open
to biology majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc
tor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Weiner.
2 0 . Ge n etics.
An examination o f the transmission, struc
ture, and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the iden
tification, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene activ
ity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 34.
Fall sem ester. Jenkins.
21. Cell Bio lo gy.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f
cell components, cell division, biosynthesis o f
macromolecules, and intermediary metabo
lism. Laboratory exercises are designed to
illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings
in cell biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring sem ester. Savage.
25. A n im a l B e h a vio r.
An introduction to the biological study o f
animal behavior in field and laboratory. Both
vertebrate and invertebrate animals are co
vered and emphasis is placed on the evolu
tionary importance o f social behavior (Ethol
ogy and Behavioral Ecology) and the physi
ological mechanisms that mediate behavior
(Neurobiology and Behavior). Laboratory
experience includes field trips, individual re
search projects, and recording from nerve
cells.
One laboratory or field period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recom
mended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years. Stoddard.
26. Adaptational P la n t A n a to m y .
An examination o f the anatomical adaptations
of vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature, and bi
otic factors. Topics include the adaptive
anatomy/morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epiphytes, arctic and alpine plants,
insectivorous plants, and plants’ flowers,
fruits, and seeds.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Alternate years. Spring sem ester. Jacobs.
2 8 . C ro p P la n ts .
An introduction to the plants used as food by
man: their origins and evolution, growth and
development, nutritional value, production
methodology and breeding for yield improve
ment and pest resistance. Labs will examine
the preparation and processing o f crops for
use as food by man and will include several
field trips to production farms and experi
mental farms in the area.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 2, or permission o f the
instructor.
A lternate years. Spring sem ester. Jacobs.
2 9 . N eu ro b io log y.
An introduction to the cell biology o f neurons
and the organization o f neural systems. Topics
include the properties o f excitable mem
branes, synapic physiology and biochemistry,
modulation o f synapses and ion channels, as
well as the organization o f sensory and motor
systems.
No laboratory in 1989-90.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Spring sem ester. Siwicki.
3 4 . Im m un ology.
A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Spe
cial attention will be given to the cellular
interactions leading to immunocompetency,
AIDS, and the strategies whereby certain mi
croorganisms, tumors, and fetal cells avoid
immune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Gilbert.
3 6 . In v e rte b ra te Z o o lo g y .
The evolution and comparative biology o f
invertebrate animals. Consideration is given
to morphology, phylogeny, ecology, and phys
iology o f invertebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Merz.
3 7 . Pla nt P h y s io lo g y .
A study o f the principal physiological pro
cesses o f higher plants, including photosyn-
87
Biology
thesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient trans'
port, mineral metabolism, plant hormone
action, and environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Fall sem ester. Jacobs.
38. M ic ro b io lo g y .
Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics
include microbial cell structure, metabolism,
physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory
exercises include techniques for detecting,
isolating, cultivating, quantifying, and identi'
fying bacteria.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall sem ester. Vollmer.
39. Ec o lo g y.
The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance o f
organisms. Topics covered include interac
tions between organisms and their environ
ments, population dynamics, species interac
tions, community ecology, and nutrient cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall sem ester. Ellison.
4 3 . H is to ry o f Bio lo g y.
The topics o f this course vary from year to
year. Recent courses have focused on genetics,
development, and evolution; science and the
ology; and contemporary social critiques o f
biological sciences.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 32.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Gilbert.
49 . F re s h w a te r Bio lo g y.
The biology o f organisms (especially inverte
brates) living in streams and lakes, with par
ticular emphasis on the environmental factors
governing their distribution and abundance.
Topics include: the physics and chemistry o f
lakes and streams, morphological and physi
ological adaptions o f freshwater organisms,
food webs and species interactions, nutrient
cycling, and pollution ecology (e.g., eutrophi
cation, acidification).
One laboratory period or field trip per week,
88
plus one week-end and one all-day field trip.
Prerequisite: Biology 1 and 2 or permission of
instructor.
Fall sem ester, 1989 only. Hart.
5 0 . M a rin e B io lo g y.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
micro-organisms.
One laboratory period per week; several all
day field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Merz.
5 8. Biological C h e m is try.
Cross-listed with Chemistry 38. (cf. Chemistry).
7 8 . N e u ra l B a sis o f B e h a vio r.
A study o f the cellular and molecular mecha
nisms underlying specific behaviors, empha
sizing current research on the neural substrates
o f locomotion, escape reflexes, feeding be
havior, biological rhythms, and learning. Lab
oratory work will focus on the neurophysio
logical and anatomical techniques used in
these research papers.
Seminar format, with one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 2 9 or 12. Psychology
30, or permission o f instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
F all sem ester. Siwicki.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring sem ester. Staff.
9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t
W ith the permission o f the Department, quali
fied students may elect to pursue a research
program.
Fall or spring sem ester. Stewart, Staff.
9 5 . S e n io r Lite ra tu re P a p e r.
W ith the permission o f the department a
student may write a senior literature paper in
Biology for satisfaction o f the requirement of
a comprehensive examination for graduation.
Students are not required to enroll in 95 while
writing the paper. Does not count as a course
for the major.
9 7 . S e n io r Evo lu tio n S e m in a r.
A consideration o f evolution from the per
spectives o f several biological subdisciplines.
Participation in the evolution seminar is re
quired o f all Biology majors. For course stu
dents, this satisfies the comprehensive exami
nation requirement. Students are not required
to enroll in Biology 97 while participating in
the seminar. Graded Credit/No Credit. The
course does not count as a course for the
major.
S E M IN A R S
102. M e m b ra n e M o le c u la r Bio lo g y.
An examination o f the role o f lipids, proteins,
and carbohydrates in membrane structure and
function. Topics include a discussion o f com
plex lipid types, (their formation and metab
olism), structural organization and biosynthe
sis o f membranes, energy transduction,
transport systems, and mechanisms for the
recognition and control o f cellular activity.
Students are required to present a major
library research project on a selected area o f
contemporary research in molecular biology.
Prerequisites: Bio 21 or Chem 38.
One credit.
Fall semester. Stewart.
104. P la n t Ec o lo g y.
The study o f plant individuals, populations
and communities in their relationships with
their physical and biological environments.
Areas developed include climatology, soil sci
ence, plant population biology, competition,
herbivory, and plant communities. Labora
tory and field work emphasize hypothesis
formation and the collection, analysis, and
interpretation o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enroll
ment in Biology 3 9 and consent o f instructor.
One credit.
Not offered 1989-90.
106. B iom ech anics.
This course is designed to introduce biologists
to engineering theory and techniques for ap
plication to the study o f the design o f organ
isms. The basic principles o f solid and fluid
mechanics will be explored as they apply to
the morphology, ecology, and evolution o f
plants and animals. Lectures, discussions o f
recent papers, and laboratory and field experi
ments will be held.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other
biology course, or permission o f the instruc
tor.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Merz.
108. Pale obio lo g y.
This seminar format course will provide stu
dents with a familiarity with the fossil record
and an understanding o f the techniques and
theories used by paleontologists. Current
issues in paleontology will be examined, in
cluding mass extinctions, rates o f speciation,
and ecological and physiological interpreta
tions o f the fossil record. Laboratory experi
ence will include field trips to collect fossils
and exploration o f museum collections.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2 and one other
Biology course.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring semester. Merz.
15 1. C ells in C ulture.
The biology o f plant and animal cells as
revealed through studies in culturo. Seminar
discussions focus on cell skeleton and sur
faces, growth, locomotion, transformation,
and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In
the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant
cell culture are introduced. Students then
undertake independent investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc
tor.
One credit.
Fall semester. Savage.
15 2. B evelopm ental Biology and
D e velop m ental G e n etics.
An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization and embryonic cleavage, the for
mation o f representative organs, cell migra
tion, pattern formation, and the roles o f the
cell surface in development. Special attention
will be given to the mechanisms governing
eukaryotic gene expression. Laboratory exer-
89
Biology
cises investigate the developmental anatomy
o f selected organisms in normal and manipulated conditions, and molecular aspects o f
differential gene expression.
One laboratory per week; seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 20, 21, or 38.
Two credits.
Fall sem ester. Gilbert.
153. V iro lo g y.
A study o f viruses with emphasis on their
molecular biology. Topics include techniques
for studying and cultivating viruses, virus
structure and replication, the interactions o f
viruses and their hosts, and properties o f
selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exer
cises use bacteriophage to demonstrate tech
niques for studying viruses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20
recommended.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring semester.
15 6. H u m an 6 en e tic s.
An examination o f human inheritance pat
terns using techniques o f genetic analysis that
are appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization, and regula
tion o f the human genome will be discussed,
along with applications o f current research.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 0 or permission o f the
instructor.
One credit.
Spring sem ester. Jenkins.
1 5 7 . Topics in A n im a l P h y s io lo g y .
A comparison o f major physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas
cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes in
volved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation o f physiological responses to
different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12; Physics 2 or 4
recommended.
One credit.
Fall sem ester. Florant.
160. B e h a vio ra l Ec o lo g y.
The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an
90
adaptation to an environment. Topics include,
but are not limited to, environmental factors
affecting social structure, optimal foraging
strategies, mating systems, coevolution and
sex roles. Topics covered will vary depending
on student interest but usually include a con
sideration o f primate social systems and their
relevance to human evolution.
Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39. Students with
preparation outside biology should seek per
mission o f the instructor.
Laboratory includes field trips and individual
projects.
Two credits.
A lternate years. Williams.
168. M icro b ial Ec o lo g y .
A study o f the interrelationships o f microor
ganisms and their environment with emphasis
on the biological, biochemical, and physio
logical elements affecting microbial popula
tions and communities.
Investigative laboratory projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 3 8 or 39.
Two credits.
Not offered 1989-90.
1 7 3 . S e n s o ry S y s te m s , O rie n tatio n ,
and M ig ra tio n .
An investigation o f sensory systems and how
they are used by different animals. Sensory
biology includes not only vision and hearing
but such systems as magnetic, electrical, and
infra-red reception and echolocation by bats
and whales. A group laboratory project on
avian migration using radar and other tech
niques serves as a focus o f the seminar. Topics
include not only orientation behavior but eco
logical and evolutionary perspectives on mi
gration in a variety o f animals.
Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or 29 or
Psychology 30, or permission o f the instruc
tor.
Physics (College or High School) and Statis
tics are recommended.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.
180. T h e s is.
A research project for students who partici
pate in the External Examination program in
Biology. Students minoring in Biology may
elect to present a research thesis as part of
their external examination program.
One or two credits.
Both semesters.
Black Studies
Coordinators: H IL L A R D P O U N C Y and P E T E R S C H M ID T
Committee:
R A Y M O H D F. H O P K IH S (Political Science)
C H A R L E S J A M E S (English Literature) (fall)
M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y (History)
J E R O M E H . W O O D , J R . (History)
The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1) to introduce students to the history, cul
ture, society, and political and economic con
ditions o f Black people in Africa, the Ameri
cas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2 ) to
explore new approaches— in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study o f the Black experi
ence.
Students in any department may add a Con
centration in Black Studies to their depart
mental major by fulfilling the requirements
stated below. Applications for admission to
the Concentration should be made in the
spring semester o f the sophomore year to the
Coordinator o f the Program. All programs
must be approved by the Committee on Black
Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are re
quired to take History 7, as early as feasible,
and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last
semester o f the senior year. They must take a
minimum o f five courses in Black Studies.
These must include at least three courses
(which may include Black Studies 91) outside
the departmental major, from at least two
departments other than the major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four
or more students), with all senior Concentra
tors participating. The topics selected for
reading, class discussions, and the writing o f
seminar papers will be drawn from represen
tative works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend
on the interests and backgrounds o f the par
ticipants. The tutorial or seminar will nor
mally be taken in the spring semester o f the
senior year, and will culminate in a compre
hensive examination administered by the
Black Studies Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent
study, special attachments on subjects relevant
to Black Studies, and courses offered by vis
iting faculty (those courses not regularly listed
in the College Bulletin) may, at the discretion
o f the Black Studies Committee, be included
in the Program. Students who wish to pursue
these possibilities should consult with the
appropriate department and with the Black
Studies Committee.
Ec on o m ics 7 0 . La b o r Ec on o m ics
Ec o n o m ic s 7 1 . S o cial Ec o n o m ics .
Ec o n o m ic s 7 2 . W om en and M in o ritie s
in the Ec o n o m y.
English Lite ra tu re 5 9 . Th e A fr o A m e ric a n W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 6 0. The
C o n te m p o ra ry A fro -A m e ric a n
W rite r.
En g lish Lite ra tu re 7 6 . T h e Rla ck
A fric a n W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 1 2 1 . M od ern
B la ck Fictio n .
H is to ry 7 . Th e H is to ry o f the
A fric a n A m e ric a n People.
H is to ry 8 . A fric a .
H is to ry 10 6. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r:
W om en in E a rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s .
H is to ry 5 3 . B lack C ulture and
B la ck C o n sc io u sn e ss.
H is to ry 5 6 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .
H is to ry 5 8. Th e W orld o f D u B o is,
R o g e rs , and Diop.
H is to ry 6 3. S outh A fric a .
H is to ry 6 6. To p ic s in La tin A m e ric a n
H is to ry .
H is to ry 6 7 . Th e B lack Exp e rie n c e in
La tin A m e ric a .
91
Black Studies
H is to ry 140 . M od ern A fric a .
H is to ry 14 1. S outh A fric a .
Political S cie n ce 2 1 . P o litic s o f A fric a .
Political S cie n ce 4 4 . R a ce , Eth n ic ity,
and Public P o lic y .
92
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 2 7 . A fr o A m e ric a n C ulture and S o c ie ty .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 3 6 . Peoples
and C u ltu re s o f A fric a .
B la ck S tu d ie s 9 1 . Special Top ics in
B lack S tu d ie s (se n io r th e s is).
Chem istry
J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor’
R O BER T F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor’
P E T E R T . T H O M P S O N , Professor
J U D IT H G . V O ET, Associate Professor and Chair
J E F F R E Y A . C H A R O N N A T , Assistant Professor
RO BERT S . P A L E Y , Assistant Professor
T H O M A S A . S T E P H E N S O N , Assistant Professor
A L IS O N P. W IL L IA M S , Assistant Professor
RO BERT 0 . F IS H E R , Lecturer
U R S U L A M . D A VIS, Assistant
VIRG IN IA M . IN D IV ER O , Assistant
M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant
The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science
and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modem chemistry.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed
by 22, 32, and either 3 6 or 3 8 (or both)'.
Students with especially strong pre-college
background in chemistry are advised to begin
with Chemistry 10H, Chemistry 10L, or Chem
istry 22. Such students will normally be asked
to take a placement examination. Students
seeking Advanced Placement credit may also
be required to take this examination. Consult
with the Department Chair.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ,
38, 44, 45, 50 and one single-credit seminar.
Students should note the Mathematics and
Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 36, 44,
and 45. Those considering a major in Chem
istry are strongly urged to complete these
prerequisites by the end o f the Sophomore
year.
Those students planning professional work in
Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester o f mathematics and at least
two additional courses in chemistry. Accredi
tation by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) is useful for those who intend to pur
sue a career in chemical industry and requires
a year o f independent research through Chem
istry 94, 96, or 180. Further, proficiency in
reading scientific German, Russian, or French
is an asset to the practicing chemist.
Students desiring teacher certification in chem
istry must complete Biology 1, 2 in addition
to the Chemistry major program. All candi
dates for teacher certification are required to
assist in the instruction o f the laboratory o f an
introductory chemistry course on one after
noon per week for two semesters.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96, and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major
in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 52 ), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes from a micro
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
93
C h em istry
students should consult the Chair o f both
departments.
B IO C H E M IS T R Y S P E C IA L M A JO R
In collaboration with the Department o f Bi
ology, the Department o f Chemistry also
offers a Special M ajor in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to
gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application o f chemis
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis-
try 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, 45, 50, and 108b;
Biology 2 0 or 21 or 38; and Biology 152 or
153. Students should note the Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry, and Biology prerequisites
for these courses. Research opportunities are
available in both Biology and Chemistry De
partments. Interested students should consult
the Chairs o f the two departments.
E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P R O G R A M
Students preparing for the External Examina
tion Program with a major in Chemistry
should complete Chemistry 10, 22, 32, and
either 3 6 or 3 8 (or both), three semesters o f
calculus, and two semesters o f physics by the
end o f the sophomore year. In addition to
Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, and 38, all majors
are further required to complete Chemistry
44, 45, and 5 0; except under truly extraordi
nary circumstances, these requirements must
be met by the end o f the junior year. The
major program consists o f a minimum of
three papers in Chemistry, one o f which must
be a research thesis (Chemistry 180). Prepa
ration for the remaining papers in Chemistry
(Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Organic Syn
thesis, Thermodynamics and Statistical Me
chanics, Quantum Chemistry, Inorganic
Chemistry, Biological Chemistry) consists o f
the core curriculum (i.e., Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 36, 38, 44, 45, and 5 0 ) plus completion
o f the appropriate 100-level seminar. The
core curriculum alone is sufficient preparation
for a paper in General Physical Chemistry. All
papers, with the exception o f General Physical
Chemistry, are "three unit” papers.
All o f the External Examination papers listed
in the preceding paragraph are available for
students wishing to complete a minor in Chem
istry. The minimum prerequisites for the prep
aration o f any paper are Chemistry 10 and 36,
Mathematics 5 and 6, and Physics 3 and 4.
Preparation for the General Physical Chemis
try paper consists o f completion o f Chemistry
4 4 and 45 and the additional Mathematics
prerequisite. Preparation for the remaining
papers consists o f completion o f the relevant
100-level seminar and the associated prereq
uisites (see seminar prerequisites, below).
C O U R SES
1. M o le cu le s and Life .
10 . G e n eral C h e m is try .
This course deals with the biological chemistry
o f nutrition. Emphasis is placed on an intro
duction to chemical principles, protein struc
ture, enzyme function, and the metabolism o f
fats, carbohydrates, and proteins. One labora
tory period every second week.
Primary distribution course.
Spring sem ester. Voet.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc
ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates
and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
94
Primary distribution course.
Fall sem ester. Williams and Staff.
10 H . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: General
C h e m is try.
A half-credit seminar format course for fresh
men with Advanced Placement (or equivalent
departmental exam) chemistry credit. Topics
will be selected from the traditional General
Chemistry curriculum, but will be discussed
in greater detail and with a higher degree o f
mathematical rigor. The application o f mod
ern instrumental methods to problems in
thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and
molecular structure will be emphasized in
classroom discussion and laboratory demon
strations. Some familiarity with elementary
calculus concepts will be assumed. One threehour meeting weekly.
Fall sem ester. Voet.
10L. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r and La b :
General C h e m is try .
A combination o f the Chemistry 10H Fresh
man Seminar (above) and the laboratory com
ponent o f Chemistry 10 (General Chemistry).
One laboratory period weekly. One credit.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Voet and Staff.
22. O rgan ic C h e m is try I.
An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f
the more important classes o f organic com
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and
spectroscopic properties, methods o f prepa
ration and reactions o f aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides and monofunctional
oxygen compounds, with an emphasis on
ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Paley.
32. Organic C h e m is try II.
A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with empha
sis on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry
of monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22.
Fail semester. Charonnat and Paley.
36. Inorganic C h e m is try.
A study o f the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec
trochemistry, and an introduction to transi
tion metal chemistry. Laboratory will empha
size the preparation and analysis o f inorganic
compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 8).
Spring sem ester. Thompson.
3 8 . Biological C h e m is try.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles o f
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 (Biology 1 rec
ommended).
Spring sem ester. Voet.
4 4 . Ph ysic a l C h e m is try I.
An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states o f matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions,
and solid state structure.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 8).
Fall semester. Thompson.
4 5 . P h ysic a l C h e m is try II.
An introduction to some basic physical chem
istry concepts at the atomic and molecular
level including particles and waves, elementary
quantum theory, atomic and molecular struc
ture, valence bond and molecular orbital the
ory, symmetry and group theory, spectros
copy, statistical mechanics, and reaction rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 8).
Spring sem ester. Stephenson and Williams.
5 0 . M od ern In stru m e n ta l M eth o ds in
C h e m is try and B io c h e m is try .
Powerful instrumentation has been developed
in recent years for the analysis and separation
o f mixtures and for the determination o f
molecular structure in chemical and biochem
ical research. This laboratory course deals
with such modern instrumental methods, in
cluding chromatographic and spectrometric
techniques, and will give special emphasis to
Fourier-transform nuclear magnetic reso-
95
Chem istry
nance. Students will be given the opportunity
to pursue more extensive investigative proj
ects in chemistry or biochemistry for a part o f
the semester.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 and either 3 6 or
38. Concurrent or prior courses in Physical
Chemistry are recommended.
Fall sem ester. Charonnat and Stephenson.
S E M IN A R S
The following single credit seminars may be
taken for credit towards a degree in Course or
combined with single credit courses to prepare
for Papers in the External Examination Pro
gram.
Prerequisites: The preferred background for
students enrolled in any seminar is prior or
concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 36, 38, 44, and 45. When circumstances
warrant it, students will be permitted to enroll
in Chemistry 102b or 103b while meeting
only the organic chemistry prerequisites, stu
dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry
108b while meeting only the organic chemistry
and biological chemistry prerequisites, stu
dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry
106b while meeting only the inorganic and
physical chemistry prerequisites, and students
will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry 104b
or 105b while meeting only the physical chem
istry prerequisites. However, such students
will be expected to do the extra reading re
quired for them to participate fully in the
discussions. Students wishing to enroll in a sem i
nar without first com pleting Chemistry io, 22, 32,
36, 38, 44, and 45 must consult with the instruc
tor.
10 2b . O rg an ic Reaction M e c h a n ism s
S e m in a r.
This course deals with the structures and
mechanisms o f reaction o f organic com
pounds. Structural topics include bonding
theory, stability, and stereochemistry. Polar,
free-radical, pericyclic, and photochemical
reactions are studied. Mechanistic discussions
emphasize methods o f investigation and the
interpretation o f experimental results from
the primary literature.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Fa ll sem ester. Paley.
96
10 3 b. O rg an ic S yn th e s is S e m in a r.
Modern organic synthetic methodology will
be studied, with an emphasis on carboncarbon bond formation, control o f relative
stereochemistry, and asymmetric synthesis.
The utility o f these techniques will be illus
trated by various total syntheses o f biologi
cally important natural products.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring sem ester. Charonnat.
10 4 b . T h e rm o d y n a m ic s and S ta tistica l
M e c h a n ics S e m in a r.
Topics to be studied will be selected from
more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics including interac
tions in the gaseous and liquid states, the
theory o f solutions, and chemical reaction
dynamics.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring sem ester. Thompson.
105b. Quantum C h e m is try S e m in a r.
Advanced consideration o f topics in quantum
chemistry including the harmonic oscillator,
angular momentum, time-independent and
time-dependent perturbation theory, the vari
ation method, electron spin, and the electronic
structure o f atoms and molecules.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi
site: Mathematics 16 or 16A.
Fall sem ester. Stephenson.
106b. In organ ic C h e m is try S e m in a r.
The study o f topics to be selected from appli
cations o f symmetry and group theory; transi
tion metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mech
anisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemis
try; inorganic biochemistry; and bioinorganic
chemistry.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring sem ester. Instructor to be announced.
108b. Biological C h e m is try S e m in a r.
Selected topics in a few important areas o f
current biochemistry, such as enzyme struc
ture and function, spectroscopic methods,
receptor biochemistry, and genetic and protein
engineering principles.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi
site: Biology 1. Prior or concurrent enrollment
in Biology 20 or 21 or 38 is recommended.
Fall semester. Voet.
STU D EN T RESEA RC H
All students who enroll in one or more re
search courses during the academic year are
required to attend weekly colloquium meet
ings and to present the results o f their work
during the spring semester.
94. Re se a rch Pro je c t.
This course provides the opportunity for
qu mified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings o f all participants will allow inter
change o f ideas on research plans, progress,
and results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during
the preceding semester concerning problem
areas under study. This course may be elected
more than once.
Each sem ester. Staff.
96. Re se a rch T h e s is .
Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu o f taking comprehensive
examinations. Students must apply for the
thesis option by the beginning o f the second
semester o f the junior year and are strongly
urged to participate in on-campus research
during the summer between their junior and
senior years. The student will form an ad
visory committee to consist o f (but not be
limited to) two members o f the Chemistry
Department, one o f whom is to act as the
student’s research mentor. Whereas the details
o f the research thesis program will be deter
mined by the committee and the student,
certain minimum requirements must be met
by all students selecting this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry
96 to be taken during the last three
semesters o f the student’s residence at
Swarthmore.
ii) A thesis based upon the student’s re
search activity to be submitted prior to
the last week o f classes o f the final semes
ter. Guidelines for the preparation o f the
thesis will be provided to the student.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
180 . R e se a rch T h e s is .
An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in re
search with individual staff members. The
thesis topic must be chosen in consultation
with some member o f the staff and approved
early in the semester preceding the one in
which the work is to be done.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
97
Classics
H E L E N F. N O R T H , Professor and Chairman
M A R T IN O S T W A LD , Professor
G ILR E R T P. R O S E , Professor
W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Associate Professor3
R A R 8 A R A B U R R E LL, Assistant Professor
M A T T H E W J . S L A G T E R , Lecturer
The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the
study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses
numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the
Greek and Latin languages and literatures.
Courses numbered from 21 onwards presup
pose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin
language and are open (except for 4 2 and 4 4 )
without prerequisite to all students; they deal
with the history, mythology, religion, archae
ology, and other aspects o f the ancient world
and include the study o f classical literature in
translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri
can Academy in Rome and the American
School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its
students have the privileges accorded to un
dergraduates from contributing institutions
(use o f the library at both schools and consul
tation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one
o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercol
legiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome,
which provides facilities for the study of
Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History.
Classics majors, recommended by the Depart
ment, are eligible to study at the Center,
usually during their junior year, either for one
semester or for two. Students o f the classics
are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship
and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see
pp. 25 and 70).
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination Pro
gram, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93 ), a thesis, or a course supple
mented by additional independent work (i.e.,
an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare for
the remaining paper.
A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or
in the Course Program should complete dur
ing the first two years either Intermediate
Greek or Intermediate Latin.
A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f the equivalent o f at
least 8 courses in the appropriate language
above the introductory level.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program must first complete
either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate
Latin.
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
98
Students majoring in Greek or Latin in either
the Honors Program or the Course Program
are required to take a half-credit course in
prose composition.
An Honors major in Ancient History will con
sist o f (1 ) Classics 42, with attachment,
(2 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and (3) at
least one o f these seminars: Latin 102, Latin
105, Greek 113. The prerequisite for Classics
42 is Classics 21 or 31; the prerequisite for
Classics 4 4 is Classics 32. For Greek 113 the
prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek,
for Latin 102 or 105, one year o f Intermediate
Latin.
A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist o f ( 1 ) and ( 2) above, with the specified
prerequisites. No ancient language is required
for this minor.
A major in Ancient History in the Course
Program will consist o f (1 ) Classics 31 or 21,
(2 ) Classics 32, (3 ) Classics 42, with attach
ment, (4 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and
(5 ) at least one o f these seminars: Latin 102,
Latin 105, Greek 113.
Greek
1-2 . In ten sive F irs t-y e a r G re e k .
12 . H o m e r.
Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge o f
Ancient Greek grammar and vocabulary and
gives considerable practice in reading Greek.
Greek 2 (spring), while continuing with gram
matical training, focuses on a dialogue o f Plato
and introduces students to its philosophic
issues and literary merits.
The course meets four times a week and
carries 1 Vt credits each semester.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Rose.
Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem
is read in translation.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring sem ester. Ostwald.
9 ,1 9 . G re e k P ro s e C om po sitio n .
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course. Staff.
11. In term ediate G re e k .
The main reading is Plato’s Apology.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. North.
9 1. Special To p ic s.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring sem ester. Staff.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
9 5 . A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 55 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.
Latin
1-2. In ten sive F irs t-y e a r La tin .
An intensive course which introduces Latin
grammar and vocabulary and emphasizes the
reading o f Latin texts from the outset. Read
ings are based on original Roman authors at a
relatively early point and introduce important
aspects o f Roman culture and Latin literature.
The course meets four times a week and
carries IVi credits each semester.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Slagter.
9 ,1 0 . La tin P ro s e C om p o sitio n .
The development o f Latin prose style is stud
ied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and exten
sive translation o f English into Latin. A re
quirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above. The course meets one hour a
99
Classics
week.
H alf course. Staff.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall sem ester. Rose.
1 1 . Introduction to Rom an P o e try .
14 . M e d ia e va l La tin .
After a brief review o f grammar, students will
read and discuss major lyric and epic poets,
such as Catullus, Virgil, Horace, and Ovid.
This intermediate course is normally taken by
those who have had Latin in high school or
have completed Latin 2.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall sem ester. Burrell. ' ■
Works chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances)
are studied in this course.
Prerequisite: Latin 11 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. North.
12 . In term e diate La tin : C ic e ro .
9 1 . S p e cial To p ics.
An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a care
ful analysis o f his prose style.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring sem ester. Staff.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.
13. Lite ra tu re o f th e A u g u s ta n A g e .
The elegiac poetry o f Propertius and Ovid.
Consideration will be given to the importance
o f genre and imitation, the function o f humor,
the relation to the moral program o f Augustus,
and later responses to this literature (particu
larly Marlowe and Ezra Pound).
Prerequisite: Latin 11, Advanced Placement
or equivalent.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
9 5 . A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 55 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.
Ancient History and Civilization
2 1 . A n c ie n t fire e ce .
3 1 . H is to ry o f G re e ce .
Greek thought, literature, and history from
the Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon
the interrelationships between the intellectual
currents and the social, economic, and po
litical systems. Readings (in translation) in
clude Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek
tragedy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures
and one discussion session per week. Satisfies
prerequisite requirement for Classics 42, for
a major or minor in Ancient History, and for
advanced courses in the Department o f His
tory. Counts as part o f a major in History.
Primary distribution course ( 1 credit, Humani
ties, 1 credit, Social Sciences).
F all sem ester. H ot offered 1989-90. Staff.
The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Spe
cial attention is given to the 6th and 5th
centuries B.C. Considerable reading is done in
the primary sources in translation. Satisfies
same prerequisite requirements as Classics 21.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Fall sem ester. Ostwald.
190
3 2. Th e Rom an Republic and
A u g u s tu s .
A study o f Rome from its foundation through
the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14).
The following subjects will be considered in
detail: (1 ) The evolution o f the republican
constitution, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion,
(3 ) The accompanying changes in Roman
Society and economy, (4 ) The Roman Revo
lution, (5 ) The Augustan Principate. Students
will read the pertinent original sources in
translation as well as a selection o f modern
viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. Satisfies
prerequisite requirement for Classics 44, for
a major or minor in Ancient History, and for
advanced courses in the Department o f His
tory. Counts as part o f a major in History.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Spring semester. Slagter.
3 3 . G re e k Lite ra tu re in Tra n s la tio n .
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include
selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac,
and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy.
Lectures on the historical and cultural context
supplement class discussion.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Rose.
36. C la ssical M yth o lo g y in Lite ra tu re
and A r t
A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the M etam orphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
of art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
Given in alternate years.
Fall sem ester. North.
3 7. Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion.
A study o f selected issues basic to the under
standing o f religion in ancient society: the
gods, representative cults, festivals and rituals,
beliefs about the afterlife, types o f sacrifice,
oracles and prophecy, the interaction o f phi
losophy and religion, and the social context o f
early Christianity. There are no prerequisites.
Readings are in translation. Cross-listed as
Religion 37.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1989-90. North.
38. The A p o s to lic A g e .
(See listing under Religion 16, Dept, o f Reli
gion).
42. G re e ce in th e Fifth C e n tu ry 8 .C .
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special em
phasis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian de
mocracy and on the problems o f the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the
Greek and non-Greek world. W ith an attach
ment Classics 42 prepares for an honors paper
in Ancient History. It counts toward a major
in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Ostwald.
4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire .
A detailed study, using primary sources, o f
the political, economic, social, and cultural
history o f the Roman world from the fall o f
the Republic through the Antonine Age (5 0
B.C.-A .D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics
4 4 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient
History. It counts toward a major in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90.
4 5 . G re e k Political T h e o ry .
A study o f Greek political concepts and insti
tutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle,
on which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Ostwald.
5 1. A n In troduction to A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the discipline o f ar
chaeology and its place in the wider fields o f
the humanities and social sciences. Among the
topics covered will be field techniques, me
thods o f dating, analysis o f archaeological
data and problems o f interpretation.
This course fulfills requirements in the Social
Science distribution group, and is cross-listed
as Sociology and Anthropology 51.
Fall sem ester. Burrell.
5 2 . In troduction to G re e k
A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course traces the development o f Greek
civilization as documented by archaeology,
and includes data ranging from monumental
art and architecture to coins and potsherds.
There is special emphasis on such important
sites as Knossos, Mycenae, Delphi, Olympia,
and Athens. There are no prerequisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring sem ester. Not offered 1989-90. Burrell.
5 3 . In tro ductio n to Rom an
A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the monuments and
101
Classics
material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome.
Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from
a village o f huts on the Tiber River to the
capital and showplace o f a great empire, while
also observing the interaction between Roman
society and the urban framework which the
Romans built to accommodate, symbolize,
and glorify that society. There are no prereq
uisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring sem ester. Burrell.
5 4 . Th e A r t and S cie n ce o f
A n c ie n t C oin s.
W ith the assistance o f actual coins from the
Swarthmore collections, students learn nu
mismatic techniques and how to apply them
to problems o f history, economy, and stylistic
development. They are also encouraged to
choose a special topic to present in class.
Because o f the difficulties in presenting such
small objects, enrollment will be limited to 10.
Spring sem ester. 'Not offered 1989-90. Burrell.
8 2 . Th e A n c ie n t T h e a tre .
A representative selection o f Greek and
Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will
be read in translation, together with the Poetics
o f Aristode, and there will be a study of
ancient dramatic production and the physical
remains o f Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring sem ester. North.
9 1 . S p e cial To p ics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examination in Ancient History.
Spring sem ester. Staff.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.
9 5 . A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 55 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.
S E M IN A R S
10 2. Th e A g e o f N e ro .
This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero (Taci
tus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall sem ester. Burrell.
10 3 . La tin Ep ic.
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ De Rerum Natwra, V ir
gil’s A eneid, Ovid’s M etam orphoses.
Spring sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. North.
105. Th e A g e o f C ic e ro .
This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context o f the history and thought o f the
final years o f the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1989-90. Turpin.
1 0 7 . H o ra c e : L y ric and H e xa m e te r
P o e try .
The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring sem ester. North.
1 1 1 . C re e k Ph ilo so p h e rs.
This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristode
and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation
o f the seminar is primarily philosophical,
although the literary merits o f the Greek
philosophers receive consideration.
Fall sem ester. Ostwald.
112 . G re e k Ep ic .
This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
102
Iliad. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius
may also be read, with some attention to the
development o f Greek epic.
Spring sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Rose.
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each o f the
major dramatists.
Spring semester. Rose.
113. G re e k H isto ria n s.
115 . G re e k Ele g ia c and L y ric P o e try .
This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodo
tus and Thucydides, both as examples o f
Greek historiography and as sources for
Greek history.
Fall sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Ostwald.
The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and
lyric is studied, with attention to the political
and social background, and to the relation o f
these literary types to epic and dramatic po
etry.
Fall sem ester. Not offered 1989-90. Ostwald.
114. G re e k D ra m a .
The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and
103
Com puter Science
C H A R L E S F. K E L E M E N , Professor and Program Director7
G A R Y L A IS O N , Associate Professor (part-time)
Committee: NelSOn M a ck e n (Engineering)
M a rjo rie M u rp h y (History)
J . Ed w a rd S ke a th (Mathematics)
a stu de nt to be appointed
Computer Science is the study o f algorithms
and the issues involved in implementing them.
This includes the study o f computer systems,
methods to specify algorithms (for people and
computer systems), and the formulation o f
theories and models to aid in the understand
ing and analysis o f the properties o f al
gorithms, computing systems, and their inter
relationship.
The Computer Science Program is designed to
provide students with a flexible set o f offerings
in computing that can be tailored to satisfy
interests in various areas and at several levels
o f depth. All the courses emphasize the under
lying, fundamental concepts o f computer sci
ence, treating today’s languages and systems as
current examples o f the underlying concepts.
Students from any discipline who are inter
ested in an introduction to computer science
should take C S 15: Introduction to Computer
Science. For a deeper, more formal introduc
tion, they should continue with Math 9: Dis
crete Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental
Structures o f Computer Science. Students
with sufficient previous experience in com
puter science may skip CS 15 by passing a
placement exam. The concentration in com
puter science is designed for students who
desire a coherent introduction to the core
topics in the field. Students completing the
concentration will possess a number o f intel
lectual skills useful in many disciplines.
C O N C E N T R A T I O N IN C O M P U T E R S C I E N C E
The concentration in computer science can be
combined with any major in the college. It will
provide students with a well-rounded back
ground in computer science sufficient to allow
them to develop significant, creative applica
tions in their major area o f interest and to
keep up with the rapid changes in the field of
computer science. Students interested in a
Concentration in Computer Science should
submit a concentration proposal for approval
by the Computer Science Committee by the
end o f their sophomore year. Both the stu
dent’s major advisor and the Director o f the
Computer Science Program should be con
sulted when writing such a proposal. While
some flexibility is possible, the requirements
for the concentration in computer science will
usually consist o f six courses plus a compre
hensive experience. The six courses should be
selected as follows:
7
Joint appointment with mathematics.
104
Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer
Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS
35:Fundamental Structures o f Computer Sci
ence.
Two of: CS 23: Computer Architecture; CS
41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS 43:
Foundations o f Programming Language De
sign; CS 46: Theory o f Computation.
One of: the remaining courses from the cate
gory above (i.e., CS 23, 4 1 ,4 3 , or 4 6 ); Engin
22: Digital Systems; Engin 25: Laboratory
Computer Applications; CS 40: Computer
Graphics; C S 63: Artificial Intelligence; Math
72: Topics in Combinatorial Optimization;
C S 75: Principles o f Compiler Design and
Construction; Ling. 50, Ling. 108: Syntactic
Theory; CS 91: Special Topics in Computer
Science; CS 93: Directed Reading or Project.
Note: Courses used to satisfy the requirements
for a concentration must be completed with a
grade o f C or better.
Note: In certain cases, especially well-prepared
Engineering students may be permitted to
substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for CS 15
and Math 9.
The comprehensive experience will ordinarily
be satisfied by completing CS 97: Senior
Conference. In some cases a thesis or project
may be used to satisfy some other depart
ment’s comprehensive experience and also the
Computer Science requirement. In such cases
specific approval o f the Computer Science
program and the other department must be
obtained before embarking on the project.
For example, appropriate Engineering 90 proj
ects have been used to satisfy the comprehen
sive requirements for both an Engineering
major and a Computer Scienice Concentra
tion.
S P E C IA L M A JO R S
Students desiring greater depth in computer
science or desiring to integrate computer sci
ence with another discipline in a more formal
manner are encouraged to develop a Special
Major in Computer Science or a Special Major
combining computer science and another area.
Such Special Majors require the approval of
the Computer Science Committee and in the
case o f joint majors the other department
involved. Special Majors should be designed
in consultations with the director o f the com
puter science program. These consultations
should take place as early in the student’s
program as possible.
M I N O R S F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N
For students electing to take a minor in Com
puter Science under the external examination
requirements, the Computer Science Com
mittee has approved certain combinations o f
two computer science courses to constitute a
two-credit paper. A current list o f these may
be obtained from the program secretary. In
certain circumstances, the committee may be
willing to consider other groupings o f courses
or seminars to constitute a three-credit paper.
GRA D U A TE STU D Y
Students interested in graduate study in Com
puter Science will be well prepared by major
ing in Mathematics or Engineering and com
pleting selected Computer Science courses.
The choice o f the appropriate major and
computing courses will depend on the stu
dent’s interests and should be made in consul
tation with the director o f the Computer
Science Program. Other majors are also rea-
sonable for students with special interests.
For example, a major in Linguistics or Psy
chology might be appropriate for a student
interested in artificial intelligence. In such
cases, students should consult as early as
possible with the director o f the program in
order to be sure o f taking the mathematics and
computing courses necessary to be prepared
for graduate work in Computer Science.
C O M P U T E R S C IE N C E C O U R S E S
(Courses numbered above 4 0 will be offered
in alternate years.)
15. In troduction to C o m p u te r S cie n ce .
This course is an introduction to computer
science for students from all disciplines. The
major emphasis o f the course is on problem
105
Com puter Science
solving and algorithm development. Students
are introduced to the Pascal programming
language and gain proficiency in it by writing
programs to solve a number o f illustrative
problems. Students are also informally intro
duced to many topics in computer science
including: hardware organization; system soft
ware; programming style and documentation;
program testing and verification; fundamental
data structures such as arrays, records, and
linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and
sorting; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience or
permission.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
2 3 . C o m p u te r A rc h ite c tu re .
Cross-listed with Engineering 23. A survey o f
techniques o f modern computer design and
their implementation. Techniques such as
cache, parallel processing, pipelining, distrib
uted processing, and instruction set optimiza
tion will be discussed. Practical designs in
cluding supermicro families ( 8 0 3 8 6 ,6 8 0 2 0 ),
RlSC-machines, microprogrammed machines,
supercomputers (Cray) and highly parallel
machines (Hypercube, connection machine)
are considered, as well as their implications
for operating systems, compiler design, artifi
cial intelligence, and general problem solving.
Includes design laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 22 or CS35.
A lternate years. Next offered fa ll 1990.
3 5 . Fundam ental S tru c tu re s o f
C o m p u te r S cie nce .
This course completes the broad introduction
to computer science begun in CS 15 and
provides a general background for further
study in the field. Topics to be covered include:
data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.) and
algorithms, organization o f computer systems
and assembly language programming, an in
troduction to the theory o f computation and
formal languages, and alternative program
ming languages. A brief survey o f areas o f
research interest in computer science will also
be presented. Students will be expected to
complete a number o f programming projects
illustrating the concepts presented.
Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some
106
cases, with the permission o f the instructor,
Engin 11 and Math 16 can be substituted.
Fall sem ester. Kelemen.
4 0 . C om p u te r G ra p h ic s.
Cross-listed with Engineering 27. A study of
the mathematical and computational tech
niques used to model two- and three-dimen
sional scenes and display them on a graphics
device. Topics include the mathematics o f 2D
and 3D transformations, clipping and projec
tions, hidden line and surface removal, shad
ing and color, as well as hardware and software
approaches to their implementation. Other
topics include scene manipulation and script
ing and the practical applications o f these
techniques such as commercial animation,
special effects, and movie production. Course
projects include the development o f 2D and
3D graphics packages and will be written on
a network o f color graphics workstations.
Prerequisites: Knowledge o f C or Pascal, as
well as a familiarity with vector and matrix
algebra
4 1 . Data S tru c tu re s and A lg o rith m s .
This course is a continuation o f the study of
the basic data structures and algorithms found
to be useful in many diverse areas. This study
was begun informally in CS 15 and continued
in CS 35. The approach here is more formal
both with respect to the correctness o f the
algorithms and with respect to the time and
space resources required for the various algo
rithms and their associated data structures.
Topics to be covered include: abstract data
types, arrays, pointers, linked lists, stacks,
queues, trees (including balanced trees),
graphs, searching and sorting, and algorithms
and data structures appropriate for external
storage media like magnetic disks and tapes.
The impact o f several models o f parallel com
putation on the design o f algorithms and data
structures will be presented. Students will be
expected to complete several programming
projects in the course.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years. Next offered fa ll 1990.
4 3 . Foundations o f P ro g ra m m in g
Language Design.
A study o f the organization and structure of
modern programming languages with an em
phasis on semantic issues. Topics include:
specifying syntax and semantics, conventional
and abstract data types, control structures,
procedural languages, functional languages,
other classes o f languages, program correct'
ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan
guage design and evaluation, implementation
issues.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Fall sem ester. Laison.
4 6 . T h e o ry o f C om pulation .
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds o f
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with re
spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics
to be covered include: formal languages and
finite state devices, Turing machines and other
models o f computation, computability, and
complexity.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Spring sem ester. Kelemen.
6 3. A rtific ia l intelligence.
This course will emphasize many o f the basic
abstractions and algorithms found to be useful
in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics
will include: production systems; search strate
gies including heuristic searching and applica
tions to game playing; the predicate calculus
and automated reasoning including applica
tions to robot planning and expert systems; an
introduction to some o f the computational
approaches to knowledge representation,
natural language understanding, and learning.
While the emphasis o f the course will be on
ideas and algorithms, students will be exposed
to the programming languages LISP and
PROLOG and expected to implement several
Artificial Intelligence programs in these lan
guages.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years. Next offered spring 1991.
7 5 . P rin cip le s o f C om p ile r Design
and C on stru ctio n.
This course presents an introduction to the
design and construction o f language transla
tors for procedure oriented programming
languages. Topics include: formal grammars,
lexical analysis and finite automata, syntax
analysis and pushdown automata, LL and LR
parsing, semantic analysis and table handling,
error detection and recovery, code generation
and optimization, compiler writing tools. There
will be an ongoing programming project that
will culminate in a compiler for a small but
not trivial programming language.
Prerequisite: CS 35 and permission o f the
instructor.
A lternate years. Next offered fa ll 1990.
9 1. Sp e cial Top ics in C om p ute r S cie nce .
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and only offered when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading a n d /o r
R e se a rch P r o je c t
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f extra reading and/or
a project in an area o f computer science.
9 7 . S e n io r C on fe re n ce .
This course provides senior concentrators
and special majors an opportunity to delve
more deeply and on their own into a particular
topic in computer science. This is accom
plished by way o f a written theses and an oral
presentation on a topic agreed upon by the
student and the instructor. This course is the
usual method used to satisfy the comprehen
sive requirement for a computer science con
centrator.
One-half credit.
Spring sem ester. Kelemen.
107
Econom ies
R O B IN S O N G . H O L L IS T E R , J R ., Professor
FR ED ER IC L P R Y O R , Professor (part-time) 2
34
B E R N A R D S A F F R A N , Professor3
L A R R Y W E S T P H A L , Professor, Chairman
S . W. R . D e .A . S A M A R A S IN G H E, Cornell Visiting Professor5
S T E P H E N S . G O LU B , Associate Professor3
M A R K K U P E R B E R G , Associate Professor
J O H N P. C A S K E Y , Assistant Professor
E L L E N M A G E N H E IM , Assistant Professor3
M A R T IN A . A S H E R , Visiting Assistant Professor
R O N A L D B. M IN C E Y , Visiting Assistant Professor5
D O U G LA S J . P U F F E R T , Visiting Assistant Professor
J A M E S S T O D D ER , Visiting Assistant Professor
L E A H S M IT H , Lecturer5
J A C K T O P IO L , Visiting Lecturer
The courses in economics have three main
goals: ( 1 ) to provide insight into the processes
and accompanying institutions through which
productive activity is organized; (2) to develop
a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes
and institutions; and (3 ) to build a foundation
for reaching informed judgments on issues o f
public policy.
Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequi
site to all other work in the Department. Both
semesters must be successfully completed for
credit to be obtained.
All majors in economics must take Economics
11 (Intermediate Microeconomics) and Eco
nomics 2 0 (Intermediate Macroeconomics)
or else Economics 100 (Economic Theory).
They must also take Economics 3 0 (Statistics
for Economists) or its equivalent such as
Mathematics 23 or 53 (Mathematics 1-2 does
not meet the requirement). Economics 30
focuses mainly upon the application o f statis
tical tools to economic problems; the Mathe
matics Department statistics courses empha
size the properties o f statistical estimators.
In order to read the literature in economics
critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus
is extremely helpful. We strongly recommend
2
3
4
5
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
Absent on leave, 1989-90.
Fall semester, 1989.
Spring semester, 1990.
100
that students take Mathematics 5 and 6 (dif
ferential and integral calculus) or equivalent.
W hen given, Math 6A and 6C are recom
mended. Math 16 and 18 are useful for persons
intending to focus on the more technical as
pects o f economics.
Students contemplating careers in interna
tional economics or business are also strongly
advised to have a mastery o f at least one mod
em foreign language.
To graduate as a major, students must have at
least eight credits in economics, must meet the
theory and statistics requirements, and must
pass the comprehensive examination given in
the Spring semester o f their senior year
(course students) or the external examinations
given at the end o f the Spring semester. To be
prepared for the comprehensive, course stu
dents must complete Economics 11 and Eco
nomics 20 before the second semester o f their
senior year.
For students who want secondary teaching
certification in the social sciences, two normal
routes are available. The Erst is through a
major in one social science, plus four to six
semesters o f courses in other social sciences.
Students majoring in history, political science,
and sociology-anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in economics and psychol
ogy are required to take six. The second route
to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonWestem subject matter are required.
1 -2 . In troduction to Ec o n o m ics .
This course is designed both to give the general
student a comprehensive survey and to pro
vide students doing further work in economics
with a foundation on which to build. Students
must take Economics 2 to receive credit for
Economics 1.
The first semester course describes the organi
zation o f the economic system and analyzes
the allocation o f resources, the market mecha
nism for goods and services, government ex
penditures and takes, and the distribution o f
income. It also focuses on a variety o f microeconomic policy problems. Several designated
sections will count for primary distribution
credit.
Fall semester.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone
tary and fiscal policy, the determination o f
national income, and international economic
relations. It focuses primarily on macroeco
nomic policy problems. Several sections will
count for primary distribution credit; students
wanting such credit must inform the depart
ment in the Fall semester o f their intention.
Spring semester.
5. Com puting fro m the U s e r’s
Point o f V ie w .
This will be offered as a Yt credit workshop.
Participants will attend one weekly workshop
applying computing procedures directly to
problems o f economic analysis. Computing
topics introduced are: word processing,
graphics, simple programming techniques,
statistical packages, spread sheet analysis, and
data base handling. Vi unit.
Fall sem ester. Staff.
10. Place and People: The
P e rs p e c tiv e s o f G e o g ra p h y.
(Cross-listed with Sociology and Anthropolo
gy 11.) The modem discipline o f geography
seeks to understand the structure and inter
action o f the ecological system linking people
to their environment and the spacial system
linking one region to another by a complex
system o f flows. Hence place and people form
the basic themes o f geography. The discipline
synthesizes knowledge from both the natural
and social sciences in order to bring under
standing to this link between place and peo
ple.
The course begins with a survey o f the major
themes o f modern geography; then turns to
two specialized themes; and ends with a study
o f the basic skills o f cartography. For this year
the two themes are: the geography o f cities—
how they begin and develop, the social and
economic forces that influence their structure,
and the different roles played by the inner city
and suburbia; and the geography o f developing
nations.
Fall semester. V. Samarasinghe.
1 1 . In term e diate M icro e co n o m ics .
Provides a thorough grounding in intermedi
ate-level microeconomics, both theory and
application. The standard topics are covered
(order indicates sequence): behavior o f the
consumer and the firm, structure and perfor
mance o f product markets, factor markets
and income distribution, general equilibrium
and welfare analysis, public economics. Stu
dents do extensive problem solving to facili
tate the learning o f theory and to see practical
applications.
Fall sem ester. Westphal, Asher.
2 0 . Interm e diate M a c ro e c o n o m ic s.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, employ
ment, prices, and interest rates. Analysis o f
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring sem ester. Kuperberg.
2 1 . M o n e y , Ban kin g, and th e Ec o n o m y .
This course will examine the behavior of
financial markets and their connection to real
109
Econom ics
economic activity, using a combination o f
analytical and institutional perspectives.
Among the topics to be considered are (1 ) the
structure o f U .S. financial markets: the bank
ing system, the bond and stock markets, etc.;
(2 ) the Federal Reserve System and the con
duct o f monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism; (4 )
interest rates, monetary policy, and inflation;
(5 ) rationality and irrationality in financial
markets; (6 ) international financial relations:
the Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange
market, and international lending.
Fall sem ester. Caskey.
2 2 . C u rre n t Iss u e s in Ec on o m ic P o lic y .
For students who have taken Economics 1 and
2 and would like to see further applications o f
these principles to issues o f current economic
policy. Topics will be drawn from both micro
and macro in the areas o f budget and tax
policy, stabilization policy, energy policy, in
ternational economics policy, industrial pol
icy. Specific issues might include natural gas
deregulation, tax reforms, U .S. international
competitiveness, the international debt crisis,
the budget deficit dilemma, the choice o f an
exchange rate regime, and the monetary/fiscal
policy mix.
N ot offered 1989-90.
2 3 . Political Ec o n o m y o f
M acro e co n o m ic P o lic y.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 9 .) Focus on
the congressional and administrative processes
by which macroeconomic policy is formu
lated, approved, and implemented.
N ot offered 1989-90.
3 0 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ec o n o m ists.
The primary focus o f this course is on the
understanding o f how simple and multiple
regression can be used to estimate magnitudes
in economic relationships, e.g., elasticities,
and tests o f hypotheses about these magni
tudes. The course also covers elements o f
probability, sampling distributions, and deci
sion theory. No mathematics prerequisite ex
cept high school algebra. As this course will
include problem solving using the computer,
students taking it must also take Economics 5
(unless they have taken or are taking the
equivalent course in other disciplines).
Fall sem ester. Hollister.
110
3 1 . O p e ratio n s R e se a rch .
(Also listed as Engineering 57 .) The principles
o f operations research as applicable to defin
ing optimum solutions o f engineering and
financial problems as an aid to managerial
decision making. Probability and probability
distributions, reliability, random number
singulation, queuing theory, linear program
ming, dynamic programming, allocation and
transportation theory. The working principles
o f engineering economy are introduced and
combined with operations research topics.
Normally for junior and senior students.
Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences
only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57.
F all semester.
3 2 . A ccou n tin g
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This
course does not satisfy the distribution re
quirements.)
Fall sem ester. Topiol.
35. Ec o n o m e tric s.
A survey o f fundamental econometric meth
ods emphasizing application. Some empirical
work will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 30.
Fall sem ester. Hollister.
4 0 . Pu blic Finance.
This course focuses on government expendi
ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the
course is devoted to an analysis o f current
policy issues in their institutional and theo
retical contexts. The course will be o f most
interest to students with an interest in eco
nomic policy and its interaction with politics.
Fall sem ester. Stodder.
4 1 . L a w and Ec o n o m ics .
The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian con
structs in the analysis o f public policy issues.
In particular, the appropriateness o f the grow
ing utilization o f economic methodology will
be examined through an intensive study of
issues in property, tort, contract, and criminal
law. The necessary background in welfare
economics will be developed as needed.
Fall sem ester. Kuperberg.
50. Th e International Ec o n o m y.
The course consists o f a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer
cial policy, and balance o f payments adjust
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem
porary international economic problems;
tariffs and non-tariff barriers, international
trade and economic development, exchangerate fluctuations, sovereign debt and the IMF.
Spring sem ester. Caskey.
60. Th e Ec o n o m ic s o f In d u s try .
Through a series o f case studies, the strategic
responses o f firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological in
novation, and marketing behavior o f firms
and on such government policy instruments as
import restrictions, price controls and subsi
dies, antitrust, and patent policy.
Not offered 1989-90.
62. G o ve rn m e n t Regulation o f In d u s try .
This course analyzes the logic and effectiveness
of various regulatory instruments by which
the government seeks to affect the structure
and performance o f major industries. The
principal topics will be antitrust policy, eco
nomic regulation o f natural monopoly indus
tries, regulation and deregulation o f industries
blending monopoly and competitive elements,
and the "social” regulation o f pollution, oc
cupational safety, and consumer information.
Not offered 1989-90.
65. C orpo rate Finance C o u rs e .
This course focuses on financial decisionmak
ing in the firm and the interaction o f the firm
with financial markets. Topics include the
relationship between risk and return in valuing
financial assets; capital budgeting and financ
ing decisions; short- and long-term finance. In
addition, several special topics are addressed
including international corporate finance and
mergers and acquisitions.
Spring semester. Topiol.
70. La b o r Ec o n o m ics .
This course will address the functioning o f
labor markets and how they are affected by
institutions, social attitudes, and the changing
structure o f the. national and international
economy. Special attention will be focused on
the experience o f women and minorities in the
labor market. Among the topics dealt with
are: the causes and effects o f the changing
supply o f labor; the changing role o f unions;
the determinants o f employment and unem
ployment; the determinants o f wage levels and
wage differentials; extent and effects o f dis
crimination, particularly with regard to wom
en and minorities; the role o f education and
training; how government regulations as well
as training and employment programs have
affected labor markets. (Cross-listed with
Black Studies, Women’s Studies.)
Spring semester. Asher.
7 1 . S ocial Ec o n o m ics .
The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov
erty and economic inequality; an appraisal o f
reforms in income support programs, medical
care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto
development; the economics o f discrimina
tion.
Not offered 1989-90.
7 2 . W om en and M in o ritie s in
th e Ec o n o m y .
This course will explore the experience o f
women and minorities in the U .S. economy,
using a variety o f analytical and institutional
approaches. Topics will include: historical
context, labor force participation decisions,
economic theories o f the labor market,
explanations o f differences in wages (dis
crimination, human capital, occupational
segregation), and macroeconomic issues (un
employment, income distribution, and govern
ment taxation and transfer programs as they
relate to women and minorities). Students
will analyze differences among groups in the
economy using SPSSX routines. No prior
knowledge o f SPSSX is assumed. (Crosslisted with Black Studies, Women’s Studies).
Not offered 1989-90.
7 3 . S o cial In su ra nce and W elfare
P o lic y.
The principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics in
clude: Social Security, national health insur
ance, unemployment compensation, and wel
fare reform. The various public objectives and
methods o f income support and related social
111
Econom ies
services, as well as certain contextual or alter
native programs and regulatory policies. Con
ceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social, po
litical, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the Pub
lic Policy Concentration and open for single
credit to others who have taken appropriate
Public Policy prerequisites, or who have re
ceived permission o f the instructors.
N ot offered 1989-90.
resources. Long run implications o f resource
use for economic growth, evaluation o f alter
native uses o f natural environment and
methods o f pollution control. Government
response to situations involving externalities,
public goods, and common property re
sources. Case studies o f air pollution, recrea
tion versus mineral or fuel development on
public lands, the fishing industry and offshore
petroleum development.
Spring semester. Smith.
7 4 . U rb a n Ec o n o m ics .
This course analyzes the structure and evolu
tion o f urban economies in the United States.
It takes the representative American city as
the primary unit o f analysis and shows how it
has evolved through time as a result o f the
interaction o f socioeconomic forces, techno
logical change, and public policy. The role o f
government in this process is examined in
depth, with emphasis on the policy areas of
housing, land use control, transportation, and
public finance. Particular attention will be
paid throughout the course to the historical
experience o f Philadelphia.
N ot offered 1989-90.
A survey o f development economics covering
both the principal theories o f economic devel
opment and the dominant issues o f public
policy. W ithin a perspective that emphasizes
the choice and transfer o f technology as well
as technological development, particular em
phasis is given to agricultural and industrial
development, to interactions among sectors,
and to international trade and capital flows
(including foreign aid). Students write two
short papers, one to compare countries having
dissimilar development experiences and the
other to examine a key issue o f their choice in
some depth.
N ot offered 1989-90.
7 5 . H e alth P o lic y .
8 5. C o m p a ra tiv e Ec on o m ic S y s te m s .
(Also listed as Political Science 4 2 .) Analysis
o f government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization o f
health care delivery (roles and views o f phy
sicians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools,
para-professionals); biomedical research pro
grams. Students wishing to take this course
should consult in advance with the instruc
tors. Prior work in at least two o f the following
will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 30, 71; Poli
tical Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineer
ing 4, 32.
Spring sem ester. R. Hollister and D. Smith.
8 6 . Ec on o m ic P ro b le m s o f
S o u th e rn A s ia .
7 6 . Ec o n o m ic s o f th e En viro n m e n t and
N a tu ra l R e so u rc e s.
M icro and macroeconomic theory applied to
problems o f the environment and natural
112
8 0. Ec on o m ic D e v e lo p m e n t
This course focuses on the structure and
performance o f nations with different eco
nomic systems and on the origins o f selected
economic institutions. Particular emphasis is
placed on the study o f the Soviet Union,
China, and Yugoslavia. Methods o f drawing
inferences using the comparative method are
explored.
N ot offered 1989-90.
This course will examine South Asian (India,
Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan, and Sri
Lanka) economic development taking into
account the colonial experience, political back
ground, and demographic change. It will focus
on agriculture, industrialization, links to the
world economy (trade, capital, and aid), the
role o f the state, and issues in poverty and
social welfare. Students will prepare several
short papers and one long research essay.
Spring sem ester. Samarasinghe.
90. A m e ric a n Ec on o m ic H is to ry .
Survey o f American economic development
from the colonial settlement to the New Deal.
Explores the transition from a colonial sys
tem, based on agricultural exports within the
mercantile system, to an advanced, industrial
ized economy supported by a vast internal
market. Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture
in the process o f economic development, in
particular a comparative analysis o f the plan
tation system o f the South and the system o f
family farming in the North, ii) the changing
industrial structure after the Civil War as a
consequence o f the growth o f the large-scale,
vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the
political and social bases o f economic devel
opment, with particular attention to the
American Revolution, the Civil War, the New
Deal and the evolution o f the legal system, and
the political responses to industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6 ,
I or permission o f the instructor.
I Spring semester. Puffert.
9 1. W estern Ec on o m ic H is to ry .
This course examines the evolution o f the
economy from prehistory to our own time. It
surveys demographic, agricultural, industrial,
commercial, technological, and organizational
developments; and it uses economic analysis
to explore their interconnections.
Not offered 1989-90.
9 5 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t
An examination o f classical political economy
(Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis
on the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition o f political theory and the structure
and development o f classical thought.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission
o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90.
9 9. D irecte d Reading.
W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor,
individual or group study in fields o f interest
not covered by regular course offerings.
Fall or spring. Staff.
I S E M IN A R S
100. Econom ic T h e o ry .
I
I
I
I
I
This seminar provides the theoretical background for the more advanced economic theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks)
and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered.
Fall semester. Saffran.
1 120. Advan ced M a c ro e c o n o m ic s.
I The theory o f the determination o f the level
I and composition o f aggregate output, emI ployment, prices, and interest rates. Analysis
I of conflicting views o f the relationship beI tween inflation and unemployment and o f the
I proper role o f government stabilization policy.
I Special topics include microfoundations o f
I macroeconomics and economic growth.
II Spring semester. Kuperberg.
lutionary models that emphasize the processes
o f institutional and technological change. Stu
dents master the fundamentals o f static and
intertemporal welfare maximization by work
ing with computer models o f several represen
tative economies.
Prerequisites: Econ. 100 or its equivalent (can
be waived in exceptional circumstances on
professor’s approval).
Spring sem ester. Westphal.
135. Ec o n o m e tric s.
Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
F all sem ester. Hollister.
14 0 . Public Finance.
I 130. Th eo ry and M od els fo r
I Policy A n a ly s is .
This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov
ernment expenditure, tax, and debt policy.
Not offered 1989-90.
I Provides advanced instruction in general equiII librium theory while examining its uses in
I policy and descriptive analyses. Focuses on
I economy-wide linear programming and comI putable general equilibrium models that deal
I with allocational and distributional issues in
I open economies. Also deals briefly with evo
Theory and policy o f international economic
relations. The theory o f international trade
and balance o f payments adjustment. Com
mercial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff bar
riers; international trade and economic devel
opment, exchange-rate fluctuations, sovereign
150. International Ec o n o m ics .
113
Econom ies
debt and the IMF.
Spring sem ester. Caskey.
160. In dustrial O rg a n iza tio n and
Public P o lic y.
Applications o f theoretical and empirical anal
ysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories of
the firm; market structure; the causes o f mar
ket failure and alternative policy responses.
Not offered 1989-90.
165. C o rp o ra te Finance.
Key issues in corporate finance are analyzed
using theoretical and empirical tools. Among
the topics to be covered are modem portfolio
theory and capital asset valuation models; the
firm’s capital budgeting and financing deci
sions; capital structure and dividend policies;
forms o f short- and long-term financing; and
special topics, including mergers and acquisi
tions, and international corporate finance.
Not offered 1989-90.
1 7 0 . La b o r and S ocial Ec on o m ics.
Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa
tion, and welfare.
Spring sem ester. Hollister.
development. Topic coverage is similar to that
in Econ. 80. Here more emphasis is given to
the theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap
proaches to isolating and understanding the
"stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip
tions for improved development performance.
Students write several short papers that exam
ine original contributions to the identification
and analysis o f selected issues. A longer paper
to compare countries having dissimilar devel
opment experiences is also required.
Fall semester. Westphal.
185. C o m p arative Econ om ic S ystem s.
This seminar focuses on the methods by which
economic systems can be analyzed. Consider
able attention is paid to the structure and
performance o f nations with particular eco
nomic systems. Special case studies are made
o f the U .S.S.R ., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer
case studies are made o f several capitalist
economies o f Western Europe. Causal forces
underlying the origins and development of
particular economic institutions are also dis
cussed. The seminar also covers questions of
convergence o f important economic institu
tions, influences o f ideology on the operation
o f the system, and forces underlying changes
in both capitalist, market and socialist, cen
trally administered economies.
N ot offered 1989-90.
1 7 1 . R e se a rch on th e U rba n U n d e rc la ss .
19 0. Ec on o m ic H is to ry .
This seminar will focus on currently on-going
research on urban concentrations o f disad
vantaged persons, often referred to as the
"urban underclass.” The seminar will review
economic, political, sociological, and anthro
pological studies dealing with employment,
education, welfare, crime, housing, transpor
tation in urban areas o f the U .S. and the
institutions and governmental policies that
influence disadvantaged persons’ experiences
in these areas. Participants in this seminar are
expected to have initiated research on topics
in these areas either with one o f the professors
or through summer internships with relevant
agencies or research groups. Participants will
report on their on-going research and critique
the research o f others.
F all sem ester. Hollister and Mincey. Crosslisted as Political Science 171.
This seminar surveys demographic, agricul
tural, industrial, commercial, and organiza
tional developments in the Western economy
from prehistory to our own time. Special
attention is devoted to topics exemplifying the
methodological contributions o f the "new
economic history.”
N ot offered 1989-90.
180. Ec on o m ic D e velop m ent
A survey o f the principal issues in economic
114
195. H is to ry o f Econ om ic T h o u g h t
A survey o f the development o f economic
science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart
and Quesnay) to Keynes. Permission of in
structor required.
N ot offered 1989-90.
19 9. T h e s is .
W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor,
honors majors may undertake a senior thesis
for double credit.
Fall and spring semesters. Staff.
I
I
that
1 to
aP'
the
ripice,
un
ion
per
vel-
ich
lermd
cotde
fer
list
ces
of
lisof
tuon
ges
;n-
iilsany
ial
he
;w
ic
irt
n-
r,
is
Education
EVA F. T R A V ER S , Associate Professor and Program Director6
PETER C O R C O R A N . Assistant Professor
K. A N N R E N N IN G ER , Assistant Professor
LISA S M U LY A N , Assistant Professor and Acting D irector1
ROBERT GRO S S. Lecturer
The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety of disciplinary perspectives, to pro
vide a range o f field experiences for students
who wish to explore their aptitude and interest
in teaching, counseling or research in an edu
cational setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s aca
demic offerings. The Program’s most impor
tant goal is to help students learn to think
critically and creatively about the process of
education and the place o f education in soci
ety. To this end, both its introductory and
upper level courses necessarily draw on the
distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociol
ogy, Anthropology, Political Science, Philos
ophy, and History. Because students major in
one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in
Education offer both an opportunity to apply
the particular skills o f one’s chosen field to a
new domain and interaction with other stu
dents whose disciplinary approaches may dif
fer significantly from their own. There is no
major in Education. However, special majors
involving Education and another social science
discipline can be arranged. There is a limit o f
five Education credits that can be counted
toward graduation. This limit does not apply
to cross-listed courses in Education.
T E A C H E R C E R T IF IC A T IO N
Swarthmore offers a competency-based teach
er preparation program for students who seek
secondary certification from the Common
wealth of Pennsylvania. Competency is judged
by an interdisciplinary committee o f the fac
ulty whose members have established criteria
for certification in Biology, Chemistry, En
glish, French, German, Mathematics, Spanish,
and Social Studies. Individual programs are
developed in conjunction with departmental
representatives and members o f the Education
staff. All students seeking certification must
meet Swarthmore College’s general require
ments for course distribution and a major.
R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R T E A C H E R C E R T IF IC A T IO N
Students planning to seek secondary certifica
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than
the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In
addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
B Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 39; Child
Development and Social Policy, Educ. 66;
or Adolescence, Educ. 23
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23
b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Women and Education, Educ. 31
d. Cultural Transmission: Education in
Cross-cultural Perspective, Educ. 42
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
6 On administrative assignment, 1989-90.
115
Education
e. Education and Society, Educ. 47
f. Oral and Written Language, Educ. 54
g. Political Socialization and Schools,
Educ. 64
h. Child Development and Social Policy,
Educ. 66
i. Social Change and Higher Education,
Educ. 67
j. Urban Education, Educ. 68
k. Special Topics, Educ. 91
their cooperating teacher in Introduction to
Education. Placement o f students in schools
for Practice Teaching is contingent on success
ful interviews with members o f the Education
Program staff and appropriate secondary
school personnel.
Students preparing for certification must at
tain at least a grade point average o f C in
courses in their major field o f certification and
a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to
Education in order to undertake Practice
Teaching. In addition, students must be rec
ommended by their major department and by
Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify
elementary teachers. However, students taking
courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
(W ith some additional course work in ele
mentary methods, elementary certification is
available through an arrangement with a local
college.)
14. Introduction to Education.
2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact o f individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity
to determine their own interest in preparing
to teach, as well as furnish them with first
hand experience in current elementary and
secondary school practice. Field work is re
quired.
Primary distribution course.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
(Also listed as Psychology 21.) This course
focuses on issues in learning and development
which have particular relevance to under
standing student thinking. A workshop-like
format is employed to address the following
questions: (a) W hat does prior experience tell
us about learning and development and, what
does it suggest about teaching? (b) How and
why do we learn? (c) What are some indicators
o f learning? (d) What might influence the way
in which one learns and, how does all of this
information affect the way in which we ap
proach teaching? The course is designed to
accommodate differences in interests and purpose; students are encouraged to consider
seriously their own expectations and to selfstructure the general assignments, papers, and
laboratory work in a manner consistent with
these goals. This course includes tutoring in
local schools and an introduction to the process o f research.
Fall semester. Renninger.
16. P ra c tic e Teaching.
Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Ed
ucation 17 concurrently. (Single credit prac
tice teaching may be arranged for individuals
not seeking secondary certification.)
E ach sem ester. Staff.
1 7 . C urricu lu m and M eth ods S e m in a r.
This course will consider theoretical and ap
plied issues related to effective classroom in
struction. It must be taken concurrently with
Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified
and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
j
I
I
I
i
j
i
2 3 . A d o le sce n ce .
(Also listed as Psychology 23 .) A developmental perspective is employed to examine
salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal
is to obtain a theoretical understanding of
adolescence and an overview of major research. During the first part o f the term,
various aspects o f individual development
(e.g., cognitive, affective, physiological, etc.)
will be addressed. The second part of the
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
semester will focus on the adolescent’s adap
tation in major contexts (e.g., family, peer
group, school, etc.).
Spring semester. Gross.
25. Counseling: Prin cip le s and
Practice.
(Also listed as Psychology 22 .) An introduc
tory course focusing on theories, techniques,
and issues in school and agency counseling.
Field work, guest lectures, role playing, and
analysis of case studies will provide practical
information and experience. Recommended
for students considering graduate programs in
educational counseling or those planning to
teach or do youth work in an agency setting.
Enrollment limited.
Not offered 1989-90.
31. Women and Ed ucation .
This course uses historical, psychological,
and social frameworks to examine the roles
women take in the educational process. Areas
to be explored include the féminisation o f the
teaching profession; equity in educational
programs, curriculum, and materials; sex dif
ferences in student-teacher interaction and
student achievement; and current programs
designed to meet the needs o f all students and
teachers. Students in the course will draw on
their own experience as well as field work in
relating the theories examined to educational
practice.
Spring semester. Smulyan.
42. Cultural Tra n s m issio n : Education
in Cross-C ultural P e rs p e c tive .
The purpose o f this course is to communicate
a transcultural and comparative perspective
on the educative process in our own and other
societies. Awareness o f the socio-cultural in
fluences on education-relevant behavior will
be a major focus. Coverage ranges from case
studies of technologically primitive (but sym
bolically complex) non-Western cultures to
complex industrial societies. Although spe
cific attention is given to schooling in the
culturally pluralistic United States, students
taking the course will be exposed to more than
20 different cultures. The development o f a
partial cultural theory o f education considered
as cultural transmission is one o f the main
objectives o f the course.
Not offered 1989-90.
4 7 . Education and S o c ie ty .
(Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology
47.) The course will explore the social and
cultural functions and consequences o f formal
and informal education in both Western and
non-Western societies. Modes o f intended
and unintended socialization within the school
and outside will be examined. A range o f
factors which can promote or inhibit learning
will be explored and linked to educational
performance. Topics include: school as an
agent o f social mobility and its relationship
with the community; the school as a social
system and the dynamics o f classroom life;
and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f
curricular innovation. Students will be re
quired to conduct weekly field work in an
educational setting.
N ot offered 1989-90.
5 2 . Education in A m e ric a .
A survey o f the history o f American educa
tion, emphasizing the relationships between
education and social structure, economic de
velopment, family patterns, and other institu
tions. Topics will include education in colonial
America, the "age o f the academies,” the
advent and failure o f the common school
movement, the emergence o f the American
university, the history o f women’s education,
vocationalism, progressivism and educational
theory, testing and tracking, education and the
Cold War, and recent controversies surround
ing desegregation and "excellence.”
N ot offered 1989-90.
5 4 . O ral and W ritten Language.
(Also listed as Linguistics 54). This course
examines children’s dialogue and its rendering
in children’s literature. Each student will pick
an age group to study. Students will tape re
cord spontaneous conversations between chil
dren o f that age group. In class we will analyze
these tapes together. Students will read pas
sages o f children’s literature to children and
discuss them with the children. We will then
consider these passages and the children’s
reactions to them as a class. From this com
parison we will try to come up with some
hypotheses o f what kind o f mappings from
real speech into fictional speech are effective.
Finally, students will write their own fiction
for children, with an emphasis on dialogue.
We will discuss these stories in class and then
117
Education
will read them to children outside class and
gather feedback. Throughout the term we will
cooperate closely (through the Program in
Education) with the Swarthmore-Rutledge
K -8 school, which is across Chester Avenue
from the campus. Arrangements will be made
with nursery schools in the area for students
who want to examine preschoolers’ speech.
The course outlined above has two goals: to
examine children’s speech and literature in an
effort to find effective mappings from one to
the other, and to apply those mappings in an
effort to improve our own effectiveness in
writing children’s fiction. Reading can be a
chore or an exhilarating experience. For the
child who finds language that rings true, read'
ing is more likely to be a delight. Since the skill
o f reading is invaluable in our society, the goal
o f writing good children’s literature is a func
tional one as well as an esthetic one. This
course is for linguists and writers o f children’s
fiction and anyone else who is strongly inter
ested in child development or reading skills.
There are no prerequisites.
Offered every other year.
Fall semester. Donna Jo Napoli.
6 4 . Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o o ls.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 4 .) This
course will consider models used to explain
the development o f political concepts, atti
tudes, and behavior from the period o f early
childhood through young adulthood. The in
terrelated but often inconsistent influences
o f family, school, peers, media, and critical
events in the sociopolitical system will be
examined. Special emphasis will be given to
the role o f education, including formal and
informal messages o f schooling. Material from
nonwestern societies such as China and Nica
ragua will provide cross-cultural perspectives
on the political socialization process. Field
research will be required.
N ot offered 1989-90. Travers.
6 6 . Child De ve lo p m e nt and
S o cial P o lic y.
Issues relating to social policy (e.g., main
streaming, child care, required curriculum,
etc.) will be explored in a seminar format.
Case studies will be employed to provide a
socio-historical context for understanding
both ways in which research and policy have
interacted in the past and the methodological
118
problems such intersections pose. This course I 9
is designed to provide students with an under\
standing o f the implications o f developmental
fi
psychology for social policy. As part of the
s
course students will be involved in projects
which are both suggested by and used to
*
inform those currently engaged in policy for
mation.
Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduc
tion to Education, or Educational Psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Spring sem ester. Renninger.
6 7 . S ocial Change and H ig he r Education.
This course will focus on the way in which
recent social changes have affected colleges
and universities in the U .S. We will review the
development o f higher education in the U.S.,
the principles and goals o f liberal education,
and how these issues have been shaped within
various types o f institutions. The return of I
World War II veterans and the passage of the I
G I Bill started a chain o f events which has I
dramatically altered higher education. In re- I
cent years the quest for access, equity, and
excellence, as well as demographic and eco
nomic changes, have continued to force col
leges and universities to make structural and .
programmatic changes. These issues will be
the focus o f this course, but within a broader I
context o f liberal and general education. An I
effort is being made to coordinate this course I
with Lincoln University, a nearby predomi- I
nately Black institution.
Not offered 1989-90.
68. U rb a n Education.
(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.)
This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensatory education, curricular innovation, community control, bilingual education, and standardized testing. The special problems and
challenges faced by urban schools in meeting
the needs o f individuals and groups in a
pluralistic society will be examined using the
approaches o f psychology, sociology, anthropology, and political science. Current issues
will also be viewed in historical perspective.
Field work is required.
Fall sem ester. Travers.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
91. Special To pics.
With the permission o f the instructor, qualified students may choose to pursue a topic o f
special interest, which for thorough investiga-
tion will usually require field work as well as
library research,
Each semester. Staff,
I
119
Engineering
H . S E A R L D U N N , Professor
N E L S O N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman
A R T H U R E . M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor2
3
FR ED ER IC K L O R T H LIE B , Associate Professor
FA R U Q M . A . S ID D IQ U I, Associate Professor2
ER IK C H E E V E R , Assistant Professor2
ER IC H C A R R EV E R R A C H , Assistant Professor3
L Y N N E A . N IO LT ER , Assistant Professor
S T E P H E N M . P L A T T , Assistant Professor
The professional practice o f engineering re
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth
ods to the solution o f technical problems o f
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
o f engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi
neering majors to take almost forty percent o f
their course work at the College in the hu
manities and social sciences. W ith careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire
a double major with two degrees, the Bachelor
o f Science in Engineering and the Bachelor o f
Arts in a second academic area in a four-year
course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, commun
ications, instrumentation, strength o f mate
rials, solid and structural mechanics, fluid
mechanics, thermodynamics, soil mechanics,
and environmental diagnostics. Supporting
these laboratories is a wide range o f modern
measurement equipment with the capability
o f on-line data acquisition and process control
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
120
via microcomputers. A computer laboratory
with high resolution color and black-andwhite graphics capability is also part of our
facilities. An excellent shop for both metal
and woodworking is available for student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineer
ing is accredited by the Engineering Accredi
tation Commission o f the Accreditation Board I
for Engineering and Technology.
C ourses A v a ila b le to N on-M ajors
Students interested in computer engineering
may wish to consider The Digital World (21),
Digital Systems (22), Computer Architecture
(2 3 ), or Laboratory Computer Applications
(2 5 ). Although Mechanics (6) is primarily for
prospective majors, other interested students,
particularly those interested in preparing for
a career in architecture, are encouraged to
enroll. Materials in Civilization (1), Problems
in Technology (3 ,4 ), and Art and Science of
Structures (7 ) are designed chiefly for students not contemplating further work in engineering or the natural sciences. Operations
Research (5 7 ), Solar Energy Systems (35),
Water Quality and Pollution Control (63),
Environmental Systems (66), and Environmental Policy (68) will also appeal to many
students majoring in other departments. Students majoring in the physical sciences or
mathematics may also enroll in advanced engineering courses.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Students may minor in the External Examina- I
tion Program in the Engineering Department
by taking appropriately related advanced en
gineering courses as preparation for external
examinations. Generally the advanced engi
neering courses require one or more introduc
tory courses as prerequisites.
Program fo r E ngineering M ajors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion
of at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii)
four courses in the sciences which must in
clude Physics 3 and 4 (taken in the freshman
year) and Chemistry 10 (or a more advanced
chemistry course), and (iii) four courses in
mathematics, including Math 5 and 6 (to be
taken in the freshman year), Math 18, and
Math 16A or Math 3 0 (normally taken in the
sophomore year). The unspecified science
course in category (ii) may be chosen to com
plement the student’s overall program o f
study. Certain science courses are not accept
able. Students should consult their faculty
advisors on this issue.
Within the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experi
mentation for Engineering Design, Thermo
fluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The
first four courses are normally taken in the
freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in
the second semester o f the freshman year,
Physical Systems Analysis 1 in the first semes
ter of the sophomore year, and the remaining
two in the second semester o f the sophomore
year. In special circumstances, however, stu
dents with adequate preparation in mathemat
ics and physics can begin the engineering
curriculum as late as the second semester of
the sophomore year and still complete all of
the core requirements and elective work in the
Department. Thermofluid Mechanics is nor
mally taken in the fall o f the junior year, and
Engineering Design, the culminating experi
ence for engineering majors, is taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
Elective Program for Course M ajors: In consul
tation with his or her advisor, each student
constructs a program o f advanced work in the
Department. These programs, normally con
sisting of six courses, are submitted to the
Department when the student formally applies
for a major in engineering during the spring
semester o f the sophomore year.
The program that constitutes the student’s
elected courses may or may not conform
closely to the traditional areas o f engineering
specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical.
For non-traditional plans for advanced work,
the Department requires a coherent program
that, in its judgment, meets the student’s edu
cational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number o f twelve
engineering courses required o f each major:
Materials in Civilization, Problems in Tech
nology, A rt and Science o f Structures, Values
and Ethics in Science and Technology, and
Environmental Policy.
Suggested elective program plans include:
(1 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory I and II, Com
munication Systems, and Control Theory
and Design. Students having an interest in
digital systems might replace one or more
o f these courses with The Digital World,
Digital Systems, Computer Architecture,
or Laboratory Computer Applications.
(2 ) General computer engineering: The Digi
tal World, Digital Systems, Computer
Architecture, and Laboratory Computer
Applications. Students with an interest in
computer hardware may include Elec
tronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and
II, or Control Theory and Design.
(3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan
ics o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid
Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Thermal En
ergy Conversion, Solar Energy Systems,
and Control Theory and Design.
(4 ) General civil and environmental engi
neering: basic preparation includes Me
chanics o f Solids, Structural Theory and
Design I, Soil and Rock Mechanics, and
Water Quality and Pollultion Control.
Additional courses include Operations
Research and Environmental Systems for
those interested in the environment or
urban planning, or Structural Theory and
Design II for those interested in architec-
121
Engineering
ture or construction. Other recom
mended courses include Solar Energy Sys
tems, Fluid Mechanics, and Engineering
Materials.
External Exam ination Program in Engineering:
Students with a B + average in courses in
engineering, science, and mathematics may
apply for the external examination program.
Each candidate must accumulate 12 units o f
credit in engineering and complete the same
mathematics and science requirements as
course majors. Courses include the same core
requirements as course majors with the excep
tion o f E90. The remaining seven courses
comprise a three examination program. Two
o f the areas o f examination will each consist
o f two courses and a 14-credit attachment. The
attachment will be either a study o f additional
material or a research project in an area re
lated to, but not covered, in the courses. Areas
o f examination are listed following the engi
neering course descriptions. The third exami
nation will cover a two-credit thesis. A threecredit minor comprises a fourth area for
examination. This may be chosen in any field
outside o f engineering.
C O U R S E L IS T IN G S
1 . M a te ria ls in C iviliza tio n .
An introduction to the interaction between
discovery or creation o f new physical materials
and the domestic, commercial, and military
aspects o f technology. Readings, classroom
discussion, and writing assignments will deal
with the progress o f "Material Culture,” mate
rials science, and technology; laboratory work
will demonstrate and evaluate important physi
cal properties o f a wide variety o f natural and
man-made metals, ceramics, polymers, and
composites. Participants should have a strong
background in high school math and science
and a lively interest in man-made practical
objects.
E l can be used to satisfy the distribution
requirements but is not a primary distribution
course.
Prerequisites: None.
Fall sem ester; alternate years. N ot offered 198990.
3 ,4 . P ro b le m s in Technology I and II.
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f under
standing o f technology and its impact by
examining in each semester a particular tech
nology. Technical considerations underlying
policy issues will be stressed. Examples of
semester topics are: aspects o f the energy
problem, satellite communications, managing
environmental hazards, and developments in
data processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo
ratory. Credit may be given for either semes
122
ter, or both.
E3 is a primary distribution course.
6 . M ec h a n ics.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, tor
sion, and stress transformations. Laboratory
work is related to experiments on deformable
bodies, and includes a four-week FORTRAN
workshop.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester.
7 . A r t and S cie n ce o f S tru c tu re s.
This course will serve as an introduction to
the basic principles o f structural analysis and
design including an emphasis on the historical
development o f modern structural engineer
ing. We will study the mechanical behavior of
materials and the load carrying mechanisms of
structural members and their systems (an
assemblage o f members) and how it affects
their design. The concept o f the structural
engineer as an artist which has recently been
gaining acceptance will be explored and its
basis explained to show that the work of the
structural engineer serves as an excellent ex
ample o f the synthesis o f art, science, and
technology. The course will also include some
simple laboratory experiments or demonstra
tions to show the behavior o f materials and
structural members. The students may also be
required to make simple models and tests.
Suitable for students planning to study archi
tecture, architectural history, or with an interest in structures. Includes fortnightly labs.
E7 can be used to satisfy the distribution re
quirements but is not a primary distribution
course.
Prerequisites: None.
Fall semester; alternate years.
I t , 12. Physical S y s te m s A n a ly s is I
and II.
These courses are devoted to the study o f
physical phenomena which may be repre
sented to a good degree o f approximation by
a linear, lumped-parameter model. E l l (fall
semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical
devices and the development o f mathematical
techniques for the analysis o f their linear
behavior. E12 (spring semester) is more con
cerned with mechanical, thermal, and fluid
systems, but emphasis throughout both courses
will be placed upon the unity resulting from
the common mathematical representation and
analysis of diverse physical systems. The con
tent of E l l is: Behavior o f electrical circuits;
natural and forced transient response, steadystate harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active
devices, operational amplifiers, and their use
in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consid
erations. E 12 will be devoted to: multi-degree
of freedom mechanical, electromechanical,
thermal and fluid systems. Transfer function
and matrix descriptions o f compound sys
tems, the eigenvalue problem and state space
techniques. Mechanical systems in two and
three dimensions, energy methods, coupled
modes of motion. Transition from many de
gree of freedom systems to continuous sys
tems; the Fourier integral with applications to
wave motion.
Laboratory sessions include modeling with
electrical and electro-mechanical devices, an
independent project, and an introduction to
numerical and graphical methods o f dynamic
system analysis through the use o f microcom
puters.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both.
14. Experim entation fo r Engineering
Design.
Theories o f experimentation and measure
ment are presented and are related to engi
neering design and research projects. Lectures
present probability theory and its applications
in experimentation. Topics include random
variables, probability distributions, measure
ment errors, random noise, system reliability,
statistical analysis o f experiments and simu
lated experiments, and decision making with
experimental results. The laboratory sessions
treat the analysis o f measurement systems,
involve the experimental determination o f
measurement system parameters, and include
an introduction to the use o f computers for
data acquisition and process control.
Prerequisites: E l l and E12 (taken concurrendy).
Spring semester.
2 1 . Th e Digital W orld.
The transmission and processing o f informa
tion by electrical means is more and more
being done in digital form. Our everyday
experience is, however, with analog forms. In
this course we will look into the reasons for
this shift o f emphasis and into the operation
o f digital systems. Among the subjects to be
considered will be the nature o f analog and
digital information, conversion from one form
to the other, the binary number system, the
design o f combinational circuits and applica
tions such as compact disk audio systems and
hand calculators. Students will have practical
experience with digital hardware. No pre
requisites, but students should feel comfort
able thinking logically about quantitative phe
nomena.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester.
2 2 . Digital S y s te m s .
This course continues the development o f
work with digital systems begun in E21. The
emphasis will be on the analysis and design o f
sequential systems, both synchronous and
asynchronous. Problems o f timing will be
considered. The organization o f simple digital
computers will be introduced and both hard
ware and, as time permits, microcode imple
mentations will be studied. Includes labora
tory.
Prerequisite: E21, or permission o f the in
structor.
Spring sem ester; alternate years. Not offered
1989-90.
123
Engineering
2 3 . C om p u te r A rc h ite c tu re .
A survey o f techniques o f modern computer
design and their implementation. Techniques
such as cache, parallel processing, pipelining,
distributed processing, and instruction set
optimization will be discussed. Practical de
signs including supermicro families (8 0 3 8 6 ,
6 8 0 2 0 ), RISC-machines, microprogrammed
machines, supercomputers (Cray) and highly
parallel machines (Hypercube, connection
machine) are considered, as well as their im
plications for operating systems, compiler
design, artificial intelligence, and general prob
lem solving. Includes design laboratory.
Prerequisite: E22 or CS35.
Not offered 1989-90.
2 5 . L a b o ra to ry C om p u te r A p p lica tio n s.
This course surveys the utilization o f comput
ing equipment in the laboratory environment.
Basic instrument interfacing methods (serial,
parallel, A/D, D/A) and measurement tech
niques (analog signals such as temperature
and pressure, position, etc.), signal condition
ing, real-time processing, and digital tech
niques o f experiment control are discussed.
The laboratory portion o f this course allows
experimentation with each o f these ap
proaches. This course is o f interest to anyone
who wishes to use a computer to automate a
laboratory.
Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor.
Fall sem ester; alternate years. Not offered 199091.
2 7 . C om p u te r G ra p h ic s.
A study o f the mathematical and computa
tional techniques used to model two- and
three-dimensional scenes and display them on
a graphics device. Topics include the mathe
matics o f 2D and 3D transformations, clipping
and projections, hidden line and surface re
moval, shading and color, as well as hardware
and software approaches to their implementa
tion. Other topics include scene manipulation
and scripting and the practical applications o f
these techniques such as commercial anima
tion, special effects, and movie production.
Course projects include the development o f
2D and 3D graphics packages and will be
written on a network o f color graphics work
stations. (Cross-listed as Computer Science
40 .)
Prerequisites: Knowledge o f C or Pascal, as
124
well as a familiarity with vector and matrix
algebra.
3 4 . Values and Eth ics in Science and
Technology
(Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course
deals with topics such as the following: histori
cal and current attitudes toward technology;
the nature o f ethics; origins and impact of
professional ethics (chiefly in the engineering
professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engi
neers and scientists; values in the technologi
cal society; forecasting and assessment of tech
nological growth; how policy decisions about
technology are made; the role o f personal
ethics o f the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have, or will have concur
rently, completed the science distribution re
quirement.
Spring semester. O ffered when demand and
staffing permit.
3 5 . S o la r En e rg y S y s te m s .
Students are introduced to methods of using
the sun’s energy to replace conventional fuels.
Fundamental physical concepts and system
design techniques are covered. Topics include
solar geometry, components o f solar radia
tion, analysis o f thermal and photovoltaic
solar collectors, energy storage, computer
simulation o f system performance, computer
aided design optimization, and economic fea
sibility assessment. Non-majors are encour
aged to enroll. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: Freshman calculus and physics,
and some experience with computer program
ming.
Fall sem ester; alternate years.
4 1 . Th erm o flu id M ec h a n ics.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynam
ics; first and second laws, properties of pure
substances, applications using system and
control volume formulation. Introduction to
fluid mechanics; development o f conservation
theorems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-di
mensional fluid motion with and without
friction. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
F all sem ester.
5 7 . O p e ratio n s R e se a rch .
(Also listed as Economics 31). This course
introduces students to an important area of
currently developing technology: computer
based modeling and optimization for the solu
tion o f complex, multivariable problems such
as those relating to efficient manufacturing,
environmental pollution control, urban plan
ning, water and food resources, and arms
control. Recent additions to the course make
it useful and accessible to a broad spectrum o f
liberal arts students; ( 1 ) inclusion o f realistic
case studies which address the question "how
do these models work when they are used in
the real world” and ( 2) use o f recently devel
oped computer software which makes it easy
for students to experiment with realistic mod
els while they are learning basic concepts. The
only prerequisite is familiarity with elemen
tary linear algebra, and high school algebra is
usually sufficient. Students interested in the
theory o f optimization should consider Math
64 (mathematical programming). Together,
the two courses provide a comprehensive
introduction to the theory and practice o f
optimization, but one may be taken without
the other.
Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences
only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57.
58. Control T h e o ry and Design.
An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
of A/D and D/A converters, digital filters,
and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory
includes design o f both analog and digital con
trollers.
Prerequisite: E 12 or equivalent.
Spring semester.
59. M echanics o f S o lid s .
This course deals with internal stresses and
changes o f form that occur when forces act on
solid bodies or when internal temperature
varies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas
ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fall semester.
60. Structural T h e o ry and Design I.
An introduction to the fundamental principles
o f structural mechanics. Statically determinate
analysis o f frames and trusses. Approximate
analysis o f indeterminate structures. Virtual
work principles. Elements o f design o f steel
and concrete structural members. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E59, or permission o f instruc
tor.
Spring semester.
6 1. Soil and Rock M ec ha n ics: T h e o ry
and Design.
Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Topics
include soil and rock formation, soil mineral
ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics,
consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope
stability, and bearing capacity. These topics
are applied to engineering design problems.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59 or equivalent.
Fall sem ester; alternate years.
6 2. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and Design II.
Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design o f steel and concrete
structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall sem ester; alternate years.
6 3. W ater Q u a lity and Pollution
C on tro l.
An introduction to elements o f water quality
management and treatment o f wastewaters.
Measurement of water quality indicators. Anal
ysis o f wastewater treatment processes. Sew
age treatment plant design. Computer model
ing o f the effects o f waste discharge on rivers
and estuaries. Environmental impact assess
ment. Laboratory and field studies o f local
water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Completion o f the distribution
requirement in the Division o f Natural Sci
ences and Engineering.
Fall sem ester; alternate years.
6 6. En viro n m e n ta l S y s te m s .
This course applies methods o f mathematical
modeling and systems analysis to problems in
the fields o f Water Resources, Urban Plan
ning, and Public Health. Techniques o f optim
ization including linear and integer program
ming are used as frameworks for modeling
such problems. Dynamic systems simulation
methods are also employed. The laboratory
125
Engineering
section is devoted to case studies in computerbased solutions to realistic problems using
microcomputers and Apollo graphics work
stations.
Prerequisite: E57, or equivalent.
Spring sem ester; alternate years.
6 8. En viro n m e n ta l P o lic y.
(Also listed as Political Science 68 .) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple
mentation are explored. Topics: survey o f
environmental problems including global
population, global climate change, water and
air pollution, and resource depletion; survey
o f developments in the law o f environmental
protection; use and abuse o f cost-benefit anal
ysis in environmental regulation. Concepts
from mathematics and technology are intro
duced, as necessary, to understand environ
mental processes. Additional topics may in
clude environmental political movements in
the U .S. and Europe, environmental degrada
tion in developing nations, and quantitative
policy models implemented by computer.
This course may be counted as a distribution
course (but not a primary distribution course)
in the Natural Sciences and Engineering Divi
sion if students register for it as Engineering
68.
Spring semester.
7 1 . D is cre te T im e S y s te m s .
Review o f mathematical methods and system
models for linear continuous time systems.
Introduction to difference equations and dis
crete-time transform theory; the Z-transform
and Fourier representation o f sequences; fast
Fourier transform algorithms. Discrete-time
transfer functions and filter design techniques.
Extensive use o f computer simulation for
analysis and design in the laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12.
O ffered when dem and and staffing permit.
,
Design I and II.
73 7 4 . Ele ctro n ic C ircu it A n a ly s is and
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics o f semiconductor devices and modern
device technology. The remainder o f the year
is devoted to the study o f analog and digital
circuits and includes an introduction to digital
logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar
and field effect devices are considered. Use o f
the circuit simulation program SPICE is em
phasized. Laboratory work is oriented toward
126
design problems.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre
requisite for E74.
7 5 ,7 6 . Ele ctro m a g n etic T h e o ry I and II.
Static and dynamic treatment o f engineering
applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Macro
scopic field treatment o f interactions with
dielectric, conducting, and magnetic materials.
Analysis o f forces and energy storage as the
basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves
in free space and guidance within media; plane
waves and modal propagation. Polarization,
reflection, refraction, diffraction, and inter
ference. Engineering 76 will include advanced
topics in optics and microwaves, such as laser
operation, resonators, Gaussian beams, inter
ferometry, anisotropy, nonlinear optics, modu
lation and detection, and current technologies
such as holography. Laboratories for both
courses will be oriented toward optical appli
cations using lasers, fiber and integrated opti
cal devices, modulators, nonlinear materials,
and solid state detectors.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E75 or Phys
ics equivalent is a prerequisite for E76.
7 8 . C om m unication S y s te m s .
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such top
ics as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, fil
tering, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety of
practical systems such as television relay, fac
simile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data com
munications. Fiber optic systems will be ex
amined in the laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring sem ester; alternate years.
8 1 . T h e rm a l En e rg y C o n ve rsio n .
Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conver
sion systems. Brief examination o f world en
ergy supplies. Review o f the principles of the
first and second laws o f thermodynamics.
Development o f the concepts o f availability,
reacting and non-reacting mixtures, chemical
and nuclear reactions. Applications investi
gated include: Rankine cycles, gas turbines,
internal combustion engines, heat pumps, and
solar energy systems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years.
82. Engineering M a te ria ls .
Study o f the physical structure and properties
of a wide variety o f engineering materials, and
the processes by which they are transformed
into useful products. The course includes
analysis o f material microstructures, macro
scopic physical properties, and in-service per
formance with regard to mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plas
tics, concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and
structural composites are considered, both
with regard to industrial processing and prop
erty modification and to materials selection in
engineering design. Laboratory work includes
exercises in property testing and material
selection, field trips to materials-processing
plants, and a substantial individual project.
Prerequisite: E59 (may be taken concurrently)
or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester; alternate years.
83. Fluid M echanics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case o f
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the con
servation o f mass, momentum, and energy are
derived. These are then applied to the study of
flows of inviscid and viscous, incompressible
and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years.
84. Heat T ra n s fe r.
A basic introduction to the physical phe
nomena involved in heat transfer. Analytical
techniques are presented together with em
pirical results to develop tools for solving
problems in heat transfer by conduction,
forced and free convection, and radiation.
Numerical techniques are discussed for the
solution o f conduction problems. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14.
Fall semester; alternate years.
9 0. Engineering Design.
This proj ect-oriented course serves as a culmi
nating exercise for all Engineering majors.
Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,
group projects are possible. A t the end o f the
semester students prepare a written report
and make an oral presentation.
Spring semester.
9 1. Special To p ics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.
9 3. Directed Reading o r P r o je c t
W ith the permission o f the Department and a
faculty member who is willing to supervise it,
qualified students may do special work with
either theoretical, experimental, or design em
phasis in areas not covered by the regular
courses.
9 6. T h e s is .
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part o f his or her program
in the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.
P R E P A R A T IO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N S
The Department will arrange External Exami
nations in the following areas to be prepared
for by the combinations o f courses indicated.
A ’/¿-credit attachment must be included with
each group.
Electrom agnetic T h e o ry
Electromagnetic Theory I and II
Environm ental S y s te m s
Environmental Systems
T h e rm a l S o la r S y s te m s
Solar Energy Systems
Thermal Energy Conversion or
Heat Transfer
Ele ctro n ics
Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I
and II
Operations Research
127
Engineering
C on trol T h e o ry w ith Digital La b o ra to ry
Applica tio n s
Laboratory Computer Applications
Laboratory Computer Applications
Control Theory and Design
Structural Theory and Design I and II
M a te ria ls Engineering
Mechanics o f Solids
Engineering Materials
Th e rm a l En e rg y C on ve rsio n
Thermal Energy Conversion
Heat Transfer
Digital S y s te m s
The Digital World
Digital Systems or
128
S tru c tu ra l A n a ly s is and Design
Continuum M echan ics
Mechanics o f Solids
Fluid Mechanics
C om m unications
Communication Systems
Electromagnetic Theory II
C om p ute r Design
Digital Systems
Computer Architecture
English Literature
}
I
|
I
I
T H O M A S H . B L A C K B U R N , Professor
LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre
C H A R LES L J A M E S , Professor
HARO LD P A G LIA R O , Professor and Chair
S U S A N S N Y D E R , Professor
PHILIP M . W E IN S T E IN , Professor
CRAIG W IL L IA M S O N , Professor
N A T H A LIE A N D E R S O N , Associate Professor2
PETER J . S C H M ID T , Associate Professor
ARB E B L U M , Assistant Professor
M AR K B R EITEN B ER G , Assistant Professor
LAU RIE L A N G B A U E R , Assistant Professor3*
M IC H A EL D U R K A N , College Librarian, Lecturer
EM ILIE PASSOW , Visiting Assistant Professor (part-time)
DENNIS C H R IS T IL L E S , Instructor and Technical Director o f The Theatre
C ON STAN C E W IL M A R T H , Instructor
ELIZA B ET H H IR S H , Visiting Instructor
RONALD JU D Y , Visiting Instructor
A B IG AIL A D A M S , Visiting Lecturer in Theatre (part-time)5
M IC H A EL M A L O N E , Visiting Writer (Part-time)
This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, some
foreign literatures in translation, and critical
theory. The departmental curriculum includes
the intensive study o f works o f major writers,
major periods o f literary history, and the
development o f literary types; it also provides
experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production and explores
certain theoretical considerations implicit in
literary study, such as the problematics o f
canon formation and the impact o f gender on
the creation and reception o f literary works.
E N G L IS H L I T E R A T U R E
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Any introductory course— English 2 through
15 —is the prerequisite for all other courses in
literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite
are seniors; and juniors who have taken a
course in literature, including literature in
translation, offered by Modem Languages and
Literatures or by Classics—these courses are
numbered 11 or higher in the College Bulletin.
Also exempted are students who wish to take
only studio courses.) Introductory courses
are characterized by syllabi with less reading
than in advanced courses, by frequent short
papers with some emphasis upon rewriting,
by self-conscious examination o f methodol
ogy, and by considerable attention to class
discussion; they are viewed by the Department
as particularly appropriate for freshmen; they
are Primary Distribution Courses. Enrollment
will be limited to 25 students per course;
priority is given to freshmen and sophomores.
Students will not normally take a second
introductory course. Only one such course
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
129
English Literature
may be counted towards the major. The mini
mum requirement for admission as a major or
as a minor in English is two semester-courses
in the Department. (Students with AP scores
o f 4 -5 in English Literature and/or English
Composition receive credit toward gradua
tion. This credit, when it is for work in
English Literature, may count toward the
major requirements.)
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
English courses during the sophomore year.
Majors and prospective majors should consult
a member o f the English Department for
information about courses in other depart
ments complementary to their work in En
glish; work in foreign languages is especially
recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should
see a member o f the Department for early help
in planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature,
Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu
dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica
tion in English are reminded that work in
American literature, in linguistics or the his
tory o f the English language, and in theatre or
film is required in addition to other require
ments o f the major. Non-majors who wish to
be certified in English must meet all the course
requirements noted above (e.g., requirements
for the major except for the Comprehensive,
plus the additional courses required for certi
fication) as well as maintaining a grade point
average o f 2.5 or better in courses taken in the
English Department.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f
eight semester courses in the Department,
including one in Shakespeare, at least two
other courses in literature written before 1830
(such courses are marked with a *), and one
course featuring critical theory (such courses
are marked with a * * ). The Comprehensive
Examination, taken at the beginning o f the
spring semester o f the senior year, will be
based on a list o f major authors. This list will
be available to majors and prospective majors
130
at least three semesters before the date of the
exam itself.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in the Depart
ment, two o f which must be on subjects
covered in seminars in Group I (students who
have taken two pre-1830 courses need only
take one Group I seminar). Majors must also
take a course or seminar that features critical
theory (such courses and seminars are marked
by * * ).
J
I
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to
prepare two papers in the Department.
For the Class o f 1991 and classes thereafter:
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in English who seek a degree
with Honors will in the spring o f their junior
year propose for external examination a pro
gram consisting o f 4 -6 fields, chosen from
this and one or more minor departments.
These fields will usually be based upon 12
units o f work; some o f this work will have
been completed before entry into the Pro
gram. (For a general description o f the college
wide External Examination Program, see pp.
52 o f the catalogue.)
O f the 4 -6 fields, at least three (constituting
not less than 6 units o f credit) must be chosen
from those offered by this department. Majors
will apportion their work so as to complete 4
credits in literature written before 1830, by
means o f seminar and perhaps course work as
well; in addition they must take a course or
seminar that features critical theory. (Courses
and seminars in literature written before 1830
are marked with a *; those that feature critical
theory are marked with a * * .)
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors will normally prepare two
fields from among those offered by this de
partment.
Students interested in pursuing Honors within
a faculty approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration that draws on advanced English
courses or seminars should see the Chair for
early help in planning their programs.
I
I
j
I
I
I
I A . Crafting Language (E xp o s ito ry
Writing).
Designed for students who wish to concentrate
on improving their writing and analytical
skills. This course follows a workshop format:
in-class writing, discussion o f student and
professional essays, longer written assignments, and regular student-instructor confer
ences. The object is to help students become
more comfortable with language, more adept
at developing and organizing their thoughts,
and more able to experience expository writing itself as a form o f discovery.
Each semester. Passow.
I
(
IB . English fo r Foreign S tu d e n ts.
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English backgrounds. Does not meet distribution require
ments.
Each semester.
1C . The W riting P ro c e s s .
I
This course combines study o f theories of
composition and the teaching o f writing with
supervised experience applying the skills de-'
rived from that study in paper comments and
conferences. Enrollment limited to students
selected as Writing Associates. Does not meet
distribution requirements or count toward
major.
Fall semester. Blackburn.
2. Science and the L ite ra ry
Imagination.
An introduction to the critical reading o f
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and so
ciety.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn.
3. Critical A s su m p tio n s.
With what assumptions do we approach lit
erature? How do they determine the sense we
make of it? In this course we will discover and
refine our own assumptions by identifying
some general critical approaches to literature.
We will read short stories, poetry, and a novel
side by side with classical critical responses.
Writers will include Shakespeare, Donne,
Blake, Wordsworth, Hawthorne, Bronte, and
Hemingway. Our emphasis will be on explor
ing as well as engaging in the basic principles
o f literary analysis.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
4 . R e w rite s .
Literary texts generate meaning by referring to
other texts. This course investigates textual
pairs in which a later text refers back to an
earlier one in a particularly dramatic fashion:
by proposing to rewrite it from a different
perspective or with a different emphasis. In
exploring the relation between the two texts,
we will consider what assumptions they seem
to make about their audience as well as about
their subject matter. Our pairs will include
Beowulf and Gardner’s Grendel; fairy tales of
the Grimm Brothers and Sexton’s Transforma
tions; Shakespeare’s Hamlet and Stoppard’s
Rosenkrant? and Guildenstem Are Dead; Char
lotte Bronte’s Jan e Eyre and Rhys’s W ide Sar
gasso Sea.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Hirsch.
5 . Po e tic s o f Im m a tu rity.
This course examines works that construe the
self in moments o f instability or marginality,
a condition that often describes, though is by
no means restricted to, the transitional periods
o f childhood and adolescence. Major authors
will include T.S. Eliot, Wordsworth, Shake
speare, Charlotte Bronte, and Sigmund Freud.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Wilmarth.
6 . Rites o f P a ssag e .
The course will focus on various rites o f
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously re
flected in different literary modes, and will
examine the shared literary experience itself
as ritual process. Topics will include innocence
and experience, community and liminality,
and the mediation o f the sacred and the
profane. Major authors will include Blake,
Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Williamson.
7 . C om e d y.
A study o f the form and function o f comedy
in drama, poetry, fiction, and film, including
work by Shakespeare, Boccaccio, Byron,
English Literature
Beckett, and Preston Sturges.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
8 . Th e Iron ic S p ir it
This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode—both verbal and philosophical—ac
commodates responses to fundamental con
tradictions and paradoxes. Authors include
Shakespeare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickin
son, Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison,
and selected poetry.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. James.
9. Fo u r S e c u la r W rite rs o f the S p ir it
A study o f iconoclastic authors— Blake,
George Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose
works attack orthodox ways and offer moral
alternatives as necessary to human well-being.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.
10. Fa m ily T ie s .
This course examines the formal and sublimi
nal impact o f the "family romance” on au
thors, readers, and contemporary society.
Among the topics we will consider: how
parental figures in(de)form plot; the equation
in the lyric o f children with poetic products;
the forms that separation and identification
can take in fiction; alternative families.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Blum.
11. R e sista nc e in Lite ra tu re .
W hen we read the writings o f Ralph Ellison,
Wole Soyinka, Adrien Kennedy, and Rita Mae
Brown, we know that they are texts about
resistance against racism, sexism, fascism, ex
ploitation, and authoritative language. By what
manner o f writing is this resistance expressed
as a literary effect? Is that effect just a property
o f those texts which we tend to think o f as
political, or is it found in all types o f literature?
We will explore these issues in this course in
order to examine the tension that occurs
between the authors’ intent to express their
experience o f the world and the constraints of
the language in which that expression can take
place.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Judy.
12. Th e O th e r.
A culture may shape and understand itself by
132
constructing an Other: certain ideas, charac
teristics, and places which negate or contradict
"acceptable” forms o f social order. By such
representations the Other serves to define and
authorize what is understood as "natural” and
"norm al” in a given culture. In this course we
will consider this complex process as it oper
ates in representations o f women, ethnicity,
and imaginal or real locations. Readings by
Euripides, Shakespeare, Swift, Defoe, Mary
Shelley, Forster, Woolf, and Rich.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Breitenberg.
14. Lite ra tu re o f C onscience.
Are poets our "unacknowledged legislators,”
as Shelley believed? W hat power does art
wield against tyranny and injustice? This
course examines various literary attempts to
influence public opinion and policy—from
Shakespeares’ Richard II to Margaret At
wood’s Bodily Harm—in order to explore the
issue o f political effectiveness.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.
16. S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , I.*
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton.
Fall semester. Williamson.
1 7 . S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , II.
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
1 8 ,1 9 . A n Introduction to Am erican
C ulture.
This team-taught course will offer an interdis
ciplinary American Studies approach to the
diversity, contradictions, unity, and evolution
o f culture in the United States from the
Puritans to the present. The syllabus will
include writers who are not traditionally
thought to be part o f the "canon” o f American
literature. Non-literary materials will also be
studied, including town plans, art and archi
tecture, films, television, and music. Thus the
course will offer a blend o f works from women
as well as men, blacks as well as whites, and
popular culture as well as "high” culture.
Not offered 1989-90. James, Schmidt,
Weinstein.
1
20. Old English Language and
Lite ratu re .*
The course begins with language instruction
in Old English and moves on to a study o f
selected poetry—including riddles, elegies,
and heroic poems. Readings in cultural topics
(art, religion, Germanic culture) are included.
With the permission o f the instructor this
course may be taken without the usual prereq
uisite course; however, it may not serve in the
place of a prerequisite for other advanced
courses.
Not offered 1989-90. Williamson.
21. C haucer.*
Reading in Middle English o f most o f Chau
cer’s major poetry with emphasis on The
Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The
course attempts to place the poetry in a variety
of critical and cultural contexts—both medi
eval and modern—which help to illuminate
Chaucer’s art.
Not offered 1989-90. Williamson.
23. H isto ry o f the English Lan g u ag e.
A study of English in its various aspects—
phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman
tics—from Old English through Middle and
Early Modern to present day. The course is
given as an occasional spring term tutorial to
highly motivated students who want to study
the various English languages and are willing
to do a good bit o f work in the traditional
linguistic workbook format. This course may
be taken without the usual prerequisite
course; however, it may not serve in the place
of a prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Williamson.
24. Introduction to A ra b ic Ling u istics
in the M iddle A g e s .
This course will be an introductory survey o f
the historical development o f Arabic linguis
tics, with particular attention being paid to
theories o f phonetics and their relatedness to
the problem o f semantics. This course may be
taken without the usual prerequisite course;
however, it may not serve in the place o f a pre
requisite for other advanced courses.
Spring semester. Judy.
25. Sh akespeare.
This semester plays will include Taming o f the
Shrew, As You Like It, Much Ado About Nothing, All’s Well that Ends Well, 1 Henry IV,
Henry V, Hamlet, Othello, Macbeth, Antony
and Cleopatra, and The Winter’s Tale. Special
focus on gender, sexuality, and class, both as
determinants o f identity and power relations,
and as sites o f conflict in plays.
Fall semester. Snyder.
2 6 . R en aissan ce P o e try .*
Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Not offered 1989-90. Snyder.
2 7 . T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .*
A survey o f English theater in the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries with attention to
the construction and deployment o f gender,
social and political legitimacy, the place o f the
theatre, and the function o f dramatic repre
sentation.
Not offered 1989-90. Breitenberg.
28 . M ilto n .*
Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em
phasis on Paradise Lost.
Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn.
29 . In scrip tio ns o f the Fem inine
in 16 th - and 17th -C e n tu ry E n g la n d .*/ **
Writing about women and women writing in
a period in England where relatively few
women were published. We will read works
by (among others) Queen Elizabeth, Elizabeth
Cary, the Duchess o f Newcastle, Aphra Behn,
Aemilia Lanier, and religious visionaries. Read
ings will include primary material which sets
out a variety o f historical and cultural con
texts. Works by William Shakespeare, Ed
mund Spenser, and John Milton will also be
examined for their representations o f gender,
sexuality, class, and society. This course may
satisfy the major requirement for either a pre1830 course or a criticism course but not
both.
Spring semester. Blum.
30. Technology and the T e x t.*
This course relates evolving notions o f textuality to the development o f the technologies
by which the physical artifact o f the text is
produced. Our focus will be equally distrib
uted between the critical reading o f texts from
the 14th century on (including their social and
economic contexts) and analysis o f the pro
duction technologies.
Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn.
133
English Literature
3 5 . Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .*
A study o f selected English prose and poetry
from 1660-1800, with some special attention
given to works that attempt to find order and
stability in the face o f social, religious, and
emotional doubt. Authors to be read include
Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects o f
Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard
poets, and others will also be considered,
chiefly as background.
Not offered 1989-90. Pagliaro.
3 6 . English N o v e l, I.*
A consideration o f fiction from the 18th Cen
tury to the Victorian period.
Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer.
38. Rom an tic P o e try .*
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
4 0 . Outside th e Tra d itio n .
This course will consider the process o f canon
formation by examining the works o f major
and minor nineteenth-century English nov
elists, their contemporaries’ reviews o f them,
and current theoretical debates. We will focus
on the ways that issues o f gender and class
influence tradition. Writers include Bronte,
Gaskell, Collins, Braddon, Dickens, Trollope,
and Gissing.
Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer.
4 1 . Th e V icto ria n P o e ts: Em inence
and Decadence.
A study o f the poetry o f Tennyson, Robert
and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Mere
dith, the Rossettis, W ilde, and others, with
particular attention to each artist’s response
to the stresses o f the era.
Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson.
4 2 . En glish N o v e l, II.
A consideration o f English fiction since 1850.
Spring semester. Wilmarth.
4 3 . S tu d ie s in English Fictio n .
This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi
vary from year to year, but the focus remains
on ideological premises and aesthetic practices
as these alter in the transition from Victorian
134
to Modem culture.
Not offered 1989-90. Weinstein.
4 5 . M od ern B ritish P o e try .
A consideration o f British poets—and some
American ex-patriates—from Thomas Hardy
to Dylan Thomas, with particular attention
given to each poet’s individual response to the
circumstances o f modern life.
Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson.
4 6 . Introduction to A n g lo -Irish
Lite ra tu re .
This course will cover the background to the
modern literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings
from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as
from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey,
Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Spring semester. Durkan.
5 1 . Fic tio n s o f A m e ric a n N aturalism .
This course examines several important attempts by American writers o f fiction to
redefine the tragic experience in modern terms
and consistent with the way scientific method,
deistic faith, and biological discoveries con
verged in their imaginations. Writers will in
clude Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore
Dreiser, W. D. Howells, Jack London, Frank
Norris, Edith Wharton, and Richard Wright.
Not offered 1989-90. James.
5 2 . Th e H a rle m R e n aissan ce .
This examination o f the "New Negro” in the
"Jazz Age” will focus on the optimism and
innovation that highlighted Afro-American
culture during the decade o f the 1920s and
proved to be generative for New York and the
nation. Authors will include Langston Hughes,
Jean Toomer, Countee Cullen, Zora Neale
Hurston, Claude McKay, Nella Larsen, and
James Weldon Johnson; but the course will
consider expressions o f art and music as well
as fiction and poetry and will include a field
trip to Harlem.
Spring semester James.
5 3 . C o n te m p o ra ry P o e try .
This course will explore the great variety of
poetry written in the United States and Great
Britain since the 1950s. From Robert Lowell’s
Life Studies, Allen Ginsberg’s Howl, Ted
Hughes’ Crow, and Sylvia Plath’s Ariel, to
recent volumes by such authors as Rita Dove,
I
Medbh McGuckian, Marilyn Hacker, Rachel
Blau DuPlessis, and Paul Muldoon, we’ll con
sider the choices open to poets writing in
English today. (Contemporary Women’s Po
etry will be taught in 1990-91. See Women’s
Studies.)
Fall semester. N. Anderson.
54. Studies in A m e ric a n Fictio n .
This course will concentrate on the fiction
produced during two periods, the middle of
the nineteenth century and the 1940s to the
present. Issues o f gender, race, and ethnicity,
and the aims and limits o f art will be central
to the discussions, and much emphasis will be
placed on comparing and contrasting how
different American authors have defined these
topics. There will be some lectures, but the
class will be mostly taught via student-led
discussions. Authors we will read include the
nineteenth-century writers Melville, James,
Freeman, either Sedgwick or Fern, and Jacobs,
and the contemporary writers Welty, King
ston, Erdrich, Morrison, Kincaid, Ellis, Pynchon, Gibson, and Roth.
Fall semester. Schmidt.
55. M odern A m e ric a n P o e try .
Selected poems and prose by Williams, H. D.
Pound, Stevens, Moore, and others.
Spring semester. Schmidt.
56. Theory o f In te n tio n a lity .**
How does a poetics that denies the significance
of authorial intention and political activism
come to terms with the practice o f consciously
ideological art? In what ways does that practice
require the articulation o f a new poetics? This
inquiry into the nature o f the poetic will
consider Lacanian conceptions o f metaphor
and metonymy, feminist deployments o f psy
choanalytic theory, and the Marxist recon
siderations o f culture prompted by Raymond
Williams, to examine a variety o f poetry, with
special attention to the conflations o f personal
experience and political vehemence found in
feminist and black poetry o f the 1970s and
1980s.
Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson.
5 7. Contem porary A m e ric a n P ro s e .
An examination o f the myriad regional ac
cents, aims, and styles—from documentary
realism to symbolic fantasy—which distin
guish American prose since World War II.
Not offered 1989-90. Schmidt.
58. Th e A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y.
This is a comparative study o f autobiography
as an act o f self-discoverey and self-fashioning
in keeping with an American image— where
faith and fantasy intersect with fiction and
truth; where possible pairings by race and
gender illuminate common values. We will
likely consider "stories” by Benjamin Frank
lin, Frederick Douglass, Henry Adams, Jane
Addams, Gertrude Stein, Richard Wright,
Norman Mailer, Maya Angelou, and Malcolm
X.
Not offered 1989-90. James.
59. Th e A fro -A m e ric a n W rite r.
This is a prose narrative and poetry overview
designed to offer a century survey o f writings
by Afro-American writers from Charles Chesnutt to Toni Morrison. It’s as impossible as
any survey course, but it will provide jumping
o ff places for anyone who has (or develops)
special interests in the field that can be shared.
Besides Chesnutt and Morrison, writers will
likely include Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston,
Sterling Brown, Gwendolyn Brooks, Langston
Hughes, Richard Wright, James Baldwin, and
Paule Marschall.
Not offered 1989-90. James.
6 0. T h e C o n te m p o ra ry A fro -A m e ric a n
W rite r (formerly The Contemporary Black
Writer o f the United States).
Writers will include James Baldwin, Toni Cade
Bambara, Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones), David
Bradley, Octavia Butler, Henry Dumas, Toni
Morrison, Gloria Naylor, Alice Walker, John
Williams, and selected other prose and po
etry.
Fall semester. James.
6 5 . P o e try W orksh op.
A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
We will emphasize the discovery and develop
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns,
within the context o f contempory poetics.
Students should submit 3 -5 pages o f poetry
for admission, at a time announced during fall
semester. The workshop will meet once a
week for three hours. Admission and credit
are granted at the discretion o f the instructor.
(Studio course)
Spring semester. Schmidt.
135
English Literature
6 6. Fictio n W rite rs ’ W o rksh o p .
The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week
for three hours. In addition to receiving prac
tical help from fellow writers, students have
an opportunity to articulate and explore the
oretical aspects o f fiction writing. Students
should submit one story for admission, at a
time announced during the fall semester. Ad
mission and credit are granted at the discretion
o f the instructor. (Studio course.)
Spring semester. Malone.
7 0 . R e n aissan ce C o m p arative
L ite r a tu r e .*
o f modernism in English Language poetry on
either side o f the Atlantic. We will trace the
careers o f the High Modernists Yeats, Law
rence, Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American
experiments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and
Marianne Moore; review the impact of Imagism and the Harlem Literary Renaissance;
examine brief and extended poetic responses
to some o f the radical uncertainties engen
dered by early twentieth-century history.
Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson.
7 6 . Th e D lack A fric a n W rite r.
(See Lit. 70 .) Humanism and "Counter-Re
naissance” developments in major writings o f
Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabe
lais, Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Mar
guerite de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and
Cervantes (all studied in translation).
Not offered 1989-90. Snyder.
This study gives particular attention to the
way black African writers portray Africa
emerging from the age o f myth into a Western
and industrialized culture. Readings will be
chosen from works written in English and in
translation, including Achebe, Armah, Emecheta, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, Soyinka,
and Tutuola.
Not offered 1989-90. James.
7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , and Fau lkn e r.
7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ra m a .
Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f
Things Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and
Ulysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels.
Emphasis on the ideological and formal tenets
o f modernism.
Not offered 1989-90. Weinstein.
A survey o f contemporary drama with an
emphasis on experimental and self-reflexive
modes. Playwrights will include Beckett, Pin
ter, Handke, Weiss, Soyinka, Churchill, Terry,
and Shepard. Productions on film or video
will be included.
Not offered 1989-90. Williamson.
7 3 . P ro u s t and Jo y c e .
An intensive comparative study. Readings will
include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young Man,
Ulysses, and substantial portions o f A la Re
cherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and
lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward
concentration in either English or French. It
will explore the role o f the artist; the modern
ist sense o f character; narrative experiments
with plot, style, and point o f view; the mean
ings o f time and memory.
Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory
English course (or their equivalents).
Not offered 1989-90. Weinstein and Roza.
7 4 . M od ern D ram a.
An examination o f the range o f dramatic
literature, theatre aesthetics, critical theories,
and production styles since Ibsen.
Cross-listed as Lit. 74.
Not offered 1989-90. Devin.
7 5 . M o d e rn P o e try .
A consideration o f the various manifestations
136
I
I
I
7 9 . S tu die s in C o m p arative Fiction.
This course will explore the relationships between desire and the law, as well as the social
construction o f identity, in a range of 19thand 20th-century novels. Writers will include
C. Bronte, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tolstoy,
Kafka, and Faulkner. (Cross-listed as Lit. 79.)
Spring semester. Weinstein.
,
8 0. S a tire .
This examination o f satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em
phasis will be on distinguishing between two
main conceptions o f satire and two different
types o f satirists. Selections may be chosen
from Horace and Juvenal, Shakespeare, Pope,
Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley, Ishmael Reed,
and Nathanael West.
Not offered 1989-90. James.
8 1. W om en and M o d e rn ism .
Many female writers o f the modernist era
identified strongly as women and in different
ways sought to ally literary innovation with
I
the expression of values they considered "femi
nine”—H.D., Zora Neale Hurston, Dorothy
Richardson and Virginia Woolf, for example.
Others were more reticent or equivocal about
their gender identification—Djuna Barnes,
Marianne Moore, Gertrude Stein—but not
necessarily less radical in exploring the rela
tion between sexual and textual values. Focusing on selected works from both groups, we
will consider how the study o f female writers
as such modifies existing critical traditions
about the name and nature o f modernism.
Spring semester. Hirsh.
I
I
I
I
|
I
82.
Representations o f W om en’s
Iden tity.**
(Cross-listed as Psychology 52 .) A study o f
the ways in which psychology, literature, and
literary theory illuminate women’s identity
and self-expression. By examining such mate
rial as psychological case studies, fairy tales,
poetry and fiction by male and female authors,
psychological theory and literary criticism, we
will identify some o f the ways in which women
have been represented in our culture, the
consequences o f this representation, and possibilities for expanding self-awareness and
creativity.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in En
glish.
Not offered 1989-90. Blum and Marecek.
83. Fe m in is m /P s yc h o -A n a lys is /
M arxism .
I
I
Recent feminist theory has appropriated, cri
tiqued, and been critiqued by other kinds o f
social theory, notably Psycho-Analysis and
Marxism. As an entree to the field o f contemporary feminist theory, we will survey the
complex interaction o f these discourses in
selected writings by American, British, and
French feminists, concentrating mainly on
three related areas: ideology and the theory o f
the subject; the social production o f sexuality;
the problem o f language and representation.
In addition to numerous selections from con
temporary feminist writers, reading will in
clude certain key texts by Freud, Lacan, Marx,
and Foucault.
Spring semester. Hirsh.
8 5. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t
and Lite ra tu re , 18 70 -19 3 0 .
( See Art 6 7 .) An interdisciplinary study o f the
origins, ideology, and development o f mod
ernism in American culture between 1870
and 1930 using approaches from the fields o f
art history, American studies, and literary
criticism. Artists studied include Winslow
Homer and Ernest Hemingway, Willa Cather
and Georgia O ’Keeffe, Charles Demuth,
Charles Sheeler, Marcel Duchamp, and W il
liam Carlos Williams, plus selected artists and
writers associated with the Harlem Renais
sance.
Prerequisites: introductory courses in both art
history and English literature.
Fall semester. Schmidt and Hungerford.
8 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re .
The course will focus each year on one or
more o f the following topics: the work o f a
director or group o f directors, the possibilities
o f a particular film genre, the issues o f critical
interest common to both film and literature.
Films will be chosen with an eye to their
interest to students o f literature. Some may be
based on fiction or drama; others may share
formal concerns with a literary text. Major
directors in the past have included Coppola,
Kubrick, Bergman, and Resnais.
Not offered 1989-90. Staff.
8 8. Introduction to Readings in
Em e rg e n t Lite ra tu re : N eg ritu de and
A ra b is m in Po stm od e rn A fric a .
It is often the case that understanding the
formal properties o f literary discourse facili
tates an aesthetic judgment. However, that
aesthetic judgment somehow fails when the
understanding is applied to an "emergent” or
"postmodern” literary form o f expression
(like Affican-Arab literature), because these
expressions involve a presentation o f experi
ence that resists the schemata o f formal under
standing. This failure o f aesthetic judgment is
the central problematic o f this course. Taking
Kant’s Critique o f Aesthetic Judgement as a
theoretical point o f reference, we will explore
one question: Can there be a post-modern
African-Arabic literary studies? Cross-listed
with Literature in Translation or Philosophy.
Spring semester. Judy.
84. Folklore and Folklife S tu die s.
(See History 84.)
Spring semester. Morgan.
137
English Literature
8 9. H is to ry o f C ritic is m and
In te rp re ta tio n .**
A survey o f statements, positions, and con
troversies from the pre-Socratics to poststructuralism about the following issues: the
nature and function o f art, language and rep
resentation, the relationship o f literature to
history and culture, depictions and interpre
tations o f sexuality and gender.
Spring semester. Breitenberg.
Colloquia N o te : Each year the Department
offers several colloquia on topics o f current
literary interest. These are designed for majors
and other students with extensive literary
background. Class size is limited to 15. This
year the colloquia are English 90A , 90B, and
90C .
9 0 A . Colloquium : C h e rc lte z la fe m m e :
Th e “ M y s te r y ” o f W om an in the
M y s te r y Ge n re .
From the Garden o f Eden to Freud’s case his
tories, our cultural narratives o f deception
and discovery have often centered on Woman,
vulnerable, culpable, and duplicitous. The
concept o f woman as potential victim and
perpetrator powered many detective novels
popular in the 19th and 20th centuries and has
paradoxically enabled starding re-visions o f
the genre by contemporary women writers. In
this course we’ll examine ur-narratives o f
detection—Genesis, Oedipus—and trace their
implications through contemporary intellec
tual theory. In light o f these implications,
we’ll consider the "Mystery” o f woman in
narratives by such male authors as Wilkie
Collins, Edgar Allan Poe, Sir Arthur Conan
Doyle, Raymond Chandler, and Dashiell
Hammett, and then assess the new claims
made on the genre by female authors such as
Liza Cody, Sue Grafton, P.D. James, Sara
Peretsky, and Barbara W ilson.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.
9 0 8 . Colloquium : Th e N e w H is to ric is m .
New Historicism challenges many traditional
ways o f understanding the relationships be
tween literature and history. Drawing on
methods and theories from sociology, anthro
pology, social history, and linguistics, its ob
ject o f study becomes a "poetics o f culture” ;
that is, a dynamic and contestant set o f rela
tions understood in terms o f power, authority,
and subversion. In this course we will simul
taneously advance and interrogate the assump
tions o f New Historicism by reading its own
central texts and theoretical models as well as
important challenges and alternatives from
feminism, cultural materialsim, Marxism, and
more traditional historicism. Readings by
Marx, Foucault, Geertz, Turner, Greenblatt,
Nathalie Davis, Althusser, Jameson, Showalter, Nancy Armstrong, among others.
Fall semester. Breitenberg.
I
I
9 0C . Colloquium : S h a k e s p e a re .*/ **
Desire, death, and domestication of love in
Shakespeare’s middle and late plays. Intensive
study o f Measure for Measure, Othello, The
Winter’s Tale, King Lear, Pericles, Coriolanus,
Antony and Cleopatra, The Tempest with special
attention to genre study. Students may be
admitted to English 90C without having taken
English 25. This course may satisfy the major
requirement for either Shakespeare or criticism
but not both.
Spring semester. Blum.
I
9 1. Fe m in ist L ite ra ry C ritic is m .**
W hat is feminism? What is its relation to
literary criticism? In this course, we will ex
plore the role o f politics in answering those
questions, examining the ways that feminism
exposes as political those very spheres that
have traditionally seemed exempt from, if not
opposed to, politics. Readings in current femi
nist literary criticism and theory.
Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer.
I
92. T h e o ry o f the N o v e l .*/ * *
The poetics o f fiction, to be explored through
a variety o f contemporary theoretical ap
proaches, as well as sustained scrutiny of four
novels (this year: works by E. Bronte, Dickens,
Faulkner, and Morrison.
Fall semester. Weinstein.
9 6. D irecte d Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must con
sult with the appropriate instructor and submit a prospectus to the Department by way of
application for such work before the begin
ning o f the semester during which the study is
actually done. Deadlines for the receipt of
written applications are the second Monday in
November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
9 7 . Independent S tu d y .
Students who plan an independent study must
I
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by
way of application for such work before the
beginning of the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the re
ceipt of written applications are the second
Monday in November and the first Monday in
April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
Staff.
98,99. Senior E s s a y , S e n io r T h e s is.
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department may pursue a liter
ary project (English 98) o f their own choosing.
The major part o f the semester is devoted to
preparing an essay (or essays) under the su
pervision o f a member o f the Department. A
brief prospectus for the project must be sub
mitted for approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting
this prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.
The project, culminating in an essay (or es
says) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, will be completed in
December o f the senior year. Students who do
well on this project and wish to develop it into
a comprehensive thesis will take English 9 9 in
the spring semester. The work on the thesis
will normally deepen or expand work com
pleted during the fall.
S E M IN A R S : E N G L IS H L I T E R A T U R E
Group I
101. Shakespeare.
Study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through
all the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Blackburn, Blum, Breitenberg.
102. Chaucer and M ed ie va l Lite ra tu re .
A survey o f English literature, primarily po
etry, from the 8th through the 15th century
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include Beowulf, Sir Gawain and the Green
Knight, The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, Piers Plowman, Pearl, selected mystery
plays, and Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Chau
cer will be read in Middle English; other
works will be read in translation.
Spring semester. Williamson.
104. M ilton.
Study of Milton’s works with special emphasis
on Paradise Lost.
Spring semester. Blackburn.
105. T udo r-Stu art D ram a.
The development o f English drama from me
dieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy and
comedy.
Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn.
106. Renaissance Ep ic.
The two major English epics o f the period,
Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise
Lost, considered in the context o f the work o f
each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered.
Not offered 1989-90. Snyder.
108. Renaissance P o e try .
Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the En
glish Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Not offered 1989-90. Snyder.
109. Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .
Examination o f the literary forms and critical
values o f the age, with special attention given
to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and
Johnson.
Not offered 1989-90. Pagliaro.
110 . Rom an tic P o e try .
Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Words
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Fail semester. Pagliaro.
139
English Literature
G roup II
112 . W om en and L ite r a tu r e .**
119 . M od ern D ram a.
Problems o f agency and subjectivity as set out
in current feminist theory and (mainly) con
temporary fiction, drama, and film by West
ern and Third World women. Some o f the
topics we will consider are: narrative agency,
body images, popular and high cultural con
structions o f Woman as Other, current theo
ries o f maternity and paternity, notions o f
both gender and sexual preference, the cate
gory o f the monstrous-feminine, and utopian
and feminist science fiction.
Spring semester. Blum.
A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to
the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and 1
cultural documents. Viewing live productions I
and film or video versions will be a part of the
seminar. Secondary readings on dramatic the
ory, criticism, and intellectual history relevant
to the plays under discussion will be assigned I
each week.
Fall semester. Williamson.
113 . Th e English N o ve l.
Studies in English fiction from the eighteenth
century to the present.
Fall semester. Wilmarth.
115 . M od ern C o m p arative Lite ra tu re .
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville
to the present.
Each semester. Weinstein.
116 . A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .
A study o f the development o f American
literature, both at home and abroad from the
turn o f the century through the 1950s. We
will focus on four major cities that served as
generative environments and imaginative topi
in the development o f "m odem ” art: Chicago,
New York, London, and Paris. Considering
the distinctive traditions associated with each
place, we will explore the interaction between
literary writing and other media, including
journalism, public and private speech, music,
painting, photography, and cinema. Writers
to be selected may include the following:
Dreiser, Cather, DuBois, Sinclair, Lindsay,
Masters, Sandberg, Lewis, Dos Passos,
Wright, Stevens, Moore, Williams, Hughes,
Hurston, Crane, H.D., Pound, Eliot, Stein,
Barnes, Ellison, Hemingway, and Fitzgerald.
Fall semester. Hirsh, Schmidt.
118. M od ern P o e try .
A study o f the poetry and critical prose of
Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define
their differences and to assess their influence
on later poets and theorists.
Not offered 1989-go. N. Anderson.
140
12 0 . T h e o ry o f C ritic is m .**
A course designed to provide a working knowl- I
edge o f the major schools o f contemporary I
criticism.
Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer.
1 2 1 . M od ern B la ck Fictio n .
A study o f the evolving literary interrelationship o f the United States, Africa, and the West
Indies since World War II. The seminar examines a unity o f themes arising out of shared
experiences and heritages and includes work
by Chinua Achebe, Toni Morrison, James
Baldwin, George Lamming, Richard Wright,
Paule Marshall, and Wole Soyinka.
Spring semester. James.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
180. T h e s is .
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than
the end o f the junior year. Normally, the
student writes the thesis, under the direction
o f a member o f the Department, during the
fall o f the senior year.
Staff.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
183. Independent S tu d y .
Students may prepare for an Honors Examination in a field or maj or figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Deadlines for the receipt o f written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April.
Staff.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TH EA TR E S T U D IE S
The Theatre Studies major uses the study and
The Theatre studies major emphasizes process
performance o f dramatic art as one part o f a
rather than public performance. Beginning
liberal arts education. It is intended to be of
and intermediate acting classes address the
broad benefit regardless o f a student’s profesproblems o f "behaving as if the given circum
I sional intentions. It is cross-disciplinary andstances were real” without actually perform
I makes a clear distinction between dramaticing for the general public. Final projects for
literature and performance. Studies in dra
these courses are typically presented "in
matic literature begin with the written playhouse.” All practice o f public performance
script and may include work in departments
takes place in advanced acting technique
of English Literature, Modern Languages and
classes which carry prerequisites and are
Literatures, and Classics. Studies in perfor
supervised by working theatre professionals.
mance begin with the theatrical event and may
Because actors do much o f their work in
include work in theatre history, theory, design,
public, all classes in acting and directing are
acting, production, and directing.
open to visitors.
(
I
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
I
I
I
I
Introduction to Theatre (Theatre 1) is the
prerequisite for all other courses in perfor
mance studies. (This prerequisite does not
apply to seniors, nor is it required o f those
who wish only to take studio courses.) The
introductory course is designed to acquaint
the student with the principal elements of
theatre study including dramatic analysis, the
ory, design, and acting. The work o f the
course includes reading, discussion, practical
exercises, and short papers. The course may
count toward the major. The minimum re
quirement for admission to a major or a
minor in Theatre Studies is Theatre 1 and one
additional course from either dramatic litera
ture or performance studies.I
Students considering a major in Theatre Studies
are strongly urged to take one or two addi
tional courses during the sophomore year.
Majors and prospective majors should consult
a member o f the Theatre Studies faculty for
information about courses in other departments complementary to their work in the
atre. The study o f theatre and dramatic litera
ture in foreign languages and cultural contexts
is strongly recommended. Students who plan
to do graduate work or to follow a course o f
professional training should see a member o f
the faculty for early help in planning their
programs.
I
I
Major in the Course Program: The course major
in Theatre Studies requires ten credits o f work
in dramatic literature and performance studies
as follows: a) dramatic literature: at least four
credits including Shakespeare. Work should
also include at least one credit in the modern
period and one besides Shakespeare covering
material written before Ibsen. Dramatic liter
ature courses may include work from English
Literature, Modern Languages and Litera
tures, and Classics. Students with the requisite
language skills are urged to do the work in the
original language; b) performance studies: at
least four credits including Play Directing,
Introduction to Design, and two studio cred
its; c) the senior comprehensive examination
will be given in two parts: i) a three-hour exam
based on a reading list o f plays and critical
works drawn from English Literature, Modern
Languages and Literatures, and Classics. This
list is given to students when they are accepted
into the major; ii) a take-home essay describ
ing solutions to artistic and critical problems.
A senior essay or project (Theatre 95, 9 6 ) is
optional; interested students should consult
with the appropriate advisor in the spring o f
the junior year. Applications for internships
and special projects should be made as far in
advance as possible.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: The honors major requires six or
eight credits including Shakespeare Seminar
and Senior Project in preparation for three or
four papers. Possible preparations include
141
English Literature
course combinations, such as Directing/Performance Theory or Design/Theatre History.
Seminars in dramatic literature carry a prereq
uisite o f at least one upper level English
course. Senior Project will be evaluated in
performance as well as by paper. The minor
normally requires four credits in preparation
for two papers. One o f the papers for the
minor would normally be Senior Project.
T h e a tre 14 . Introduction to Design.
W ith respect to the twenty course rule,
courses in dramatic literature in English Literature, Classics, and Modern Languages and
Literatures will count as part o f the major;
courses in non-dramatic literature will not.
Th e a tre 2 4 . Ensem ble II.
Students who wish to combine English and
Theatre Studies in an External Examination
program are reminded o f College policy lim
iting the number o f seminars which can be
taken in a single department to four.
Th e a tre 15. A d va n c e d Design.
T h e a tre 16. P la y Directing.
T h e a tre 1 7 . P la yw rig h tin g W orkshop.
Th e a tre 19. Colloquium :
D ra m a tic Fo rm .
Th e a tre 2 3 . Ensem ble I.
T h e a tre 9 3. Directed Reading.
Th e a tre 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r Es s a y .
S e m in a r s :
Th e a tre 1 1 1 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .
Th e a tre 180. S e n io r P r o je c t
English 10 1. S h a k e s p e a re .
D r a m a tic L ite r a tu r e C o u r s e s :
English 105. Tu d o r and S tu a rt Dram a.
En glish 25 . S h a k e s p e a re .
English 119 . M od ern D ra m a .
En glish 2 7 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt D ram a.
Fre nc h 10 2. Le T h é â tre C lassique.
English 7 4 . M od ern D ra m a .
G e rm an 108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r
nach 1950.
En glish 9 0C . Colloquium in
S h a k e s p e a re .
Fre nc h 4 3 . Le T h é â tre .
English 7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ra m a .
C E L 7 7 : C o n te m p o ra ry D ram a.
Fre nc h 7 0 . T h é â tre M od erne .
G e rm an 5 2. D a s Deutsche D ram a.
G e rm an 6 3. Goethe’s Faust
G e rm an 8 3 . K a fk a and D r e c h l
S pan ish 40 . El T e a tro del Renaciem ento
y del S igio de O ro .
Span ish 7 5 . T e atro H isp a n ico a m e rica n o C ontem poraneo.
R u ssian 109. C h e kh ov.
G re e k 114 . G re e k D ram a.
1 . Introduction to the T h e a tre .
This course includes sections on dramaturgy,
theatre space, and acting. Theatre profes
sionals from New York and Philadelphia meet
with the class as possible. Several short papers
based on reading, local rehearsals or perfor
mances, and class improvisations. This course
is the prerequisite for advanced courses in
performance studies (see list above) and may
serve as a prerequisite for dramatic literature
courses (not seminars) in English.
Fall semester. Devin, Christilles.
C la s s ic s 8 2 . Th e A n c ie n t T h e a tre .
2 A . Techniques o f A c tin g : W o rk on
the S e lf.
P e r fo r m a n c e S tu d ie s C o u r s e s ;
This is the basic acting course, the prerequisite
for all others. Vocal and physical warm-up;
relaxation; concentration; ensemble; sense and
affective memory; non-ordinary reality. This
class meets four hours a week. Studio course;
one credit.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Devin.
T h e a tre 1 . Introduction to T h e a tre .
T h e a tre 2 . Techniques o f A c tin g .
T h e a tre 3. Prod uctio n W o rksh o p .
T h e a tre 5 . S ce ne S tu d y .
T h e a tre 13. T h e a tre H is to ry .
142
2B. Techniques o f Actin g
(intensive section).
Same as above, but this section meets four
nights a week, two hours a night. Attendance
at Ensemble II rehearsals and some reading in
the history and theory o f acting. Strongly
recommended for students who plan a Theatre
Studies major. Studio course; one credit.
Spring semester. Devin.
3. Production W o rksh o p.
A laboratory course focussing on problems in
play production (scenery, lighting, audio, cos
tuming, stage management). No prerequisite;
may be repeated once for credit. Studio course;
one-half credit.
Spring semester. Devin.
5. Scene S tu d y.
An acting studio for intermediate and ad
vanced students who choose their own proj
ects and work on them with the instructor’s
help. Six professional actors from the Young
Company at People’s Light study in this
course. They are scene partners for Swarthmore students. The class may be repeated for
credit. Studio course; one-half credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Fall semester. Devin.
14. Introduction to Design.
Study of theoretical and historical foundations
for contemporary theatrical design. Practical
application o f design principles in projects
and exercises.
Fall semester. Christilles.
15. Advanced Design.
Research, presentation, and execution o f proj
ects in support o f Directing and Ensemble
class exercises.
Spring semester. Christilles.
tion o f the instructor. Studio course; one
credit.
Spring semester. Devin.
19. Colloquium : D ram atic Fo rm .
A study o f dramatic writing based on Aristo
tle’s Poetics. Reading will include other critical
works and a variety o f plays to illustrate four
forms o f dramatic art: tragedy, comedy, melo
drama, and farce. Writing will include both
creative and critical projects.
Fall semester. Devin.
2 3 . Ensem ble I: W o rk on the P la y s c rip L
Acting techniques applied to scene and play
analysis, beginning with simple, realistic ma
terial and moving to Shakespeare; given cir
cumstances; character biography; objectives;
physical behavior, tasks, action; vocal and
physical warm-up; relaxation, concentration,
and body awareness. This class meets for two
hours, four nights a week. Studio course; one
credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 2.
Fall semester. Devin.
2 4 . En se m ble II: W o rk w ith an Au die nce .
This class rehearses a full-length play for
public performance. This year the play will be
Richard Sheridan’s The Rivals. Using ensem
ble rehearsal methods with emphasis on im
provisation, the company will prepare the
play, using the audience as part o f given
circumstances. After 6 weeks o f rehearsal the
class plays to an audience; after a break,
rehearsals resume and culminate in another
series o f performances. Studio course; one
credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Spring semester. Adams, Christilles.
9 2 . O ff-c a m p u s P ro je c ts in Th e a tre .
16. Play Directing.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
Principles and techniques o f making works of
dramatic art from playscripts. Play selection
and analysis; physical production; rehearsal
procedures, especially improvisation and en
semble technique. One credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 1, Theatre 2.
Spring semester. Devin.
9 4. Special P ro je c ts in T h e a tre .
17. Pla yw ritin g W o rksh o p.
Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by reading and analysis o f
appropriate models. Admission at the discre
Students wishing to design a special project
should consult with the Director.
9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r P r o je c t
An essay or production project prepared
under the supervision o f an appropriate fac
ulty member. A prospectus must be submitted
for approval in April o f the junior year.
Before submitting the prospectus, majors
should consult with the Director and with the
faculty member who might supervise the proj-
143
English Literature
ect. A one-credit project will normally be
completed in the fall o f the senior year. The
fall work may serve as preparation for a larger
144
project to be completed in the spring,
Staff,
German Studies
Coordinator: M A R IO N FA B ER (German)
Committee:
P EG G Y A N D E R S O N (History) (fall)
G EO R G E A V ER Y (German) (spring)
R IC H A R D ELD R ID G E (Philosophy) (fall)
D O R O T H EA F R E D E (Philosophy)
J A M E S F R E E M A N (Music)
R A Y M O N D H O P K IN S (Political Science)
B R A U LIO M U N O Z (Sociology/Anthropology) 3
M A R K W A LL A C E (Religion)
H A N S -J A K O B W E R L E N (German)
The concentration in German Studies grows
out of the connection between German
thought and art o f the nineteenth and twen
tieth centuries. Figures such as Goethe,
Wagner, Nietzsche, Marx, and Freud, for ex
ample, go beyond the boundaries o f particular
disciplines. In addition, the study o f German
history and politics enriches and is enriched
by the study o f German literature and art. A
combination o f approaches to German culture
introduces the student to a field o f knowledge
crucial to contemporary society and prepares
the student for graduate work in a good num
ber of academic disciplines, as well as for
various international careers. The Concentra
tion may be undertaken in the Course Pro
gramor in the External Examination Program.
Concentrators should consult the program
coordinator during the sophomore year to
plan their work towards the Concentration.
General Requirements: Students are required
to take five credits from designated courses in
German Studies, three o f which must be out
side the student’s major department. To ensure
a common groundwork for all concentrators,
students must take the core course, German
14, Introduction to German Studies. To en
sure work in depth, at least one credit must be
athesis on an interdisciplinary topic, normally
to be proposed at the end o f the junior year
and written in the fall semester o f the senior
year. An interdisciplinary thesis for the stu
dent’s major department may fulfill this re
quirement.
It is required that students do substantial
work in the German language (German 8 or
the equivalent). It is also strongly recom
mended that students study in Germany (for
a summer or, preferably, for a semester) if at
all possible. Students who do not take an
advanced literature course must either use
original German sources in the thesis or add an
attachment in German to one course in the
concentration.
The following courses and seminars may be
offered for a German Studies Concentration:
C o u r s e s ( o n e c r e d it)
H is to ry 3 2. Europe o f th e D ic ta to r s *
H is to ry 3 6 . M od ern G e rm a n y.
M u s ic 2 2 . 10th C e n tu ry M u s ic .
M u s ic 3 3 . Lie d e r.
M u s ic 3 5 . La te R o m an ticism .
Ph ilo so p h y 2 0 . M a rx is t Ph ilo so p h y.
Ph ilo so p h y 29 . N ineteenth C en tu ry
Ph ilo so p h y.
Ph ilso p h y 39. Ex is te n tia lis m .*
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo y 03. S e n io r
Colloquium on A r t and S o c ie ty .*
G e rm an co u rse s num bered 11 and
a b o ve .
C o u rs e s on G e rm an lite ra tu re o r film ,
taught in English: L it 2 0 G , L it 5 0G.
S e m in a r s ( tw o -c r e d it)
H is to ry 12 2 . R e vo lu tion a ry E u ro p e .*
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
145
Germ an Studies
H is to ry 125 . Fa s c is t E u ro p e .*
G e rm an 10 4 . Goethe.
Ph ilo so ph y 114 . N ineteenth C en tu ry
Ph ilo so p h y.
G e rm an 105. Die Deutsche Romantik.
Ph ilo so p h y 139. Exis te n tia lis m .
G e rm an 108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r nach
1950.
Political S cie nce 108. C om p arative
P o litic s : E u ro p e .*
Religion 106. C o n te m p o ra ry Religious
Thought
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 10 1. C ritica l
M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 105. M od ern
S o cial T h e o ry .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 115 . Freud and
S o cial T h e o ry .
146
G e rm an 1 0 7. M od erne P ro s a .
‘ Cognate course: No more than two may be
counted towards the German Studies Concen
tration.
+Cognate seminar: No more than one may be
counted towards the German Studies Concen
tration.
History
I
I M ARGARET A N D E R S O N , Professor and Acting Chair (fall) 2
RORERT C. B A N N IS T E R , Professor
I ROBERT S . D U P L E S S IS , Professor2
LILLIAN M . LI, Professor and Chair 1
I KATHRYN L M O R G A N , Professor
I JEROM E H . W O OD , J R ., Professor 1
I HARRISON M . W R IG H T, Professor
M ARJORIE M U R P H Y , Associate Professor
I PATRICIA S T R A N A H A N , Visiting Associate Professor4
I STEPHEN P. B E N S C H , Assistant Professor
I LAURIE B ER N S T EIN , Assistant Professor (part-time)
I ROBERT E. W EIN B ER G , Assistant Professor
I
I C O U R SE O F F E R IN G S A N D P R E R E Q U IS IT E S
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
The Department o f History offers a range of
courses of value to all students, from surveys
to more specialized courses focusing on a
specific period, theme, or subfield. All courses
attempt to give students a sense o f the past, an
acquaintance with the social, cultural, and
institutional developments that have produced
the world of today, and an understanding of
the nature o f history as a discipline. The
courses emphasize less the accumulation o f
data than the investigation, from various
points of view, o f those ideas and institutions—political, religious, social, and economic—by which people have endeavored to
order their world.
Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f
students who seek a general education in the
field, as well as to provide preparation for a
range o f upper-level courses. Freshman semi
nars explore particular issues or periods in
depth. Although these entry-level courses
vary somewhat in approach, they normally
consider major issues o f interpretation, the
analysis o f primary sources, and historical
methodology.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-9,11, and 72 are open
to all students without prerequisites. Fresh
man seminars are open only to freshmen on
the same basis. Upper-level courses are gener
ally open to all students who have taken a
survey, or who have Advanced Placement
scores o f 3 - 5, or by permission o f the instruc
tor. Exceptions are courses "n o t open to
freshmen” or where specific prerequisites are
stated.
I R E Q U IR E M E N T S F O R T H E M A J O R
I
1
I
I
1
I
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission
to the Department as a major in the Course or
External Examination (Honors) Program or
as a minor in the Honors program is normally
at least two History courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard o f work in all
courses. A t least one o f these history courses
should be taken within the History Depart
ment, and preferably two for admission to
Honors. Ideally preparation o f the major
should include at least one survey, and either
a freshman seminar or upper-level course.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
I 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
I 4 Fall semester, 1989.
147
H isto ry
Students who intend to continue their studies
after graduation should bear in mind that a
reading knowledge o f one or two foreign
languages (particularly French and German)
is now generally assumed for admission to
graduate school.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f the
major in course consists o f at least eight (and
no more than twelve) semester courses in the
department, chosen so as to fulfill the follow
ing requirements:
(a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart
mental distribution requirements. For pur
poses o f distribution the Department has
divided its offerings into four groups:
(1 ) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modem
Europe through the 18th century; (2 )
Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries);
(3) the United States; and (4 ) Africa,
Asia, and Latin America. Course majors
must take at least one course from each o f
these areas. Beyond that, majors are en
couraged to concentrate informally in
topics or areas o f special interest to them.
(b) Course majors must write either a thesis
(for which they will receive academic
credit) or a research paper and compre
hensive examination. (1) Thesis. Students
who wish to take advantage o f this option
must submit a proposal for department
approval by May 1 o f their junior year
and will be expected to complete the
thesis (by taking History 9 2 ) during the
fall o f their senior year. A brief oral
examination will be based on the thesis.
(2 ) Research paper and comprehensive
examination. Students choosing this op
tion must take at least one upper-level
course in which a substantial research
paper is required. Courses particularly
suitable for meeting this requirement are
marked with an asterisk (* ). The compre
hensive examination, to be given early in
the spring semester o f the senior year, will
include both written and oral sections.
Major and minor in the External Examination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division of the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional pro
grams. Majors in the Honors Program may
take either three or four seminars in the
Department, chosen from at least two of the
groups into which the Department has divided
its offerings (see Course Requirement (a) at
left). Minors in the Honors Program are ordi
narily expected to take at least two seminars.
A D V A N C E D P L A C E M E N T A N D A T T A C H M E N T O P T IO N S
Advanced Placement. The Department will
automatically grant one semester’s credit for
incoming students who have achieved a score
o f 4 or 5 in Advanced Placement history tests.
This credit may be counted toward the num
ber o f courses required for graduation. It may
be used in partial fulfillment o f the college
distribution requirements. This credit is avail
able only as long as the student does not take
either History 3, 5, or 6. For majors, it may
serve as partial fulfillment o f the departmental
distribution requirements listed above. Grades
o f 3 may serve as prerequisite for advanced
148
courses in history in the same area (European
or American) as the Advanced Placement
course.
Language Attachment. Certain designated
courses offer the option o f a foreign language
attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per
mission to take this option will be granted to
any student whose reading facility promises
the profitable use o f historical sources in the
foreign language. Arrangements for this op
tion should be made with the instructor at the
time o f registration.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
For students who wish to seek secondary
teaching certification in the social sciences
there are two normal routes. One o f these is
through a major in the social sciences, plus
four to six semesters o f courses in other social
sciences. Students majoring in history, politi
cal science, and sociology-anthropology are
required to take at least four courses outside
their major; students majoring in economics
and psychology are required to take six. The
other route to certification is by taking at least
twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f
which six must normally be in one discipline
andat least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonWestern subject matter are required.
1. M edieval Euro pe .
Asurvey o f medieval culture and institutions
from the third to the fifteenth century. Topics
will include the lingering sunset o f the ancient
world, the rise o f the barbarian North, and the
emergence o f a distinctively European civili
zation in the central and late Middle Ages.
Primary sources will be stressed.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bensch.
2. Early M od ern Europe.
From the late Middle Ages to the mid-eight
eenth century, focusing on intellectual move
ments, varieties o f state formation, and eco
nomic and social change.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
3. Modern Euro pe .
A topical survey from the Old Regime to the
Cold War, with emphasis on the political,
institutional, economic, and social forces that
have shaped modern Europe. Topics include
Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and
reform movements, industrialization and the
rise of the modern nation-states, imperialism,
and world war.
Primary distribution course.
Both semesters. Bernstein.
4 . La tin A m e ric a .
The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present. Em
phasis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina,
and on recent attempts at radical transforma
tion.
Primary distribution course.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring semester. Wood.
5 . The United S ta te s to 1 8 7 7 .
The colonial experience and the emergence o f
an American social order; Revolution and
Constitution; the "first” and "second” party
systems; humanitarianism and social control
in the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil
War, and Reconstruction.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bannister.
6 . Th e United S ta te s sin ce 1 8 7 7 .
Industrialism and the American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring semester. Murphy.
7 . Th e H is to ry o f the A fric a n A m e ric a n
People.
This course is a topical survey o f the historical
legacy o f the African American people. It
begins with ancient black Egypt prior to the
immigration o f non-indigenous Africans to
the Nile Valley. It studies the connection o f
ancient Egyptian culture with the rest o f
Africa, and the impact o f African culture on
Asia, Europe, and America, prior to the re
birth and expansion o f Europe. The struggles
o f black men and women for liberation in the
United States are seen as an "exciting chapter
in the history o f humanity.” Topics include:
blacks in science, black nationalism, black
Muslims, black Jews, Pan Africanism, revolu
tionary Pan Africanism and the Black Power
idea.
Fall semester. Morgan.
8 . A fric a .
A survey o f African history, with an emphasis
on tropical Africa in modern times; the de
velopment o f African nationalism and the
149
H isto ry
achievement o f independence; and on differing
perspectives on the African past.
Spring semester. Wright.
9 . Chinese C iv iliza tio n .
An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul
ture—language, literature, philosophy, art,
imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The
impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts
o f Asia will be examined briefly.
Spring semester. Li.
IO A . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r. F a m ily ,
K in s h ip , and M a rria g e in
M ed ie va l Euro pe .
Through a productive exchange with social
anthropologists, historians have begun to re
consider medieval institutions and social struc
ture in terms o f marital and blood ties. The
seminar will explore the dimensions o f kin
ship, the place o f women, and the evolution of
marriage in order to gain a new understanding
o f medieval law, government, and social
classes. Open to ffeshmen only. Preference
will be given to freshmen entering with an
Advanced Placement score o f 3 or better in
European history.
Not offered 1989-90. Bensch.
IO B . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Th ird
Reich and the H o lo c a u s t
An intensive examination o f the origins, ide
ology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its
extension across Europe, and responses o f
victims and collaborators. Open to ffeshmen
only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference
given to ffeshmen entering with an Advanced
Placement score o f 3 or better in European
History.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1989-90. Anderson.
IO C . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r:
Th e T w e n tie s in A m e ric a .
An examination o f some major themes in
20th-century American history as evidenced
in the careers o f leading personalities and in
dramatic events o f the 1920s. Topics will
range ffom politics and religion to literature
and popular culture. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
ffeshmen entering with an Advanced Place
ment score o f 3 or better in American history.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90. Bannister.
150
IO D . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Cold
W ar E ra .
A focused examination o f the origins and
persistence o f thé cold war ffom the globali
zation o f containment to the pressure of
domestic conflict. Topics include: the Eisenhower-Dulles years, Kennedy’s Crisis Man
agement, LBJ and Vietnam, Nixon/Kissinger’s
Detente, Truman’s Decisions to Drop the
Bomb and subsequent nuclear policy deci
sions. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment
limited to ten. Preference given to ffeshmen
entering with an Advanced Placement score of
3 or better in American history.
Spring semester. Murphy.
IO E . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Invasion of
A m e ric a .
A study o f pre-Columbian America and a
comparative analysis o f interactions between
Indians and Europeans in colonial Spanish
and British America. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
ffeshmen entering with an Advanced Place
ment score o f 3 or better in American history.
Not offered 1989-90. Wood.
IO F. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r. Black and
W h ite: S outh A fric a and
the United S ta te s .
A comparative historical study o f apartheid in
South Affica and racism in the U .S., examin
ing their origins, natures, and the degrees to
which they are alike. Open to ffeshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place
ment score o f 3 or better in either American
or European history.
Not offered 1989-90. Wright.
IO G . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: W om en in
E a rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s .
An exploratory study o f the role of women,
primarily but not exclusively leaders in early
A ff ican civilizations. Topics include: The great
queens o f Ethiopia; the female Horuses and
the great wives o f Kemet; Egypt’s Isis, the
original Black Madonna; African goddesses;
Africa’s warrior queens; and Tyre: Nubian
Queen o f Egypt. Emphasis will be placed on
research into women rulers found throughout
Affica in time and space, and an examination
o f the contexts in which these women
emerged. Open to ffeshmen only. Enrollment
limited to ten.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Morgan.
10H. Freshm an S e m in a r: The
Barbarian N o rth .
Exploration o f the rise o f Germanic and Celtic
societies from c. 100 A.D. to c. 1050 A.D. in
the British Isles, Northern France, Germany,
and Scandinavia through an examination o f
the institutions, material culture, religion, and
literature o f various barbarian peoples.
Fall semester. Bensch.
Classics 2 1. A n c ie n t G re e ce .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Not offered 1989-90.
Classics 3 1. H is to ry o f G re e ce .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Fall semester. Ostwald.
Classics 32. T h e Rom an Republic
and Augustus.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Spring semester. Staff.
Classics 4 2 . G re e ce in th e Fifth
Century R.C.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Spring semester. Ostwald.
Classics 4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Not offered 1989-90.
11. The Form ation o f the Islam ic
Near E a s t
An introduction to the history o f the Near
East from the seventh to the early fifteenth
century. Emphasis will be placed on the life of
Muhammed, the Arab conquests, the rise of
the caliphate, and the articulation o f Islamic
values during an age o f political disintegration
and nomadic invasion.
Spring semester. Bench.
14. Friars, H e re tic s , and Fem ale
Mystics: Religious Tu rm o il in the
Middle A g e s.
From the 12th to the 15th century, the medi
eval Church confronted radically new versions
of Christianity and religious movements in
spired by evangelical poverty, preaching, and
a need to find a place for women in ecclesias
tical institutions. The course will explore the
aspirations, doctrines, and forms o f expres
sion of these religious groups and the Church’s
response to them.
Not offered 1989-90. Bensch.
15. Colloquium : M ed ie va l T o w n s .
In order to establish the historical legitimacy
o f liberalism and capitalism, nineteenth cen
tury thinkers believed that, by cracking the
mold o f feudalism and establishing demo
cratic, egalitarian regimes, medieval towns
laid the foundations o f modern Europe. The
course will consider the validity o f this prop
osition from recent work on urban social
organization, commercial techniques, and rit
ual expressions o f the urban community.
O ffered only in alternate years.
Fall semester. Bensch.
1 7 . Th e M ed ite rran e an W orld in the
M iddle A g e s .
Beginning with common Roman traditions,
the Mediterranean during the Middle Ages
became divided into three great civilizations:
Byzantium, Islam, and Western Christendom.
The course will examine the interchange and
friction among these three cultures, especially
during the period o f Western ascendancy from
the Crusades to the Fall o f Constantinople
(eleventh to fifteenth centuries).
Not offered 1989-90. Bensch.
*1 9 . Th e Italian Renaissance.
The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and
early sixteenth centuries, studied in relation to
the political, economic and social context.
Emphasis on cultural developments including
humanism, art, historiography, and political
thought.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
*2 3 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt England.
The transformation o f England in the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries, from the Reforma
tion to the Glorious Revolution. Topics in
clude the Tudor polity, political revolt and the
emergence o f parliamentary monarchy, the
recasting o f the social structure, the rise o f a
capitalist economy, and the course o f religious
conflict and change.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
2 4 . Th e Rise o f C ap italism .
The transition from agrarian feudalism to
industrial capitalism in Europe from the four
teenth to the nineteenth centuries. Emphasis
on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma-
151
H isto ry
tion, restructuring o f industrial production,
expansion o f the market, class formation,
economic thought and ideology. Analysis o f
theories about the origins o f capitalism and
industrialization. Some discussion o f devel
opments in Eastern Europe, but most atten
tion is given to Western Europe, particularly
England and France.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
*2 5 . W om en, S o c ie ty and Change in
M od ern Euro pe .
A topical study o f European women from the
later Middle Ages to the nineteenth century.
Issues to be considered include working
women in preindustrial and industrial econo
mies, family life, sexuality and reproduction,
women’s collective action, the rise o f femi
nism.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
and organization, worker radicalism and revo
lutionary situations in England, France, and
Russia.
Fall semester. Weinberg.
3 4 . W om en, G e n d e r, and M odern
Eu ropean H is to ry .
Examination o f women’s roles in modern
European history to discover how concepts of
gender have affected our understanding of
Europe’s past and influenced the fates of
European women. Some attention to women
in pre-industrial Europe, but focus is on the
ways in which science, industrialization, and
urbanization contributed to the transforma
tion o f gender in modem European society.
Topics include women and revolution, femi
nism, sexuality, prostitution, changing family
structure, labor, and social class.
Spring semester, 1990. Bernstein.
*2 9 . V icto ria n England.
3 6 . M od ern G e rm a n y.
England from the 1830’s to the end o f the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures o f the
age.
Fall semester Anderson.
The development o f Germany from a collec
tion o f small towns and small states to the
lynch-pin o f the present European balance of
power. Topics will include: the formation of
an imperial state and its grasp for world
power; the conflict between agrarian ideals
and industrial imperatives; democratization
and the search for a national identity; cultural
efflorescence and political breakdown; the
youth movement, anti-semitism, and National
Socialism; divided Germany and the "undi
gested” German past.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1989-90. Anderson.
3 2 . Eu ro pe o f the D ic ta to rs,
19 14 -19 4 5 .
The assault o f radical politics, left and right,
on the social and political fabric o f Europe;
the interaction o f domestic and international
conflict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism;
nationalism, militarism, racism; the first ef
fective experiments in the use o f ideology,
technology, and terror as means o f social
control.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1989-90. Anderson.
3 3 . Eu ropean W o rk e rs in Rebellion and
R evolution S ince 179 9 .
This course focuses on how artisanal and
factory workers responded to socio-economic
and political change since the late eighteenth
century. Emphasis is placed on the motives
and varieties o f worker protest and rebellion
from the Industrial Revolution to the Russian
Revolution. Particular attention is devoted to
the reaction o f artisans to industrialization,
the socialism o f skilled workers, labor politics
3 7 . M e d ie va l and Im p erial Russia.
Examination o f the history o f Russia from the
ninth until the mid-nineteenth century, with
particular attention to the relationship be
tween state and society and the ways social,
political, and economic realities influenced
state policy. Topics covered include: Kievan
Rus, the Mongol Yoke, the rise o f the Musco
vite state, the growth o f autocracy and the
enserfment o f society, the reforms and legacy
o f Peter the Great and Catherine the Great, the
emergence o f the revolutionary intelligentsia,
and the Great Reforms o f Alexander II.
O ffered only in alternate years.
Fall semester. Weinberg.
3 8 . Ru ssia in the A g e o f Revolution.
Beginning with the emancipation o f the serfs
in 1861, with primary attention to the revolu
tionary era, defined broadly as the period
from the 1905 revolution to the consolidation
of the Stalinist system in the 1930s. Focus on
the relationship between state and society and
the ways in which social and economic realities
constrained state policy. Topics include: the
revolutionary settlement o f 1905, the Revolu
tions of 1917, the dilemmas o f Soviet power
after 1917, hindrances to the building o f a
socialist society, Stalin’s rise to power, collec
tivization and industrialization, the creation of
the Gulag, interpretations o f Stalinism, and
de-Stalinization.
Not offered 1989-90. Weinberg.
39. Revolutionary C ulture and
Transform ation in the U S S R .
Exploration o f the ways in which Russia’s
revolutionary transformation manifested it
self in literature, art, film, and music. During
the years 1914-31, war and revolution added
new dimensions o f politics and urgency to the
rich cultural scene in Russia and the Soviet
Union. By studying the arts within the context
of Soviet history, we shall see how culture and
politics both coincided and conflicted amid
social upheaval, as well as how they fared
under Stalin, Khrushchev, Brezhnev, and Gor
bachev. Topics include utopian visions, con
ceptions of gender, science fiction, construc
tivist art, socialist realism, popular culture,
Zhdanovshchina, jazz and rock, and glasnost.
Prerequisite: a course or seminar in Russian/
Soviet history, or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester, 1990. Bernstein.
status and the elaboration o f a "republican”
ethos and "republican” institutions, 17631789.
Fall 1990. Wood.
4 3 . Je ffe rs o n ia n is m and the
A m e ric a n Exp e rie n ce .
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History 5 ,6 or equivalent,or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Wood.
4 4 . A m e ric a in the P ro g re s s iv e Era ,
18 9 6 -19 2 0 .
Modernization, social control, and the rise o f
the corporate state. Topics include the control
o f industry, scientific management, socialism
and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics
and birth control, the women’s movement,
social science and the rise o f the "expert,”
advertising and the roots o f consumerism.
O ffered only in alternate years.
Fall semester. Bannister.
4 5 . Th e United S ta te s Since 1945.
40. An Introduction to A m e ric a n C ulture.
The Cold War and McCarthyism; domestic
politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza
tion, technological change and mass society;
the New Left and the counterculture; Civil
Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation;
Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet
nam; revival on the Right.
Not offered 1989-90. Murphy.
(See English 18, 19.)
Not offered 1989-90. Murphy and Schmidt.
4 6 . Topics in A m e ric a n Intellectual
H is to ry .
*4 1. The A m e ric a n C olonies.
Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Theme for 1991: Gender and American Cul
ture.
Not open to freshmen.
Spring 1991. Bannister.
The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the devel
opment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the
emergence o f a new social structure; racism
and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial
policy.
Not offered 1988-90. Wood.
*4 2. The Am e ric a n R evolution .
The conflict between intensive self-govern
ment in the colonies and English ideas and
projects for empire; the revolt against colonial
4 7 . A m e ric a n C ulture S ince 1880.
A comprehensive survey o f the intellectual
and cultural history o f the United States
during the past century, this course will give
roughly equal attention to the periods 1880s1910s, 1920s-1950s, 1960s-present. Themes
include the professionalization o f knowledge
and the quest for a scientific culture; the
emergence and decline o f modernism; the
153
H isto ry
counterculture and its legacy. Major ideas and
thinkers will be considered with reference to
the institutional and social setting, and the
interplay o f "high” and "popular” culture.
Examples will be drawn from various fields—
including literature, the arts, and the social
sciences.
Spring semester. Bannister.
4 9 . In troduction to A m e ric a n
D iplom atic H is to ry .
A chronological approach to diplomatic his
tory in the modem world with emphasis upon
the emergence o f the U .S. as a world power.
In the period from 1789 to the fall o f Saigon,
we will examine conflicting historical inter
pretations o f foreign policy; influences o f
internal politics, culture, and technology in
the making o f foreign policy; military and
strategic thought, international conflict, and
the issues o f non-involvement and interven
tion in a progressively interdependent world.
Fall semester. Murphy.
5 3 . B la ck C ulture and Black
C on sc io u sn e ss.
Exploration into the relationship between
black culture and black consciousness with
emphasis placed on twentieth century Africa
and America. Limited enrollment. Readings
and student reports form the core materials
for the course. Learning through discussions
only. Seminar format.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Morgan.
5 4 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty , and Po litics.
Women in American society from the colonial
period to the present, with emphasis on the
changing nature o f work and the separation of
spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resis
tance to women’s rights. Not open to fresh
men.
Not offered 1989-90. Murphy.
56 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .
An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship o f the narratives
to the understanding o f the black experience
in the United States.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6 , 7, or 8, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Morgan.
154
* 5 7 . O ra l H is to ry .
By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to mod
em life with special emphasis on American
subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion o f an origi
nal research project that involves the collec
tion, classification, and analysis of data se
lected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk reli
gion, the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Some
work will be done o ff campus. Limited enroll
ment.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history, or permis
sion o f instructor.
Fall semester. Morgan.
*5 8 . Th e W orld o f D u B o is, Rogers,
and Diop.
This course deals with the impact of the
writings o f three black twentieth century in
tellectuals on our knowledge of world history
in general and the contributions o f Africa to
world civilizations in particular. First, the
ideas o f W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on
sex and race in writings o f J.A . Rogers; third,
African origins o f civilization in writings of
C.A. Diop.
Prerequisite: Introductory history course, or
the permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Morgan.
*6 3 . South A fric a .
A survey o f South African history with an
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems. Topics include early African-European relations;
the impact o f large-scale diamond and gold
mining; the role o f African nationalism; the
origins and nature o f apartheid; recent events.
No prerequisite. Not open to freshmen.
Fall semester. Wright.
*6 6 . Topics in La tin A m e ric a n History.
Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year. Topic
for Spring 1990: The Caribbean. History and
the Contemporary Crisis.
Prerequisite: History 4, or the permission of
the instructor.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring semester. Wood.
I
I
I
|
I
I
67. The Black Exp e rie n c e in
Latin A m e rica.
The history of black people in French, Portu
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci
pation, the contemporary scene. Special at
tention will be given to the impact o f African
civilization on Latin countries, as well as to
comparative analysis o f the experience o f
blacks in that region and in the United States.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Fall 1990. Wood.
68. Food and Fam in e: P a st and P r e s e n t
The production, distribution, and consump
tion of food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environ
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the
current world food problem differs from his
torical subsistence crises, and how food affects
economic development and international rela
tions.
Prerequisite: prior work in History, or per
mission of the instructor.
Not open to freshmen.
Spring semester. Li.
7 6 . 20th C en tu ry Ja p a n .
Examination o f the industrialization and mod
ernization o f Japan, focusing on its rise from
an isolated nation to a major world power and
economic giant.
Fall semester. Stranahan.
8 4 . Colloquium : Folklore and
Folklife S tu d ie s.
(Also listed as English 8 4 .) An introduction
to the major forms o f folklore and selected
forms o f folklife materials. The course in
cludes the study o f myth, legend, folktales,
proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts
including folk music. It explores superstition,
witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and
considers the function o f folklore in highly
industrialized modern societies as well as in
traditional ones. Learning through discussion
only.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera
ture, or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.
8 7 . H is to ry Th ro ug h Folk lore and
Lite ra tu re .
(Also listed as Religion 11). This course
explores the historical dynamics o f the religion
and culture o f Japan from its origins to the
early nineteenth century. It emphasizes the
interaction between indigenous Japanese cul
tural patterns and foreign, dominantly Chi
nese, influences in the context o f political and
social changes over the centuries.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
A comparative analysis o f folklore and liter
ature. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not ex
clusively in the United States. Themes include
great traditions in American Indian thought,
loneliness and friendship, love and death,
vocation and avocation, life after death, and
the resurgence o f the occult in United States
popular culture. Limited enrollment. Learning
through discussion only.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Morgan.
74 . M odern China.
9 2 . Th e s is .
Analysis of social, economic, and political
developments in China from the coming o f
the West to the challenges o f the 1980s. The
course looks at the continuities and changes,
events, and personalities that helped shape
contemporary China.
Fall semester. Stranahan.
A single credit thesis, available to all majors,
on a topic approved by the Department by
May 1 o f the preceding spring.
Fall semester. Members o f the Department.
72 . The H is to ry , Religion, and
Culture o f Ja p a n .
*7 5 . M odern Ja p a n .
The transformation o f Japan into a modem
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
Not offered 1989-90. Li.
9 3. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.
155
H isto ry
S E M IN A R S
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for
a degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.
1 1 1 . P o w e r and S o c ie ty in
M ed ie va l Euro pe .
An historiographical exploration o f selected
topics in the material foundations and ideo
logical expressions o f medieval Europe from
the barbarian invasions through the thirteenth
century.
Spring semester. Bensch.
116 . Th e Italian R e n aissan ce .
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian communes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen
turies. Issues addressed include forms o f po
litical and economic organization, varieties o f
humanism, political theory, changing histori
cal consciousness, art and society. Much at
tention is devoted to historiography.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
1 1 7 . Eu ro pe in the 16th and 17th
C en tu ries.
State, society and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the
mid-eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on
France, Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on
the disparate patterns o f state formation, eco
nomic development and social change; the
relations between economic and political trans
formation; political thought and ideology.
Considerable attention will be given to com
parisons among states, the transition to capi
talism, the crisis o f the seventeenth century,
the origins and functions o f absolutism.
Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis.
119 . E a rly M od ern European
Intellectual and C ultural H is to ry .
European thought and culture in its social
context. Topics include the theology, appeal
and institutionalization o f the magisterial, rad
ical and counter Reformations; rationalism
and pessimism; popular mentalities and witch
craft; intellectual and educational institutions;
printing, literacy, and the diffusion of learning.
Attention will be given to conceptual and
methodological issues in the study of cultural
history.
Spring 1991. DuPlessis.
12 2 . R e vo lu tio n a ry Eu ro p e 175 0 to 1870.
Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and Ger
many from the ancien régime to German uni
fication. Special emphasis on the origins and
nature o f the French Revolutions, the Indus
trial Revolution in England and its conse
quences, class structure and conflict, German
nationalism, and the failure o f liberalism.
Fall semester. Weinberg.
12 4 . En g la nd, 18 15 -19 14 .
The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to
the impact o f industrialization. Topics include:
the nature o f the English aristocracy; the
origins and impact o f the industrial revolution;
popular radicalism and the development of a
working class consciousness; philosophic radicalism and the origins o f the welfare state; the
rise o f modern political parties and modes of
politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious revival, respectability, and Victorian morality;
imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem o f Ireland and the
growth o f Irish nationalism.
Not offered 1989-90. Anderson.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
125 . Fa s c is t Eu ro p e .
A comparative study o f the social, intellectual,
and historical origins and development of
Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hitler’s
Germany. Some attention will also be given to
the Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements
o f Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Romania. Theories of Fascism will be examined.
Fall semester. Anderson.
I
I
I
I
I
I
128 . R u ssian Em p ire in th e 19th
and 20th C en turies.
Focus on the social, economic, political, and I
intellectual forces leading to the collapse of
the autocracy and the rise o f Stalin. Particular
attention is devoted to the dilemmas of change
and reform, and the problematic relationship
between state and society.
Spring semester. Weinberg.
130. Ea rly A m e ric a n H is to ry .
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explorations to
the early National era.
Spring 1991. Wood.
132. Am erican Political H is to ry .
Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues
from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic,
and cultural context. Topics include the shap
ing of the constitution; "republicanism,” "de
mocracy,” and the first and second party
systems; slavery, the Civil War and the consti
tution; the social bases of campaign styles and
strategies; the emergence o f the regulatorywelfare state; experts, interest groups, and the
decline of voter participation; the making o f
the modem presidency.
Fall semester. Bannister.
134. Am erican Diplom atic H is to ry .
The emergence o f the United States as a world
power, with emphasis on expansionism, na
tional interest, and global mission.
Fall semester. Murphy.
in which ideas are generated and dissemi
nated.
Spring semester. Bannister.
140. M od ern A fric a .
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics
include the impact o f the slave trade and its
end; the European partition and African re
sponses; different colonial systems; the rise
and nature o f African nationalism and inde
pendence movements; independent Africa. In
dividual case studies include Ghana, Nigeria,
Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Zimbabwe.
Spring semester. Wright.
14 1. S outh A fric a .
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present, with special emphasis on the
interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since
the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid
and o f African nationalism; and on general
interpretative issues concerning South African
history.
Fall semester. Wright.
135. Am erican S o cial H is to ry .
14 4 . M od ern China.
The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics include
fertility, mortality, and migration; industriali
zation and the family; slavery and its aftermath;
mechanization and changing patterns o f work;
social mobility, urbanization and suburbani
zation; gender, class, and ethnicity.
Spring semester. Murphy.
China from the late eighteenth century to the
present. Topics include: social and intellectual
currents in the late imperial era; Western
imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu
tion; political and social transformation in the
People’s Republic o f China.
Fall semester. Stranahan.
136. Am erican intellectual H is to ry .
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall 1990. Wood.
Political, social, and literary culture in the
United States from the late eighteenth century
through World War I. Topics include "R e
publicanism” in the 1780s; liberalism,
democracy, and the ideologies o f early capital
ism; the "feminization” o f culture; the Genteel
Tradition and the scientific ideal; and the
emergence o f "modernism.” Special attention
is given to the social and institutional context
14 8 . La tin A m e ric a .
180. Th e s is .
W ith the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for
either single or double course credit. Doublecredit theses will normally be written in the
fall semester o f the senior year for submission
as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.
157
International Relations
Coordinator: R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S
Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in
their programs, during the first two years,
introductory courses in economics, history,
and political science and should complete the
intermediate course in one or more modern
languages.
listed below may be incorporated in the pro
grams o f students who do their major work in
economics, history, political science, or mod
ern language.
Concentrators are required to have satisfac
torily completed eight or more course units
from among those listed below, including all
those listed in Group I, one or more in Group
II, and one or more in Group III.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
G rou p 1
Political S cie n ce 4 .
International Politics
Ec o n o m ic s 50 or
Ec on o m ics 150.
The International Economy
Political S cie nce 14 or
Political S cie n ce 105.
American Foreign Policy or
Political S cie n ce 41
Defense Policy
G roup II
H is to ry 4 .
H is to ry 125 .
Latin America
Fascist Europe
H is to ry 8 .
H is to ry 128.
Africa
Russian Empire
H is to ry 3 2.
H is to ry 13 4 .
Europe o f the Dictators
American Diplomatic History
H is to ry 36.
H is to ry 14 0 .
Modem Germany
Modern Africa
H is to ry 49 .
H is to ry 14 4 .
Introduction to American Diplomatic History
Modem China
H is to ry 7 4 .
H is to ry 148.
Modem China
Latin America
H is to ry 7 5 .
Modem Japan
G roup III
Ec o n o m ic s 80.
Ec on o m ics 180.
Economic Development
Economic Development
Ec o n o m ic s 85.
Ec on o m ics 185.
Comparative Economie Systems
Comparative Economie Systems
Political S cie n ce 3.
Political S cie nce 108.
Comparative Politics
Comparative Politics: Europe
Political S cie nce 19.
Political S cie n ce 109.
Comparative Communist Politics
Comparative Politics: Africa and the
Third World
Political S cie nce 20 .
Politics o f China
Political S cie nce 110.
Political S cie nce 2 1.
Comparative Politics: Latin America
Politics of Africa
In planning the concentration students should
consult with the coordinator. Where appro
priate, work taken abroad is encouraged and
may be counted toward the concentration
requirements. Students standing for external
examination for a degree with honors must
take examinations in four subjects taken for
the concentration, normally including inter
national politics, American foreign policy,
and international economics. Students in the
course program will take a special compre
hensive examination program worked out
with their major department, concentration
coordinator, and the student. The compre
hensive exam will normally follow the format
used by the major department.
Political S cience 22 .
Latin American Politics
Political S cience 4 1.
Defense Policy
Political Scie nce 4 3 .
Food Policy: National and
International Issues
Political Science 58.
International Political Theory
Political Scie nce 104.
International Politics
Political Science 10 7.
Comparative Politics: Communist Regimes
159
Linguistics
D O N N A J O N A P O L I, Professor and Program Director
J U D Y K E 6 L , Associate Professor
S U S A N G . W IL L IA M S O N , Social Sciences Librarian
Committee: H an s Ja k o b W erlen (M odem Languages and Literatures)
Stephen M a u re r (Mathematics)
Steph en P la tt (Engineering)
B a rr y S c h w a r tz (Psychology)
Robin W a g n er-Pa cifici (Sociology and Anthropology)
T he discipline: Linguistics is the study o f lan
guage. On the most general level it deals with
the internal structure o f language, the history
o f the development o f language, the informa
tion language can give us about the human
mind, and the roles language plays in influenc
ing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
The relevance o f linguistics to the disciplines
o f psychology, philosophy, sociology, anthro
pology, and language study has been recog
nized for a long time. But recently a knowledge
o f linguistics has become important to a much
wider range o f activities in today’s world. It is
a basic tool in artificial intelligence. It is
increasingly a valuable tool in literary analysis.
It is fundamental to an understanding o f com
munication skills. And, since the very nature
o f modem linguistic inquiry is to build argu
ments for particular analyses, the study o f
linguistics gives the student finely honed argu
mentation skills, which stand in good stead in
careers in law, business, and any other profes
sion where such skills are crucial.
Linguistics has three primary components:
the sounds o f language, the forms o f language,
and the meanings o f language. The study o f the
sounds o f language is called phonetics and
phonology. The study o f the forms o f language
is called morphology (at the word level) and
syntax (at the phrase, sentence, and discourse
level). The study o f the meanings o f language
is called semantics and pragmatics.
Our linguistics program has courses that deal
with each o f these components from the point
o f view o f theories about formal and natural
systems. But each o f these components is also
handled from a variety o f points o f view in
other courses. Historical and comparative lin
guistics examines the evolution o f all three
components o f language, although most work
160
in historical and comparative linguistics tends
to concentrate on phonology and morphology.
Sociolinguistics centers on the link between
language and the social context in which it is
spoken. Psycholinguistics focuses on the in
terplay between language and the processes of
perception and cognition. In these courses
our study focuses primarily on languages ex
pressed in an oral/auditory modality, but
these are not the only kinds o f natural human
languages. We also look at manual/visual
languages—that is, sign languages—in our
course on American Sign Language, where we
differentiate those aspects o f language that are
modality specific from those that are univer
sal.
Furthermore, linguistic variables influence in
teraction at the individual and societal levels,
constitute a significant area o f philosophical
inquiry, and play a central role in shaping the
form and meaning o f literary expression. Our
courses recognize this fact, and some of them
are cross-listed with other departments, while
others count toward particular concentrations
without being cross-listed. And, finally, some
o f our courses note the fact that the effective
ness o f language is measured to a certain ex
tent by esthetic values. Thus some of our
courses include workshops in which we write
poetry or fiction and discuss them in light of
the linguistics principles o f interest in the
course.
Linguistics is at once a discipline in itself and
the proper forum for interdisciplinary work
o f any number o f types. This is because lan
guage is both the principal medium that
human beings use to communicate with each
other and the bond that links people together
and binds them to their culture. The study of
language is the study o f the very fabric of our
humanity.
Requirements for the M ajor: NOTE: A proposal
is presently being discussed for a course major
in linguistics. If the proposal passes, the stu
dent should consult the Linguistics Program
office for the requirements for the major. The
information that follows here will no longer
be valid if the proposal for a new major passes.
Students may major in linguistics alone or
they may do a special major involving lin
guistics. At present a major in linguistics
alone is possible only in the external examina
tion program, although the faculty is currently
considering the possibility o f a course major
in linguistics.
A special major, which is a course major, can
quite literally be a combination o f linguistics
and any other one or more disciplines, so long
as the program o f study is deemed to be
coherent by all the departments and programs
involved. In the past there have been special
majors linking Linguistics and Classics, Com
puter Science, Education, English Literature,
Mathematics, Modern Languages and Litera
tures, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Reli
gion, and Sociology and Anthropology.
Many of our students interested in psycholin
guistics have combined the two either through
a special major or by majoring in one and
minoring in the other. This option exists for
other combinations, as well.
The faculty is currently considering the pos
sibility o f an interdisciplinary major in Lin
guistics and Languages, which, if approved,
would replace special majors between linguis
tics and modern or ancient languages and
would entail the serious study o f linguistics
and at least two foreign languages. (Informa
tion about this potential major is available
from the Department o f Modern Languages
and Literatures and the Department o f Clas
sics, as well as the Program in Linguistics.)
Special M ajor: Acceptance into a special major
requires a demonstrated interest in linguistics,
a good justification for the special major, and
a coherent proposed program o f work.
courses on forms: Ling. 41, 43, 50, 51,
108, 109
courses on meanings: Ling. 2 6 ,4 0 ,6 0 , 79,
116.
Students with a B average or above are typi
cally encouraged to complete the comprehen
sive requirement through writing a major
paper in their senior year. All students who do
not write senior papers are required to take a
comprehensive exam tailored to their individ
ual special major program. The major paper
will typically be written in a single term for a
single credit, but if the topic merits more time,
the work may be spread over both terms for
two credits.
External Examination Program: Acceptance into
the external examination program requires a
demonstrated interest in linguistics.
All students will be required to take at least
one course from each o f the three lists below:
courses on sounds: Ling. 45, 52, 105,106
courses on forms: Ling. 41, 43, 50, 51,
. 1 0 8 ,1 0 9
courses on meanings: Ling. 2 6 ,4 0 ,6 0 ,7 9 ,
116.
All students will also be required to demon
strate competence in at least one foreign lan
guage beyond the intermediate level. This can
be done by successfully completing an ad
vanced language course or a literature course
or through an exam administered by the lin
guistics program. Any natural language, an
cient or modem, may be used to fulfill this
requirement.
Students are encouraged to write a thesis in
their senior year. Typically the thesis will be
written in a single term for a single credit.
However, projects which are particularly time
consuming (such as those involving field
work) may be spread over both terms for two
credits.
The special major consists o f at least 10
credits and normally no more than 12.
As part o f their program, students are required
to prepare themselves for external ex
aminations over the equivalent o f twelve units
o f work, consisting o f at least four fields,
chosen from at least two departments. The
four fields may be as below:
All students will be required to take at least
one course from at least two o f the lists below:
courses on sounds: Ling. 4 5 ,5 2 , 105 ,1 0 6
A. a field based on two units o f work consist
ing o f a two-credit seminar or its equivalent,
or a two-credit thesis or individual research
161
Linguistics
project. Theses and individual research proj
ects may be accepted for examination on an ad
hominem basis.
Spring sem ester, normally every other year. Craig
Williamson.
B. a field based on three units o f work.
Presently the only three-credit field in lin
guistics consists o f Ling. 45 and a seminar in
phonology.
An investigation o f the influence of cultural
context and social variables on verbal commu
nication. W e will discuss theories of language
acquisition and language change in light of
cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence.
The course includes readings from the three
major fields o f language and culture studies:
ethnography o f communication, sociolinguis
tics, and sociology o f language. Language proj
ects in the community are included.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of
the instructor. (Cross-listed as Sociology/
Anthropology 25.)
Every other year. O ffered next in fa ll, 1989.
Susan Williamson.
C. a field based on one unit o f work. One-unit
fields may be accepted for external examina
tion on an ad hominem basis.
Requirements for the Minor: Students must take
at least one course or seminar from at least
one o f the lists below:
courses on sounds; Ling. 4 5 ,5 2 ,1 0 5 ,1 0 6
courses on forms: Ling. 41,43, 50, 51,
108, 109
courses on meanings: Ling. 2 6 ,4 0 ,6 0 ,7 9 ,
116.
2 5 . Lan g u ag e , C u ltu re , and Society.
2 6 . Language and M eaning.
Students must also prepare themselves for
external examination over the equivalent o f
four units o f work.
(See Philosophy 26.)
Spring sem ester, every other year. O ffered next in
spring, 1992. Richard Eldridge.
Ling. 40, 45, and 50 are primary distribution
courses.
3 4 . P s yc h o lo g y o f Language.
1 . In troduction to Language and
Lin g u istic s.
Introduction to the study and analysis of
human language. We will look at sound sys
tems (phonology), lexical systems (morphol
ogy and word meaning), the formation o f
phrases and sentences (syntax), and meaning
(semantics and pragmatics), both in modern
and ancient languages and with respect to how
languages change over time. Other topics that
may be covered include first language acqui
sition, sign languages, poetic metrics, the re
lation between language and the brain, and
sociological effects on language.
Fall sem ester. Instructor to be announced each
year.
Fall, 1989. Napoli.
16. H is to ry o f the R u ssian Language.
(See Russian 16.)
O ffered on dem and. George Krugovoy.
20 . H is to ry o f the Fre nc h Lan g u ag e.
(See French 20.)
Every other year. Spring, 1990. Jean Perkins.
2 3 . H is to ry o f the English Lan g u ag e.
(See English 23.)
162
I
This course addresses the cognitive processes
involved in using and understanding language,
and in learning to speak. Topics include speech
procedures and perception, the biological
basis o f language, the nature o f grammatical
and lexical knowledge, production and processing o f languages in different modalities
(oral, auditory, visual, manual), language ac
quisition and language breakdown. The course
will include both lectures and in-class labora
tory. Readings include a course text—Language Processes by Vivian Tartter, a laboratory
text—Psycholinguistics: T he Experimental Study
o f Language by Gary Prideaux, and a small
number o f selected articles. (Cross-listed as
Psychology 34 .)
Spring sem ester. Kegl.
I
I
4 0 . S e m a n tic s.
In this course we look at a variety of ways in
which linguists, philosophers, and psycholo
gists have approached meaning in language.
We address truth-functional semantics, lexical
semantics, speech act theory, pragmatics, and
discourse structure. What this adds up to is an
examination o f the meaning o f words, phrases,
and sentences in isolation and in context.
(Cross-listed as Philosophy 40 .)
Primary distribution course.
I
Every other year. Instructor to be announced
each time.
Fall semester, 1989. Kegl.
41. Linguistics o f A m e ric a n Sign
Language.
In this course we examine the sign language
used by most deaf communities in the U .S.
and Canada, American Sign Language. We
look at the phonology (segment types, syl
lables, stress), syntax, and semantics o f ASL,
as well as discuss its history and the history o f
linguistic studies o f ASL. We compare ASL to
oral languages and to other sign languages,
including ones from Nicaragua, from Austra
lia, and from Quebec in Canada.
Most of the linguistic universals that one reads
about in linguistics, philosophy, psychology,
and computer science courses are based exclu
sively on studies o f oral/auditory languages.
Sign languages use, instead, the manual/visual
modalities. As natural human languages, then,
they offer a fresh testing ground for proposed
universals. This course will be concerned to a
great extent with questions o f typology o f lan
guage and universals.
Classes involve lectures and work with video
tapes in the sign language laboratory as well as
interaction with native speakers o f ASL.
No previous knowledge o f linguistics or sign
language is necessary, although Ling. 1 would
be valuable preparation for this course.
Offered every other year. O ffered next in spring,
1991- Kegl.
43. M orphology and the Le xic o n .
This course looks at word formation and the
meaningful ways in which different words in
the lexicon are related to one another. We
study inflection, derivation, and compound
ing, including affixation and other types o f
word formation processes. Morphology is at
the interface o f phonology, syntax, and se
mantics. For this reason, Linguistics 1 is help
ful, though not required.
Every third year. O ffered next in 1991-92. In
structor to be announced each time.
45. Phonetics and Ph o n olo g y.
Phonology is the study o f the sounds o f
language and the rules that govern the interac
tion of sounds when they are put together in
words and phrases. This course examines the
theory o f generative phonology and applies
this theory to the analysis o f a wide range o f
data from many languages o f the world (in
cluding those o f Africa, Australia, Asia, as
well as Europe and the Americas). A substan
tial part o f the course will address articulatory
and acoustic phonetics, with computer-based
examinations o f the acoustics o f speech which
will be conducted in the phonetics laboratory.
Primary distribution course.
Every other year. Instructor to be announced
each time.
Spring semester, 1990. Kegl.
5 0 . S y n ta x .
This course is an introduction to syntactic
theory. We study the principles that govern
how words go together to make phrases and
sentences in natural language. And we focus
on how linguists argue for the theories they
propose. In class many types o f data are
examined. We learn how to organize data and
form hypotheses to account for them, how to
test our hypotheses, to uncover assumptions
underlying our hypotheses and test them, and
to see the predictions o f our hypotheses and
test them. Much time is spent on learning
argumentation skills. The linguistic skills
gained in this course are applicable to the
study o f any natural language, modern or
ancient. The material covered will be o f inter
est to cognitive psychologists, philosophers,
computer scientists, mathematicians, and, of
course, linguists. The argumentation skills
gained in this course are applicable to law and
business, as well as academic fields.
Primary distribution course. This course also
falls in the third category o f courses approved
as counting toward a computer science con
centration.
There are no prerequisites.
Every other year. O ffered next in fa ll, 1990.
Instructor to be announced each time.
5 1 . Rom ance S y n ta x .
This course is a comparative study o f the
syntax o f modern Romance languages. In class
examples will be drawn from several Romance
languages in order to make clear certain syn
tactic principles. There will be frequent prob
lem sets and readings o f articles written in
English but about various Romance languages,
including Spanish, French, Italian, Portu
guese, and Romanian. Topics covered will
include the structure o f causatives, cliticiza-
163
Linguistics
tion, relativization, agreement phenomena,
and reflexivization.
The student who has had Linguistics 1 or
Linguistics 5 0 will be best prepared for this
course. If you have not had either course and
if you have a strong interest in taking Romance
syntax, you should consult with the instruc
tor.
Prerequisite: A working knowledge o f a Ro
mance language or o f Latin. (If you have some
knowledge but are not sure it’s enough, con
sult the instructor.)
Every other year. Spring sem ester, 1990. Napoli.
5 2 . H isto ric a l and C o m p arative
Lin g u istic s.
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and
their interrelationships, and the examination
o f processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic, and
semantic.
O ffered occasionally. To be offered next in spring,
1991. Instructor to be announced.
5 4 . O ra l and W ritte n Language.
This course examines children’s dialogue and
its rendering in children’s literature. Each
student will pick an age group to study. Stu
dents will tape record spontaneous conversa
tions between children o f that age group. In
class we will analyze these tapes together.
Students will read passages o f children’s lit
erature to children and discuss them with the
children. We will then consider these passages
and the children’s reactions to them as a class.
From this comparison we will try to come up
with some hypotheses o f what kind o f map
pings from real speech into fictional speech
are effective. Finally, students will write their
own fiction for children, with an emphasis on
dialogue. We will discuss these stories in class
and then will read them to children outside
class and gather feedback. Throughout the
term we will cooperate closely (through the
Program in Education) with the SwarthmoreRutledge K-8 school, which is across Chester
Ave. from the campus. Arrangements will be
made with nursery schools in the area for
students who want to examine preschoolers’
speech. The course outlined above has two
goals: to examine children’s speech and liter
ature in an effort to find effective mappings
164
from one to the other, and to apply those
mappings in an effort to improve our own
effectiveness in writing children’s fiction.
Reading can be a chore or an exhilarating
experience. For the child who finds language
that rings true, reading is more likely to be a
delight. Since the skill o f reading is invaluable
in our society, the goal o f writing good chil
dren’s literature is a functional one as well as
an esthetic one. This course is for linguists and
writers o f children’s fiction and anyone else
who is strongly interested in child develop
ment or reading skills. (Cross-listed as Educa
tion 54 .)
There are no prerequisites.
Every other year. Fall sem ester, 1989. Napoli.
6 0. C o n ce p ts, W ord M ea n ing s, and
D e v e lo p m e n t
This course provides a multifaceted approach
to the question o f how human concepts and
word meanings are acquired. Relevant insights
are drawn from scholarly work in lexical
semantics, language acquisition, psycholin
guistics, cognitive psychology, and develop
mental psychology. Students will read recent
journal articles that present models for the
acquisition o f concepts and word meaning,
pose problems for such models, and/or debate
related issues from the perspectives of both
linguistics and psychology. (Cross-listed as
Psychology 60 .)
This course must be taken concurrendy with
Ling/Psych 107, Seminar in Psycholinguis
tics.
Prerequisite for the course is.Ling/Psych 34,
or Psych 33, or Psych 39, or permission of the
instructors.
O ffered occasioruily. O ffered next in fa ll, 1989.
Kegl and Deborah Kemler Nelson.
7 9 . Colloquium : Language and Meaning.
This colloquium will concentrate on Wittgen
stein’s Philosophical Investigations, taking up
leading themes such as the nature o f self
understanding, the possibility o f scientific
semantics, the role o f rules in human action,
the relation between consciousness and lan
guage, and the relation between consciousness
and practice. Detailed study o f the text will be
combined with attention to major recent ap
preciative and critical works on Wittgenstein,
including books by Kripke, McGinn, Mal
colm, Bloor, Rubinstein, Baker and Hacker,
and Cavell. Some attention will be paid to
Wittgenstein’s middle period writings on psy
chology. One credit. May be combined with
an attachment for two credits and external
examination. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 79.)
Fall semester. Richard Eldridge.
93. Directed Reading o r Re se a rch .
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Every semester. Staff.
96. Senior P a p e r.
One or two credits.
Every semester. Staff.
99. Senior C on feren ce.
The senior conference will normally be taken
in the senior year by all majors in linguistics.
In this course a non-IndoEuropean language
will be examined as thoroughly as possible
(the syntax, semantics, phonology, history,
culture). Problems that cross various compo
nents o f the grammar (such as the phonologysyntax interface, the syntax-semantics inter
face, etc.) will be discussed in detail. No prior
knowledge o f the language examined will be
assumed. A good knowledge o f syntax, se
mantics, and phonology is essential.
The language used will vary. For 1990, the
language is Japanese, and the senior conference
is worth one credit.
For 1991, the language is American Sign Lan
guage, and the students will be required to
take Linguistics 41 simultaneously with the
senior conference, for a total o f one and a half
credits. If you have already taken Ling. 41,
you will take only the senior conference, for
a half credit.
Every year. Instructor to be announced each
time.
Spring, 1990. Napoli.
S E M IN A R S
104. Culture and C re a tiv ity .
(See Sociology/Anthropology 104.)
Fall semester. Steven Piker.
105. S e m inar in Ph o n olo gy: M etrica l
Phonology and th e A n a ly s is o f P o e try .
This seminar examines metrical phonology
and its application to the metrical analysis o f
poetry. No language other than English will be
assumed, although we will read about poetry
in many languages and language families. We
will also listen to tape recordings o f British
and American poets reading their own poetry.
And we will write original poetry and discuss
it in light o f the phonological principles stud
ied in the seminar. A rudimentary knowledge
of phonetics and phonology is helpful, though
not required. This seminar is meant for the
linguist interested in questions o f rhythm,
stress, tone, intonation, and poetics. But any
one else seriously interested in these aspects
of sounds and in the sounds o f poetry is wel
come.
Every fourth year. Next offered in 1992-93.
Napoli.
106. S e m inar in Ph o n olo gy.
This seminar will consider recent develop
ments in the study o f the architecture o f
linguistic features. We will begin with an
examination o f traditional accounts o f the
organization o f features which comprise
sounds, beginning with the original system
proposed by Jakobson, Fant, and Halle. We
will move on to consider various studies that
argue for the existence o f autosegmentalized
features o f tone, nasalization, aspiration, and
vowel quality, beginning with the work of
Williams and Goldsmith on tone in African
languages and extending to work by Steriade
on Greek. The climax o f our study will con
cern a radical new reorganization o f the geom
etry o f features proposed by Clements, which
organizes features hierarchically on the basis
o f independent and interdependent articula
tors. We will continue with a survey o f both
precursors to and extensions o f Clements’
approach.
We will consider not only the mechanics of
3-dimensional feature representations, such
as the one proposed by Clements, but also the
physiological evidence for such a theory, as
well as the cognitive problems which arise in
formulating rules in a complex, 3-dimensional
165
Linguistics
framework. Members o f the seminar will have
the opportunity to work with a 3 'dimensional
phonological workstation to aid them in de
veloping analyses and testing the hierarchical,
3 -dimensional representations such theories
yield.
A rudimentary knowledge o f phonetics and
phonology is desirable but not required.
Every fourth year. Next offered in fa ll, 1990. Kegl.
1 0 7 . S e m in a r in P s ych o lin g u istics.
This seminar will examine child language ac
quisition from a theoretical, experimental,
and observational perspective. We will begin
with a series o f readings on leamability and
the role o f input in language acquisition. Once
we have established the issues, we will discuss
a series o f experiments designed to study the
acquisition process. We will examine interest
ing syntactic constructions (the acquisition o f
prenominal adjectives, prepositions, complex
sentences, and determination o f the argument
taking properties o f verbs) as well as knowl
edge o f the sound system (learning to distin
guish or not distinguish phonemes, evidence
for the emergencies o f phonological rules).
Although our primary focus will be experi
mental methodology, we will also consider the
use o f longitudinal and diary studies. (Crosslisted as Psychology 107.)
This will typically be a one credit seminar and
students who are majoring in Psycholinguis
tics are encouraged to take it simultaneously
with Ling. 60.
Fall sem ester. Kegl and Kemler Nelson.
108. S e m in a r in S y n ta x .
In this seminar we will pick a particular issue
or set o f issues and follow it throughout the
term. Weekly problem sets will deal with the
166
theoretical issues raised. The student will be
required to choose a foreign language to con
centrate on and will be asked to test various
hypotheses by looking at the structure of that
language.
Prerequisite: Ling. 50.
This course falls in the third category of
courses approved as counting for a computer
science concentration.
Every fourth year. O ffered next in 1992-93.
Napoli.
109. S e m in a r in S y n ta x .
This seminar will explore a series o f articles
that examine verb class organization in the
English lexicon and contribute to a typology
o f the range o f argument-taking properties
that verbs exhibit. We will explore both verbs
which take NP and sentential complements
and will lay out the range o f syntactic con
structions any syntactic theory needs to ac
count for. We will then examine how several
theories handle this common set o f construc
tions. The theoretical approaches we will con
sider are Government and Binding Theory,
Lexical Functional Grammar, Generalized
Phrase Structure Grammar, Relational Gram
mar, and Functional Grammar.
Every fourth year. O ffered next in spring, 1991.
Kegl.
114 . A d va n c e d Top ics in Linguistics.
O ffered occasionally. Staff.
116 . Language and M eaning.
(See Philosophy 116.)
Every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1990.
Richard Eldridge.
180. T h e s is
Every semester. Staff.
Literature
Coordinator: G eorge M o s ko s
The Literature major is administered by a Lit
erature Committee representing the Depart
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature Com
mittee a proposed program o f integrated work
which sets forth the courses or seminars to be
taken and the principle o f coherence upon
which the selection is based. The Committee
will review the proposal and advise the stu
dent. Subject to the requirement o f serious
study of at least two literatures in the original
language, one o f which may be English, work
in translation is encouraged, especially as it
consists o f thematic or comparative courses.
In lieu of a regular course, the Literature
Committee will consider proposals for an
individual or cooperative project, for one or
more research papers written as course at
tachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis
for course credit when these projects have as
their purpose either the integration o f work
within the major or the relating o f work out
side the major to some portion o f the major.
For a major in the Course Program the require
ments are as follow s:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work—normally not fewer
than five courses—in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modern Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents of the Literature major.
Of English courses numbered 2 through 10,
only one may be counted for the major.
The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offer
ings presently listed in the Catalogue:
2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program o f
work is developed. In some cases the Com
mittee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follow s:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose o f
integrating the work o f the major in accor
dance with the principle o f coherence on
which the program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.
U T 5 0 . C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .
English 7 0 . Renaissance C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .
LIT 13. M edieval C o m p arative
Literature.
English 7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , Fau lkn e r.
U T 14. M odern European Lite ra tu re .
English 7 3 ./ F re n c h 7 5 . P r o u s t/ Jo y c e .
107
Literature
En glish 7 4 . M od ern D ram a.
En glish 7 6 . The B la ck A fric a n W rite r.
English 7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ram a.
168
English 7 9 . S tu d ie s in Com parative
Fictio n .
English 115 . M od ern C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .
Mathematics
JAM ES W. E N G L A N D , Professor and Provost6
GUDMUND R . IV E R S E N , Professor o f Statistics
CHARLES F. K E L E M E N , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics
EUGENE A . K L O T Z , Professor2
3*
STEPHEN B . M A U R E R , Professor3
J. EDWARD S K E A T H , Professor and Chairman
U R IT R EIS M A N , Lang Visiting Professor5
CHARLES M . G R IN S T E A D , Associate Professor
HELENE S H A P IR O , Associate Professor
DON H. S H IM A M O T O , Assistant Professor
JAN ET C , T A LV A C C H IA , Assistant Professor
People study mathematics for several rea
sons—some like it, some need it as a tool, and
some simply because they think they should.
The Mathematics Department aims to provide
a selection o f courses to meet varying needs—
to offer a program which will both enable
students to develop a firm foundation in the
basic areas o f pure mathematics and to see
mathematical methods used to precisely define
and solve problems arising in the physical and
social sciences and in operations research.
Mathematics has grown enormously in recent
years, developing an increasing number o f
specialities and being used in a tremendous
variety of applications. However, all mathe
matical endeavor is based upon logical argu
ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an
analytical approach to problem solving. Ide
ally, the study o f mathematics develops the
ability to reason logically from hypothesis to
conclusion, to analyze and solve quantitative
problems, and to express one’s thoughts
clearly and precisely. Hopefully, studying
mathematics will also foster an appreciation
for the beauty and power o f its methods,
abstract approach, and rigorous logical struc
ture.
First Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail
able to first semester freshmen with normal
high school preparation include Math 1 (Sta
tistical Thinking), Math 2 (Statistical Meth
ods), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5
2
3
5
6
(Calculus I), Math 7 (Introduction to Com
puter Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathe
matics). In the second semester, Math 1
(Statistical Thinking), Math 4 (Calculus Con
cepts), Math 7 (Introduction to Computer
Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics)
are available, again with only normal high
school preparation. Math 1, one section o f
Math 5, Math 7, and Math 9 are Primary
Distribution Courses. Students with some
calculus background from high school may
take Mathematics 6A by passing the depart
mental Calculus I placement exam, Mathe
matics 6B or 6C by passing the Department
Calculus IIA Placement Exam, Mathematics
16 by passing the departmental Calculus II
placement exam, or Mathematics 16H by pass
ing the departmental Calculus II placement
exam and receiving departmental approval.
All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathe
matics 3, 5, 6 (A, B, or C), 9, 16, or 16H at
some time should consider taking the appro
priate departmental placement exams given
during freshmen orientation.
A dvanced Placem ent Policy: Advanced place
ment credit in Mathematics, that is, Swarthmore College credit in mathematics for work
done before a student enters Swarthmore, is
subject to the following regulations: 1) One
course credit will be given for a score o f 4 or
5 on the AB or BC Advanced Placement Test,
or a passing score on the Departmental Calcu-
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
Absent on leave, 1989-90.
Spring semester, 1990.
On administrative assignment, 1989-90.
169
M athem atics
lus I Placement Exam administered during
freshman orientation week. 2 ) Two course
credits will be given for a passing score on the
Departmental Calculus II Placement Exam
administered during freshman orientation
week. The Calculus II Placement Exam con
sists o f two parts—IIA and UB—correspond
ing to the material in Math 6A and Math 6B.
Students can obtain a maximum o f two credits
under items 1 and 2. 3 ) Advanced Placement
credit will only be given to entering students
at the beginning o f their first semester at
Swarthmore.
Freshmen seeking advanced placement for
calculus taken at another college must validate
that work by taking the appropriate Swarth
more placement examination. Such students
should also see the Mathematics Department
Chairman.
Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro
gram at Swarthmore works in close coopera
tion with the Engineering and Mathematics
Departments to offer a broad spectrum o f
courses that may lead to a Concentration in
Computer Science. For details refer to the
Computer Science Program portion o f this
bulletin.
Secondary Teaching C ertification: Whether or
not one majors in Mathematics, the courses
required as part o f the accreditation process
for teaching mathematics at the secondary
level are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math
5, 6, 18); b) one semester o f linear algebra
(Math 16); c) at least one o f discrete mathe
matics (Math 9 ) or computer science (Math
7); d) geometry (Math 45 ); e) one semester o f
modem pure or applied algebra (Math 3 7 ,4 8 ,
or 49 ); f) one semester o f statistics or prob
ability (Math 23 or 41). For further informa
tion about certification requirements, consult
the Education Department (see page 115 o f
this catalog).
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2. Math 1 is a primary
distribution course intended to show how
statistics is used to help obtain an understand
ing o f the world around us. Math 2 is a more
practical course for students who expect to
use statistics in their own work. Students who
know calculus should take Math 23 instead of
Math 2. Both Math 2 and 23 lead to Math 27
170
on multivariate statistical analysis. Students
with a strong background in mathematics can
take the more theoretical Math 53 and con
tinue with the one-credit seminar Math 111.
Math 53 and Math 111 can be combined into
a paper for the External Examination Pro
gram.
Requirements for a m ajor in M athematics: The
normal preparation for a major in mathemat
ics is to have obtained credit by the end of the
sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following
5 courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II
(Math 6A and 6B), Discrete Mathematics
(Math 9 ), Linear Algebra (Math 16 or 16H)
and Several Variable Calculus (Math 18 or
18H). In any event, Math 16 and Math 18
must be completed by the first semester of the
junior year. (Incoming students may obtain
credit for Math 5 through the Advanced
Placement Calculus test or they may obtain
credit for Math 5 and/or Math 6 through the
department placement exams administered
during orientation week.)
Students apply for a major in the middle of the
second semester o f the sophomore year. As
indicated above, potential majors by this time
should normally either have credit for or be
signed up for a total o f at least 4 of Math 5,
6 (6A and 6B), 9, 16, 18. In addition, to be
accepted as a mathematics major in the course
program a candidate should have a grade point
average in mathematics courses to date of at
least C + . This should include at least one
grade at the B level. Marginal applicants may
be deferred pending successful work in
courses to be designated by the department.
Requirements for acceptance as a mathematics
major in the External Examination Program
are more stringent and include a grade point
average in Mathematics courses o f B+ or
better. Potential math majors may want to
consider including in the sophomore year a
course that emphasizes theory and provides an
opportunity for writing proofs. Interested
students should discuss the advisability of
this and alternatives for doing so with the
department chair at an early date.
By graduation a mathematics major must have
at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at
most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may be
for courses numbered under 25. Furthermore,
every m ajor must take the "core analysis”
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
course, Introduction to Real Analysis (Math
47), and the "core algebra” course, Introduc
tion to Modem Algebra (Math 49 ). Math 47
and Math 4 9 will be offered every fall semes
ter. At least one o f these courses should be
taken no later than the fall semester o f the
junior year. Finally, course majors must also
pass Math 97, the Senior Conference. Prog
ress of majors will be reviewed at the end of
each semester. Students not making satisfac
tory progress may be dropped from the major.
Double majors are reminded that they must
be in good standing with the department at the
outset of their final semester.
A mathematics major in the External Exami
nation Program will normally include the
analysis sequence—Introduction to Real Anal
ysis (Math 47), Real Analysis Seminar (Math
101B)—for one paper and the algebra se
quence—Introduction to Modem Algebra
(Math 49), Modern Algebra Seminar (Math
102B)—for a second paper. Math 101B and
Math 102B are one credit seminars and will be
offered every spring semester. A program that
includes these two papers plus two others
from those seminars listed in the catalog
provides a strong preparation for graduate
work in mathematics and related areas.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in
some depth a discipline which makes use of
mathematics. All mathematics students are
urged to acquire some facility with the com
puter. Students bound for graduate work in
mathematics should obtain a reading knowl
edge of French, German, or Russian.
Special em p h ases:
The above requirements allow room to choose
a special emphasis within the mathematics
major, if one wishes. For instance:
A student may major in Mathematics with an
emphasis on statistics by taking the following
courses at the advanced level: a) the core
analysis course (Math 47); b ) Probability
(Math 41) or the Probability Seminar (Math
105); c) Mathematical Statistics I (Math 53)
and possibly Mathematical Statistics II (Math
111) for one or two credits; d) Multivariate
Statistics (Math 27) or, perhaps, Economet
rics (Econ 108); e) another mathematics
course numbered 25 or above. Students are
encouraged but not required to select the core
algebra course (Math 4 9 ) here.
Students interested in m athem atics and com
puter science should consider a Mathematics
Major with a Concentration in Computer
Science or a Special Major in Mathematics
and Computer Science. Details on these op
tions are contained in the current catalog
under Computer Science.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
work in social or management science, or an
MBA. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 (6A
and 6B), 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced courses:
a) Modeling (Math 61); b ) at least one o f
Probability (Math 41), Mathematical Statistics
I (Math 53 ), and possibly Mathematical Sta
tistics II (Math 111); c) at least one o f Com
binatorics (Math 6 5 ) or Operations Research
(Econ 57); d) the two core course require
ments (Math 47 and Math 49 ); e) Differential
Equations (Math 30). Since this is a heavy
program (someone hoping to use mathematics
in another field must have a good grasp both
o f the mathematics and o f the applications),
one o f the core course requirements may be
waived with permission o f the department.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
work in operations research. Basic courses: Math
ematics 5, 6 (6A and 6B), 7, 9, 16, and 18.
Advanced courses: a) the two core course
requirements (Math 47 and Math 49 ); b)
Algorithms (Math 73) and Combinatorics
(Math 65 ); c) either Probability (Math 41) or
Probability Seminar (Math 105); d) at least
one o f Number Theory (Math 37), Mathe
matical Statistics (Math 53), or Modeling
(Math 61).
1 . S ta tistic a l Th in kin g .
Statistics provides methods for how to collect
and analyze data and generalize from the results
o f the analysis. Statistics is used in a wide
variety o f fields, and the course provides an
understanding o f the role o f statistics. It is
intended for students who want an apprecia
tion o f statistics without having the need to
learn how to apply statistical methods. The
course provides an intuitive understanding of
statistical concepts and makes use o f modern
statistical software for the Macintosh com
puter.
Primary distribution course.
Both semesters. Iversen.
171
M athem atics
2 . S ta tistic a l M eth o ds.
5 . C alculus I.
Data on one variable are examined through
graphical methods and the computations o f
averages and measures o f variation. Relation
ships between two variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlations,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The course is intended for students who want
a practical introduction to statistical methods
and who intend to do statistical analysis them
selves, mainly in the biological and social
sciences. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite, except for Math
27, nor can it be counted toward a major or
minor in the Department.
Fall sem ester. Iversen.
This first semester calculus course will cover
topics in the differentiation and integration of
functions o f one variable. These topics in
clude: limits, derivatives, continuity, tech
niques o f differentiation, applications to graph
ing and extreme value problems, the integral,
the fundamental theorem o f calculus, and
applications o f the integral.
One section o f Math 5 will be offered as a
Primary Distribution Course.
Fall semester.
3 . B asic M a th e m a tics .
For students with fewer than four years of
high school mathematics or whose previous
experience with mathematics has not been
entirely prosperous. The course focuses on
( 1 ) review and remedial work and (2 ) prepa
ration for calculus or discrete mathematics.
All enrollees must take the Basic Skills Test,
preferably at Math Exam time during Orien
tation Week. (The results will be used for
placement and to help determine classroom
topics and individualized work.) This course
cannot be counted toward a major in Mathe
matics.
Meets 4 times a week, for 1 credit.
Fall semester. Maurer.
4 . C alculus C on ce p ts.
Introduction to the concepts, methods, and
applications o f calculus. Intended primarily
for students whose preparation is limited or
weak, Math 4 proceeds more gently than Math
5. For most students Math 4 is a terminal
calculus course, but those who do quite well
may consult the instructor about continuing
with Math 6 . Students who have had calculus
in high school may not take Math 4 without
permission o f the instructor. Credit is not
granted for both Math 4 and Math 5.
Prerequisite: Math 3 or four years o f high
school mathematics not including calculus.
Interested students should take the Math place
ment exam in the fall.
Primary distribution course.
Meets 4 times a week, for 1 credit.
Spring sem ester. Staff.
6. C alculus II.
The second semester o f calculus, Math 6, is
divided into three half-credit courses, 6A, 6B,
and 6C. Each course will run full time for onehalf semester. Students may take one, two, or
all three o f these courses. Normally, however,
students will take 6A and either 6B or 6C. All
students planning to enroll in Math 6A, B, or
C in the fall semester are required to pass the
appropriate departmental placement exam ad
ministered during orientation week. Some
students will place out o f 6A via this depart
mental placement examination. These stu
dents may take one or the other or both of 6B
or 6C. They may also move directly to Math I
9, Math 16, or Math 18 if they wish. Students
can also place out o f both 6 A and 6B via this
departmental placement examination. Any stu
dents with questions about the appropriate I
course to take should consult the department I
chairperson.
6 A . C alcu lus H A .
I
This course is a continuation o f the material
o f the calculus begun in first semester calculus
(Math 5 ) and is the prerequisite for Math 16
(Linear Algebra) and Math 18 (Several Variable Calculus) as well as for 6B and 6C. Topics
will include exponential and logarithmic functions, inverse trigonometric functions and
their deriviatives, methods o f integration, improper integrals and Taylor polynomials, e.g.,
quadratic and cubic approximations to functions like ex. Math 6A may be taken in the fall
semester by passing the departmental Calculus
I placement exam. Math 6A is a one-half
credit course.
First h alf: fa ll semester.
First h alf: spring semester.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6 B . C alcu lus IIB.
This course continues the topic o f approxuna- I
172
tion begun in Math 6A. It will include further
material on Taylor polynomials as well as
material on infinite series, convergence tests,
andpower series solutions to differential equa
tions. Math 6B should be taken by anyone
planning to take mathematics courses beyond
the freshman-sophomore level (Math 5, 6, 9,
16,18). Math 6B is required of all mathematics
majors and is recommended for students plan
ning to go on in Chemistry, Physics, and
Engineering.
Prerequisite: Math 6A or a passing grade on
the departmental Calculus IIA placement
exam. Math 6B is a one-half credit course.
First half and second h alf: fa ll semester.
Second half: spring semester.
6C. Calculus IIC.
This course provides an introduction to the
differential aspects o f several variable calculus.
Topics will include geometry in 3-space, vec
tors, lines, planes, dot products, functions of
several variables, partial derivatives, chain
rule, gradient, tangent planes, directional de
rivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipli
ers. The material in this course overlaps with
the first half o f Math 18 (Several Variable
Calculus). Math 6C is intended primarily for
students in the biological and social sciences
who look upon Math 6 as one o f their "last”
mathematics courses and who do not plan to
go on to take Math 18. Math 6C is recom
mended for students planning to go on in
Economics. Students may (but normally will
not) take both Math 6C and Math 18. They
may also go direedy from Math 6A to Math
16 or Math 18 without having taken Math 6C.
Prerequisite: Math 6A or a passing grade on
the departmental Calculus IIA placement
exam. Math 6C is a one-half credit course.
Second half: fa ll semester.
Second half: spring semester.
hardware organization; system software; pro
gramming style and documentation; program
testing and verification; fundamental data
structures such as arrays, records, and linked
lists; basic algorithms for searching and sort
ing; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience
such as Computing from the User’s End
(Physics 2) or its equivalent.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
E ach semester.
9. D is cre te M ath e m a tics.
An introduction to noncontinuous mathe
matics. The key theme is how induction,
iteration, and recursion can help one discover,
compute, and prove solutions to various prob
lems—often problems of interest in computer
science, social science, or management. Topics
include algorithms, graph theory, counting,
difference equations, and finite probability.
Special emphasis on how to write Mathemat
ics.Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathemat
ics. The level o f sophistication is similar to
that in Math 16 or 18, but no calculus is used
or assumed. Familiarity with some computer
language is helpful but not necessary.
Primary distribution course.
E ach semester. Fall semester. Shimamoto.
16. Lin e a r A lg e b ra .
The subject matter o f this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transfor
mations with applications to solutions o f sys
tems o f linear equations, determinants, and
the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
6 A or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Fall semester. Maurer.
7 . Introduction to C om pute r S cience.
16 H . Lin e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e .
(Also listed as Computer Science 15.) This
course is an introduction to computer science
for students from all disciplines. The major
emphasis of the course is on problem solving
and algorithm development. Students are in
troduced to the Pascal programming language
and gain proficiency in it by writing programs
to solve a number o f illustrative problems.
Students are also informally introduced to
many topics in computer science including:
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situa
tions, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri
marily for students who enter with BC Ad
vanced Placement calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math
173
M athem atics
6A or Math 9 or a passing grade on the
departmental Calculus II placement exam.
Fall semester. Shapiro.
18 . S e ve ra l Variable C alculus.
This course considers differentiation and integration o f functions o f several variables
with special emphasis on two and three di'
mensions. Topics include partial differentia'
tion, extreme value problems, LaGrange multi
pliers, multiple integrals, line and surface
integrals, Stokes’ and Green’s Theorems.
Prerequisite: Math 6A or equivalent.
Recommended: Math 16.
E ach sem ester. Fall sem ester. Talvacchia.
18 H . S e ve ra l Variable Calculus
H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situa
tions, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri
marily for students who have successfully
completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
2 3 . S ta tis tic s .
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 2, but the course is taught on a higher
mathematical level. The course is intended for
anyone who wants an introduction to the
application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Every year.
Spring sem ester. Staff.
2 7 . M u ltiva ria te S ta tistic a l M eth o d s.
Given as a continuation o f Math 2 or Math 23,
the course deals mainly with the study o f
relationships between three or more variables.
Included are such topics as multiple regression
analysis, with partial and multiple correla
tions, several variable analysis o f variance,
and the analysis o f multidimensional contin
gency tables. The course ends with an intro
duction to Bayesian statistical inference.
Prerequisite: Math 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ. 30
or Soc/Anth. 19 or 20.
A lternate years. Spring sem ester. Iversen.
3 0 . Diffe re ntia l Eq u atio n s.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisites: Math 18 and 16 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
3 7 . N u m b e r T h e o ry .
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory o f multiplicative number the
ory will be developed. Students are also ex
pected to learn how to construct a mathemati
cal proof. This course is recommended for
potential mathematics majors.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
A lternate years. Fall semester.
N ot offered 1989-90.
4 1 . P ro b a b ility.
This course considers both discrete and con
tinuous probability theory. The classical dis
tributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal
—are studied. Other topics to be discussed
are the Central Limit Theorem, the laws of
large numbers, and generating functions.
Prerequisite: Math 6 , and 9 or 18, or permis
sion.
A lternate years. Spring semester.
N ot offered 1989-90.
4 5 . Top ics in G e o m e try .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Normally, a portion o f the course will be
devoted to projective geometry and to noneuclidean geometries. Among topics which
may be included are: euclidean geometry in
three (and higher) dimensions, transformation
geometry, dissections, tesselations, and mod
ern geometry arising from computer science
and discrete mathematics (such as computa
tional geometry and covexity).
Prerequisites: None, but some college mathe
matics is advised. See the instructor if in doubt.
A lternate years. Fall semester.
N ot offered 1989-90.
4 6 . T h e o ry o f Com putation.
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds of
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with re
spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics
to be covered include: formal languages and
finite state devices, Turing machines, and other
models o f computation, computability, and
complexity.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 35.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
47. Introduction to Real A n a ly s is .
This course concentrates on the careful study
of the principles underlying the calculus o f
real valued functions o f real variables. Topics
will include point set topology, compactness,
connectedness, and uniform convergence. Can
be taken with Math 10IB for an external
examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18 or permission o f in
structor.
Fall semester. Shimamoto.
48. Topics in A lg e b ra .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Algebraic
Coding Theory, Groups and Representations,
Finite Reflection Groups.
Prerequisite: Math 16.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
49. Introduction to M od ern A lg e b ra .
This course is an introduction to abstract
algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys
tems—groups, rings, fields. W hile these con
cepts will be illustrated by many concrete
examples, the emphasis will be on abstract
theorems and proofs, and rigorous, mathe
matical reasoning. Can be taken with Math
102B for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f in
structor.
Fall semester. Shapiro.
53. M athem atical S ta tis tic s I.
Based on probability theory, this course ex
amines the statistical theory for the estimation
of parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both
small and large sample properties o f the esti
mators are studied. The course concludes
with the study o f models dealing with rela
tionships between variables including chisquare and regression analysis. Can be taken
with Math 111 for an External Examination
paper.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission.
Alternate years. N ot offered 1989-90.
6 1. M odeling.
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard me
thods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to
apply these subjects to specific modeling prob
lems, not on their systematic theory. The
format o f the course will include projects as
well as lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
A lternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1989-90.
6 5 . C om b in a to rics.
This course continues the study o f noncontinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The
topics covered include three broad areas:
Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design
Theory. The first area includes a study of
generating functions and Polya counting. The
second area is concerned with relations be
tween certain graphical invariants. Certain
areas such as Extremal Graph Theory and
Ramsey Theory may be introduced. The third
area introduces combinatorial structures such
as matroids, design, codes, and Latin squares.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other
course in Mathematics.
A lternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1989-90.
7 2 . Topics in C om binatorial
O p tim iza tio n .
Topics vary from offering to offering and will
be chosen from such things as linear program
ming, network flows, game theory, graph the
ory algorithms, number theory algorithms,
complexity theory. Overlap with Combina
torics (Math 6 5 ) and Data Structures and
Algorithms (CS 41) will be minimized. Topics
will be announced at least one year in advance.
Prerequisites: Math 7 and 9 and at least one
other course in mathematics.
A lternate years. Fall sem ester. Grinstead.
175
M athem atics
8 1. P a rtia l Diffe re ntia l Equations and
Orthogonal Fun ction s (Applied
A n a ly s is I).
Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier
transform, orthogonal functions, an intro
duction to Hilbert space and operators. The
motivation for these topics will be in partial
differential equations arising in the physical
sciences. May be taken with Applied Analysis
II for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 3 0 or permission o f the
instructor.
F all sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90.
8 2. Fun ction s o f a C o m p le x Variable
(App lied A n a ly s is II).
Topics include: analytic functions, integration
and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue
calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic
functions. Applications to the physical sci
ences will be considered. May be taken with
Applied Analysis I for an external examination
paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Spring semester.
85. Topics in A n a ly s is .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Differential Topology, and Func
tional Analysis.
A lternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1989-90.
9 3. Directed heading.
9 6. T h e s is .
9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
This half course provides senior majors an
opportunity to delve more deeply and on their
own into a particular topic in mathematics.
This is accomplished by way o f a written
paper and an oral presentation on a mathemat
ical topic agreed upon by the student and the
instructor. This course is required o f all senior
course mathematics majors. Students register
for this course in the Fall, but the work is
spread throughout the year, with the talks and
papers presented in the Spring.
One half credit.
Spring semester.
S E M IN A R S
10 18 . Real A n a ly s is II.
This seminar is a continuation o f the material
in Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47).
Topics include the inverse and implicit func
tion theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue integration.
One credit.
Spring semester.
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of
the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions of a
complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are
also discussed.
A lternate years. N ot offered 1989-90.
10 28 . M od ern A lg e b ra II.
10 4 . Top olog y.
This is a continuation o f Introduction to
Modern Algebra (Math 47). Topics covered
usually include field theory, Galois theory
(including the insolvability o f the quintic),
the structure theorem for modules over prin
cipal ideal domains, and a theoretical develop
ment o f linear algebra. However, other topics
may be studied, depending on the interests o f
students and instructor.
One credit.
Spring semester.
An introduction to point-set, algebraic, com
binatorial, and differential topology. The sem
inar studies a variety o f concepts in geometry,
particularly those related to the notion of
continuity, beginning with the basic vocabu
lary o f topological spaces (e.g., open sets,
compactness, connectedness) and moving on
to how geometric behavior is often reflected
by some sort o f algebraic construct (e.g.,
groups and homomorphisms in homotopy
and homology theory). Further topics include
the topology o f surfaces, covering spaces, and
elementary homological algebra. Among the
spaces o f special interest to be considered are
103. C o m p le x A n a ly s is .
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
176
spheres, polyhedra, and manifolds. The semi
nar builds upon the student’s background in
real analysis and algebra, and it is an ongoing
priority to illustrate how an intensive study o f
one area o f mathematics (in this case, topolo
gy) can be enhanced by cutting across the
usual compartmentalization o f specialties.
Alternate years. Spring semester. Shimamoto.
105. Prob ability.
This seminar concentrates on discrete proba
bility theory. The ideas o f sample space and
probability distribution are introduced. The
binomial and Poisson distributions are stud
ied, and the normal distribution is introduced.
Laws of large numbers and the Central Limit
Theorem are discussed. Other topics include
the idea of randomness, generating functions,
random walk problems, and Markov chains.
Consult department chair for schedule after
1989-90.
Not offered 1989-90.
1 1 1 . M ath em atical S ta tis tic s II.
This one-credit seminar is offered as a con
tinuation o f Math 53. It deals mainly with
statistical models for the relationships be
tween variables. The general linear model,
which includes regression, variance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. Topics
also include nonparametric statistics, sam
pling theory, and Bayesian statistical infer
ence.
Prerequisite: Math 53.
One credit.
Alternate years. N ot offered 1989-90.
177
M edieval Studies
Coordinators: M IC H A E L W. C O T H R EN (A rt History) (fall semester) 2
S T E P H E N P. B EN S C H (History) (spring semester)
Committee:
Dorothea Fre de (Philosophy)
M ichael M a ris s e n (Music)
H elen N o rth (Classics)
Je a n A s h m e ad P e rk in s (Modern Languages)
Daniel S m a rtt (A rt History)
W illiam N . T urp in (Classics) 3
M a rk I. W allace (Religion)
C raig W illiam son (English Literature)
This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a
critical importance for the understanding o f
Western culture, can be approached best
through a combination o f several disciplines.
Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, En
glish Literature, History, Modern Languages,
Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate
to provide a course o f study which may be
offered as a major in either the course Program
or the External Examination (Honors) Pro
gram.
For a major in the Course Program the re
quirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11,
14-17)
Either Religion 17 or Philosophy 19
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory
religion course.
2. Five other medieval courses or seminars
chosen from three or four o f the following
fields:
1) A rt History
2 ) History
3 ) Literature (Classics, English, CEL,
French, Spanish)
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
178
4 ) Music
5 ) Philosophy
6 ) Religion
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester o f the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the re
quirements are as follows:
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more of
the fields included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow
ing fields: Art History, History, Literature
(Classics, English, Modern Languages),
Music, Philosophy, Religion.
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the Ho
nors Program beyond these five seminars.
Courses currendy offered in Medieval Studies:
(See catalogue sections for individual depart'
ments to determine specific offerings in 198990.)
H is to ry 15. M ed ie va l T o w n s .
H is to ry 1 7 . Th e M ed ite rran e an W orld
in the M iddle A g e s .
A r t H is to ry 14. M ed ie va l S u r v e y .
La tin 14 . M ed ie va l La tin .
A r t H is to ry 4 5 . Goth ic A r t and
A rc h ite c tu re .
M u s ic 2 0 . M ed ie va l and Benaissance
M u sic .
A r t H is to ry 4 7 . La te A n tiq u e , Ea rly
C h ristia n , and B y za n tin e A r t
M u s ic 4 5 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic
e nsem ble).
C EL 13. M e d ia e va l C o m p arative
Lite ra tu re .
Ph ilo so p h y 19. M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
English 16. S u rv e y o f English
Lite ra tu re , I.
English 20 . Old English Language and
Lite ra tu re .
English 2 1 . C ha u ce r.
English 2 3 . H is to ry o f th e English
Language.
French 2 0 . H is to ry o f the French
Language.
French 30. L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .
Beligion 1 7 . W estern Th ou gh t fro m 325
to 1500.
S p an ish 3 0 . Lite ra tu re M e d ie va l.
S p an ish 4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad
M ed ia y del Renacim iento.
M ed ie va l S tu d ie s 9 6. T h e s is .
Seminars currently offered in Medieval
Studies:
A r t H is to ry 145 : Gothic A r t and
A rc h ite c tu re .
H istory 10F. Th e B a rb a ria n H o rth .
English 10 2: C ha u ce r and M ed ie va l
Lite ra tu re .
History 11. T h e Fo rm a tio n o f th e
Islam ic N e a r E a s t
H is to ry 1 1 1 : M e d ie va l Euro p e .
History 14. H e re tic s , F ria r s , and
Fem ale M y s tic s : Beligious Turm o il
in the M iddle A g e s .
Ph ilo so p h y 110 : M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
179
M odera Languages and Literatures
G EO R G E C . A V ER Y (German), Professor1
T H O M P S O N R R A D L E Y (Russian), Professor
J O H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 9 -9 2 2
G EO R G E K R U G O V O Y (Russian), Professor
P H ILIP M E T Z ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor1
J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S (French), Professor and Acting Chairman5
R O R ER T R O Z A (French), Professor**910
S IM O N E V OISIN S M IT H (French), Professor11
F R A N C IS P. T A FO Y A (French and Spanish), Professor10 2
M A R IO N J . FA R E R (German), Associate Professor
G EO R G E M O S K O S (French), Associate Professor
A L A N R ER K O W IT Z (Chinese), Assistant Professor
M A R IA L U IS A G U A R D IO L A -E L U S (Spanish), Assistant Professor
LI-C H IN G C H A N G M A IR (Chinese), Assistant Professor (part-time)
H A N S - J A K O R W E R L E N (German), Assistant Professor
L A U R A A . C H E S A K (Spanish), Instructor
E L K E P L A X T O N (German), Instructor (part-time)
ED W AR D D IXO N (German), Lecturer
J O A N F R IE D M A N (Spanish), Lecturer
EV G EN IY A L K A T S EN ELIN B O IG EN (Russian), Lecturer
M A R Y K . K E N N E Y (Spanish), Lecturer
J I E LI (Chinese), Lecturer
C A R O L E N E T T E R (French), Lecturer
A N N E C O Y N E L (French), Assistant
The purpose o f the major is to acquaint
students with the important periods and prin
cipal figures o f the literatures taught in the
Department, to develop an appreciation o f
literary values, to provide training in critical
analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the
relationship between literary phenomena and
the historical and cultural forces underlying
the various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally com
plete eight credits in literature courses or
seminars (including Special Topics), and pass
1
2
5
9
Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
Spring semester, 1990.
Campus coordinator, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1989.
11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1990.
180
the comprehensive examination. Students
whose interests lie primarily in language are
advised to consider the possibility o f a Lin
guistics and Foreign Languages major. Those
with an interest in civilization should consider
a Special Major in combination with History,
Art, or some other appropriate department.
Students interested in studying literature in
more than one language are encouraged to
consider a Literature major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary stu
dies in a foreign language through work with
the language and selected texts o f literary or
general interest.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered
11 or above emphasize the study o f literature
as a humanistic discipline as well as compe
tence in the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to pre
sent sufficient credits on admission to enable
them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12
in their freshman year. Students who enter
with no previous knowledge o f the language
and who are interested in majoring in a foreign
literature should register for the intensive
language courses (1 B -2 B ) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through
5 or 5B (8 in German) and conversation
courses do not count toward the minimum o f
eight credits required for the major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language
of specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to select supporting courses
in other literatures, in history, philosophy,
linguistics, or art history. The Department
also recommends participation for a minimum
of a summer and a semester in an academic
program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu
dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program
at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year.
This program is particularly suited for majors
in the humanities and the social sciences.
Students competent in Spanish should con
sider the Hamilton College Program in Ma
drid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored
by Swarthmore. (The Spanish section requires
that its majors spend a minimum o f one
semester o f study abroad in a program ap
proved by the Section). Those competent in
German should consider the Wayne State
Junior Year in Germany (at the University o f
Munich or the University o f Freiburg) or the
Smith College Junior Year at the University o f
Hamburg. Students interested in intermediate
and advanced Chinese studies in China are
encouraged to consider the China Educational
Tours program in Beijing and the Nankai
University program in Tianjin, the People’s
Republic o f China. Students on scholarship
may apply scholarship monies to designated
programs o f study abroad, in addition to the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the
Swarthmore Program in Grenoble (see Edu
cation Abroad, pp. 5 8 -6 0 ).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program o f
language and literature courses required for
the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered
in the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under
standing o f the foreign culture being studied
are also recommended. Prospective teachers
o f a foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language o f
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.
Literatures in Translation
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original language. LIT courses provide students with the
181
M odern Languages and Lite ratu res
opportunity to study literature which they
cannot read in the original. These courses may
be used to satisfy the distribution require
ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or
12 level courses to satisfy the departmental
prerequisites for a major or minor in the
original languages. In some cases these courses
may form an appropriate part o f supporting
upper-level work, part o f a Literature Major,
or they may serve as the basis o f preparation
for an Honors paper. Students planning pro
grams where such considerations might apply
should consult with the Department.
Normally, at least one LIT course is offered
each semester; these courses are announced
before fall and spring registration. Other,
cross-listed courses in foreign literature in
translation are listed after LIT 50.
13 R . T h e Ru ssia n N o v e l.
(See Russian 13.)
13. M e d ia e va l C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re .
The tension between ideals and their realiza
tion as reflected in the literature o f the Middle
Ages, especially the epic (R oland, C id, N ibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, T he
G rail).
Primary distribution course.
Fall sem ester 1989. Perkins.
14 . M o d e rn Eu ropean Lite ra tu re .
Seminal contributions in theme and form to a
European tradition o f modem fiction will be
examined and compared in seminar format
(presentation and critical discussion o f stu
dent papers). Authors will include Dos
toevsky, Rilke, Conrad, Thomas Mann, Joyce,
Kafka, Virginia Woolf, and Malraux. Intended
especially for freshmen and sophomores con
templating a Literature major. Limited enroll
ment.
Primary distribution course.
O ffered 1990-91. Avery.
16 Ch. Th e C la ssical Tra d itio n .
(See Chinese 16.)
1 7 C h . V e rn a cu la r, M od ern and
C o n te m p o ra ry W ritin g s.
(See Chinese 17.)
2 0 6 . Th e C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm an N o v e l.
Representative works o f prose fiction from
the two German states, Austria, and Switzer
land since the end o f World War II against the
182
background o f literary, intellectual and poli
tico-sociological currents in German-speaking
Europe. Authors will include Ingeborg Bachmann, Heinrich Boll, Max Frisch, Peter Handke, Gunter Grass, Uwe Johnson, Gabrielle
Wohmann, and Christa Wolf. Lectures, class
discussions, critical papers.
Not offered 1989-90.
3 0 R . Th e P e te rsb u rg Th em e in
Russian Lite ra tu re .
Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modern city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Read
ings and discussions based on works by Push
kin, Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tol
stoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular
offering and may not be repeated in the fore
seeable future.
Spring sem ester 1991. Krugovoy.
50 6. S tu d ie s in M od ern G e rm an
Lite ra tu re .
Under this course tide topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun
tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses
to be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Ger
man Expressionism; Austrian Writers o f the
20th Century; Nietzsche and his Literary In
fluence; Twentieth Century German Women
in Film and Literature; Film and Literature in
Weimar Germany; Twentieth Century Ger
man Women in Film and Literature.
Spring semester 1990. Faber.
50 R. Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re and
R e vo lu tio n a ry T h o u g h t
A study o f continuity and change in the
relationship between the major political and
social movements and the writers before and
after 1917. Special attention will be given to
the post-revolutionary literary and political
struggle in the 1920’s and its revival o f the
1960’s.
Not offered 1989-90. Bradley.
1
!
,
j
i
5 0 S. S pan ish Th ou gh t and Lite ra tu re
of th e T w e n tie th C e n tu ry.
The struggle between traditionalism and liber
alism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn of
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega
y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo José
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
5 O S A. C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish Am erican Lite ra tu re .
A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark
the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican Action. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortazar; Valenzuela; PERU: Vargas
Llosa; COLOMBIA: Garcia Márquez; GUA
TEMALA: Asturias; M EXICO: Fuentes,
Rulfo, Garro; CHILE: Bombai; CUBA: Car
pentier, Cabrera, Infante.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
55SA. T h e Fictio n o f C on te m p o ra ry
Span ish -Am e rican W om en W rite rs .
A study o f literary innovations and contribu
tions to the evolution o f twentieth century
Spanish-American prose fiction in translation
by such writers as Maria Luisa Bombai, Elena
Poniatowska, Isabel Allende, Cristina Peri
Rossi, and others. Texts will be examined
principally within the context o f current intel
lectual concerns, sociopolitical issues, histori
cal events, and literary trends in both Spanish
America and the rest o f the Western world.
Topics to be discussed will include: (1 ) Is
feminine literature in Spanish America a
propagation o f sexism?, ( 2) the seduction of
woman’s pedestal: true respect or false illu
sion?, (3 ) the concept o f a "feminine point o f
view,” and (4 ) the significance o f feminine
literature in Spanish America today. Course
conducted in English. Open to students with
prior preparation in literature.
Not offered 1989-90.
6 0 S A . S p an ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
Th ro ug h Its N o v e l.
This course will explore the relationship be
tween society and the novel in Spanish Ameri
ca. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario
Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez, Juan
Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunc
tion with sociological patterns in contempo
rary Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthro
pology 60.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
6 6 S . S p an ish W om en W rite rs o f the
Nineteenth and Tw e n tie th C en turies.
A study o f representative novels and short
stories written by Spanish women authors.
Although emphasis will be given to contem
porary narrative, several nineteenth century
works will be studied in order to better under
stand the evolution o f feminine narrative from
the past century up to the 1980’s. Authors
selected will include: Cecilia Bohl de Faber,
Emilia Pardo Bazán, Eulalia Galvarriato,
Mercé Rodoreda, Ana Maria Moix, Carmen
Martin Gaite, and Rosa Montero.
Spring sem ester 1990. Guardiola-Ellis.
7 0 . R e n aissan ce C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .
(See English Literature 70.)
7 4 . M od ern D ra m a .
(See English Literature 74.)
7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tive Fictio n .
(See English Literature 79.)
E X P L A N A T O R Y N O T E O F F IR S T - A N D S E C O N D -Y E A R
LAN GUAGE C O U R SES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:
1-2 combines the presentation o f gram
mar with readings from the humani
ties (including literature), social sci
ences, and sciences. Classes meet
three times per week and are con
ducted in English. May be used to
prepare for fulfilling the reading re
quirement o f graduate schools but
183
M odern Languages and Literatu res
does not prepare students for inter
mediate or advanced courses in litera
ture taught in the original language.
Satisfactory completion o f the oneyear sequence does satisfy the lan
guage requirement.
Students who start in the 1-2 se
quence must complete 2 in order to
receive credit for 1. However, stu
dents placing directly in 2 can receive
credit for a single semester o f language
work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry
one and one-half credits per semester.
Three semesters in this sequence are
equivalent to two years o f work at the
college level. Designed to impart an active
command o f the language and combine the
study or review o f grammar essentials and
readings o f varied texts with intensive
practice to develop the ability to speak the
language. Recommended for students who
want to progress rapidly and especially for
those with no previous knowledge o f the
language and who are interested in prepar
ing for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original lan
guage. Students who start in this orienta
tion can major in a foreign language and
literature not studied previously. These
courses (a) meet as one section for gram
mar presentation and in small groups for
oral practice with a native speaker o f the
language, and (b) may require periodic
work in the language laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive
credit for IB . However, students placing
directly in 2B can receive one and one-half
semester credits. Course numbered 3B
may be taken singly for one and one-half
semester credits.
Chinese
The purpose o f the program is to develop
competence in the modern Chinese language.
Students should plan to take the introductory
and intermediate courses as early as possible
so that studying in China may, if desired, be
incorporated into their curriculum. The
courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 11, 12 are
offered each year.
Although no major exists currendy in Chinese
in either the Course Program or the External
Examination program, qualified students are
urged to consider the possibility o f the Lin
guistics and Languages Major, the Asian Stud
ies Major, or a Special Major in combination
with such departments as Linguistics, History,
History o f Art, Music, Political Science, and
Religion. It is possible to prepare for two
external examinations, which would consti
tute a minor in the external examination pro
gram, in the field o f Chinese Literature. Inter
ested students should consult with the Section
Head in Chinese.
C O U R SES
1 B -2 B . In troduction to M an da rin
C hinese.
An intensive introduction to spoken and writ
ten Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on oral
practice. Designed to impart an active com
mand o f basic grammar. Introduces 350 to
4 0 0 characters and develops the ability to
read and write in simple modern Chinese.
Mair.
3 B , 4 B . S e c o n d -y e a r M an da rin Chinese.
Designed for students who have mastered
basic grammar and 350 to 4 0 0 characters.
Combines intensive oral practice with writing
and reading in the modern language. Emphasis
is on rapid expansion o f vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, and thorough understanding of
grammatical patterns. Prepares students for
advanced study at the College and in China.
Mair, Berkowitz, and Li.
1 1 . T h ird -y e a r C hinese.
Concentrates on reading in modern Chinese.
Develops the ability to read a variety of
Modem Chinese writings, fiction, essays,
184
documentary and journalistic materials and
the ability to write in the modern language.
Classes conducted in Chinese, though oral
translation into English is an important com
ponent.
Fall semester 1989. Berkowitz.
11 A . C hinese C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f speaking skills in Chi
nese. To be taken in conjunction with Chinese
11 .
Fall semester. Li.
12. A d va n c e d C hinese.
Advanced studies after Chinese 11. Concen
trates on reading in modern Chinese. Strength
ens the ability to read a variety o f modern
Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary
and journalistic materials and the ability to
write in the modern language. Classes con
ducted in Chinese, though oral translation
into English is an important component.
Spring sem ester Z990. Berkowitz.
12A. Chinese C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f speaking skills in Chi
nese. To be taken in conjunction with Chinese
12.
Spring semester. Li.
16. The C la ssical Tra ditio n .
Exploration o f major themes, ideas, and liter
ary forms that have contributed to the devel
opment o f traditional Chinese civilization,
through directed readings and discussions of
English translations o f original sources from
early through medieval times. Most o f the
readings will be literary, including both prose
and poetry, but other texts will be studied as
appropriate.
No prerequisites, and no knowledge o f Chi
nese or o f China required.
(Cross-listed as LIT 16Ch.)
Primary distribution course.
Fall sem ester 1989. Berkowitz.
1 7 . V e rn a cu lar, M o d e rn , and
C o n te m p o ra ry W ritin g s.
Exploration o f innovative literary forms,
styles, and themes from late medieval through
contemporary China, through directed read
ings and discussions o f English translations of
original works, including poetry, expository
prose, vernacular fiction, drama, and the short
story.
No prerequisites, and no knowledge o f Chi
nese or o f China required.
(Cross-listed as LIT 17Ch.)
Spring sem ester 1990. Berkowitz.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
French
French may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows: French 12
or 12A and 16, the equivalent, or evidence o f
special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
All majors including students preparing a
Secondary School certificate are strongly
urged to spend at least one semester o f study
in France.
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs,
as well as minors in the Honors Program, are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spo
ken and written French to do all o f their work
in French, i.e., discussions and papers in
courses and seminars, and all oral and written
examinations, including comprehensive and
Honors examinations.
Course majors are required to (a) take eight
advanced courses numbered 12 or above, o f
which one must be Studies in Stylistics
(French 16) or the equivalent, such as study
abroad; (b ) do Special Topics; and (c) com
plete a comprehensive examination in the
Spring semester o f their senior year. This
examination is based on a reading list o f
essential works from the Middle Ages to the
Twentieth Century. Students may choose to
prepare any two consecutive centuries, plus
one genre in any o f two other centuries, and
they are expected to devise a suitable program
o f study on this basis in the Spring semester
185
M o d e m Languages and Literatu res
o f the sophomore year.
Students are required to take at least one
course in Literature before 1800. They can
take no more than two courses o f a nonliterary nature.
C O U R SES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or
minor in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.
1 -2 . Fre nc h Reading and Tra n s la tio n .
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f French grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana
tory note on language courses above.
1990-91. O ffered in alternate years. Tafoya.
1 B -2 B , 3 B . In ten sive Fre n c h .
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. Prepares
for intermediate and advanced courses in lan
guage or literature taught exclusively in
French. Recommended for students who wish
to acquire minimal linguistic competence for
study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See the explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description o f the
Swarthmore program at the University of
Grenoble under Education A broad.
5 . C om position and D iction.
This course satisfies the prerequisites for in
termediate and advanced courses taught in the
original language, such as 1 2 ,12A, or 16. Em
phasis is on the consolidation o f grammatical
principles with an aim to increasing the facility
to write and speak the language through work
with formal grammar, selected readings of
literary or general interest, newspaper and
magazine articles, radio programs, films, etc.
Recommended for students who wish to study
abroad at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
E ach semester.
5 A . Fre nch C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit conversation course concentrat
ing on the development o f the students’ ability
186
to speak French.
Prerequisite: For students presendy or pre
viously in French 5 or the equivalent Place
ment Test score.
Each semester. Coynel.
12 . Introduction to Lite ra ry S tu die s.
An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression. Selected works
from Molière to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
E ach semester.
1 2 A . Im ages de la Fra n c e .
Salient aspects o f French civilization in the
age-long struggle for human values. Based on
literary works which depict life or events in a
given period, but emphasis is on historical,
political, and social questions rather than
belles lettres as such. The historical periods
treated will vary from time to time. Novels,
plays, and films, chosen for fall 1990, deal
with Napoleonic France.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Fall sem ester 1990. Tafoya.
15 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f 675 or above in
French, and satisfactory performance in the
Placement Exam for Literature courses ad
ministered during Freshman Orientation.
Topic for 1989 to be announced.
Primary distribution course.
Fall sem ester. Roza.
16. S tu d ie s in S ty lis tic s .
For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the writ
ten and oral language. Original compositions
are based on a stylistic study o f texts by
representative French authors from the 17th
century to the present.
Prerequisite: French 5 , 1 2 , 12A, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester.
20. H is to ry o f th e Fre nch Lan g u ag e.
7 0 . T h é â tre M od ern e .
The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than
on philological details. Texts o f the various
periods will be analyzed intensively. The
course will be given in English; students must
have a reading knowledge o f French. This
course will satisfy the linguistics requirement
for a teacher certification and may be used for
a Medieval Studies major.
Spring sem estetfifÿço. Perkins.
M ajor trends in 20th century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
22. Le Ciném a fra n ç a is .
An examination o f the evolution o f style and
theme in French Cinema from Realism to
Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied
will be Clair, Renior, and Carné, as well as
Resnais, Truffaut, and Godard.
25. L ’A n cie n Régim e.
A study o f the social conditions o f 17th and
18th century France in both rural and urban
areas with special attention to the condition o f
women during the period. Readings from
20th century historians and from representa
tive literary texts o f the period.
Prerequisite: French 12, 12A, or equivalent
language skills.
Fall semester 1989. Perkins.
33. Fem m e s é c riv a in s .
Women writers from the Middle Ages to the
beginning o f the X X th century.
34. Le T h é â tre jusq u ’ au R o m a n tism e .
Representative works from the Middle Ages
to the Romantic period included.
35. La P ro s e a v a n t R a lza c .
36. La Poésie a v a n t R a ud elaire .
42. Litté ra tu re du 1 7 e S ièc le .
A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting
of the grand siecle. Representative plays, nov
els, fables, maxims.
60. Le Rom an du 19e S iècle .
A study o f innovations in techniques and
form as well as the examination o f moral
problems arising from socio-political changes
in 19th century France. Based primarily on the
novels o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola.
7 1 . Poésie C ontem poraine.
From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
Roza.
7 2 . L e Rom an du 20 e S ièc le .
An examination o f the tensions between hu
manistic tradition and formal innovation in
the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the
Nouveau Roman and beyond.
Fall sem ester 1989. Roza.
7 3 . Litté ra te u rs En g a g é s.
A study o f the literature o f commitment
before and after World War II. Principally an
examination o f the literary manifestations o f
French Existentialism. Includes works by Mal
raux, Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
Spring sem ester 1991. Tafoya.
7 5 . P ro u s t and J o y c e .
7 6 . Ec ritu re fé m in ine .
A study o f the literary, theoretical and socio
political implications o f feminine texts in
twentieth-century France. Topics to be dis
cussed: the idea o f the author, deconstruction
and feminism, psychoanalysis and women,
and others.
Moskos.
9 1 . S p e cial To p ics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. The topic for Spring
1990 will be Literature and Revolution. An
examination o f the various depictions o f revo
lutions, whether they be political, socio-cultural, or esthetic, in nineteenth and twentieth
century French, German, and Russian texts to
be read in translation. The course will include
political, socio-cultural, ideological, feminist,
and literary perspectives.
Spring semester 1990. Bradley, Moskos, Werlen.
9 2. Colloquium .
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
9 4 . T h e s is .
65. R audelaire, R im ba u d, M a lla rm é ,
Apollinaire.
Spring semester 1990. Roza.
187
M o d e m Languages and Literatu res
S E M IN A R S
Preparation o f topics for External Examina
tions (Honors) may be done by appropriate
courses plus attachments only when seminars
are not available. French 33 (Femmes Ecri
vains) and French 76 (Ecriture Féminine) may
be presented for an examination in French
Women Writers. Students preparing for Ex
ternal Examinations should consult with the
Department on the suitability and availability
o f attachments.
10 1. La R e n aissan ce .
Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na
varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from
Marot through the Pléiade.
Smith.
10 2 . Le T h é â tre C lassiqu e .
1. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study
o f "the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy.
2. Molière.
Spring sem ester iç ç i.
103. L ’ A g e des Lu m iè re s .
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Perkins.
10 4 . Stendhal e t F la u b e rt
Tafoya.
105. P ro u s t.
Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu.
Spring sem ester 1990. Roza.
106. Poésie S ym b o lis te .
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.
10 8. Le Rom an du 20 e S ièc le .
M ajor innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Fall sem ester 1990. Roza.
10 9. Le R o m a n tism e .
Fall semester 1989. Moskos.
180. T h e s is .
German
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows:
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
All courses numbered 5 0 and above are open
to students after either German 11 or 12.
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana
tory note on language courses above.
Fall and spring sem ester.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
In normal circumstances the language o f in
struction in courses numbered 11 and above
is German. Students are expected to have a
command o f the language sufficient to partici
pate in class discussions and do written work
in German. Course majors are required to do
Special Topics (German 91). Comprehensive
examinations are based on the student’s course
work, and on the "Reading List for German
M ajors.”
C O U R SES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
188
1 - 2 . G e rm an Reading and Translation.
1 B -2 B , 3 B . In ten sive G e rm an .
For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command of the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in expository and literary prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 8, 11, or 12.
1B-2B, Plaxton and Dixon;
3B. Fall sem ester. Werlen and Plaxton.
8 . W riting and Sp eaking G e rm a n .
Development of communicative skills in speak
ing and writing through study o f expository
prose on contemporary topics o f general in
terest in German books and major periodicals.
Attention is given to the realization o f com
municative intention and to the more difficult
points o f grammar. Recommended for Ger
man Majors and for those planning to study
in Germany. Can be taken concurrently with
German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B or the equivalent
Placement Test score.
Spring sem ester. Werlen.
8A. G e rm an C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit conversation course concentrat
ing on the development o f the students’ speak
ing skills, based largely, but not exclusively,
on readings for German 8.
Prerequisite: German 8 in current or a pre
vious semester or the equivalent Placement
Test score.
Spring semester. Avery.
11. Introduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(early 20th c e n tu ry).
An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and prose fic
tion from the turn o f the century through the
twenties, including works by Schnitzler, Rilke,
R. Walser, Th. Mann, Kafka, and Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 8, or equivalent
work.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Avery.
12. Introduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(The A g e o f Goethe).
An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second
half of the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller, and the Romantics.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Werlen.
13. Tra nsla tion : T h e o ry and P ra c tic e .
This course aims at exploring the act o f transla
tion, at first theoretically, and subsequently—
and primarily—through practice in translating
texts from various fields within the humanities
from German into English. In the second half
of the course, students will pursue individual
projects in consultation with the instructor.
This course does not count towards the
major.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent.
N ot offered 1989-90. Faber.
14 . Introduction to G e rm an S tu die s.
Emphasis is on building up students’ ability to
read non-literary texts. Historical, political,
sociological, and philosophical issues in Ger
man culture from the late 18th century to the
present will be examined. In 1989 the course
will revolve around the phenomenon o f the
Holocaust, working backwards to discover
origins in German culture, and forward to
consider the continuing impact o f the Holo
caust in contemporary German society. Close
readings o f texts by writers such as Freud,
Schegel, Jean Amery, and Nietzsche. Discus
sion in English.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent.
Primary distribution course.
Fall sem ester. Faber.
5 0 . Die deutsche L y r ik .
Readings in the major German poets. This
year the first half o f this course will focus on
the development o f the German lyric from the
Baroque to the end o f the 19th century (e.g.,
Gryphius, Goethe, Hölderlin, Heine, Mörike).
In the second half o f the semester we will
concentrate on 20th-century lyric poetry, read
ing Rilke, Brecht, Celan, and very recent poets
such as Enzensberger, Ingeborg Bachmann,
and Sarah Kirsch. Our chief interest is inter
pretation, but we will also include work in
translation and musical settings o f poetry, and
explore the biographical and/or political back
ground o f the poetry.
Not offered 1989-90.
5 2 . Das deutsche D ra m a .
A study o f German drama, concentrating on
plays written from Naturalism through the
present. Dramatists to be studied include
Hauptmann, Wedekind, Frisch, Dürrenmatt,
Handke, Kroetz, Heiner Müller.
Not offered 1989-90.
6 0. A u fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D ran g .
The German Enlightenment and various re
actions to it. Authors read include Lessing,
Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Goethe,
and the early Schiller.
N ot offered 1989-90.
6 3. G oethe’s Fa u st.
An intensive study o f Faust I and II.
Not offered 1989-90.
189
M odern Languages and Literatu res
7 2 . Lite ra tu r d e s n eu n zeh nten
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
West Germany.
Not offered 1989-90.
Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings in
clude selections from essayistic writings re
flecting contemporary thought.
Not offered 1989-90.
8 3 . K a fk a und B r e c h t
8 0. K la s s ik e r d e r M od ern e .
A study o f German literature from the begin
nings o f Modernism through World War I.
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Not offered 1989-90.
8 2 . Lite ra tu r d e s zw a n zig s te n
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity o f the
modern tradition under the impact o f political
exile and World War II. Authors include
Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War
II writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and
A study o f the principal works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary crafts
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and
Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
considered in the context o f the authors’
cultural and social environment.
Not offered 1989-90.
9 1 . Special To p ics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. The topic for Spring
1990 will be Literature and Revolution. An
examination o f the various depictions o f revo
lutions, whether they be political, socio-cultural, or esthetic, in nineteenth and twentieth
century French, German, and Russian texts to
be read in translation. The course will include
political, socio-cultural, ideological, feminist,
and literary perspectives.
Spring semester 1990. Bradley, Moskos,
Werlen.
S E M IN A R S
Four German seminars are normally sched
uled on a regular two-year cycle. Preparation
o f topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by particular courses plus attach
ments only when seminars are not available.
Students preparing for External Examinations
should consult with the German Section on
the appropriateness and availability o f such
attachments.
10 4 . Goethe.
A study o f Goethe’s major works in the con
text o f his life and times.
(This seminar does not include Faust.)
Fall sem ester. Werlen.
10 5. Die Deutsche R o m a n tik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors include
190
Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano,
Eichendorff, the early Büchner, and Heine.
Fall sem ester 1990.
1 0 7 . M od ern e P ro s a .
The development o f German prose narrative
from the turn o f the century through the end
o f the 1920’s as reflected in epochal works
by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann,
Kafka, Döblin, K. Kraus, and R. Walser.
Spring sem ester 1991. Avery.
108. Deu tsch e Lite ra tu r nach 1950.
The emergence o f distinctive works o f narra
tive fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two
German states, in Austria, and in Switzerland
following the defeat o f Germany under Na
tionalist Socialism. Emphasis on works by
major authors.
Spring semester. Avery.
Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are: Russian 6B, 11, 12,
and 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.
C O U R SES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.
1-2 . R u ssian Reading and Tra n s la tio n .
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.
12 . In troduction to R u ssian Lite ra tu re .
19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two
decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dos
toevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver
Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and discus
sions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
13. T h e R u ssian N o v e l.
Continuity and change in the development o f
the novel in the 19th century and in the post
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings
in English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
(Cross-listed as LIT 13R.)
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bradley.
16 . H is to ry o f the R u ssian Lan g u ag e.
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 6B, 11, and 12.
An introductory course. A study o f the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among
the other modern Indo-European and Slavic
languages. The uses o f philology and linguis
tics for the ideological and stylistic analysis of
literary texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Not offered 1989-90.
6B. Adva n ce d In ten sive Ru ssia n .
9 1. Sp e cial To p ics.
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad
vanced conversation, composition, transla
tion, and stylistics. Considerable attention
paid to writing skills and speaking. Readings
include short stories and newspapers. Con
ducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy and
Katsenelinboigen.
(For senior majors.) Study o f individual au
thors, selected themes, or critical problems.
The topic for Spring 1990 will be Literature
and Revolution. An examination o f the vari
ous depictions o f revolutions, whether they
be political, socio-cultural, or esthetic, in
nineteenth and twentieth century French, Ger
man, and Russian texts to be read in transla
tion. The course will include political, socio
cultural, ideological, feminist, and literary
perspectives.
Spring semester 1990. Bradley, Moskos,
Werlen.
1B -2 B , 3 R . In ten sive Ru ssia n .
I I . Introduction to Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re .
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
191
M odern Languages and Literatu res
S E M IN A R S
10 1. T o ls to y .
105. Lite ra tu re o f th e S o vie t Pe rio d.
10 2. R u ssian S h o rt S to r y .
1 0 7 . R u ssian L y ric a l P o e try .
103. Pu sh kin and Le rm o n to v .
108. M od ern R u ssian P o e try .
10 4. D o s to e vs k y.
109. C h e kh ov.
Fall semester. Krugovoy.
110 . R u lg a k o v.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
Spanish
Prerequisites for majors are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11,. 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehen
sive examinations in Spanish.
C O U R SES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in Span
ish should plan their program in consultation
with the Department.
1 R -2 R , 3 R . In ten sive S p an ish .
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 5B, 11, or 13.
5 0 . In ten sive S pan ish .
For majors and others who wish an advanced
language course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. Much attention paid to
pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and
the most difficult concepts o f Spanish gram
mar. An ideal course prior to study abroad.
Each semester. Hassett, Kenney, Friedman.
6 A . Span ish C o n ve rsa tio n .
A Vi credit conversation course which meets
once a week for IVi hours. The class will be
divided into small groups to facilitate discus
sion. Students are required to read newspapers
192
and other contemporary journals, see movies,
read plays which might be performed for and
by the class, and prepare assignments which
will generate conversation among the group.
Prerequisite: 5B or its equivalent, or permis
sion o f instructor.
Each semester. Friedman.
1 1 . In troduction to Sp an ish Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zor
rilla, Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Guardiola-Ellis.
13 . In troduction to S p an ish Am e ric a n
Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda, Val
lejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, Garcia Márquez,
Borges, Valenzuela and others). Discussions,
papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish SB, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Chesak.
NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.
6 6. La Es c rito ra Española en lo s Siglos
X IX y X X .
A study o f representative novels and short
stories written by Spanish women authors.
Emphasis will be given to contemporary nov
els, but several nineteenth century works will
be studied in order to better understand the
evolution o f feminine narrative from the past
century up to the 1980’s. Authors selected
will include: Cecilia Bohl de Faber, Emilia
Pardo Batán, Eulalia Galvarriato, Mercé Rodoreda, Ana Maria Moix, Carmen Martin
Gaite, and Rosa Montero.
Fall semester 1989. Guardiola-Ellis.
68. Fed erico G a rcia Lo rc a .
An in-depth study o f the works (theatre,
poetry, essay) o f the most renowned Spanish
writer o f his generation. Several films and
videos regarding Lorca, his works, and the
society in which they were written will be
integrated in the organization o f the course.
Fail semester 1990. Metzidakis.
75. T e atro h ispanoam ericano
contem poráneo.
After a brief introduction to the origins o f
Spanish American theater (including Pre-Co
lombian and Colonial), this course will focus
principally on the most important and in
novative figures o f the twentieth century. Our
selection will include works from the social
and political theater o f Florencio Sánchez,
Rudolfo Usigli, Emilio Carballido, Osvaldo
Dragún, René Marqués, Egon Wolff, Jorge
Diaz, and Griselda Gambaro.
Fall semester 1990. Chesak.
76. La poesía h ispanoam ericana del
siglo X X .
Since the outburst o f innovation led by Mod
ernism at the turn o f the century, contempo
rary Latin American poetry has earned inter
national recognition and acclaim. We will
include Nobel prize winners Gabriela Mistral
and Pablo Neruda, in addition to Delmira
Agustini, Alfonsina Storni, César Vallejo,
Octavio Paz, Alejandra Pizarnik, and Rosario
Castellanos among others.
Spring semester 1990. Chesak.
8 0. La N a rra tiv a Chilena Desde
El Golpe M ilita r 19 73 -19 8 9 .
This course will explore the literary responses
o f Chilean intellectuals to the more than
fifteen years o f military dictatorship under
Augusto Pinochet. Emphasis will be given to
the socio-historical context o f the period and
o f the novels and short stories to be read.
Authors will include both those who remained
in Chile after the coup in 1973 and those who
were forced into exile. Works by Ariel Dorfman, Antonio Skármeta, Poli Délano, Isabel
Allendo, José Donoso, Jorge Edwards, Fran
cisco Simón, Elizabeth Subercaseaux, Jorge
Calvo, and Ramón Dias Eterovic.
Fail semester 1989. Hassett.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
7 . Fonética española y co m p o sició n .
30. La Lite ra tu ra M e d ie va l.
4 0 . El T e atro del Renacim iento y del
S ig lo de O ro .
4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad M edia y
del Ren acim ien to.
4 2 . La Po e sía del Renacim iento y
dei S ig lo de O ro .
6 0. La N o ve la en el S ig lo X IX .
7 0 . La Generación del 98.
7 1 . Lite ra tu ra Española
C on tem p oránea.
7 2 . La N o ve la Española de la
P o sg u e rra .
7 3 . U nam uno.
7 4 . Lite ra tu ra Españ ola de P o sg u e rra .
7 8 . La N o ve la M e xic a n a S o cial
del S ig lo X X .
7 9 . El Cuento H isp a no a m e rica no .
8 5. Lite ra tu ra Hispánica
C on tem poránea de lo s Es ta d o s U nido s.
S E M IN A R S
Students wishing to take seminars must have
completed at least one course in Spanish num
bered 30 or above or obtained permission
from the instructor.
10 1. La N o ve la H isp anoam ericana
del siglo X X .
Emphasis on works written between 1960 and
1987. Authors will include Alejo Carpentier,
193
M odern Languages and Literatu res
Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, José Do
noso, Gabriel García Márquez, Manuel Puig,
Isabel Allende, Manlio Argueta, Luisa Valen
zuela, Antonio Skármeta, and others.
Spring semester 1991. Hassett.
10 2. C e rva n te s .
This seminar will examine the works o f Miguel
194
de Cervantes with particular emphasis on his
masterpiece Don Quijote de la Mancluz as well
as his novelas ejemplares and entremeses.
Spring semester 1990. Metzidakis.
10 3 . La G u e rra C ivil Esp añ o la.
10 4 . La N a rra tiv a de M a rio V arg as Llosa.
M usic and Dance
P E T E R G R A M S W IN G , Professor Emeritus o f Music
PA TR IC IA W. R O Y ER , Professor Emerita o f Dance
J A M E S F R E E M A N , Professor o f Music
S H A R O N L F R IE D L E R , Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program
G E R A LD LE V IN S O N , Associate Professor o f Music
A N N K . M c N A M E E , Associate Professor o f Music and Chair
M IC H A E L M A R IS S E N , Instructor o f Music
DOROTH Y K . F R E E M A N , Associate in Performance (Music)
M IC H A E L J O H N S , Associate in Performance (Music)
K A R E N M E Y E R S , Associate in Performance (Music)
C AR O LYN R E IC H E K , Associate in Performance (Dance)
A R N E R U N N IN G , Associate in Performance (Music)
P A U LA S E P IN U C K , Associate in Performance (Dance) 1
J O N S H E R M A N , Associate in Performance (Dance)
RORERT M . S M A R T , Associate in Performance (Music)
MUSIC
The study o f music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music
as an artistic and intellectual achievement.
Theory courses train the student to work with
musical material, to understand modes o f
organization in composition and to evolve
methods o f musical analysis. History courses
introduce students to methods o f studying the
development o f musical styles and genres, and
the relationship o f music to other arts and
areas o f thought. The Department encourages
students to develop performing skills through
private study and through participation in the
wind ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble,
orchestra, and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The
Department also assists instrumentalists or
singers to finance the cost o f private instruc
tion. Credit may be granted under the provi
sions for Creative Arts.
Major in the Course Program: Two semester
courses in theory and one semester course in
history are prerequisite for acceptance as a
major. Majors will normally take five semester
courses in theory (including Music 15, 16, or
17), four semester courses in history (includ
ing Music 20 and either 21 or 2 2 ) and meet the
basic piano requirement. Majors are expected
to participate in at least one o f the depart
ment’s performing organizations.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will fulfill the same prereq
uisites as listed above and will normally stand
for four papers in music. The Department
strongly recommends that one paper be a
thesis or research project. Any Theory/Composition course numbered 15 or higher, also
all history courses, can be used as the basis of
a paper when augmented by a concurrent or
subsequent attached unit o f additional re
search, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial.
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to minor in the
Honors Program will normally stand for two
papers in music. Two semester courses in
theory and one semester course in history are
prerequisite for a minor. At least four semes
ter courses in theory and two in history
should eventually be taken.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
195
M usic and Dance
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.
Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early
19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior
year they should be able to read chamber
music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and
realize figured basses. The department recom
mends that majors take one or two semesters
o f Music 4 2 to develop these skills. Students
with exceptional proficiency in an instrument
other than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards o f
pianists.
The basic piano program: This program is de
signed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music and to students
enrolled in theory courses. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.
Special scholarships and awards in music in
clude:
The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships:
See p. 27.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Schol
arships: See p. 26.
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships:
See p. 26.
The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 68.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See
p. 25.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship:
See p. 33.
The Barnard Fellows: See p. 14.
The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 68.
C R E D IT F O R P E R F O R M A N C E
Chorus, Orchestra, Early Music Ensemble, Wind
Ensenble, Chamber Music
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43 ), Performance Orchestra (Music 4 4 ), Per
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 4 5 ),
Performance Wind Ensemble (Music 46 ), or
Performance Chamber Music (Music 47), for
credit with the permission o f the Department
member who has the responsibility for that
performing group. The amount o f credit re
ceived will be a half-course in any one semester
and usually will be granted only to students
participating for a full year in a particular
activity. Students applying for credit will ful
fill requirements established for each activity,
i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and per
formances and participation in any supple
mentary classes held in connection with the
activity. Students will be graded on a credit/
no credit basis.
Individual Instruction (Music 48)
Music Majors and members o f the Wind
196
Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble,
Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they
wish, take lessons for credit. Members of the
Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel
Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members
o f the Wind Ensemble, Early Music Ensemble,
and Orchestra are eligible for lessons on their
primary instrument. Students who are not
Music Majors and are not in any o f the per
forming organizations listed above may take
lessons for credit if they are concurrently
enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition
course offered by the Music Department.
Pianists who are not Music Majors and who
are not enrolled in a History or Theory/
Composition course offered by the Depart
ment may qualify for Music 4 8 by taking part
in the Department’s Program for Accom
panists. The Department expects such pianists
to give at least three hours a week to the
Program.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
will first demonstrate to the Department ability
to undertake such study at least at an inter'
mediate level. The student will arrange to
work with a teacher of her/his choice, subject
to the approval o f the Department, which will
then supervise the course o f study and grade
it on a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and
student will submit written evaluations, and
the student will perform for a jury at the end
of the semester. The Department will then
decide if the student should receive credit, and
if the student can re-enroll.
For students enrolled in lessons for credit
(Individual Instruction) a portion o f the cost
o f the lessons is guaranteed by the department.
Section leaders in the chorus and orchestra
and majors receive subsidies that cover twothirds the cost o f their lessons through the
Boyd and Ruth Barnard Scholarships. Addi
tional scholarships provided by the Edwin B.
Garrigues Foundation subsidize the entire cost
o f private lessons with the teacher o f their
choice for approximately ten o f the most
musically advanced students at the College.
All students enrolled in Music 4 8 are strongly
encouraged to perform in student chamber
music concerts and to try out for concertos
with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus.
C O U R S E S A N D S E M IN A R S
1. In troduction to M u s ic .
10. A m e ric a n M u s ic .
Although centered primarily on art music o f
Western Europe, this course is designed to
teach intelligent listening to various kinds of
music. The course assumes no prior musical
training.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Marissen.
A study o f unwritten and written music in the
United States to 1940, popular and vernacular
as well as classical, using Charles Hamm,
Music in the New World, as a text. Students will
be evaluated on a portfolio o f work to include
papers presented in class, reports on music
listened to, listening quizzes, and an extended
essay on a topic o f choice.
No prerequisite. Enrollment limited to 12.
Not offered 1989-90.
2. Introduction to M u s ic .
A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen
tals: reading notation and developing or ex
panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. J. Freeman.
7. W .A . M o z a r t
A course about the life and music o f W.A.
Mozart, with emphasis on listening to and
analysis o f his compositions in representative
genres: opera, concerto, symphony, chamber
music, and liturgical music, especially his
Requiem. The course is run as a seminar, with
presentations, discussions, and in-class per
formance. There will be two papers, several
repertory quizzes, and a final exam.
No prerequisite other than some familiarity
with classical music and its notation. Enroll
ment limited to 12.
Not offered 1989-90.
T H E O R Y A N D C O M P O S IT IO N
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the
first meeting o f that course for students who
feel they may be able to place out o f it. Majors
will normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and
15, 16, or 17 in successive years.
1 1 -1 2 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t I.
Written musical exercises include composi
tion o f original materials as well as commen
tary on excerpts from the tonal literature.
Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional nota
tion, major/minor scales, ability to play or
sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Music 11 is a primary distribution course.
One section o f Music 4 0 per week is required.
Year course. McNamee.
197
M usic and Dance
1 3 -1 4 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t II.
Continued work with tonal harmony and
counterpoint at an intermediate level. Detailed
study o f selected works with assignments
derived from these works, as well as original
compositions.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Levinson.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1989-90.
1 7 . H is to ry o f M u s ic T h e o ry .
A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Fall semester. McNamee.
15 . H a rm o n y and C ou n terp oin t III.
18. Conducting and O rc h e s tra tio n .
Detailed study o f a limited number o f works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1989-90.
A study o f orchestration and instrumentation
in selected works o f various composers and
through written exercises, in combination
with practical experience in conducting, score
reading, and preparing a score for rehearsal
and performance.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.
16. S c h e n k e r.
An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
19. C om position .
Fall and spring semesters. Levinson.
H IS T O R Y O F M U S IC
2 0 . M e d ie va l and R e n aissan ce M u s ic .
A survey o f European art music from the late
Middle Ages to the sixteenth century. Relevant
extra-musical contexts will be considered.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. Marissen.
2 1 . Baroque and C la ssical M u s ic .
Topics in music o f the 17th and 18th centuries.
In 1989 the course will focus on Monteverdi,
Handel, and Mozart.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Not offered 1989-90.
2 2 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .
The development o f the "Romantic Style”
from late Beethoven and Schubert to Wagner
and Verdi.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.
2 3 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .
A study o f the various stylistic directions in
music o f the 20th Century. Representative
works by composers from Debussy, Stra
vinsky, and Schoenberg, through Copland,
Messiaen, and others, to post-war composers
198
such as Boulez and Crumb will be examined in
detail.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Not offered 1989-90.
30. M u s ic o f A s ia and the M iddle E a s t
An introduction to selected musical traditions
from the vast diversity o f non-western cul
tures. These include musics from Turkey,
India, Indonesia, Tibet, and elsewhere, as well
as a survey o f the growing influence o f these
musics on Western music. The music will be
studied in terms o f both its theoretical and
cultural/philosophical backgrounds.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional (West
ern) notation.
Not offered 1989-90.
3 1. O p e ra .
A survey o f the history o f opera, with special
emphasis on and study o f scenes from selected
works by Purcell (D ido), Mozart (Figaro),
Verdi (Luise M iller), Beethoven (Fidelio), and
Wagner (W alkiire). For those with vocal abili
ties, the course will include preparation of
specific scenes, but it is open as well to
students with no particular performance skills.
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Not offered 1989-90.
32. H is to ry o f th e S trin g Q u a r te t
This course traces the development o f the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1989-90.
33. Lied er.
A study, through performance and analysis,
of various solutions by various composers to
the problems o f relating text and music. Stu
dents should be moderately proficient either
as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f Ger
man is desirable.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.
34. J .S . Bach.
In 1990 the course will focus on the sacred
cantatas and the late collections (Art o f Fugue,
Musical Offering, Mass in B minor).
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. Marissen.
35. La te Ro m a n ticism in G e rm an y
and A u s tria .
A study o f selected large works by Wagner
(Walküre, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations,
Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th symphony), J.
Strauss (Fledermaus), R. Strauss (Till EulenSpiegel, Salome), and Schoenberg ( Verklaerte
Nacht, Pierrot Lunaire).
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Not offered 1989-90.
36. M usic S in ce 1945.
A study o f contemporary concert music, in
cluding such composers as Messiaen, Crumb,
Boulez, Cage, Babbit, Carter, Lutosowski,
Ligeti. Electronic music, collage, chance and
improvisation, and minimalism will also be
examined, as well as the current trends toward
Neo-Romanticism and stylistic pluralism.
Fall semester. Levinson.
3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and
C ho re o g ra p h e rs o f the Ea rly
T w e n tie th C e n tu ry.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study o f
several o f the most influential choreographers
o f modem dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1989-90.
3 9 . M u s ic and Dance: C ritic is m and
R e vie w in g .
This course, to be administered by the depart
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover
various aspects o f writing about the perfor
mance o f music and dance: previewing, re
viewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities,
and the special problems o f relating perfor
mance to the written word.
Not offered 1989-90.
6 9. P ro je c ts in P e rfo rm a n c e .
A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform
instrumentally or vocally is required.
Not offered 1989-90.
9 2 . Independent S tu d y .
9 3. Directed Reading.
9 5 . T u to ria l.
Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.
9 6 . S e n io r T h e s is .
One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.
P E R F O R M A N C E (M U S IC )
NOTE: All performance courses are for halfcourse credit per semester. See p. 57 and p.
196 for general provisions governing work in
performance under the provisions for Creative
Arts.
199
M usic and Dance
4 0 . Ele m e n ts o f M usic ia n sh ip .
Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dicta
tion.
Required for all Music 11-12 students without
credit. Also open to other students for half
credit.
Both semesters. McNamee.
4 1 . Conducting.
See expanded Music 18 Conducting course
for one credit.
Fall semester.J. Freeman.
4 2 . Figu re d B a ss and S c o re Reading.
Both semesters. Smart.
4 3 . P e rfo rm a n c e (c h o ru s).
Both semesters. Smart.
4 4 . P e rfo rm a n c e (o rc h e stra ).
Both semesters. Running, J. Freeman.
4 5 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m usic
e nse m ble ).
Both semesters. Meyers and Marissen.
46. P e rfo rm a n c e (w in d ense m ble ).
semester. They should include the names of
all students who have agreed to work on the
repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have
agreed to work with them, and the proposed
dates for performance.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach
at least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable o f working well both
independently and under the guidance of a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance of
high quality. It is not necessary for every
person in the group to be taking Music 47 for
credit, but the Department assumes that those
taking the course for credit will assume re
sponsibility for the group, making sure that
the full group is present for regular rehearsals
and coaching sessions.
Both semesters. D. Freeman.
4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (individual
in stru c tio n ).
Both semesters. Johns.
(See the guidelines for this course on page 196.)
Both semesters.
4 7 . P e rfo rm a n c e (ch a m be r m u sic).
4 9 . K e yb o a rd W o rksh o p .
Students taking Music 47 for credit should
submit to the Department at the beginning o f
the semester a repertory o f works to be re
hearsed, coached, and performed during the
Developing and refining skills in accompany
ing and sight-reading through work with the
chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire.
Not offered 1989-90.
DANCE
Dance, a program within the Department of
Music and Dance, shares the Department
philosophy that courses in theory and history
should be integrated with performance. By
offering a balance o f cognitive, creative, and
kinesthetic classes in dance we present a pro
gram which stands firmly within the tradition
o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The
instructors strive to create an atmosphere of
cooperative learning; one which affirms group
process and fosters comradery.
levels presenting a variety o f movement styles.
Technique courses, numbered 4 0 through 47
and 49, receive no academic credit, but may
be taken to fulfill physical education require
ments. Advanced dancers are encouraged to
audition for level III or IV technique classes
and for Performance^ class (Dance 48). All
interested dancers are encouraged to audition
for student and faculty works. These auditions
take place each semester; dates are announced
in classes and in the College Announcements.
Serious dance students are urged to supple
ment their study with appropriate courses in
music, theatre, anatomy, and other related
disciplines.
Scholarships for summer study in dance are
available through funds provided by The
Friends o f Music and Dance. The Halley Jo
Stein Award for Dance and The Melvin B.
Troy Award for Composition are also awarded
annually by the Department.
In a typical semester over twenty hours of
dance technique classes are offered on graded
200
I . Introduction to Dance.
A survey course that approaches dance view
ing and analysis o f dance performance through
an introduction to dance elements. In addi
tion, the role o f choreographer, performer,
and audience in various societies is compared.
No prior dance training is assumed; open to
all students without prerequisite. Two lectures
and one video viewing session per week. One
credit.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester 1989. Assante and Friedler.
I I . Dance C om position I.
A study o f the basic principles o f dance
composition through exploration o f the ele
ments o f dance movement, invention, and
movement themes, to the end o f developing an
understanding o f various choreographic struc
tures. Considerable reading, video and live
concert viewing, movement studies, and a
final piece for public performance are re
quired. A course in dance technique must be
taken concurrently. One credit. Three hours
per week.
Fall semester 1989. Friedler.
12. Dance C om position II.
An elaboration and extension o f the material
studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying ap
proaches to making work are explored in
compositions for soloists and groups. Read
ing, video and live concert viewing, movement
studies, and a final piece for public perfor
mance are required. A course in dance tech
nique must be taken concurrently. Students
must have previously taken Dance 11 or its
equivalent. One half credit. Three hours per
week.
Spring semester 1990. Staff.
12a. Dance C om position .
Designed as a tutorial for students who have
previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the
equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for
public performance is required. Weekly meet
ings with the instructor and directed readings,
video and concert viewings, and a journal will
be required. A course in dance technique
must be taken concurrently. One half credit.
Offered every semester.
15. Dance Im p ro vis a tio n .
Designed as a movement laboratory in which
to explore the dance elements: space, time,
force, and form. Members o f the class will
explore improvisation as a performance tech
nique and as a tool for dance composition.
Individuals work on a personal vocabulary
and on developing a sense o f ensemble. A
journal is required, and a course in dance
technique must be taken concurrently. One
half credit. Three hours per week.
Fall semester 1989. Reichek.
2 1 . H is to ry o f Dance: E a rly C ultures
Th ro ug h Eu ro p e ’s M iddle A g e s .
A study o f the scope o f dance in various
societies. Particular attention is given to the
use o f dance as an instrument o f ritual, enter
tainment, social interaction, and education.
Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Spring semester 1990.
2 2 . H is to ry o f Dance: Eu ro p e ’s
R en aissan ce Th ro ug h 1900.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in
the context o f various societies from the Re
naissance through the nineteenth century. In
fluential choreographers, dancers, and theor
ists representative o f the periods will be
discussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly rec
ommended. Two lectures and one hour video
viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1989-90. Friedler.
2 3 . Tw e n tie th C e n tu ry Dance.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in
the context o f Western societies with an em
phasis on America. Influential choreog
raphers, dancers, and theorists will be dis
cussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22
strongly recommended. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1989-90. Staff.
3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and
C ho re o g ra p h e rs o f th e Ea rly T w e n tie th
C e n tu ry.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study o f
several o f the most influential choreographers
o f modern dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
201
M usic and Dance
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1989-90.
addressed in Jazz I. For students who have
taken Jazz 1 or its equivalent.
3 9 . M u s ic and Dance: C ritic is m and
R e v ie w in g .
NOTE: All technique classes meet for two lVi
hour meetings per week. Technique courses,
numbered 4 0 throuth 47, receive no academic
credit, but may be used to satisfy physical
education requirements.
(See Music 39).
Not offered 1989-90.
4 0 . M od ern I.
An introduction to basic principles o f dance
movement: body alignment, coordination,
strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No
previous dance experience necessary.
4 1 . M o d e rn II.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Modern I. For students who have
taken M odem I or the equivalent.
4 2 . M od ern III.
Continued practice in technical movement
skills in the modem idiom; including ap
proaches to various styles. Placement by audi
tion or permission o f the instructor.
4 3 . M od ern IV.
Continued training in various modem dance
techniques and theories. Designed for students
with a strong technical foundation. Placement
by audition or permission o f the instructor.
4 4 . B a llet I.
An introduction to fundamentals o f classical
ballet vocabulary: correct body placement,
positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic
locomotion in the form. No previous experi
ence necessary.
4 5 . B a llet ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Ballet I. For students who have
taken Ballet 1 or its equivalent.
4 6 . J a z z I.
An introduction to basic principles o f jazz
dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, synco
pation, basic locomotion. No previous dance
experience necessary.
4 7 . J a z z ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
202
4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (D ance).
The study o f repertory, basics o f production,
and performance. Students are required to
perform in at least one scheduled dance con
cert during the semester. Placement by audi
tion or permission o f the instructor. One half
credit. Three hours per week. A course in
dance technique must be taken concurrently.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
4 9 . Topics in Dance.
Intensive study o f special topics hilling outside
the usual dance courses. Topics can include:
African Dance, Alexander work, injury pre
vention and rehabilitation, Pilates, Musical
Theatre Dance, and Tap.
Staff.
9 2 . Independent S tu d y .
Available on an individual basis, this course
offers the student an opportunity to do special
work with performance or compositional em
phasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present perfor
mances and/or written reports to the faculty
supervisor, as appropriate. Permission must
be obtained from the program director and
from the supervising faculty.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
Available on an individual or group basis, this
course offers the student an opportunity to do
special work with theoretical or historical
emphasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present written re
ports to the faculty supervisor. Permission
must be obtained from the program director
and from the supervising faculty.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
Philosophy
H U G H M . L A C E Y , Professor
H A N S O B ER D IEK , Professor and Chair
C H A R L E S R A F F , Professor
R IC H AR D S C H U L D E N F R E I, Professor2
3*
R IC H AR D ELD R ID G E, Associate Professor2
D O R O TH EA F R E D L Associate Professor
A N D R E A S E S H E T E , Visiting Associate Professor
IZ C H A K M IL L E R , Visiting Asociate Professor5
Philosophy addresses fundamental issues,
views that tend to be presupposed in the
activity o f other disciplines and in daily life:
the nature o f knowledge, meaning, reasoning,
morality, the character o f the world, God,
freedom, human nature, and history. The
study o f philosophy thus impinges on issues
o f significance for everyone who wishes to live
and act in a reflective and critical manner.
C O U R S E O F F E R IN G S A N D P R E R E Q U IS IT E S
The Philosophy Department offers several
kinds o f courses, all designed to engage stu
dents in philosophical practice. First, there
are courses and seminars to introduce students
to the major classics o f the history o f Western
philosophy: works by Plato and Aristotle
(Ancient Philosophy); Descartes, Hume, and
Kant (Modern Philosophy); Hegel and Marx
(Nineteenth Century Philosophy); Russell and
Wittgenstein (Contemporary Philosophy).
Second, there are courses and seminars which
systematically present arguments and conclu
sions in specific areas o f philosophy: Theory
of Knowledge, Logic, Ethics, Metaphysics,
Social and Political Philosophy. Third, there
are courses and seminars concerned with the
foundations o f various other disciplines: Aes
thetics, Philosophy o f Science, Philosophy o f
Language, Philosophy o f Law, Philosophy o f
the Social Sciences, Philosophy o f Psychology,
Philosophy o f Mathematics, and Philosophy
of Religion. Fourth, from time to time,
courses are offered on philosophical aspects
of contemporary public issues: Values and
Ethics in Science and Technology, Catholic
Social and Political Thought. Courses and
seminars in the third and fourth categories are
frequently offered in collaboration with in
structors from other relevant departments;
several o f these courses are cross-listed in
other departments.
Students majoring in philosophy must com
plete at least one course or seminar in ( 1 )
Logic and (2 ) Ancient or Modern Philosophy
and earn a total o f eight credits. In addition,
students majoring in philosophy are strongly
urged to take courses and seminars in areas of:
moral, social, and political philosophy; epis
temology; and metaphysics. Prospective ma
jors should complete the logic requirement as
early as possible. Course majors are encour
aged to enroll in seminars. Mastery o f at least
one foreign language is recommended. Stu
dents majoring in the Course program may be
required to elect Philosophy 97.
1 . In troduction to Ph ilo so p h y.
Philosophy addresses fundamental questions
that arise in a variety o f practices and inquiries.
How can we tell whether an action is right,
whether an act or institution is just, or whether
any o f our beliefs are either rationally justifi
able or true? Is there a scientific method? Does
knowing require having sense-experience?
What is human happiness? W hat is the mean
ing o f a text? Does God exist? Each section o f
Philosophy 1 concentrates on a few o f these
and related questions in order to introduce a
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
203
Philosophy
range o f sharply contrasting positions. Read
ings are typically drawn from the works o f
both traditional and contemporary thinkers
with distinctive, carefully argued and influen
tial views regarding knowledge, morality,
mind and meaning. Socrates, Plato, Aquinas,
Descartes, Hobbes, Hume, Mill, and Marx are
philosophers frequently considered in various
sections. Close attention is paid to formulating
questions precisely and to the technique o f
analyzing arguments. Students are encouraged
to develop their own positions through careful
consideration o f texts and arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy is a Primary Dis
tribution Course in the Humanities and a pre
requisite for all other philosophy courses
except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.
10. M o ra l Iss u e s in M ed icin e and W ar.
Careful consideration will be given to concrete
moral issues in medicine and war arising out
o f technological innovations. In medicine,
topics will include: genetic screening and en
gineering, life support systems, surrogate
motherhood, allocation o f scarce medical re
sources, and research with human subjects.
Concerning war, topics will include: the just
war doctrine, "Star Wars,” Mutual Assured
Destruction, State sponsored terrorism, the
role o f computers, chemical and biological
weapons, and the “electronic battlefield.” No
special background in science or engineering
is presupposed, though students must be pre
pared to learn enough o f relevant background
to provide substance to their reflections. Spe
cial emphasis will be given to strategies o f
moral reasoning developed by philosophers
o f diverse orientations.
Not offered 1989-90.
11. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y.
How can we tell whether any action is right or
wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institu
tion just or unjust? Can one justify any set o f
action-guiding moral principles? O r is morali
ty relative to one’s opinion, culture, or social
class? These and related questions will be
addressed through an examination o f the
works o f leading moral philosophers, both
classical and contemporary.
Spring semester. Eshete.
12. Lo g ic .
An introduction to the principles o f deductive
204
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. The place
o f logic in philosophy will also be examined.
No prerequisite. Required o f all philosophy
majors.
Spring semester. Miller.
13. M od ern Ph ilo so p h y.
17th and 18th-century sources o f current
philosophical problems o f knowledge, free
dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
Spring semester. Miller.
14 . A n c ie n t Ph ilo so p h y.
A study o f selected work representing the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating their
teachings on fundamental issues o f metaphys
ics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics, as
these have shaped our subsequent Western
civilization.
Fall semester. Frede.
16. Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
See Religion 14.
1 7 . A e s th e tic s .
How can we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Can
criticism o f the arts be objective? What sorts
o f things ought we to do with works o f art,
and what things ought they to do for us? We
will attempt to answer these questions by
considering views about the nature and func
tion o f works o f art held by such philosophers
as Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nel
son Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some at
tention will be paid to twentieth century
painting, to modernist and post-modernist
conceptions o f art and its value, and to issues
in the theory o f criticism.
Not offered 1989-90.
18. Ph ilo so p h y o f th e S o cial Sciences.
See 89. Colloquium: Philosophy o f Social
Sciences.
19. M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
A survey o f the development o f Medieval
philosophy from the beginning in late antiq
uity to the end o f the fourteenth century. The
discussion will focus on texts by St. Augus
tine, Boethius, St. Anselm, St. Thomas, Duns
Scotus, and William o f Ockham. The main
emphasis will be on problems o f free will and
predetermination (divine foreknowledge and
omnipotence), the nature o f universals and
individuation, the relation between philosophy and faith.
Not offered 1989-90.
veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent
French critical theory may be touched on.
Not offered 1989-90.
21. S o cial and Political Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1989-90.
This course will be concerned with concepts
of equality, justice, tolerance, liberty, utility,
and rights. We will approach them through a
close study o f some major works in political
philosophy, each o f which presents a distinct
and systematic conception o f human nature
and the social and economic conditions o f a
just association. Works by Locke, Rousseau,
Mill, Marx, and Rawls will be considered.
Not offered 1989-90.
2 9 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
22. A m e ric a n Ph ilo so p h y.
This course will concentrate on the founders
of American pragmatism: C. S. Peirce, W il
liam James, and John Dewey. Some attention
will be given to their lasting philosophical
contribution.
Not offered 1989-90.
23. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1989-90.
24. T h e o ry o f K n o w le d g e .
Topics in current epistemology contrast faith
with knowledge, indoctrination with educa
tion, induction with some current evidence
about human reasoning, traditional scepti
cisms with current literary varieties, knowl
edge in morals with science, change o f theories
with transformation o f values. Traditional
topics contrast how you know you are not
dreaming with how I do.
Fall semester. Raff.
26. Language and M eaning.
What is it to know the meaning o f an expres
sion? Can one be justified in claiming to know
meanings? How ought linguists, literary crit
ics, and psychologists to study meaning and
our knowledge o f it? What philosophical con
ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic
capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as
exemplified by Quine), cognitivist theories o f
meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor,
and Davidson), and conceptions o f language
as a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur
2 7 . M e ta p h ys ic s.
Not offered 1989-90.
28 . M a rx is t Ph ilo so p h y.
Nineteenth-century philosophers began to
think historically, hoping to establish the
natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing
how views about them emerge and evolve in a
culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement
will be reached as a result o f this evolution, if
we can understand it. Whether historicism as
a method is compatible with objectivism
about such topics as knowledge, morality, the
existence o f God, and the nature o f the self
will be studied by examining the historicist
treatments o f these topics put forward by
Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nie
tzsche.
Not offered 1989-90.
3 3 . Ph ilo so p h y and Tech nology.
We live in an environment dominated by the
products o f technology and in a technological
culture. Technology not only affects how we
think and live, but is itself a product o f human
thought and activity, o f the acquisition and
use o f scientific knowledge. It therefore inter
sects with, and has an impact on, many areas
o f traditional philosophical concern. Among
the intersections to be explored are the rela
tion between science and technology; values
in science and technology (including feminist
and marxist critiques); moral dilemmas
created by technology (e.g., regarding medi
cine, nuclear power and weapons, the envi
ronment, genetic engineering, data storage,
etc.); the impact o f technological images on
ways o f thinking about ourselves and the
world (e.g., clocks, computers, steam en
gines); and the impact o f information technol
ogies.
Not offered 1989-90.
3 4 . Values and Eth ic s in Scie nce and
Technology.
(Also listed as Engineering 34.)
See Engineering 34.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.
205
Philosophy
3 8 . Ph ilo so ph y o f S cie n ce .
Not offered 1989-90.
3 9 . Exis te n tia lis m .
Starting with the historical background and
development o f existential philosophy, the
course will center around the 19th century
thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian
novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the
20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre,
and Camus. The main emphasis will be on the
concepts o f individuality, anxiety, freedom,
responsibility, and the problem o f objectivity
and interpretation.
Spring semester. Frede.
4 0 . S e m a n tic s.
See Linguistics 40.
Fall semester. Kegl.
4 1 . N ie tzs c h e .
An examination o f Nietzsche’s writings with
special attention to his views on truth, art,
religion, morality, and the self. In our discus
sion o f his treatment o f these subjects, we will
try to understand and assess his status as a
philosophical critic o f modern culture.
Fall semester. Eschete.
4 2 . Philosophical C la ss ic s.
This course selects a single work for extended
study in light o f current and traditional criti
cism.
Not offered 1989-90.
4 5 . Ph ilo so ph y and Fe m in ism .
This course has two objectives. It will combine
a survey o f the treatment o f gender-difference
by classical philosophers such as Plato, Aris
totle, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Mill with a
discussion o f basic concepts and problems in
contemporary feminist theory, as in De Beau
voir, Bell, Firestone, Gilligan, Grinshaw, Jaggar, Lloyd, and others.
Not offered 1989-90. Frede.
59 . C ath olic S o cial T h o u g h t
The course will study the Catholic tradition o f
social and political thought, recent theoretical
developments in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move
ments, especially in Latin America. The prin
cipal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal
social encyclicals, 2 ) documents o f the Second
Vatican Council and Latin American Bishops’
Conferences, 3 ) recent documents o f the U .S.
206
Catholic bishops on nuclear war and the
economy, 4 ) writings o f liberation theology.
From time to time, selected applications of
this theory, e.g. the growth o f "base commu
nities” in Brazil, will also be studied.
Also listed as Political Science 59, Religion 59.
Not offered 1989-90.
7 8 . P o s t-M o d e rn is m /
P o s t-S tru c tu ra lis m .
Since the mid-1950s structures, essences, and
languages have come to be 'decentered’ or
seen as historically variable and ill-bounded.
Decenterings o f structures, at the hands of
such figures as Wittgenstein and Heidegger
(later in their careers), Lacan, Derrida, Fou
cault, and Rorty have encouraged the inmixing
o f disciplines and speculations about the
deaths o f philosophy, o f the subject, and of
art. An emerging post-modern, post-struc
turalist sensibility has come to see all activities
as already implicated in further activities and
movements that outrun our full understand
ing. These developments will be surveyed and
assessed.
Not offered 1989-90.
7 9 . Colloquium : Language and M eaning.
This colloquium will concentrate on Wittgen
stein’s Philosophical Investigations, taking up
leading themes such as the nature o f self
understanding, the possibility o f scientific
semantics, the role o f rules in human action,
the relation between consciousness and lan
guage, and the relation between consciousness
and practice. Detailed study o f the text will be
combined with attention to major recent ap
preciative and critical works on Wittgenstein,
including books by Kripke, McGinn, Mal
colm, Bloor, Rubinstein, Baker and Hacker,
and Cavell. Some attention will be paid to
Wittgenstein’s middle period writings on psy
chology. One credit. May be combined with
an attachment for two credits and external
examination. Also listed as Linguistics 79.
Fall semester. Eldridge.
8 6. Topics in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s yc h o lo g y.
This course explores in depth different topics
that are o f interest and concern to both phi
losophers and psychologists. For example, in
Fall, 1987, the focus was rationality and the
explanation o f human action. In practical life,
we usually explain human actions by giving
the person’s reasons—his or her goals and
beliefs—for performing them. In contrast, in
experimental science, we attempt to explain
behavior by finding laws in accordance with
which it occurs. We explored the extent to
which the categories o f explanation that come
from practical life constrain or limit the scope
of scientific explanations. The course is open
to students who have had at least the introduc
tory course in both philosophy and psychol
ogyAlso listed as Psychology 86.
Fall semester. Lacey and Schwartz.
8 7. Colloquium : A d va n ce d Lo g ic and
Foundations o f M a th e m a tic s .
A selection o f topics from the following:
metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom
pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems o f
arithmetic, recursive function theory, axio
matic theories o f space and time, logical form
and the structure o f natural languages, philo
sophical foundations o f arithmetic, founda
tions o f geometry emphasizing problems o f
the nature o f metrics. Two credits. Approval
o f instructor required.
Not offered 1989-90.
8 8. Colloquium : Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
See Philosophy 122.
Not offered 1989-90.
89. Colloquium : Ph ilo so p h y o f
S o cial S cie nce .
An examination o f philosophical issues which
arise in contemporary social science research.
We will consider issues o f explanation and
understanding, the justification o f theories
and arguments, the sense in which social sci
ences can produce objective knowledge. The
point o f reference for our discussions will be
problems in the explanation o f historical
change.
Not offered 1989-90.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6 . T h e s is .
Fall semester. Staff.,
9 7 . S e n io r C on fe re n ce .
Fall semester. Staff.
S E M IN A R S
101. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y.
An examination o f the principal theories o f
value, virtue, and moral obligation, and o f
their justification. The focus will be primarily
on contemporary treatments o f moral phi
losophy. A central question o f seminar will
be the possibility and desirability o f moral
theory.
Spring semester. Eshete.
102. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 14.
Fall semester. Frede.
103. Selected M od ern Ph ilo so p h ers.
Two or more philosophical systems o f Des
cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, or Kant and their relations.
Spring semester. Miller.
104. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
20th Century classics by Frege, Moore, Rus
sell, Wittgenstein selected for intensive treat
ment and as ground for one or more current
philosophical issues, such as Subjectivity.
Not offered 1989-90.
106. A e s th e tic s .
See Philosophy 17.
Not offered 1989-90.
1 0 7 . Lo g ic and Foundations o f
M a th e m a tic s .
See Philosophy 87.
Not offered 1989-90.
109. M e ta p h ys ic s.
See Philosophy 27.
Not offered 1989-90.
110 . M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1989-90.
1 1 1 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.
113 . T h e o ry o f K n ow le d g e .
Central issues current in the theory o f knowl
edge selected to explore the nature and limits
o f rationality, including Certainty, Self-decep-
207
I
Philosophy
J
tion, Perception, Memory, and recent attacks
on traditional epistemic theories.
Fail semester. Raff.
porary writings.
Spring semester. Lacey.
114 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
Political liberalism has spawned many critics,
both left and right. But liberalism takes many
different forms, and criticisms o f one may not
apply to another. We will examine several
influential classical varieties o f liberalism (e.g.,
J.S . Mill, Hobhouse, Green, Dewey) as well as
examples o f contemporary liberal thought
(e.g., Rawls, Dworkin, Griffin, Raz) and con
temporary critics (e.g., Unger, MacIntyre,
Sandel). Discussions tend to gravitate around
acluster o f key concepts: social justice, rights,
equality, liberty or freedom, democracy and
harm.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.
See Philosophy 29.
Not offered 1989-90.
116 . Language and M eaning.
See Philosophy 26.
Not offered 1989-90.
1 1 7 . Ph ilo so p h y o f the S o cial S c ie n c e s.
See Philosophy 89.
Not offered 1989-90.
118 . Ph ilo so ph y o f P s yc h o lo g y.
Philosophical problems raised by behaviorist
and cognitive psychologies and their critics.
One credit seminar. Taken together with Phi
losophy 86/Psychology 86 it constitutes ade
quate preparation for an external exam in
Philosophy o f Psychology.
Fall semester. Lacey.
119 . Th e Ph ilo so ph y o f S cie n ce .
An examination o f some o f the central prob
lems in the philosophy o f science: the nature
o f scientific explanation and evidence, the
relationship between theory and observation,
the rationality o f science, the relations be
tween science and technology, the alleged
value-freedom o f science, the differences be
tween the natural and the human sciences.
Readings will be drawn mainly from contem-
1 2 1 . S o cial and Political Ph ilo so p h y.
12 2 . Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
A study o f concepts o f law, including exami
nation o f the relationships between legal sys
tems and other social and political institutions.
Such issues as the proper relationship between
law and morality, civil disobedience, legal
enforcement o f morality, and justification of
punishment are considered. Readings in both
historical and contemporary sources.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.
180 . T h e s is .
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place o f one Honors paper,
upon application by the student and at the
discretion o f the department.
I
'
208
Physical Education and
Athletics
ELEAN O R K . H E S S , Professor and Associate Chair
ERNEST J . P R U D E N T E , Professor
ROBERT E . W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair
DOUGLAS M . W E IS S , Associate Professor
SUSAN P. D A VIS, Assistant Professor1
FRANCIS J . M E A G H E R , Assistant Professor
M ICH AEL L M U L L A N , Assistant Professor
GAILE E. R O C K ET, Instructor
LEE W IM B ER LY, Instructor
TIM B R O O K E, Assistant
LAW RENCE E H M E R , Assistant
DIANE F R E E D M A N , Assistant
LORI FR IE S , Assistant
CURTIS A . L A U B E R , Assistant«
HERBERT L E IM B A C H , Assistant’
C. J . S T E F A N O W IC Z, Assistant«
DALE S TR A W B R ID G E, Assistant«
RONALD A . T IR P A K , Assistant
The aim o f the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
of individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro
vides an opportunity for instruction and ex
perience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f move
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities
which can be enjoyed after graduation.
o f students to engage inintercollegiate compe
tition, and those who qualify may be encour
aged to participate in regional and national
championship contests. Several club teams in
various sports are also organized and a pro
gram o f intramural activities is sponsored.
The intercollegiate athletic program is com
prehensive, including varsity teams in twentythree different sports, twelve for men and
eleven for women. During many o f these ac
tivities contests are arranged for junior varsity
teams.
Courses;' offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Phys
ical Education requirement will also be given
for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as
well as for the following two dance courses:
Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to Dance) and
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons
are required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming in
struction; classes for this purpose are offered
in the fall quarter.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
209
Physical Education and Athletics
Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance TechTo receive credit for any part o f the
program students must participate in their
chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a
T u q u e ).
week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu
dents who have not fulfilled the Physical
Education requirement will not be allowed to
enter the junior year.
Fall A c tiv itie s
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
Ij. Field Hockey
Folk & Square Dance
* * * Football
Jazz Exercise
Karate
*
*
*
**
Riding
Scuba
Self-Defense
Soccer
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
Volleyball
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
W in te r A c tiv itie s
Aquatics
* * Badminton
* Basketball
Fencing
Folk & Square Dance
Jazz Exercise
Karate
Riding
Self-Defense
* Squash
* * * * Swimming
* Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
* * * Wrestling
S p rin g A c tiv itie s
Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
* * * Baseball
Folk & Square Dance
* G olf
Jazz Exercise
Karate
* * * * Lacrosse
Riding
ij. Intercollegiate competition for women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.
210
* * Scuba
Softball
Squash
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
* * * * Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and
women.
Physics and Astro n o m y
O LEXA -M Y R O N B IL A N IU K , Professor
JOHN R. B O CC IO, Professor and Associate Provost for Academic Computing*6
JOHN E. G A U S T A D , Professor o f Astronomy2
MARK A . H E A L D , Professor
WULFF D. H E IN T Z , Professor o f Astronomy
PAUL C. M A N G ELS D O R F , Professor
FRANK A . M O S C A T E L L I, Associate Professor and Chair
AMY R. B U G , Assistant Professor
TERJE G . V O LD , Assistant Professor
LYNN A . W E S T LIN G , Assistant Professor
STEVEN W. D A N IE L S , Pew Postdoctoral Fellow
The program o f the Physics and Astronomy
Department stresses the concepts and meth
ods that have led to an understanding o f the
fundamental laws explaining the physical uni
verse.
Throughout the work o f the Department, em
phasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisi
tion of facts and skills. Particular importance
is also attached to laboratory work, because
physics and astronomy are primarily experi
mental and observational sciences.
With the awareness that involvement in re
search is a major component in the education
of scientists, the department offers a number
of opportunities for students to participate in
original research projects, conducted by mem
bers of the faculty, on (or off) campus.
The Physics and Astronomy Department of
fers five Primary Distribution Courses (PDC),
Physics 6 ,2 0 ,2 3 ,2 5 , as well as Astronomy 1.
Of these, Physics 6 is required o f all students
intending to major in physics or astronomy.
Two calculus-based introductory courses are
offered. Physics 3 , 4 covers both classical and
modern physics and is the appropriate intro
ductory physics course for those students
majoring in engineering, chemistry, and biol
ogy. Physics 7, 8, on the other hand, which is
taken after Physics 6, is aimed towards stu
dents planning to do further work in physics
or astronomy. The four-course sequence 6 , 7,
8 ,1 4 is designed to provide an introduction to
all major areas o f physics.
The Department offers a selection o f courses
(Physics 21, 22, and Astronomy 5 2 ) that are
suitable for nonscience majors seeking to ful
fill the non-PDC science distribution require
ment.
A regular series o f colloquia on topics of
current research interest is sponsored by the
Department. Speakers are specifically chosen
so that their talks are appropriate for under
graduates. The colloquium series is an integral
part o f the departmental educational program.
As such, student attendance is considered as
important as normal course work. Students
majoring in physics or astronomy are expected
to participate on a regular basis.
The Cornell Science Library possesses a large
collection o f both pedagogical texts and re
search publications including a large number
o f scientific journals.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S a n d r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s
Degree Requirements: In order to receive a
degree from Swarthmore as a Physics, Astronomy, or Astrophysics major, a student must
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
6 On administrative assignment, 1989-90.
have taken and satisfactorily passed one o f the
programs described below:
Physics and A s tro n o m y
The standard programs provide strong prep
aration for any graduate program in Physics
or Astronomy.
lege distribution requirements, including pri
mary distribution courses, and the 20-course
rule.
The standard program in Physics is Physics 6,
7 ,8 ,1 4 , and 5 0 in the first two years followed
by Physics 111, 1 1 2 ,1 1 3 ,1 1 4 ,1 1 5 , and 116 in
the last two years. In addition, Chemistry 10,
advanced laboratory courses Physics 81, 82,
and 83 and Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C,
16, 18.
Students taking Physics 3 , 4 and then propos
ing to take further advanced work in the De
partment must take a special directed reading
course Physics 8A before enrolling in Physics
14 to fill in those areas o f study covered in
Physics 7, 8 but not in Physics 3, 4.
The standard program in Astronomy is Phys
ics 6 ,7 ,8 , 1 4 , and Astronomy 5 ,6 in the first
two years followed by Astronomy 59, 117,
118, and three other Astronomy courses in
the last two years. In addition, Mathematics 5,
6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, and 18 must be taken
during the four year program.
The standard program in Astrophysics is
Physics 6 , 7, 8, 14, 50, and Astronomy 5, 6
in the first two years followed by Physics 111,
112,113, 115, and Astronomy 117,118 in the
last two years. In addition, Chemistry 10,
advanced laboratory courses Physics 81, 82,
and 83 and Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C,
16, 18, and another advanced mathematics
course must be taken during the four year
program.
The extended program in Physics allows stu
dents to study some specialized area o f Physics
or to write a thesis based on original research
work. It provides an even stronger back
ground for students intending to do graduate
work. The extended program in Physics adds
two senior application seminars (Physics 130,
136) or a thesis to the standard program.
The minimum program in Physics is intended
for students not planning to pursue graduate
work in Physics. Since all major areas o f
Physics are covered, this program is excellent
preparation for a career in high school teach
ing and is ideal for double-majors. The min
imum program in Physics is Physics 6 , 7, 8,
14, and 5 0 in the first two years followed by
Physics 111, 112, 113, and 115 in the last two
years. In addition, Chemistry 10, advanced
laboratory courses Physics 81, and 82, and
Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, 18, and
another advanced mathematics course must
be taken during the four year program.
In addition, the student must satisfy the col
212
Students planning to take one o f the seminars
Physics 1 2 0 -1 2 3 as part o f a external exami
nation minor program must take Physics 3,4
before applying for the program.
In the Physics and Astronomy department the
seminar is the standard format for most junior
and senior level work. All prospective majors
and minors in the department should realize
this when planning programs. In keeping with
college policy regarding seminar participation,
all students will be examined on seminar ma
terial at the end o f the spring semester of the
year in which the seminar is given. It is out
judgment that one o f the major educational
benefits o f the external examination system is
the required review o f all material studied in
seminars during the junior and senior years.
These examinations will be set by external
examiners, but for juniors, and those seniors
not pursuing an Honors degree, they will be
read by Swarthmore faculty. For students not
pursuing an Honors degree, seminar presen
tations and other contributions will be taken
into account in assigning grades in seminars.
Students who are awarded Honors and juniors
accepted into the External Examination pro
gram will have no grades recorded on their
transcript for any seminars included in their
external examination program.
The students in the External Examination
program receive no grades, but a degree of
Honors, High Honors, Highest Honors, Pass
or Fail depending on the performance on the
examinations at the end o f the senior year.
Students receiving the grades o f Pass or Fail
will subsequendy receive grades for each semi
nar from Swarthmore instructors.
Seniors not taking the external examinations
must take a comprehensive examination,
which is not only intended to encourage re
view and synthesis, but also requires students
to demonstrate mastery o f fundamentals stud
ied during all four years.
Criteria for Acceptance as a Major: A student
applying to become a Physics major in the
standard or extended program should have
completed or be completing Physics 14, Phys
ics 50, and Math 18. If applying for Astro
physics or Astronomy major they should also
have completed Astronomy 5 and 6 . Other
wise any deficiencies would have to be made
up during the following year at some incon
venience to the student’s upperclass program.
To be accepted as a standard (or extended)
major in the department, the applicant must
normally have completed the sophomore-level
course Physics 14, with a grade o f C + or
better, and must normally have an average
grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy
courses o f C + or better.
A student applying to become a Physics major
in the minimum program should have com
pleted or be completing at least Physics 6, 7
and Math 5 , 6 . Otherwise it will be impossible
to fulfill all program requirements. To be
accepted as a major in Physics, the applicant
must have completed Physics 6 with a grade
of C+ or better and work in Physics 7 should
be at the same or better level.
Since almost all advanced work in Physics and
Astronomy at Swarthmore is taught in semi
nars, where the pedagogical responsibility is
shared by the student participants, an addi
tional consideration in accepting (retaining)
majors is the presumed (demonstrated) ability
of the students not only to benefit from this
mode of instruction but also to contribute
positively to the seminars. Grades in prior
courses are our best criteria in admitting
majors, since they tend to indicate reliably
whether or not the student can handle ad
vanced work at Swarthmore levels without
being overwhelmed. However, lively and con
structive participation in classes and labs is
also taken into account.
To be accepted into the External Examination
program in the department, the applicant
must present an acceptable set o f fields in
which they wish to be examined and an appro
priate program o f study to prepare for them.
In addition they must normally have an aver
age grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy
courses o f B or better.
Advanced Laboratory Program: The principal
Physics seminars (111, 112, 113, 114, 115,
116) are each accompanied by a full laboratory
program, namely Physics 81 (no credit), Phys
ics 82, 8 3 (each one-half credit) requiring
approximately one afternoon a week. Students
enrolled in these seminars must arrange their
programs so that they can schedule an after
noon for lab each week free o f conflicts with
other classes, extracurricular activities, and
sports.
Independent Work: Physics and Astronomy
majors are encouraged to undertake indepen
dent research projects, especially in the senior
year, either in conjunction with one o f the
senior seminars, or as a special project for
separate credit (Physics/Astronomy 94).
Members o f the physics or astronomy faculty
are willing to suggest possible projects and to
supervise any one o f these if the student
chooses to pursue it. In preparation for inde
pendent experimental work, prospective ma
jors are strongly urged to take Physics 63,
Procedures in Experimental Physics, during
their fall semester o f their sophomore year,
which will qualify them to work in the depart
mental shops. Good shop facilities, electronics
facilities, a wide range o f instrumentation, and
extensive computing facilities are available to
support independent work. Students com
pleting work under Physics/Astronomy 94
are required to submit final written and oral
reports o f their work to the department.
There are usually several opportunities for
students to receive financial support to work
with faculty members on research projects
during the summer.
Thesis: Students may elect to do a theoretical
or experimental research thesis representing
the results o f independent work done under
the supervision o f a faculty member. This
thesis will usually cover work begun in the
summer after the junior year and completed
during the senior year. External examination
students can choose to submit a thesis as one
o f their papers in place o f a senior seminar.
213
Physics and A s tro n o m y
F A C I L IT I E S A N D R E S E A R C H P R O G R A M S
Several research facilities are maintained by
the Department. M ost are available for student
participation in faculty research. The laser
atomic-spectroscopy laboratory includes a
single-mode tunable dye laser pumped by a 6 watt argon-ion laser and various associated
optical, electronic, and computer interfacing
equipment. A scanning tunneling microscope
has been constructed and is now in operation.
Extensive computing facilities, including three
Micro VAX II, several Macintosh II, a power
ful graphics processing computer, extensive
computer graphics equipment, and many
other microcomputers are available for re
search and projects. Physics faculty research
interests include the areas o f lasers, high res
olution atomic spectroscopy, biophysics,
scanning tunneling microscopy, neural net
works, molecular dynamics, computer simu
lation, chaos, computer graphics, nuclear
magnetic resonance, fluid physics and geo
physics.
A 61-cm Cassegrain reflector, located on top
o f Papazian Hall, is equipped with a highresolution spectrometer and a Reticon array
detector. W ith computer-based control and
data acquisition systems, it is used for solar
and stellar spectroscopy.
Swarthmore’s principal telescope, which is
located in Sproul Observatory and has been in
continuous operation since 1912, is a 61-cm
refractor with a focal length o f 11 meters. Is
is used for research on the distances, motions,
orbits, and masses o f stars by means o f visual
and photographic observations. Auxiliary
equipment includes a high-precision photo
graphic plate measuring machine, photoelectic, and photographic photometers, and a
Brashear micrometer. The observatory also
houses a 15-cm refractor.
A monthly visitor’s night at the Observatory
is announced in the college calendar.
Program for the Last Two Years: We will be
offering one-unit seminars in the following
fields every year:
111 (Classical Mechanics), 112 (Electrody
namics), 113 (Quantum Theory), 114 (Statis
tical Physics), 115 (Atomic and Solid State
Physics), 116 (Modern Optics).
We will also be offering one- or two-unit
seminars in the following fields. These semi
nars are designed for persons wishing to minor
in physics. They will begin at a lower level
than our junior seminars for majors but will
end at the same level. One or two choices,
selected from the list below, will be available
each year depending on demand and faculty
availability.
120 (M odem Physics), 121 (Biophysics), 122
(Applied Optics), 123 (Statistical and Ther
mal Physics).
In addition, one, two, or three one-unit ad
vanced application seminars will be offered
each year for senior majors in physics and
astronomy. Typical topics will be:
130 (General Relativity), 131 (Particle Phys
ics), 132 (Non-Linear Dynamics/Chaos), 133
(Atomic Physics: Spectroscopy), 134 (Ad
vanced Quantum Physics), 135 (Solid State
Physics), 136 (Quantum Optics; Lasers).
E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P A P E R S
External examinations, based on the topics
covered in the seminars listed above, will be
possible in the following fields:
Every Year: Classical Physics (based on 111,
112), Quantum Physics (based on 113, 115),
Atomic, Solid State, and Statistical Physics
(based 114, 115).
Every Other Year beginning with 1990/91:
214
Astrophysics (based on Astronomy 117,118).
Planned Program (next two years): 1989-90:
General Relativity (based on 111, 130), Mod
ern Optics (based on 116, 136), Chemical
Physics (based on 115, Chem. 105B).
1990-91: Linear and Nonlinear Dynamics
(based on 111,132), Quantum Theory (based
on 113,134), Atomic and Laser Spectroscopy
(based on 116, 113).
P H Y S IC S
3 ,4 . G e n eral P h y s ic s I, II.
8 . Ele c tric ity and M ag n e tism .
A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their
implications, and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under
standing o f physical phenomena through the
use of calculus.
Fall semester. Topics include vectors, kinema
tics in one, two, and three dimensions, New
ton’s laws and dynamics, conservation laws,
work and energy, oscillatory motion, systems
of particles, rigid body rotation about fixed
axis, special relativity, and thermodynamics.
Spring semester. Topics include wave phenom
ena, geometrical and physical optics, electicity
and magnetism, direct and alternating-current
circuits, and introductory quantum physics.
Laboratory and homework exercises include
extensive use o f interactive computing and
computer graphics. Three lectures and a lab
oratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6A taken concurrendy, or comparable preparation in math
ematics.
Mangelsdorf, Heald, and staff.
A sophisticated introductory treatment o f
electric and magnetic phenomena. Topics in
clude: the electrostatic field and potential,
electrical work and energy, conductors and
semiconductors, D.C. and A.C. circuits, the
relativistic basis o f magnetism, magnetostatic
fields, time-varying fields and Maxwell’s equa
tions, electrically and magnetically polarizable
materials. The lab curriculum will also include
wave phenomena and geometrical optics.
Three lectures and a recommended problem
session weekly; laboratory every other week.
Prerequisites: Physics 7, Mathematics 6A.
Also, Mathematics 6C or 18 (can be taken
concurrently) are recommended.
Fall semester. Bug.
6. The C h a ra c te r o f P h ysic a l L a w .
An introduction to the concepts o f physics
and the thought processes inherent to the
discipline. Topic coverage will range from
relativity to quantum theory to elementary
particles to non-determinate dynamics (chaos).
The primary emphasis o f the course will be on
the accepted principles o f physics and their
application to specific areas. Attention will be
given to philosophical aspects o f physics,
discussions o f what kind o f problems physi
cists address and how they go about addressing
them. The course includes a substantial writ
ingcomponent. Three lecture/discussion sec
tions per week and a laboratory.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bilaniuk and staff.
7. Particle M ec h a n ics.
The classical mechanics o f point particles.
Vector algebra and calculus, kinematics, dy
namics, rigid bodies, nonlinear systems, spe
cial relativity, statistical mechanics. Three lec
tures and one laboratory weekly.
Spring semester. Staff.
8 A . S p e cial S e m in a r: General P h y s ic s .
This course is designed to supplement Physics
3 ,4 in order to bring student preparation to
the level o f Physics 7,8. Half-credit course.
Prerequisite: Physics 4, and Mathematics 6C
or 18 concurrently.
Fall semester. Staff.
14 . W a ve s and M od ern P h y s ic s .
Wave phenomena, interference, and diffrac
tion. An introduction to moderns physics,
including relativity, relativistic dynamics,
wave mechanics, Schrodinger equation ap
plied to one-dimensional systems, and prop
erties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and
elementary particles. The quantum aspects o f
the interaction o f photons with matter. The
empirical basis o f the subject is emphasized.
Three lectures and a laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 8 and Physics 50 taken
concurrently.
Spring semester. Staffs
20 . P rin cip le s o f th e Ea rth S cie n ce s.
An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
A new emphasis on earth’s changing atmo
sphere and on climatic changes. Reading and
discussion based on current literature. The
underlying physical and chemical principles
are stressed. Laboratory demonstrations and
one or more field trips. No special scientific
background required.
215
P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Mangelsdorf.
2 1 . P rin cip le s o f A e ro n a u tic s .
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground
lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enroll
ment limited. (The Department o f Physics is
certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot Ground
School.) Acceptable for non-PDC science dis
tribution requirement.
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.
2 2 . En e rg y fo r M an kin d.
The role o f energy in the modem world.
Renewable and nonrenewable energy re
sources, their present and potential use and
abuse. The physical concept o f work and
energy. Fossil, hydroelectric, geothermal,
tidal, wind, ocean, bio-mass, direct-solar, nu
clear fission and fusion, and other energy
sources; their respective advantages and dis
advantages. Three field trips. No prerequi
sites, but enrollment limited because o f field
trips.
Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution
requirement.
Not offered 1989-90. Bilaniuk.
2 3 . R e la tivity.
A non-mathematical introduction to the spe
cial and general theories o f relativity as devel
oped by Einstein and others during the 20th
century. We will address questions such as:
W hat is spacetime? Do you know where you
are or what time it is? Are there really any
forces? W hat is gravity? W hat are black holes
and should you worry about them? Emphasis
will be on spacetime diagrams and geometrical
concepts. No previous physical courses are
required. The course will use only high school
algebra and geometry.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90. Boccio.
25. Quantum P h y s ic s .
A non-mathematical introduction to quantum
mechanics. The course will present a modern
view describing the intellectual challenges and
disagreements in the study o f the behavior of
atomic and sub-atomic particles. This theory
has completely changed our view o f the physi
cal world and the meaning o f reality, but is still
216
the subject o f unresolved debate about its
fundamental interpretation.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1989-90.
5 0 . M ath e m a tica l M eth o ds o f Physics.
A survey o f analytical and numerical tech
niques, with applications. Topics include:
review o f multivariable calculus, complex
numbers and complex analysis, ordinary dif
ferential equations, partial differential equa
tions and Sturm-Liouville systems, orthogo
nal functions, Fourier series, Fourier and
Laplace transforms, numerical methods to
solve differential equations and perform fits
to data, probability theory.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 16 and either 6C
or 18; a knowledge o f some programming
language.
Spring semester. Bug.
6 3. Procedu re s in Experim ental Physics.
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research participation. Tech
niques, materials, and the design o f experi
mental apparatus. Shop practice. Printed cir
cuit design and construction. Half-credit
course. Open only to majors in Physics or
Astronomy.
Fall semester. Andrews, Dougherty, and staff.
9 3. Directed Reading.
This course provides an opportunity for an
individual student to do special study, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis,
in fields not covered by the regular courses
and seminars. The student will present oral
and written reports to the instructor.
9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t
Initiative for a research project may come
from the student, or the work may involve
collaboration with on-going faculty research.
The student will present a written and an oral
report to the Department.
9 7 . S e n io r C on fe re n ce .
This half-course is designed to give students
an overview o f all o f their physics courses by
studying a variety o f physical problems. Most
recently this has been accomplished by way of
a written thesis and an oral presentation on a
topic agreed upon by the student and the
instructor. When offered, this course replaces
the departmental comprehensive examination.
Half-credit course.
Spring semester.
S E M IN A R S
111. M ec ha n ics.
A general study o f classical mechnics. Topics
include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and
three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary
motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion;
damping; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equa
tions and variational principles. Systems o f
particles; collisions and cross sections. Motion
of a rigid body in two and three dimensions;
Euler’s equations. Rotating frames o f refer
ence. Small oscillations and normal modes.
Wave phenomena in one and two dimensions.
Prerequisites: Physics 14, 50; Math 18.
One credit.
Fall semester. Staff.
112. Ele c tro d yn a m ic s.
A general study o f electricity and magnetism
using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric
and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic
materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel
opment o f Maxwell’s field equations in differ
ential form. Displacement current. Poynting
theorem and electromagnetic waves. Bound
ary-value problems. Radiation. Four vector
formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics.
Prerequisite: Physics 14, 50; Math 18.
One credit.
Fall semester. Heald.
113. Quantum T h e o ry .
Topics include: Review o f classical concepts.
Postulates o f quantum mechanics. Operators,
eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function
spaces and hermitian operators; bra-ket nota
tion. Superposition and observables. Time
development, conservation theorems, and
parity. Angular momentum. Three-dimen
sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin.
Coupled angular momenta. Time-independent
perturbation theory. Time-dependent pertur
bation theory. Transition rates.
Prerequisites: Physics 111, 112, and Mathe
matics 16.
One credit.
Spring semester. Boecio.
114 . T h e rm o d yn a m ic s and
S ta tistica l P h y s ic s .
The study o f the statistical behavior o f classical
and quantum systems. Topics include: con
cepts o f temperature and entropy, the laws of
thermodynamics, equations o f state, engines
and refrigerators, statistical basis o f thermo
dynamics, microcanonical, canonical and
grand canonical distributions, statistics o f
bosons and fermions, phase transitions and
critical phenomena, Ising models, kinetic the
ory and transport phenomena, chemical ap
plications.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 6C or 18, Physics
14.
Spring semester. Bug.
115 . A to m s , S o lids and P a rtic le s .
Applications o f theory developed in Physics
113 and 114. Topics selected from: Atomic
physics. Solid-state physics. Nuclear physics.
Particle physics. Molecular physics.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 114.
One credit.
Spring semester. Westling.
116 . M od ern O p tics.
The phenomena that are a direct result o f the
physical wave nature o f light including wave
equations, superposition, interference, Frauenhofer and Fresnel diffraction, polarization.
Optical instruments which rely upon these
phenomena, such as spectrometers, inter
ferometers, etalons. Topics in modern optics
including matrix methods, propagation in fi
bers, Fourier optics, spatial and temporal
coherence, lasers, and elements o f nonlinear
optics. Aspects o f the quantum theory o f light
including blackbody radiation, modes, quan
tization o f the electromagnetic field, photons,
coherent states, and intensity fluctuations.
Prerequisites: Physics 113.
One credit.
Fall semester. Void.
120 . M od ern P h y s ic s .
An introduction to modem physics, including
relativity, wave mechanics, the Schrodinger
217
P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y
equation applied to one-dimensional systems,
properties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei,
and elementary particles including three-di
mensional systems. The empirical basis or
modern physics is emphasized.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
Two credits.
12 1. B io p h ysic s.
General features o f the nature, origin, and fate
o f life and intelligence will be examined using
tools from nonlinear classical mechanics, nonequilibrium statistical mechanics, information
theory, quantum mechanics, and general rela
tivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
Two credits.
12 2 . Applie d O p tic s .
An examination, and treatment, o f the under
lying physics governing the principles o f op
tical instruments. Topics include lasers; charac
teristics, uses, types, etc. Optical detection;
solid state, photoelectric, and their spectral
characteristics. Interferometers, spectrome
ters, and geometrical optical systems such as
microscopes and telescopes and their abberations. Electro-optic devices and some non
linear optics, optical fibers in communica
tion.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
Two credits.
123 . S ta tis tic a l P h y s ic s .
Statistical description o f the states o f classical
and quantum systesm. Conditions for equi
librium. Statistical basis o f thermodynamics
concepts and the Laws o f Thermodynamics.
Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canon
ical ensembles and applications. Fermi-Dirac,
Bose-Einstein, and Maxwell-Boltzmann statis
tics with applications to solid state physics,
low temperature physics, chemical systems,
biological systems, and atomic and molecular
physics. Classical thermodynamics with ap
plications to gases. Phase changes. Critical
points. Ising models.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4.
Two credits.
130. G en eral R e la tiv ity.
Newton’s gravitational theory. Special rela
tivity. Linear field theory. Gravitational waves.
Measurement o f spacetime. Riemannian geom
etry. Geometrodynamics and Einstein’s equa
218
tions. The Schwarzschild solution. Black holes
and gravitational collapse. Cosmology.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112.
One credit.
Spring semester. Boccio.
13 1. P a rtic le P h y s ic s .
Experimental techniques. Symmetries and
groups. Particle spectroscopy and phenome
nology. Feynman rules and Quantum Electro
dynamics. Partons. Quarks. Quantum Chro
modynamics and gluons. Weak interactions.
Electroweak theory. Gauge theory. The path
towards unified theories.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 115.
One credit.
13 2 . N o n -U n e a r D yn am ics and Chaos.
Non-linear differential equations. Non-linear
difference equations. Limit points and cycles.
Attractors. Fractals. Bifurcations and period
doubling. Quasiperiodicity. Chaos. Univer
sality and scaling. Onset o f turbulence.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112.
One credit.
133. A to m ic P h y s ic s and
S p e c tro s c o p y .
Review o f quantum theory. Hydrogen atom.
Multi-electron atoms. Atoms in external
fields. Optical transitions and selection rules.
Hyperfine structure. Lasers. Atomic spec
troscopic techniques: atomic beams methods,
Doppler-free spectroscopy, time-resolved
spectroscopy, level crossing spectroscopy. The
use o f atoms and atomic spectroscopy in tests
o f fundamental physics such as symmetries,
invariance, and quantum reality.
Prerequisites: Physics 113, 115, and 116.
One credit.
13 4 . A d va n c e d Quantum M echanics.
Photon polarization. Quantum interference
effects. Measurement theory. Potential scat
tering. Coulomb scattering. Time-independent and time-dependent perturbation theory.
Interaction o f the quantized radiation field
with matter. Spin Vi. Addition o f angular
momentum. Rotations and tensor operators.
Identical particles. Second quantization.
Atoms and molecules. Relativistic spin zero
particles. The Klein-Gordon equation. Relati
vistic spin Vi particles. The Dirac equation.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 115.
One credit.
135. Solid S ta te P h y s ic s .
One credit.
Crystal structure and diffraction. The recip
rocal lattice and Brillouin zones. Lattice vibra
tions and normal modes. Phonon dispersion.
Einstein and Debye models for specific heat.
Free electrons and the Fermi surface. Electrons
in periodic structures. The Bloch theorem.
Band structure. Semiclassical electron dynam
ics. Semiconductors. Magnetic and optical
properties o f solids. Superconductivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 113, 114, and 115.
Atom-field interactions, stimulated emission,
cavities, transverse and longitudinal mode
structure, gain and gain saturation, non-linear
effects, coherent transients and squeezed
states. Pulsed lasers and superradiance.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 116.
One credit.
Spring semester. Moscatelli.
136. Quantum Op tics and La s e rs .
U PPERC LA SS L A B O R A T O R Y P R O G R A M
81. La b o ra to ry Ele c tro n ic s.
Design techniques for analog and digital cir
cuits including microprocessors.
No credit.
Fall semester. Void.
82. Ad va n ce d La b o ra to ry i.
Experiments in mechanics, electricity and mag
netism, waves, thermal and statistical physics,
atomic and nuclear physics.
One-half credit.
Spring semester. Moscatelli, Wesding.
83.
A d va n ce d La b o ra to ry II.
Experiments in modem opdcs, lasers (contin
uous and pulsed), atomic spectroscopy using
tunable lasers and advanced nuclear physics.
One-half credit.
Fall semester. Moscatelli, Wesding.
ASTRONOMY
1. Intro ducto ry A s tro n o m y .
A primary distribution course which high
lights the scientific investigation o f the uni
verse by observation and theory, and includes
the basic notions o f physics as needed in
astronomical applications. Topics include as
tronomical instruments and radiation; the sun
and planets; properties, structure, and evolu
tion of stars; the Galaxy and extragalactic
systems; and the origin and evolution o f the
universe. Three class periods each week plus
evening labs.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Fall: Gaustad. Spring: Heintz.
5 ,6 . General A s tro n o m y I, II.
Intended for science students, these courses
introduce the methods and results o f astrono
my and astrophysics, making use o f basic
physical and mathematical principles. They
are prerequisites for courses numbered 23
and above. Although separable, they should
normally be taken in the spring-fall sequence
following Physics 6.
Spring: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical
instruments. Laws o f physics relevant to as
tronomy. Observed properties o f the sun and
stars. Stellar structures o f evolution. Star
clusters. Celestial mechanics. Binary stars.
Fall. Interstellar matters. The Milky Way Gal
axy. Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The
solar system.
Prerequisite: Physics 6 and Mathematics 5 or
equivalent.
Heintz and Gaustad.
9 . M e te o ro lo g y.
The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather obser
vations and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6A, or equiva
lent.
Not offered 1989-90.
2 3 . M e th o d s o f Ob se rvatio n al
A s tro n o m y .
Theory and practice in the techniques o f
modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
219
Physics and A s tro n o m y
telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec
tral classification; data analysis. The photo
graphic process. Students will undertake proj
ects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6.
Not offered 1989-90. Heintz.
damental and apparent positions; proper mo
tion and binary-star analysis.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 .
Spring semester. Heintz.
6 1. C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tro p h y s ic s .
Not offered 1989-90. Heintz.
A half-course involving reading and discus
sion o f selected research papers from the
astronomical literature. Instruction will be
given in techniques o f journal reading, use of
abstract services, and other aids for the effi
cient maintenance o f awareness in a technical
field. May be repeated for credit.
Not offered 1989-90. Gaustad.
5 2 . Concepts o f the C o s m o s.
6 4 . G a lactic S tru c tu re .
Historical survey or astronomical thought.
Includes oriental astrology, hellenistic geom
etry and cosmology, and the development of
observation and astrophysics in the 200 years
from Halley to Einstein.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 1.
Not offered 1989-90. Heintz.
Observational and theoretical results on the
Milky Way Galaxy, including stellar popula
tions, H-R diagram, luminosity function, stel
lar dynamics, spiral structure, and mass distri
bution.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 6 , Math 6A, or
equivalent.
Fall semester. Heintz.
5 1. Celestial M echa n ics.
The two-body and three-body problems, or
bits and perturbation theory, numerical solu
tions, satellite motions.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 and Astronomy
6.
55 . P la n e ta ry S cie n ce .
Methods and results o f the exploration o f the
solar system.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Not offered 1989-90. Heintz.
9 3. Directed Reading.
56 . C o s m o lo g y.
Techniques applied to the physical interpreta
tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in
clude electromagnetic processes in space,
quantum and relativistic astrophysics, radia
tive transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpre
tation o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure
o f evolution. Problems and projects will be
assigned.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Physics 14.
Not offered 1989-90. Gaustad.
General relativity and the theoretical frame
work o f cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Mathematics
6A, 6B.
Not offered 1989-90. Heintz.
59 . Positional A s tro n o m y .
Coordinate systems and transformations; fun
220
9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t
1 1 7 ,1 1 8 . T h e o re tic a l A s tro p h y s ic s .
Political Science
RAYM OND F. H O P K IN S , Professor and Chairman
J A M E S R . K U R T H , Professor3
RICHARD L . R U R IN , Professor (part-time) 3
S.W .R. D e .A . S A M A R A S IN G H E , Cornell Visiting Professor4
K EN N ET H E. S H A R P E , Professor3
DAVID G . S M IT H , Professor
C H A R LES R . R E IT Z , Associate Professor3
K EN N ET H A . O Y E, Associate Professor
H ILLARD P O U N C Y , Associate Professor
N AN C Y J . H IR S C H M A N N , Assistant Professor
LES LIE T H IE L E , Assistant Professor
TYR EN E W H IT E, Assistant Professor3
PETER M . R E N D A , Instructor
DIARM UID M A G U IR E , Instructor
Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place o f
politics in society and contribute to an under
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing gen
erally with the basic concepts o f political
science and the processes o f politics as illus
trated by case studies, by theoretical analysis,
and by more extended study o f politics in
various institutional settings. Advanced work
in the department, both in courses and semi
nars, covers the major subfields o f American
politics, comparative politics, international
politics, and political theory. In addition spe
cial topics are offered in such areas as defense
policy, food policy, health policy, jurispru
dence, and the Vietnam war. Basic attention to
the causes and consequences o f political action
and normative concerns regarding freedom,
authority, and human dignity are addressed
throughout the curriculum.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Students planning to study political science
are advised to start with either Elements of
Politics (Political Science 1) or Policy-Making
in America (Political Science 2). They should
then continue with one or more other intro
ductory courses offered in the second semes
ter: Policy-Making in America (Political Sci
ence 2 ), Comparative Politics (Political
Science 3), and International Politics (Political
Science 4). Normally any two o f these courses,
preferably including Political Science 1 or
Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite
for further work in the Department and are
particularly recommended for majors. Stu
dents who intend to major in political science
should begin their work in the freshman year
if possible. Supporting courses strongly rec
ommended for all majors are Statistics for
Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and In
troduction to Economics (Economics 1-2).
Political Theory, either in seminar (Political
Science (100 or 101) or in course (Political
Science 54 or 5 5 ) is required o f all majors.
Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students espe
cially interested in a career in international
relations or planning a career involving over
seas work, is described on page 158. Students
may elect this concentration while majoring in
several alternative departments including his
tory, economics, and modern language. For
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
221
Political Science
political science majors concentrating in inter
national relations the comprehensive require
ments for course majors are adjusted to allow
students to demonstrate graduation level com
petencies appropriate to work done in the
concentration. Similar options may be ap
proved by the department for students in the
external examination program. Details for
each program are worked out with the Coor
dinator o f the concentration.
o f political stability and change? How is politi
cal power created, maintained, or challenged?
Answering these questions will involve a study
o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving
forces o f politics and exploring problems
such as justice, freedom, equality, and obliga
tion. Materials will be drawn from the United
States and other countries.
Primary distribution course.
Fail semester. Staff.
Concentration in Public Policy: This concentra
tion, designed for students expecting to pre
pare for work in government or to pursue
further study in the field o f public policy is
described on page 236. The normal political
science comprehensive requirements apply,
but these allow students flexibility in prepar
ing to graduate, in either the course or external
examination programs, so that they may have
work reviewed and/or competency tested in
their policy concentration.
2 . P o lic y -M a k in g In A m e ric a .
Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting
for the external examination should review
their programs periodically with the depart
ment, normally with the chairman. A ll work
programs in the department should be prepared
with a view to meeting the distributional require
ments o f the comprehensive examinations. The
department recommends for graduation stu
dents be able to write papers that demonstrate
three competencies: use o f empirical evidence,
analysis o f political theory, and evaluation o f
policy. Students must also show knowledge o f
material in at least three o f the four major
subfields o f the discipline: political theory,
American politics, comparative politics, and
international politics. Usually papers origi
nally prepared in a course best serve as the
basis for meeting the comprehensive require
ment. More detailed information on the im
plication o f this requirement for course selec
tion is offered during the junior year. In
formation on comprehensive requirements is
available in the political science department
office and sent to seniors early each fall.
Comprehensive qualifying papers must be
submitted well before the end o f the senior
year.
1. Ele m e n ts o f Po litics.
Designed to probe some major questions o f
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests o f whom? How? What are the sources
222
Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri
can politics. M ajor attention will be devoted
to electoral organizations, voting behavior
and opinion formation, legislation and presi
dential leadership, administration and policy
choices.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.
3 . C o m p a ra tive Po litics.
An introduction to the logic o f comparative
inquiry and its application to the study of
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, Italy, France, and West
Germany. The course will focus on (1) the
historical evolution and character o f state
institutions (e.g., liberal democracy, social
democracy, and fascism), (2 ) the range and
nature o f political parties (including the
Greens and Communists), and (3 ) unconven
tional forms o f political participation (from
peaceful protest to terrorism). Some time will
also be devoted to the political systems of
Third World and Communist countries.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Maquire.
4 . International Po litics.
An introduction to the analysis o f the contem
porary international system and its evolution
in the twentieth century. The course will
examine various approaches to explaining
wars, military defense, and international eco
nomic problems.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.
14 . A m e ric a n Fore ig n P o lic y.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems
faced by the United States in the modern
world. The course will focus on the influence
of political, bureaucratic, and economic forces
and on the problems o f war, intervention, and
economic conflict.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Fall semester. Oye.
19. C o m p a ra tive C om m u nist Po litics.
A comparative study o f the various commu
nist countries, including the Soviet Union,
China, Yugoslavia, Poland, Hungary, and Viet
nam. Beginining with a comparative analysis
of the Russian and Chinese revolutions, this
course will focus on such topics as: ( 1 ) the
relationship between socialist transformation
and the development o f Leninist regimes;
(2) sources o f political conflict within society;
(3) Sino-Soviet relations and sources o f con
flict between communist regimes. Special at
tention will be given to current dilemmas o f
political and economic reform, and the limits
to change in Leninist regimes.
Not offered 1989-90. White.
20. Po litics o f China.
This course will examine the character and
consequences o f the Chinese communist rev
olution, the ideological, political, and eco
nomic legacy o f Mao Zedong, the process o f
socialist transformation in the countryside,
problems o f organization and policy-making,
dilemmas o f political and economic reform
post-Mao, and the determinants o f Chinese
foreign policy. The consequences o f the re
forms implemented under Deng Xiaoping will
receive special scrutiny.
Not offered 1989-90. White.
21. Po litics o f A fric a .
A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political
change including traditional attitudes, leader
ship, ethnic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism,
military intervention, national integration, and
international involvements.
Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. Hopkins.
22. Latin A m e ric a n Po litics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
of Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants,
workers, middle-class groups, industrialists,
landowners, etc.); and the economic and po
litical difficulties raised by U.S.-Latin Ameri
can relations. These topics will be approached
through a comparative study o f such countries
as Brazil, Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina.
Not offered 1989-90.
2 6 . Ethnic C o n flicts.
An examination o f the political, economic,
and social forces that result in ethnic rivalries
within and among states, with particular at
tention to South Asia.
Fall semester. Samarasinghe.
2 7 . Th e Po litics o f S e ttle r S ta te s .
A comparative analysis o f native-settler rela
tions as they first emerged in Ireland, Austra
lia, the United States, South Africa, and Israel.
We shall examine how conflicts over land,
labour, and citizenship contributed to the
political character o f these settler states. Al
though major attention will be given to the
"founding periods” o f these countries, there
will be some opportunity to consider contem
porary circumstances.
Prerequisite: an introductory political science
course and permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Maguire.
3 1 . Fe m in ist Political T h o u g h t
A study o f central political and theoretical
issues such as citizenship, political participa
tion, obligation, authority, justice, freedom
and the state, as they relate to women. The
first part o f the course will concentrate on the
relation o f women to politics according to
traditional theory. The second part will exam
ine contemporary feminist theory. We will
explore whether women can be included in
the governmental structures put forth by tra
ditional theories, and what alternative visions
o f politics might take their place.
Not offered 1989-90.
4 0 . T h e Vietnam W ar.
The aim o f this course is to explore the
reasons for U .S. military involvement in Viet
nam in the 1950s and 1960s and for the
military withdrawal in the 1970s. Topics in
clude Vietnam’s colonial background; the
defeat o f the French and the partition o f
223
Political Science
Vietnam in 1954; the U .S. military commit
ment; foreign policy in the Kennedy-Johnson
years; the anti-war movement; the Nixon pol
icy o f "Vietnamization” ; and the effects o f the
war on Cambodia and Laos.
Not offered 1989-90. Beitz.
4 1 . D efense P o lic y.
Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri
can defense policy since World War II, with
particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations
o f past and present policies will be explored.
Not offered 1989-90. Kurth.
4 2 . H e alth P o lic y.
(Also listed as Economics 75 .) Analysis of
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization o f
health care delivery (roles and views o f phy
sicians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools,
para-professionals); biomedical research pro
grams. Students wishing to take this course
should consult in advance with the instruc
tors. Prior work in at least two o f the following
will be helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political
Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4,
32.
Spring semester. Smith.
4 3 . Food P o lic y : National and
International Iss u e s.
The causes and possible solutions to major
food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government policy
in production, distribution, and consumption
o f food. Principal focus will be upon the
American agricultural experience, food sys
tems in less developed countries, international
trade and aid as solutions, and international
measures to improve food security. A field
trip, an early final exam, and a substantial
paper are features o f the course. Students with
little work in political science may be admitted
with the consent o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
224
4 4 . R a c e , Eth n ic ity and Public Po licy.
An analysis o f important policy questions
with direct and indirect bearing on racial and
ethnic groups. The focus o f the course is on:
1 ) the political institutions that shape the
formulation o f policy (elections and parties,
courts, administrative agencies); 2 ) specific
policy areas o f contemporary conflict (hous
ing, education, employment); 3 ) the various
mechanisms (affirmative action, quotas, tar
geted job aid) used as remedies. The format
will be discussion. Suggested prerequisite
either Political Science 1 or 2.
5 0 . Public L a w and Public
A d m in istra tio n .
Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role o f the courts in gov
ernmental administration. Issues o f organiza
tion and procedure. The interaction o f public
law and public policy, with particular attention
to certain sectors o f public policy.
Not offered 1989-90.
5 1 . Po litics o f A d m in is tra tiv e L a w
and P o lic y.
An examination o f the American administra
tive process. The role o f law in effecting
public policy and administrative governance
will be studied with attention to how different
administrations interact with Congress, the
Judiciary, and interest groups over issues of
public administration. Among topics reviewed
will be environmental and health regulations.
Fall semester. Benda.
5 2 . A m e ric a n C onstitutional L a w .
The role o f the Supreme Court in the Ameri
can political system, viewed both historically
and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of
constitutional law and development empha
sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope o f national
power; due process, equal protection, the
First Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Fall semester. Smith.
5 3 . A m e ric a n Ele cto ra l Po litics.
An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri
can political parties. The study o f interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the leg
islative process.
Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin.
53B. Th e M a s s M ed ia and A m e ric a n
Politics.
An historical and contemporary consideration
of the effects o f mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institutions.
Not offered 1989-90. Rubin.
53C. Presiden tial P o litic s and
Public P o lic y.
The central focus o f the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercise
of presidential power.
Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin.
54. Political T h e o ry : Plato to
M achiavelli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer
gence o f a distinctively modem political out
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role of law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Fall semester. Thiele.
55. M odern Political T h e o ry .
A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings o f
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding lib
erty, political obligation, the common good,
human nature, and distributive justice. Not
open to students who plan to take the Political
Theory seminar.
Spring semester. Hirschmann.
56. C on te m p o ra ry Political T h e o ry .
An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics
a special concern will be the ability o f contem
porary liberal political and economic thought
to respond to its critics’ attacks on its psycho
logical and epistemological foundations, and
on its adequacy as a guide to political under
standing and action. An effort will be made to
understand the various and often conflicting
currents within liberal theory, as well as to
identify certain common problems. Marxist,
existentialist, anarchist, and structuralist crit
ics may be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permis
sion o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90.
5 7 . Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso
phers, and social scientists. Issues to be con
sidered include the nature and validity o f law,
the relation o f law to morality, and the place
o f political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be dis
cussed. Readings will be chosen from classical
and contemporary works in the philosophy
and social science o f law as well as from rep
resentative cases.
Spring semester. Benda.
5 8 . International Political T h e o ry .
An examination o f several important moral
problems in international affairs. Topics to be
discussed include the morality o f war, war
crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics
o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, selfdetermination, and the moral status o f the
nation-state; and international distributive jus
tice. Readings will be selected from classical
and contemporary sources.
Not offered 1989-90.
5 9 . Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t
(Also listed as Philosophy 59 and Religion
5 9 . ) The course will study the Catholic tradi
tion o f social thought, recent theoretical de
velopment in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move
ments, especially in Latin America. The prin
cipal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal
social encyclicals; 2 ) documents o f the Second
Vatican Council and Latin American bishops
on nuclear war and the economy; 3 ) writings
o f liberation theology. From time to time,
selected applications o f this theory, e.g., the
growth o f "base communities” in Brazil will
also be studied.
Spring semester.
6 0. Special Topics in Political
S cie nce .
Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Each semester. Members o f the Department.
225
Political Science
6 2 . Colloquium and R e se a rch P ro je c t on
Pre s id e n tial Ele ctio n s.
The principal requirement o f this course is the
successful completion o f an independent re
search project that examines a single presiden
tial election campaign between 1952 and
1984. There will be background readings and
discussion o f the presidential election system,
the dynamics o f shifting groups in coalitions,
and the role o f the mass media. Each student
will be doing an independent research paper.
Topics for papers include analyzing candidate
images, political themes, public opinion, and
campaign strategies during a particular elec
tion year, putting the specific campaign in the
broader context o f election cycles, institu
tional changes, and shifts in public policy.
Enrollment will be limited; interested students
should see Professor Rubin for permission.
Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an
advanced course in American politics.
Not offered 1989-90. Rubin.
6 3 . Th e P o litic s and Political C ulture o f
A m e ric a n J e w s .
The subject o f this course will be an analysis
o f the actual political behavior o f American
Jews, and the attitudinal substructures and
cultural underpinnings that shape that behav
ior. Theories accounting for distinctive Ameri
can Jewish behavior will be evaluated, and
empirical studies o f mass and elite behavior
will be assessed. A colloquium-seminar for
mat will be used to explore the relative influ
ence o f ethnic socio-religious values and expe
rience, group social and political objectives,
and the impact o f American culture and ide
ology on contemporary American Jewish po
litical thinking. The first half o f the semester
will be devoted to exploring specific questions
through reading and discussion. The second
half will involve the completion by each stu
dent o f a major research paper on a topic
emanating from the prior discussions. This
research thesis, rather than exams, will be the
sole written component.
Not offered 1989-90. Rubin.
6 4 . Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o o ls.
(Also listed as Education 64. See course de
scription under Program in Education.)
Not offered 1989-90. Travers.
6 5. Political P s yc h o lo g y.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
226
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of
presidents and other leaders; psychological
distortion in political decision; personality
types among the public; psychological factors
in public opinion and revolution. Projects
may involve class or individual research.
(Cross-listed as Psychology 65 .)
Not offered 1989-90. Peabody.
6 8. En viro n m e n ta l P o lic y.
(Also listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple
mentation are explored. Topics: survey of
environmental problems including global
population, global climate change, water and
air pollution, and resource depletion; survey
o f developments in the law o f environmental
protection; use and abuse of cost-benefit analy
sis in environmental regulation. Concepts
from mathematics and technology are intro
duced, as necessary, to understand environ
mental processes. Additional topics may in
clude environmental political movements in
the U .S. and Europe, environmental degrada
tion in developing nations, and quantitative
policy models implemented by computer.
This course does not satisfy the distribution
requirements.
Not offered 1989-90. McGarity.
6 9. Political Ec o n o m y o f
M acro e co n o m ic P o lic y .
(Also listed as Economics 23). The course
treats together the economic and political
aspects o f public policy on employment, out
put, and the price level. The course focuses on
both theory and selected modem episodes in
American experience and policy. Intended as
a single- or double-credit seminar for students
in the Public Policy Concentration and open
for single credit to others who have taken
appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, on
which consult the Catalogue and, as to excep
tions, one o f the instructors.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and Eco
nomics 1 and 2.
Not offered 1989-90.
93. Directed Readings in Political
Science.
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and
the instructor.
9 6 . T h e s is .
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, normally during either semester o f the senior
year.
S E M IN A R S
The following seminars prepare for examina
tion for a degree with Honors:
Not offered 1989-90.
100. Political T h e o ry : A n c ie n t
An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1) competing
theories o f international politics, (2 ) war and
the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management o f
various global issues such as food and energy.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Spring semester. Hopkins.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer
gence o f a distinctively modem political out
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Spring semester. Thiele.
101. Political T h e o ry : M o d e rn .
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works o f
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such prob
lems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the
basis o f political obligation, liberty, and de
mocracy. Particular attention will be given to
the question o f distributive justice and the
relevance o f Marx’s political and philosophi
cal writings to liberal theory.
Each semester. Hirschmann.
102. Po litics and Le g is latio n .
The study o f political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative pro
cess. Emphasis is on American politics, with
some comparative material; and, ultimately,
on politics from the standpoint o f theories o f
political democracy.
Spring semester.
103. P ro b le m s in G o ve rn m e n t and
Adm inistration.
Problems o f administrative organization, pol
icymaking and responsibility, with primary
reference to the United States and to selected
fields o f policy.
10 4 . International Po litics.
105. A m e ric a n Foreign Po licy.
A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modem world together with a
critical investigation o f the making and imple
menting o f American foreign policy. A variety
o f explanations o f American foreign policy
will be discussed and evaluated, and the politi
cal, economic, and social influences upon
it will be considered. Key assumptions o f
United States policy-makers will be subjected
to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions and
policies will be analyzed.
Fall semester. Oye.
10 6. Pu blic L a w and Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realis
tic,” and behavioral approaches to jurispru
dence; the nature o f the judicial process and
other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated
by judicial decisions and other legal materials
relating to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. Smith.
1 0 7 . C o m p a ra tive P o litics : C om m u nist
Re g im e s.
A comparative study o f communist regimes.
Beginning with a comparative analysis o f the
Russian and Chinese revolutions, this course
will focus on: (1 ) Marxism-Leninism as a
revolutionary ideology; (2 ) the relationship
between economic backwardness, socialist
transformation and the development o f Leni-
227
Political Science
nist regimes; (3 ) sources o f political conflict
within society; (4 ) problems o f organization
and policy process; (5 ) Sino-Soviet relations
and sources o f conflict between communist
regimes. Special attention will be given to
current dilemmas o f political and economic
reform, and the limits to change in Leninist
regimes. We will also examine contending
approaches to the study o f communist systems
(totalitarian models, bureaucratic politics ap
proaches, class analysis, etc.), placing them in
historical and political perspective.
Not offered 1989-90. White.
10 8. C o m p a ra tive Po litics : Eu ro p e .
An introduction to the logic o f comparative
inquiry and its application to the study o f
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, Italy, France, and West
Germany. The focus will be on the relationship
between state institutions, political parties,
and mass movements. The central question
explored will be: W hy have some nation
states fostered stable liberal-democratic in
stitutions, strong two-party systems, and
peaceful protest movements, while others have
experienced Fascism, electoral instability, and
terrorism?
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or permission
o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Maguire.
109. C o m p arative Po litics : A fric a and
the T h ird W orld.
A comparative study o f the politics o f subSarahan African societies undergoing change
and pursuing economic development. Various
theories, approaches, and methods o f expla
nation are examined. The role o f Africa and
other third world states vis-a-vis advanced
industrial societies is also considered.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
228
110 . C o m p arative P o litics : Latin
A m e ric a .
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re
public. The course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class struc
tures and social values, and an examination of
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
o f creating stable democratic institutions;
causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings of
politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes;
and the utility o f dependency theory in ex
plaining U.S.-Latin American relations.
Spring semester.
1 7 1 . R e se a rch on th e U rba n U nde rclass.
(Cross-listed as Economics 171.) This seminar
will focus on currently on-going research on
urban concentrations o f disadvantaged per
sons, often referred to as the "urban under
class.” The seminar will review economic,
political, sociological, and anthropological stu
dies dealing with employment, education, wel
fare, crime, housing, transportation in urban
areas o f the U .S. and the institutions and
governmental policies that influence disad
vantaged persons’ experiences in these areas.
Participants in this seminar are expected to
have initiated research on topics in these areas
either with one o f the professors or through
summer internships with relevant agencies or
research groups. Participants will report on
their on-going research and critique the re
search o f others.
Fall semester. Robinson Hollister and Ronald
Mincey.
180 . T h e s is .
All members o f the Department.
Psychology
K E N N E T H J . G E R G E N , Professor
D EB O R AH G . K E M L E R N E L S O N , Professor
J E A N N E M A R E C E K , Professor and Department Head
D EA N P EA B O D Y , Professor?
A L L E N M . S C H N E ID E R , Professor
BARRY S C H W A R T Z, Professor
JU D Y K E G L , Associate Professor8
PH ILIP J . K E L L M A N , Associate Professor
E T H E L D. M O O R E, Assistant Professor
FR A N C IS J . S C H W O ER I, Visiting Assistant Professor*4
5
VIRGINIA V A N D E R S LIC E , Visiting Assistant Professor4
H A N S W A L L A C H , Research Psychologist
The work o f the Department o f Psychology
concerns the systematic study o f human be
havior and experience; processes o f percep
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the develop
ment o f the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
The courses and seminars o f the Department
are designed to provide a sound understanding
of psychological principles and a grasp o f
research methods. Students learn the nature
of psychological inquiry and psychological
approaches to various problems encountered
in the humanities, the social sciences, and the
life sciences.
A special major in Psycholinguistics is offered
in conjunction with the Program in Linguis
tics. A full description o f this major, which
emphasizes fundamental issues in human cog
nitive organization, may be found under Lin
guistics.
A special major in Psychobiology is offered in
cooperation with the Department o f Biology.
Consult either Department Head.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in
the Department. Psychology 6, Critical Issues
in Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite
for further work.
A Course major consists o f at least eight
courses, excluding courses cross-listed in psy
chology that are taught by members o f other
departments, and normally including four o f
the core courses (with course numbers in the
30’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and
Motivation, Perception, Cognitive Psychol
ogy, Psychology o f Language, Social Psychol
2
4
5
8
ogy, Personality, Concepts o f the Person, Ab
normal Psychology, and Child Development.
Students may not take both Psychology 36,
Personality, and Psychology 37, Concepts o f
the Person. Those wishing to substitute more
individualized programs should present their
reasons in writing. Majors should take at least
one course providing them with experience in
research. In addition, majors in Course are
encouraged to enroll in Psychology 9 8 during
their senior year. This course is intended to
provide integration o f different fields o f psy
chology. Successful completion o f Psychology
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
Fall semester, 1989.
Spring semester, 1990.
Joint appointment with linguistics.
229
Psychology
9 8 substitutes for the comprehensive exami
nation. Completion o f a senior thesis (Psy
chology 9 6 and 9 7 ) is another substitute.
Students intending to pursue graduate work
in psychology will also End it useful to take
one o f the statistics courses offered by the
Department o f Mathematics.
T E A C H E R C E R T IF IC A T IO N
Occasionally, majors in psychology wish to
pursue certification for secondary school
teaching. For such students, there are two
normal routes to Social Studies Certification.
One o f these is through a major in the social
sciences, plus four to six semesters o f courses
in other social sciences. Students majoring in
History, Political Science, and SociologyAnthropology are required to take at least
four courses outside their major; students
majoring in Economics or Psychology are
required to take six. The other route to certi-
fxcation is by taking at least twelve semester
courses in social sciences, o f which six must
normally be in one discipline and at least two
more must be in a single other discipline. All
students seeking social studies certification
are required to take two courses in history. As
o f 1987, at least one course in American his
tory and one social science course focusing on
Third World or non-Anglo subject matter are
required. For further information, see the list
ing for the Program in Education.
1. In troduction to P s yc h o lo g y.
tions about the mental world? After exploring
classic attempts to answer such questions, two
major positions are contrasted, the empiricist
and the hermeneutic. Psychological theory
and research are used to illustrate.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Gergen.
An introduction to the basic process under
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which normal
and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.
6 . C ritica l Issue s in P s yc h o lo g y.
An exploration o f selected issues in psycholo
gy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories
and the evidence testing them. This analysis is
applied to previous critical experiments and
in planning new research. The topics covered
may vary from year to year; the department
can supply information on the coverage in a
particular year.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
12 . Psych o lo g ical K n o w le d g e :
De ve lo pm e nt and Ju s tific a tio n .
Designed to introduce students to the problem
o f psychological knowledge. How do we gain
knowledge o f others and ourselves, by what
standards can we say that knowledge has been
enhanced, and how are we to judge proposi-
230
2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y.
(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Renninger.
2 2 . Counseling.
(See Education 25.)
2 3 . Ado le sce n ce .
(See Education 23 .)
Spring semester. Smulyan.
2 4 . Child De ve lo p m e nt and
S o cial P o lic y .
(See Education 66.)
Spring, 1990. Renninger.
3 0 . Ph ysio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning,
and memory. Both experimental analyses and
clinical implications are considered.
Spring semester. Schneider.
3 1. Le arnin g and M o tiva tio n .
This course explores the ways in which expe
rience interacts with biological predisposition
to influence how action is organized and when
it occurs. We study the processes o f condi
tioning and explore how conditioning com
bines with complex cognitive and social fac
tors to influence what organisms do. The
course includes a laboratory that is intended
to acquaint students with central phenomena
of learning and motivation.
Fall semester. Schwartz.
32. Perc eptio n.
An exploration o f the connections among
experience, the physical world, and biological
mechanisms. Theories o f direct perception
are contrasted with those asserting the impor
tance o f inference or hypothesis in perceiving.
Primary emphasis is on research in adult
visual perception, but other senses and some
developmental issues are also treated. Impli
cations o f the study o f perception for the
theories o f knowledge and the visual arts are
examined. There is laboratory work, including
an original experiment conducted by the class.
Fall semester. Kellman.
33. C ognitive P s yc h o lo g y.
A broad overview o f the psychology o f knowl
edge. Models o f human cognition are exam
ined in light o f experimental data. Attention,
pattern recognition, memory, concepts, think
ing, and problem solving are treated, among
other topics. Laboratory exercises and dem
onstrations are included to acquaint students
with the issues and methods in the field.
Fall semester. Kellman.
34. The P s yc h o lo g y o f Language.
This course addresses the cognitive processes
involved in using and understanding language,
and in learning to speak. Topics include speech
procedures and perception, the biological
basis o f language, the nature o f grammatical
and lexical knowledge, production and pro
cessing o f languages in different modalities
(oral, auditory, visual, manual), language ac
quisition and language breakdown. The course
will include both lectures and in-class labora
tories. (Cross-listed as Linguistics 34).
Spring semester. Kegl.
vant to social relationships between people.
Topics include social influence, person per
ception, cognitive consistency theories, ag
gression and group conflict, performing with
"rules,” the achieving society, attraction and
love.
Not offered 1989-90. Peabody.
3 6 . P e rs o n a lity .
An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Sullivan, and others will be discussed. Some
consideration will also be given to personality
assessment. Not open to students who have
taken Psychology 37.
3 7 . C on cep ts o f the Pe rs o n .
An analysis o f central conceptions o f psycho
logical functioning from both an historical
and cultural prespective. Central attention is
given to the developing concept o f the person
within the discipline o f psychology from the
turn o f the century to the present. Theories o f
Freud, Jung, and the neo-Freudians receive
attention, as well as more recent learning,
cognitive, and trait formulations. Questions
concerning the conception o f the person
emerging within the post-modern period are
also raised. Not open to students who have
taken Psychology 36.
Fall semester. Gergen.
3 8 . A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f major forms o f psychological
disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic,
socio-cultural, and psychological bases o f ab
normality are examined, along with their cor
responding modes o f treatment.
Spring semester. Schwoeri.
3 9 . D evelopm ental P s yc h o lo g y.
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
M ajor theoretical perspectives on the nature
o f developmental change are examined, in
cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics
include the formation o f social attachments,
the foundations and growth o f perceptual,
cognitive, and social skills, gender typing,
moral development, and the impact o f parents
and other social agents on the development o f
the child.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.
35. Social P s yc h o lo g y.
An examination o f theory and research rele
231
Psychology
4 2 . H um an Intelligence.
This course adopts a broad view o f its topic,
Human Intelligence. One major set o f sub
topics will be drawn from the intelligence
testing (IQ ) tradition and the controversies
emerging from it—including the heritability
o f IQ, and the conception o f intelligence as a
general trait or as a set o f specific abilities.
Other and less traditional concerns will be
cognitive theories o f intelligence, develop
mental theories o f intelligence, everyday con
ceptions o f intelligence, the relation between
infant and adult intelligence, and the relation
between human and animal intelligence.
Spring semester. Kemler Nelson.
4 3 . C o m p a ra tive C ognition.
An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. What are the universals o f
human cognition? What are its distinctive
features? What are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
human cognition? What are the virtues and
pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the study
o f cognition? The course is open to all students
who have had introductory psychology.
Not offered 1989-9o. Kemler Nelson.
4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and W om en.
An examination o f psychological theory and
research on women and gender. We will study
representations o f women and men in tradi
tional and feminist writings. We shall compare
the assumptive bases o f traditional and femi
nist psychologies o f women, and examine the
critical assumptions found in feminist con
ceptions o f gender. In the latter part o f the
course, we will study important issues for
women such as domestic violence, represen
tations o f male and female sexuality, and
problems with eating.
Fall semester. Vanderslice.
45 . Life T ra n s itio n s : A Psych o lo g ical
P e rs p e c tiv e .
An exploration o f theory and research on
developmental issues across the adult life
span. M ajor life transitions will be examined,
focusing on the normative and idiographic
tasks that make up the transition. Life histories
o f men and women will be considered.
Fall semester. Moore.
4 6 . H um an Fa c to rs .
This course explores perceiving and thinking
232
in applied contexts. Topics to be considered in
depth include 1) Human factors in aviation
and automobile safety, 2 ) Decisionmaking
under uncertainty, and 3 ) Product safety. The
aviation and driving segment o f the course will
emphasize attention, perceptual learning, and
automaticity in training and performance.
Decisionmaking in both personal and public
policy contexts will be considered. Finally, the
product safety aspects o f the course will em
phasize human factors relevant to product
design and use. Introductory psychology is
the only prerequisite for the course. Aspects
o f cognition, perception, and research meth
ods will be introduced as needed in relation to
particular applications.
Spring semester. Kellman.
4 8 . Pe rcep tu al D e v e lo p m e n t
Explores the perceptual world o f the infant
and child in order to assess the impact of
experience on our ability to obtain knowledge
through perception. Research on the early
perception o f objects, space and motion, as
well as event and social perception, will be
considered against the backdrop o f major
theoretical controversies. Students will have
the opportunity to devote much o f their effort
in the course to preparing a substantial paper
on a topic o f their choice. Some knowledge of
development and/or perception may be help
ful, but is not prerequisite.
Not offered 1989-90. Kellman.
5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e cis io n -m a kin g , and
U n c e rta in ty .
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The course
covers philosophical, psychological, and mathemathical aspects o f decision-making in the
face o f uncertain evidence. Topics covered
include the nature o f scientific evidence and
experimentation; probabilistic evidence and
the law; uncertainty and medicine; inferential
versus Bayesian statistics; human decision
making, rational and irrational; techniques
and correctives o f decision-making. The the
ories will be related to such public issues as
nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vac
cination, and strategic nuclear planning.
Cross-listed with Physics and Mathematics.
Not offered 1989-90.
52. Repre se n tatio ns o f W om en’s
Identity.
(See English 82 ). Satisfies distribution re
quirement in group 1 not group 3.
Not offered 1989-90. Marecek and Blum.
60. C on ce pts, W ord M e a n in g s, and
De ve lo pm e nt
This course provides a multifaceted approach
to the question o f how human concepts and
word meanings are acquired. Relevant insights
are drawn from scholarly work in lexical
semantics, language acquisition, psycholin
guistics, cognitive psychology, and develop
mental psychology. Students will read recent
journal articles that present models for the
acquisition o f concepts and word meaning,
pose problems for such models, and/or debate
related issues from the perspective o f both
linguistic and psychology.
The course must be taken concurrently with
Psychology 107, Seminar in Psycholinguis
tics.
Prerequisite: one o f the following—Linguistics/Psychology 34; Psychology 33; Psychol
ogy 39; or permission o f the instructors.
Cross-listed as Linguistics 60.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson and Kegl.
62. The C on stru ctio n o f
Psychological T h e o ry .
How are psychological theories created, con
structed, and sustained? What limits are there
to psychological understanding? This course
explores various social, aesthetic, and ideo
logical factors that enter into the process o f
theory construction. Special attention is also
given to the linguistic and literary conventions
that govern interpretations o f human action.
Prerequisite: Introductory Psychology and at
least one additional course in psychology.
Fall semester. Gergen.
63. Special Topics in C ogn itive
Psychology.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimental
findings. Also, the development o f cognitive
skills receives attention.
Not offered 1989-90.
6 5 . Political P s yc h o lo g y.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies o f presi
dents and other leaders; psychological distor
tion in political decisions; personality types
among the public; psychological factors in
public opinion and revolution. Projects may
involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65 .)
Not offered 1989-90. Peabody.
6 9 . Special Topics in P e rs o n a lity.
Considers selected topics in personality or
ganization and dynamics.
Not offered 1989-90.
8 6. Top ics in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s yc h o lo g y.
This course explores in depth different topics
that are o f interest and concern to both phi
losophers and psychologists. For example, in
Fall, 1987, the focus was rationality and the
explanation o f human action. In practical life,
we usually explain human actions by giving
the person’s reasons—his or her goals and
beliefs—for performing them. In contrast, in
experimental science, we attempt to explain
behavior by finding laws in accordance with
which it occurs. We explored the extent to
which the categories o f explanation that come
from practical life constrain or limit the scope
o f scientific explanations. The course is open
to students who have had at least the introduc
tory course in both philosophy and psychol
ogy. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 86.)
Fall semester. Schwartz and Lacey.
8 7 . Colloquium : P s yc h o lo g y, Biology
and Ec on o m ic R a tio n ality.
The concept o f "economic man,” in rational
pursuit o f self-interest, has had a profound
impact on theory and research throughout the
social sciences in the last two centuries. This
course will offer a critical examination o f the
notion o f economic rationality, exploring the
role it plays in economics, in evolutionary
biology (sociobiology), and in psychology.
The implications o f this notion for thinking
about morality and about social organization
will also be considered. The course will be
233
Psychology
taught in seminar format.
Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica
tion, to advanced students in either biology,
economics, philosophy, or psychology.
Not offered 1989-90. Schwartz.
9 0. P ra cticu m in Clinical P s yc h o lo g y.
An opportunity for advanced psychology stu
dents to gain supervised experience working
in off-campus research projects or clinical
settings. Course requirements and evaluations
are tailored to individual projects. Advance
arrangements for placements should be made
in consultation with a member o f the psycholo
gy department.
Each semester. Staff.
9 1. Re se a rch P ra c tic u m in
Ph ysio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y.
Research on the neural and chemical bases o f
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory
work is designed to introduce students to
techniques in physiological psychology.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By permission of
the instructor.
Fall semester. Schneider.
9 4 . Independent R e se a rch .
Students conduct independent research proj
ects. They typically study problems with
which they are already familiar from their
course work. Students must submit a written
report o f their work. Registration for Inde
pendent Research requires the sponsorship o f
a faculty member in the psychology depart
ment who agrees to supervise the work.
Each semester. Staff.
9 5 . T u to ria l.
Any student may, under the supervision of a
member o f the psychology department, work
in a tutorial arrangement for a single semester.
The student is thus allowed to select a topic of
particular interest, and in consultation with a
faculty member, prepare a reading list and
work plan. Tutorial work may include field re
search outside Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r T h e s is.
W ith the permission o f the Department, stu
dents may conduct a year-long 2-credit re
search project in the senior year as one way to
meet the comprehensive requirement. Such
theses must be supervised by a member of the
psychology department. The final product is
evaluated by the supervisor and an additional
reader. Students should develop a general
plan by the end o f the junior year and apply
for departmental approval. By application.
One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Staff.
9 8. H is to ry and S y s te m s o f Psychology.
Intended to provide integration o f different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the major
systematic points o f view. Special consider
ation is given to problems overlapping several
areas o f psychology.
Fall semester, 1989-90.
Spring semester, 1990-91. Peabody.
S E M IN A R S
10 4. Individual in S o c ie ty .
10 5 . P e rs o n a lity .
An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding o f
other persons, theories o f cognitive consis
tency, group influence and conformity. Ap
plications to political attitudes, group preju
dices, the relation o f attitudes and personality,
and the relation o f psychology to the social
sciences are also considered. Two credits.
Not offered 1989-90. Peabody.
An exploration o f general theories o f human
functioning from Freud to the present, includ
ing consideration o f empirical tests of the
theories. Attention is given to methods of
personality assessment.
234
106. Pe rs o n a lity T h e o ry and
In terp re ta tion .
An exploration o f major theories o f human
personality functioning, with special emphasis
on the process o f exploration itself. Thus,
critical inquiry is made into the theories of
Freud, Jung, the neo-Freudians, Existential
and dramaturgic contributions and trait the
ory. At the same time a variety o f readings in
literary theory, rhetoric, hermeneutics, and
related realms will be used to elucidate the
process by which views o f the human person
ality are developed and sustained. The seminar
emphasizes the close relation between pre
sumptions o f inquiry—literary, ideological,
epistemological—and its outcomes. Prelimi
nary background in relevant areas o f study
required. By permission. Two credits.
Spring semester. Gergen.
107. P s ych o lin g u istics.
This seminar will examine child language ac
quisition from a theoretical, experimental,
and observational perspective. We will begin
with a series o f readings on learnability and
the role o f input in language acquisition. Once
we have established the issues, we will discuss
a series o f experiments designed to study the
acquisition process. We will examine interest
ing syntactic constructions (the acquisition of
prenominal adjectives, prepositions, complex
sentences, and determination o f the argument
taking properties o f verbs) as well as knowl
edge of the sound system (learning to distin
guish or not distinguish phonemes, evidence
for the emergence o f phonological rules).
Although the primary focus will be on experi
mental methodology, we will also consider the
use of longitudinal and diary studies.Typically
this is a one credit seminar. Students majoring
in Psycholinguistics are encouraged to enroll
concurrently in Psychology/Linguistics 60.
Cross-listed as Linguistics 107.
Fall semester. Kegl and Kemler Nelson.
108. Ab n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A study in depth o f various theoretical per
spectives on psychological disorders, includ
ing schizophrenia, autism, depression, and
anxiety disorders. Underlying assumptions o f
each theory will be considered, as well as
empirical evidence supporting the theory. Ap
proaches to treatment will also be studied.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Marecek.
109. Physiological P s yc h o lo g y.
An analysis of the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language.
Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral
relations will be brought to bear on clinical
issues. Two credits.
Spring semester. Schneider.
13 1. Le arn in g and M o tiva tio n .
See description o f Psychology 31. The seminar
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the Learning and Motivation
course.
Prerequisite: Psychology 31. One credit.
31: Fall semester, 1989 and 1990.
131 : Spring semester, 1990 only. Schwartz.
13 2. P e rc ep tio n .
See description o f Psychology 32. The seminar
explores selected topics in human perception.
M ajor theories and experimental data direct
our exploration o f the roles o f inborn mech
anisms and inferential processes in producing
perceptual experience. Adult visual percep
tion o f form, space, motion and their inter
relations are major concerns. Intersensory co
ordination, some auditory perception and
perceptual adaptation are also considered.
Prerequisite: Psychology 32. One credit.
Not offered 1989-90. Kellman.
133. C og n itive P s yc h o lo g y.
See description o f Psychology 33. The seminar
is an intensive study o f higher mental pro
cesses. Specific topics include mental repre
sentation, memory organization, imagery,
attention and consciousness, concept forma
tion, reading, thinking, and problem-solving.
Prerequisite: Psychology 33. One credit.
Spring semester. Kellman.
139. Developm ental P s yc h o lo g y.
See description o f Psychology 39. The seminar
considers in depth special topics o f interest
within the field. A research component is fre
quently included.
Prerequisite: Psychology 39. One credit.
Spring semester. Kemler Nelson.
180. T h e s is.
May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member o f the De
partment is available to undertake the direc
tion o f the thesis. May be taken either as a
2-credit, 1-semester course or as a 2-semester
course for one credit each semester.
Both semesters. Staff.
235
Public Policy
Coordinator: R O B IN S O N G. H O L L IS T E R , J R .
The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several departments toward both critical and practical un
derstanding o f sectors o f public policy, such
as social welfare, health, energy, food and
agriculture, and national defense. The focus
o f the courses in the concentration is on the
development, formulation, implementation,
and evaluation o f policy. The departments
centrally concerned with the concentration
are Political Science, Economics, and Engi
neering; but work in other departments is
decidedly pertinent to the concentration. Fac
ulty members from other departments may be
directly involved in the concentration, and
course or seminar offerings from other de
partments may, in certain circumstances, meet
requirements for the concentration. Some
competence in formal or quantitative methods
is required for students concentrating in Pub
lic Policy, but work in the concentration
equally emphasizes historical, institutional,
and normative analysis.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most inte
grally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments o f Political Science,
Economics, or Engineering. A t a minimum,
the concentration consists o f certain course
requirements, totaling six credits (some o f
which are also counted toward one’s depart
ment major), and an internship. The program
o f each concentrator should be worked out in
consultation with the Coordinator o f the
Public Policy Program and approved by the
Coordinator, preferably at the same time as
majors in the Course and Honors Programs
are planned, but not later than the middle o f
one’s junior year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis,
(2 ) political analysis, and (3 ) quantitative
analysis. These may normally be met by prepa
ration in specified courses. The economic
analysis requirement can be met by Economics
11 (Intermediate Economics) or Economics
100 (Economics Theory) or Economics 4 0
(Public Finance) or Economics 140 (Public
Finance). The political analysis requirement
can be met by Political Science 5 0 (Public Law
and Public Administration) or Political Sci
ence 51 (Topics in Public Administration and
Policy) or Political Science 2 (Policy-Making
in America). The quantitative analysis re
236
quirement can be met by Mathematics 1 (Sta
tistical Thinking), Mathematics 2 (Statistical
Methods), or Mathematics 23 (Statistics),
Economics 3 0 (Statistics for Economists),
Engineering/Economics 3 0 (Operations Re
search), or Economics 35 or Economics 135
(Econometrics). Equivalent honors courses
may be substituted for any o f the above.
In addition to the three preparatory or prereq
uisite courses, three credits must be taken
from among the substantitive policy courses
listed below. These courses deal with substan
tive sectors and institutional aspects o f public
policy analysis. Many o f the courses will be
offered for one credit. Only those seminars ot
courses approved for double credit may be
taken as units in the External Examination
program. W ith approval o f the Coordinator
and the seminar instructor, some seminars
with substantial policy content may be ap
proved for one-credit work in the concentra
tion.
Students interested in the more international
aspects o f public policy or in other specialized
areas o f political science such as mass com
munications or law may request an alternative
set o f preparatory or prerequisite courses.
In special circumstances, students with ade
quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students or those with work done at other
institutions) may request that such prépara-
tion be substituted for courses normally re
quired in the concentration. Approval o f such
requests, as for approval o f internships, will
be the responsibility o f the coordinator and
the committee on public policy studies.
IN T E R N S H IP
Some direct experience or practical responsi
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by com
pleting an internship during either a semester
or a summer or both. Normally, students will
hold internships between their junior and
senior years. The internship program is super
vised by the faculty member serving as coor
dinator o f the concentration, and specific
opportunities may be worked out for the
students.
P R O G R A M IN F O O D P O L IC Y
For the 1989-90 academic year, three courses
relevant to Food Policy will be offered: Politi
cal Science 43, Food Policy; History 68, Food
and Famine; and Biology 28, Crop Plants.
Students should contact Professor Raymond
Hopkins for more information about the pro
gram, especially in regard to the possibility of
limited summer internship funds.
E L IG IB IL IT Y
The concentration is open to students major
ing in any field, although students in the social
and natural sciences are likely to be able to
meet the requirements most readily. Any stu
dent with acceptable preparation is welcome
to undertake work in a public policy course,
subject to the priority for concentrators. For
students concentrating in Public Policy and
reading for Honors, certain work in the con
centration will normally be eligible for exter
nal examination.
Policy
C o u r s e s O ffe r e d
Economics 40.
Public Finance.
Economics 60.
Economics o f Industry.
Economics 6 2.
Government Regulation o f Industry.
Economics 7 1 .
Social Economics.
Economics 7 2 .
Women and Minorities in the Economy.
Ec on o m ics 140.
Public Finance.
Ec on o m ics 1 7 0 .
Labor and Social Economics.
Ec on o m ics 1 7 1 /P o litic a l Scie nce 1 7 1 .
Research Seminar on the Urban Underclass.
Political Scie nce 4 1.
Defense Policy.
Political Scie nce 43 .
Food Policy.
Political Science 4 4 .
Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.
Political Scie nce 53 c.
Presidential Politics and Public Policy.
Ec on o m ics 73 /P o litic a l Scie nce 6 7 .
Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.
En g in ee rin g /P olitical S cie nce 68.
Environmental Policy.
Ec o n o m ics 2 3 /P o litic a l S cie nce 69.
Political Economy and Macroeconomic
Policy.
Economics 7 4 .
Ec on o m ics 1 7 1 /P o litic a l S cie nce 1 7 1 .
Urban Economics.
Research Seminar on the Urban Underclass.
Economics 75 /P o litic a l S cie nce 4 2 .
Health Policy.
237
Religion
J . W IL L IA M FR O S T , Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library
D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R , Professor and Chair3
P. U N W O O D U R B A N , J R ,, Professor Emeritus
S T E V E N B. G O O D M A N , Assistant Professor
A M Y - J I L L L E V IN E , Assistant Professor and Acting Chair
M A R K I. W A L L A C E , Assistant Professor
Religion as a field o f study encompasses historical religious traditions and varied dimen
sions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the di
verse and pervasive nature o f religion, several
methodologies have evolved for its study,
including the skills o f historical investigation,
textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and
socio-cultural interpretation. Added to these
skills is the important ingredient o f empathy
toward the claims religious persons make
regarding what they have perceived to be
ultimately real.
Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Religion and Human Experience
(Religion 1 ), our primary distribution course,
explores the nature o f religion in terms o f its
particular and historical aspects as well as its
generic and universal meanings. Successful
completion o f Religion 1 or another o f the
introductory courses (2 through 10) is nor
mally required for admission to courses num
bered 11 and above. Completion o f two
courses is usually prerequisite for admission
to a major in Course or an External Examina
tion major or minor.
The major in Religion is planned through con
sultation with faculty members in the Depart
ment. Majors in both the Course and the
External Examination Programs are required
to have completed Religion 1, and course or
seminar work inclusive o f several religious
traditions as well as three areas o f analysis and
interpretation: historical-critical, philosophi
cal-theological, and socio-cultural. Majors in
both Course and the External Examination
Program are expected to have taken the back
ground courses required for work in specific
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
238
seminars. Minors in the External Examination
Program are required to take at least two
courses in the Department in addition to
seminar(s).
Only one course cross-listed from another
department can be counted toward the major.
Majors in course will write a one credit Senior
Paper, or, with the consent o f the Department,
a two credit Thesis. They will also take an oral
comprehensive examination based on the
Senior Paper or Thesis and on courses taken
in the major.
1 . Religion and H um an Exp e rie n ce .
This primary distribution course introduces
the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul
tural manifestations, and their influence on
personal and social self-understanding and
action. The course explores various themes
and structures seminal to the nature o f religion
and its study: narrative and sacred scripture;
visions o f ultimate reality and their various
manifestations in art, architecture, literature,
and film; religious experience and its expres
sion in ritual behavior and moral action; the
relationships among religious experience, lan
guage, and reason; religion as both a legitima
tion o f and challenge to cultural norms.
Members o f the Department will lecture and
lead weekly discussion sections.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
2 . Religion and Lite ra tu re .
A major component in the understanding of
most religions is the study o f the sacred
literature and subsequent commentaries that
mediate the religious vision in question. This
course will focus on the problem of how
different communities (some religious, some
not) interpret a variety o f basic religious texts.
To this end, we will consider various contem
porary tools and models for interpreting reli
gious literature: reader-response criticism, rhe
torical analysis, social theory, historical meth
od, feminism, and deconstruction.
Fall semester. Wallace.
3. Introduction to th e H e b re w
Scriptures.
A comprehensive introduction to the history
of ancient Israel and Biblical Judaism as
known primarily, although not exclusively,
through the literature produced and preserved
by those communities. Special attention will
be given to the cultural contexts, both national
and international, in which the texts were
composed, and to the various approaches—
historical, literary, sociological, etc.—by
which the texts have been interpreted.
Fall semester. Levine.
4. Introduction to C h ristia n S c rip tu re s .
This course examines the New Testament
writings in their historical and cultural con
texts, introduces the tools—from the histori
cal critical method to newer disciplines such
as rhetorical criticism and sociological analy
sis— employed to discover the original meaning(s) o f the documents, and investigates the
continuities and the transformations o f Chris
tianity from Jewish sect to independent reli
gion.
Spring semester. Levine.
5. Problem s o f Religious T h o u g h t
The purpose o f this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems o f the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na
ture of religious experience, the existence o f
God, religion and morality, science and reli
gion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include
those given by Martin Buber, William James,
Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
Students are encouraged to find their own
answers and to work out their own religious
beliefs.
Not offered 1989-90.
6. War and Peace.
An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The
first part o f the course will trace the evolution
of major ideas o f war from the Bible to the
present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940
will show the application o f these ideas in this
nation’s response to organized violence.
Fall semester. Frost.
7 . Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m .
A survey o f the varieties o f institutional struc
tures and beliefs o f Judaism from the encoun
ter with Hellenism to the codification o f the
Talmud. Particular attention is paid to the
struggle between ancient tradition and cultural
adaptation, the diversity o f pre- and nonRabbinic Judaisms (e.g., Diaspora accommo
dations, the writers o f the Dead Sea Scrolls
and the Pseudepigrapha), the formation o f the
Biblical canon, Targumim, Midrash, and
Mishnah, the distinctions between orthodoxy
and heresy, and the political and social factors
in which this history took shape.
Spring semester. Levine.
8 . Religions o f India.
This course will survey the doctrinal and cul
tural development o f Hinduism and other
religious systems o f India, including Bud
dhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and Islam. The intel
lectual life o f India will be examined through
principal texts and the work o f scholars.
Topics will include the ritual system o f the
Vedas, the speculative philosophy o f the Upanishads, the mythic tales o f the Epics and
Puranas, the devotionalism o f Bhakti, the
esoteric Tantra, and the challenges to the
tradition offered by non-orthodox systems
such as Buddhism, by the ideology o f Islam,
and by modern reform movements.
Fall semester. Goodman.
9 . M ah a ya n a Ruddhism .
Using texts and the works o f important
thinkers, this course will explore the founda
tions o f the Mahayana—Buddhism’s "Great
Vehicle”—in India, then follow its philosophi
cal development and cultural adaptation
throughout Central and East Asia. The focus
will include the Wisdom (prajna) tradition in
India, the Tantric tradition in Tibet, and the
Meditation (Zen) tradition in China and
Japan.
Spring semester. Goodman.
10. V arie tie s o f Religious Relief.
This course will examine four world-views:
Naturalism, Humanism, Pantheism, and The
ism. Its focus will be primarily descriptive,
although there will be ample opportunity for
critical reflection. Readings include selections
239
Religion
from classical and contemporary literature,
e.g., sacred scriptures, mystical literature,
feminist writings, and sociobiology. Authors
include Peter Berger, F. Doestoevski, Carol
Gilligan, Eric Fromm, Immanuel Kant, S.
Kierkegaard, Sallie McFague, Bertrand Rus
sell, and W.T. Stace.
Fall semester. Urban.
11. Th e H is to ry , R eligion, and
C ulture o f Ja p a n .
This course explores the historical dynamics
o f the religion and culture o f Japan from its
origins to the early nineteenth century. It em
phasizes the interaction between indigenous
Japanese cultural patterns and foreign, domi
nantly Chinese, influences in the context o f
political and social changes over the centuries.
Not offered 1989-90. Swearer.
12 . In troduction to Isla m .
This course will explore some o f the many
facets o f Islam; its history, doctrines, and
institutions. Topics will include a study of
Islamic origins, its conception o f God, proph
ecy and revelation, philosophy and law, Sufi
mysticism, as well as the Islamic revival and an
examination o f modern conflicts and misun
derstandings. A principal source for this study
will the the Qur’an.
Spring semester. Goodman.
13 . C o m p a ra tive Religious M y s tic is m .
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenom
enon within the religious traditions o f Asia
and the West. The writings o f particular mys
tics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, Rabi’a, Mahadeviyakkha, are studied and such problems
as mystic states o f consciousness, language
and mystical experience, the mystic and tradi
tional religious authority, mysticism and com
munity are explored.
Not offered 1989-90.
14. Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
A study o f the question o f religious knowl
edge, the relationship o f faith and reason, the
problem o f evil, theistic proofs, and different
"ideal types” for the understanding o f reli
gious experience. Both critics and advocates
o f religious faith will be considered, as well as
resources from Anglo-American and conti
nental philosophical traditions. Representa
tive philosophers that are studied might in
clude Kant, Hegel, Marx, Ricoeur, Gadamer,
240
Swinburne, and Plantinga.
Spring semester. Wallace.
16. T h e A p o s to lic A g e .
An investigation o f the origin and expansion
o f the Christian Church from the later writings
o f the New Testament until the Edict o f Con
stantine, this course explores through the use
o f primary sources several key transition
points in Christian history, including compe
tition with Judaism, post-canonical develop
ments o f legend and doctrine, the causes of
and responses to persecution, Gnosticism,
asceticism, the position o f women in the
Church, and the distinctions between ortho
doxy and heresy. (Cross-listed as Classics 38.)
Not offered 1989-90. Levine.
1 7 . W estern Religious Thought
fro m 3 25 to 1500.
Survey o f western religious thought from the
early to the late Middle Ages. The focus will
fall on representative figures such as Augus
tine, Bernard o f Clairvaux, Abelard, Anselm,
Aquinas, Maimonides, Eckhart, Julian o f Nor
wich, Wyclif, and Hus; and it will also include
movements such as the early christological
and trinitarian controversies, scholasticism,
monastic reforms, mysticism, rabbinism, sufism, and the appearance o f early Reformation
themes.
O ffered 1990-91. Wallace.
18. W e ste rn Religious Th ou gh t
fro m 1500 to 1900.
Survey o f western religious thought from the
Reformation to the modern period. The focus
will fall on representative figures such as
Luther, Calvin, Loyola, Fox, Mendelssohn,
Kant, Schleiermacher, Edwards, and Hutchin
son; and it will also include movements such
as the Protestant, Catholic, and Radical Re
formations, English Puritanism, neo-Scholasticism, Hasidism, Enlightenment theologies,
American empiricism, and the rise o f histori
cal consciousness and biblical criticism.
Spring semester. Wallace.
19. Q u a k e ris m .
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time of
George Fox until the present. Particular atten
tion is paid to differences in the development
o f Quakerism in England and America.
Not offered 1989-90. Frost.
20. Iss u e s in S cie nce and Religion.
A study o f the interaction between scientific
and religious thought from Plato to Quantum
Physics. Authors include: Plato, Leibniz, Spi
noza, Newton, Darwin, and Einstein. Con
temporary issues include: relativity, creation
science, sociobiology, and chaos theory. Guest
lectures and student presentations will be
features o f the course.
Spring semester. Urban.
22. Religion and Ec o lo g y.
An examination o f the relationship o f religious
thought and life to the global ecological and
nuclear crises o f our day. Themes will include
perspectives on technology, notions o f human
embodiment, and philosophies o f the Other.
Theologies that stress "fecundity” (where na
ture is understood as necessary ecosystem)
and theologies that stress "ascent” (where
nature is viewed as temporary adjunct to
spirit) will be studied on a critical and com
parative basis.
Offered 1990-91. Wallace and Swearer.
29. Religious R e lief and M o ra l A c tio n .
An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts o f
several religious traditions (Buddhism, Chris
tianity, and Hinduism) will be studied and
compared. The relationship o f moral teachings
to the cosmological and theological frame
work in which they occur will be discussed.
The course will analyze concepts o f virtue and
moral reasoning, the religious view o f what it
means to be a moral person, and the religious
evaluation o f a just society.
Not offered 1989-90. Swearer.
30.
Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
(See Sociology and Anthropology 30 .)
3 7.
Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion.
(See Classics 37.)
5 9 . Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t
(See Philosophy 59/Political Science 59 .)
9 3. Directed Reading.
Staff.
95. Tu to ria l.
Staff.
9 6. T h e s is .
Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.
9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r.
Senior majors in Course will normally write
a one-credit paper as the major part o f their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
C o u r s e s o ffe r e d o c c a s io n a lly :
P s yc h o lo g y and Religious Exp e rie n ce
Religious R iograph y
S la ck Religion and Rla ck Lib e ra tio n
PEA CE S T U D IE S
15. Introduction to Peace S tu die s.
The course begins with an examination o f
perspectives on the causes o f war found in
sociology, economics, history, political sci
ence, sociobiology, and religion. Then we will
consider various governmental and private
organizations and methods supposed to allevi
ate the causes o f war. Topics to be discussed
indude the United Nations, the World Court,
international law, and private groups such as
Amnesty International, Women’s Interna
tional League for Peace and Freedom, Ameri
can Friends Service Committee. Students will
be expected to write term papers using the
archives and manuscripts in the Swarthmore
College Peace Collection.
Prerequisite: courses in history or political
science dealing with foreign policy and/or
courses in religion or philosophy discussing
the ethics o f war.
This course can be counted for distribution as
a Social Science unit, but it is not a primary
distribution course and cannot count as a
Humanities division course. It may not be
normally used to fulfill any department’s
major requirements.
Spring semester. Frost.
241
Religion
P R E P A R A T IO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N S
The Department will arrange External Examina
tions in the following areas, to be prepared for
in the ways indicated.
pact o f class, alternative or sectarian groups,
church and state, and the role o f women.
Spring 1990. Frost.
Preparation by seminar:
C o n te m p o ra ry Religious Thought
(S e m in a r: 106).
T h e Idea o f God in H isto rica l
P e rs p e c tiv e . (S e m in a r: 10 2).
An examination o f the development o f the
concept o f God from pre-historic times to the
present. The study will include mythological
materials, the Bible, Sankara, Kierkegaard,
and others.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission
o f instructor.
A s ia n Religious Th ou gh t
(S e m in a r: 103).
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism,
and Taoism.
Prerequisite: Religion 10 or 11, or permission
o f instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Swearer.
Buddhism in S o u th e a st A s ia
(S e m in a r: 10 4).
An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part
o f the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,
and Thailand. The seminar focuses on three
major themes: Buddhism and the legitimation
o f the state, the syncretic character o f popular
Buddhist thought and practice, and the various
responses o f Buddhism to the challenges o f
the modern period.
Prerequisite: Religion 8 or the permission o f
the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Swearer. (See Rel. 110)
Religion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105).
How have religious ideas and institutions
shaped and been influenced by American
culture? Topics include the varieties o f Protes
tantism from Puritanism to the moral majori
ty, the adaptation o f Roman Catholicism and
Judaism to the American context, the encoun
ter o f the traditional religions o f the Indians
and Blacks with Christianity, and the patterns
o f contemporary religious practices. Special
themes will be revivals, millenialism, the im
242
An analysis o f the important movements (e.g.,
neoorthodoxy, neo-Thomism, death-of-God
theology, liberation theology, feminist theol
ogy) and thinkers (e.g., Karl Barth, Paul Til
lich, Martin Buber, Karl Rahner, Mark C.
Taylor, Gustavo Gutierrez, Mary Daly) that
define the development o f twentieth-century
religious thought.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 5,
2, 14, or the permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Wallace.
Lib e ra tio n Th e o lo g y
(S e m in a r: 1 0 7).
A study o f the principal themes o f liberation
theology as it has developed in Latin America
during recent decades; the preferential option
for the poor, the relationship between salva
tion and political liberation, the Biblical cri
tique o f injustice, faith and politics, the role
o f social analysis in theological discourse,
views concerning the Church, Christology
and spirituality, and the conception of the
ology as a critical reflection on liberating
practices made from the stance o f participa
tion in such practices. Readings will be drawn
from such Latin American theologians as Boff,
Gutierrez, and Segundo. Attention will also be
given to the relationship o f liberation theology
to the Roman Catholic tradition, to the social
and political movements which it has influ
enced, and to its critics.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
6 , 29, or the permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Lacey.
J e w is h and C h ristia n Self-Definition
(S e m in a r. 108).
A study o f the various options facing both
Judaism and Christianity in the first century
C.E. and o f the processes by which each
religion narrowed those options in the attempt
to establish a normative identity during the
following two centuries. This seminar focuses
on the development o f the two systems as they
defined themselves through the formulations
of scriptural canons, through debate with
each other and with the secular authorities,
and through their attempts to distinguish
heresy from orthodox belief. Readings include
selections from the New Testament, the Pseudepigrapha, patristic and rabbinic sources, the
New Testament Apocrypha, and records of
the Roman government.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
7.16, or the permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Levine.
Feminist In terpre ta tion o f S c rip tu re
{Seminar: 109).
Using various approaches to biblical study
(historical-critical, feminist, literary, socio
logical, theological), this seminar explores
depictions o f women in both Testaments, the
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected
rabbinic, patristic, and Gnostic writings; the
influence o f patriarchal structures on this
literature and its interpretation; and the re
covery o f women’s history. Particular atten
tion will be given to the myths o f creation and
fall, including the ancient Near-Eastern god
dess traditions; the subversive and the wise
woman; the "feminine” depiction o f deity;
Jesus’ and Paul’s attitudes toward women and
sexuality; and the relationship between ortho
dox institutionalism and women’s leadership
roles.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3,
4.7 .1 6 , or the permission o f the instructor.
Fall 1989. Levine.
Foundations o f Buddhism
(Seminar. 110 ).
A study o f the formative tradition o f Bud
dhism through its earliest sources: the dia
logues (suttas) o f the Pali canon, commentar
ies and chronicles, folklore, and poetic
reflections. The seminar will focus on the
three-fold theme o f the Buddha (the founder
asmodel and inspiration), Dharma (the philo
sophical and ethical doctrines which the Bud
dha taught), and Sangha (the community o f
followers and its institutionalization), the
three "jewels” o f Buddhism.
Sjjring semester. Goodman.
Preparation by course an d attachm ent:
Indian Religion
Religions Of India (Swearer)
Buddhism
Th e Buddhist Tra ditio n .
(Swearer)
Comparative Religious Ethics
Religious Belief and M o ra l A c tio n
(Swearer)
Medieval Religious Thought
W estern Religious Thought
fro m 150 to 1600. (Wallace)
Philosophy o f Religion
Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion (Wallace)
Modem Christian Thought
W e ste rn Religions Thought
fro m 1600 to 1900. (Wallace)
Formative Judaism
Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m
(Levine)
Hebrew Bible
Introduction to the H e b re w S c rip tu re s
(Levine)
Preparation by combinations o f courses:
Early Christianity
Th e C h ristia n S c rip tu re s (Levine)
Th e A p o s to lic A g e (Levine)
Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with
permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.
Students are encouraged to explore the possi
bility o f taking complementary religion courses
at Haverford and Bryn Mawr which do not
duplicate Swarthmore offerings in religious
studies, for example, Islam at Haverford and
Jewish Law and Folklore at Bryn Mawr.
Schedules o f religion classes at Haverford and
Bryn Mawr are available in the Department o f
Religion office.
243
Sociology and
Anthropology
J E N N I E K E IT H , Professor and Chair
A S M A R O M L E G E S S E , Professor
S T E V E N I. P IK E R , Professor
J O Y C H A R L T O N , Associate Professor
S A M U E L K A P L A N , Associate Professor
R R A U LIO M U N O Z , Associate Professor3
RO RIN E. W A G N E R -P A C IF IC I, Associate Professor
M IG U E L D IA Z -R A R R IG A , Visiting Assistant Professor
V ID Y A M A LI S A M A R A S IN G H E , Cornell Visiting Professor
K A T H R Y N K O LR ER T , Lecturer
The program o f this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
department are directed toward understanding
the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in
human societies and cultures, as well as the
pressures and contradictions that produce
patterns o f conflict and change. Courses vari
ously emphasize the comparative study o f
societies and cultures; the conditions o f social
organization as well as disorganization; evolu
tion and the bases o f human adaption; change
as well as continuity; gender and culture; the
human life course; the symbolic aspects o f
human social life.
Emphasis is also placed on the relevance of
Sociology and Anthropology to the study of
modern and, particularly, American society,
and to the social problems o f the modern age.
The department strongly encourages students
to carry out their own research and offers
internship opportunities as well as an ad
vanced colloquium in research design.
In addition to exploring the mutuality of
Sociology and Anthropology, members of the
department and their courses have many links
to neighboring disciplines such as Biology,
Education, English, History, Linguistics, Lit
erature, Philosophy, Psychology, and Reli
gion.
R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as
24, may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted,
and completion o f one o f them will normally
serve as prerequisite to all other work in the
department (Course 3 0 may, however, with
permission o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite.)
Applicants for major will normally be ex
pected to have completed at least two courses
in the department. Course majors will com
plete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
244
50. Majors in the external examination pro
gram are also required to complete course 50.
Normally, majors will complete course 50 by
the end o f their junior years, and prospective
majors are encouraged to take the course
during their sophomore years. Course 21 is
strongly recommended for majors.
The department emphasizes the importance of
familiarity with appropriate elementary statis
tics as well as computer literacy, both for
work taken at the College and for subsequent
career development. Toward underlining this,
the Department crosslists Mathematics courses
1, 2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology
and Anthropology 18,19, and 20), any one of
which may be taken as one o f the eight units
of work required for completion o f a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.
A R E A S O F S P E C I A L C O N C E N T R A T IO N IN S O C I O L O G Y
AND A N T H R O PO L O G Y
Teaching and research interests o f members o f
the department cluster to create a number o f
subject matter areas. Students who are inter
ested in one o f these are encouraged to meet
with the indicated department members to
plan a program o f study.
(1) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Diaz-Barriga, Kaplan, Munoz, Piker,
Wagner-Pacifici)
(2) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology,
and Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)
(3) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, DiazBarriga, Kaplan, Keith, Wagner-Pacifici)
(4) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charl
ton, Keith, Legesse)
(5) Religion and Culture (Charlton and
Piker)
(6 ) Psychology and Culture (Charlton,
Piker)
(7 ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Kaplan, Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici)
(8) Modernization and Development (DiazBarriga, Legesse)
(9 ) Modern America (Charlton, Kaplan,
Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
(10) The Life Course (Keith, Legesse, Piker)
(11) Inequality (Charlton, Diaz-Barriga, Kap
lan, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
(12) Political Behavior and Culture (DiazBarriga, Kaplan, Keith, Legesse, WagnerPacifici)
C E R T IF IC A T IO N F O R S E C O N D A R Y S C H O O L T E A C H IN G
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters
of courses in other social sciences. Students
majoring in History, Political Science,
and Sociology-Anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics and Psychol
ogy are required to take six. The other route
to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo
subject matter are required.
1. M odern A m e ric a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty
and State.
This course will explore central themes and
points o f conflict in American life: authority,
community, sexuality, work, personal iden
tity, politics, and heroism. This exploration
will proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the
institutional representations o f these central
issues and their cultural expressions.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
2 . Introduction to S o cial and C ultural
Change.
The course has two themes. First, it examines
how simpler societies maintain an intimate
and stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modern societies are faced with major
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecologi
cal degradation. Second, the course focuses
on social movements, prophetism, communalism, anarchism, and alienation as responses
to economic and ecological crisis and as forces
o f social transformation. Students will partici
pate in an ethnographic encounter session as
an experiment in cross-cultural communica
tion.
245
Sociology and Anthropology
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Legesse.
4 . C om m u n ity: T h e H um an S tra te g y .
This course considers the conditions under
which both feelings and structures o f community emerge and persist, especially in the
context o f modern society, and the conse
quences for individuals o f participation in
community. The stimulus for these questions
is the recent shift in human social relations
from the small, face-to-face groups in which
most o f our history was experienced, toward
large-scale, complex organizations. What are
the consequences o f the co-existence o f these
different types o f social relation for the quality
o f human lives? Do we still need and/or want
community? Where are we likely to find it?
Aspects o f communal life examined include
conflict management, charismatic leadership,
ritual, maintenance o f distinctiveness, family,
meanings o f work. M ost course readings will
be case studies o f various types o f community:
hunting and gathering bands, utopian experi
ments, retirement villages, communes, kib
butzim, "distinctive groups” (Amish, gyp
sies), religious communities (Shakers, Bruderhof), therapeutic communities.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Keith.
5 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: In troduction to
C o n te m p o ra ry S ocial T h o u g h t
A general introduction to major theoretical
developments in the study o f social life since
the 19th century. Selected readings will be
drawn from the work o f such modern social
theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud,
and Simmel. Readings from contemporary
authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens,
Lukes, and Rieff will also be included. These
developments will be studied against the back
ground o f the socio-philosophical climate o f
the 19th century. Limited enrollment.
Not offered 1989-90. Munoz.
7 . S e x R o le s, P o w e r, and Ide n tity.
An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and his
torical materials. The primary emphasis will
be placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Charlton.
246
10. H um an Evo lu tio n .
(Cross-listed with Bio. 10.) Humankind and
culture are seen in cross-species and evolu
tionary perspective. The course will be divided
about equally between contemporary nonhuman Primates and Hominid evolution, ev
entuating in Homo Sapiens. The course em
phasizes Primate adaptations; continuities and
discontinuities between humans and other
Primates; and the stages and dynamics of
Hominid evolution. A lab section will be de
voted to student projects.
This course is a primary distribution course in
the Division o f the Social Sciences, but not in
the Division o f the Natural Sciences.
Not offered 1989-90. Piker, Williams.
1 1 . Pla ce and People: The
P e rs p e c tiv e s o f G e o g ra p h y.
(Cross-listed with Economics 10.) The mod
em discipline o f geography seeks to under
stand the structure and interaction o f the
ecological system linking people to their envi
ronment and the spacial system linking one re
gion to another by a complex system o f flows.
Hence place and people form the basic themes
o f geography. The discipline synthesizes knowl
edge from both the natural and social sciences
in order to bring understanding to this link
between place and people.
The course begins with a survey o f the major
themes o f modern geography; then turns to
two specialized themes; and ends with a study
o f the basic skills o f cartography. For this year
the two themes are: the geography o f cities—
how they begin and develop, the social and
economic forces that influence their structure,
and the different roles played by the inner city
and suburbia; and the geography o f developing
nations.
Fall semester. V. Samarasinghe.
18 . S ta tis tic a l Th in kin g .
(Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
19 . S ta tis tic a l M eth o d s.
(Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
2 0 . S ta tis tic s .
(Cross-listed as Math 23: Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
2 1. Re se a rch Design Colloquium .
Introduction to the process o f research on
human social life: creation o f research ques
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech
niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generat
ing theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues,
and cultural and historical context in the
research enterprise will be addressed. Students
will design and undertake individual research
projects, and members o f the department will
visit the class to discuss their own research
experience.
Spring semester. Charlton, Keith.
24. Psych o lo g ical A n th ro p o lo g y.
Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psycho
logical, or symbolic, capacities presupposed
by culture; b ) socialization, or the transmis
sion o f culture from generation to generation;
c) the cultural distribution o f personality
traits; and d) culture and mental health. Case
materials will be principally, but not exclu
sively, non-Western, and the cross-cultural
study o f child rearing will receive particular
emphasis.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Piker.
West. The following topics will be empha
sized: religious symbolism; religious evolu
tion; religion as a force for both social stability
and social change; psychological aspects o f
religious belief; and religious change in mod
em America, with particular emphasis on
both Fundamentalism and the "cults.” May
be taken without prerequisites with permis
sion o f instructor.
Spring semester. Piker.
3 3 . Ec o lo g y and S o c ie ty .
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1989-90. Legesse.
3 6 . Pe o p le s and C u ltu re s o f A fric a .
25. Lan gu age , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative socie
ties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social
institutions, African responses to colonial
domination, and the impact o f urbanization
and economic development during the post
colonial period.
Spring semester. Legesse.
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing
under Program in Linguistics.)
4 3 . S o c ie ty and C ulture in S p an ish
A m e ric a .
27. A fro -A m e ric a n C ulture and
Society.
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social stratification and eth
nic relations will be considered as crucial
factors underlying Spanish-American culture.
Particular attention will be given to SpanishAmerican social thought as evidenced in social
sciences research, theology, philosophy, and
literature.
Not offered 1989-90. Munoz.
Black culture is examined at several stages o f
its development in the twentieth century—as
a culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolu
tion. The sociology o f Black American com
munities is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle,
family structure, associational life, religious
institutions, and class structure, and how
these systems react to racism, urban migra
tion, economic deprivation, and political
change.
Not offered 1989-90.. Legesse.
30. Religion a s a C ultural Institution.
(Cross-listed as Religion 30 .) The focus is
primarily cross-cultural, and religion case
materials will be drawn from both pre-literate
and civilized traditions, including the modern
4 4 . S ocial Inequality.
This course analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning o f
social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the na
ture and representations o f work, property,
body, and mind in revealing and reproducing
247
Sociology and Anthropology
social inequalities. The approach is phenome
nological: how are inequalities made social
and how are they disrupted?
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
45 . Field S tu die s in P rim a te B e h a vio r.
An investigation o f primate ethology as stud
ied in the animal’s natural environment. Par
ticular emphasis will be placed on those stu
dies relating social behavior to habitat or
population stress. The course will include
both lecture and seminar format; although
there is no scheduled laboratory, students will
be expected to participate in at least one field
trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Not offered 1989-90. Williams.
4 6 . Political A n th ro p o lo g y .
This course will utilize the comparative per
spective o f anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Not offered 1989-90. Keith.
4 7 . Education and S o c ie ty .
(Cross-listed with Gduc. 47 .) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences o f formal and informal educa
tion in both Western and non-Western socie
ties. Modes o f intended and unintended so
cialization within the school and outside will
be examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent o f social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics o f
classroom life; and the behavioral and aca
demic outcomes o f curricular innovation. Stu
dents will be required to conduct weekly field
work in an educational setting.
Not offered 1989-90.
4 9 . Th e M eaning o f W o rk : S o c io lo g y o f
O c cupation s and P ro fe s s io n s .
This course will take up theory and research
248
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in mod
em societies. Among the topics to be discussed
are classic statements on the division o f labor,
theories o f "post-industrial” society, occupa
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa
tional socialization, ideology and identity,
career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world, pro
fessions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1989-90. Charlton.
5 0 . Intellectual Foundations o f
C o n te m p o ra ry S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y .
Examination o f fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol
ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual his
tory. This course will normally be taken by
Course majors during their junior year. It is
open to non-majors, though freshman and
sophomores must have permission of the
Department chairman.
Fall semester. Kaplan, Piker.
5 1. A n In troduction to A rc h a e o lo g y .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
55. A g e in S o c ie ty .
The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f old and young people and
the use o f age as a principle o f group defini
tion. Specific problems will include relations
between generations, political organization of
older people, and the role o f older people in
the family and the household.
Not offered 1989-90. Keith.
56. Fa m ily .
An investigation o f the main structures and
processes o f family life in several societies and
their causes. The course is cross-cultural and
draws on material from many areas of the
world in an attempt to develop general prin
ciples about the normative and behavioral
character o f family life, but it especially em
phasizes the European family since the middle
ages and class and ethnic variations in the
contemporary United States. The class will
engage in collective comparative research on
poor and middle-class black families.
Spring semester. Kaplan.
60. Spanish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
Through Its N o v e l.
(Also listed as SAL 6 0 —see Modern Lan
guages.) This course will explore the relation
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Not offered 1989-90. Hassett and Muñoz.
62. Latin A m e ric a n U rb a n iza tio n .
This course is designed as an introduction to
problems and issues related to Latin America
urbanization. It provides an overview o f the
processes behind the urbanization o f Latin
America and explores housing policy options.
Members o f the class will be introduced to
concepts such as dependency, underdevelop
ment, the informal sector, marginality, the
culture o f poverty, self-construction, and selfhelp. The role o f the informal sector in urban
development, housing, and the dependent
economy is a particular focus.
Fall semester. Diaz-Barriga.
63. P o w e r, A u th o rity , and C o n flic t
This course analyzes the way in which power
emerges, circulates, is augmented and resisted
in diverse political contexts. Historical and
contemporary cases are interrogated with the
theoretical frameworks o f Marx, Weber,
Gramsci, Arendt, Parsons, and Foucault.
Issues include the question o f state autonomy,
political legitimacy, and the interpenetration
of the personal and the political.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
68. Urban Education.
(See Education 68.)
70 . Sociology o f Film .
A study o f the cultural, economic, and organi
zational forces that shape commercial feature
films in several societies, including United
States, France, and Japan. Required viewing
lab.
Fall semester. Kaplan.
8 0. W om en and Fem inism in the Th ird
W orld.
An examination o f the roles and activities of
women in the Third World, especially South
Asia. Attention will be paid to the develop
ment and activities o f feminist movements in
Third World countries.
Spring semester. Samarasinghe.
8 1. Colloquium : H um an Responses
to Technology.
An exploratory colloquium that examines the
reciprocal impacts between culture and tech
nology, i.e., how culture influences the evolu
tion o f technology and how technology affects
social life. Possible topics: appropriate tech
nology, human engineering in relation to
physical anthropology, environmental impacts
seen from the perspective o f human ecology,
the microelectronic revolution seen from a
proxemic perspective, nuclear technology and
bio technology.
Not offered 1989-90. Legesse.
8 2 . Colloquium : D e velop m ent and
U rb a n iza tio n in the T h ird W orld.
An examination o f the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third
World. This process will be considered in the
context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Spring semester. Legesse.
83. S o cio lo g y o f the A r ts .
An inquiry into the most powerful social
determinants o f the major forms and domi
nant contents o f both the popular and elite
western arts, including literature and various
musical forms. It pays special attention to the
organizational, economic, technological, and
cultural forces which shape the arts and ac
count for both the rise and fall o f particular
aesthetic forms and the development and
decay o f Golden Ages o f artistic production.
Though the course considers the history o f oil
painting in the west, it does not emphasize it
to the exclusion o f the other arts.
Spring semester. Kaplan.
8 4 . L a w and S ocial P o lic y : S e xu a lity
and Reproduction.
(Cross-listed as Women’s Studies 8 4 .) This
249
Sociology and Anthropology
course will examine how the law through
statutes, court decisions, and other forms o f
social policy, encourages and discourages var
ious forms o f sexuality, reproduction, and
parenting. Such issues as contraception, abor
tion, gay and lesbian rights, reproductive tech
nology, family violence, and welfare and fam
ily policies will be covered.
Fall semester. Kolbert.
8 5. P o stm o d e rn ism and Cultural
T h e o ry .
This course examines the emergence o f post
modernist thought and its impact on under
standings o f culture and society. The term
postmodernism is widely used not only to
identify a school o f thought, but also a social
condition based on consumer society and the
globalization o f culture. The scope o f the
course is broad, connecting issues o f post
modernist "culture,” art forms, and ethno
graphic representation with contemporary de
bate on cultural pluralism. Readings for the
course include writings central to the develop
ment o f postmodernist thought (Foucault,
Haraway, Jameson, Said) and recent works on
cultural theory and ethnographic representa
tion (Taussig, Rosaldo, Marcu, Clifford).
Spring semester. Diaz-Barriga.
9 0. R e se a rch In ternship .
The purpose o f this course is to offer students
research experience in professional contexts.
Students are placed in professional research
settings and participate in on-going social
science research projects under supervision.
Settings available for placement may vary
from year to year. Research skills learned and
practiced depend on the topic and type o f
project, and on the current stage o f the re
search in progress. Field notes on the research
activities are turned in to the Swarthmore
instructor at a weekly on-campus meeting.
Juniors and seniors with a B average who will
commit themselves to at least one and onehalf days work on their project per week are
eligible for the course. Transportation costs
will be paid by the department. Credit may be
one, one and one-half, or two credits, depend
ing on individual involvement in the program
and is normally awarded on a credit/no credit
basis. Since available projects may change,
students interested in the course are encour
aged to see the instructor before registration.
Students are also strongly encouraged to take
S & A 21, either before or during the semester
they participate in S& A 90.
Fall and spring semester. Charlton, Keith, and
Smith.
9 3. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the de
partment chair and o f the instructor is re
quired.
Members o f the Department.
9 6 - 9 7 . T h e s is . T h e s e s w ill be required
o f all C o u rs e m a jo rs.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu
torial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester o f their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility o f field work.
Members o f the Department.
Th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External Ex
aminations: S& A 3 0 , 3 3 , 4 4 , 5 5 , 6 3 , 8 2 .
S E M IN A R S
10 1. C ritica l M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
This seminar will trace the development of
critical modern social theory from the works
o f Marx to present day social theorists. Par
ticular attention will be paid to selected works
by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Mar
cuse, Freire, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci
250
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Muñoz.
10 2. C re atio n o f C om m u nity.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements, and institutions such as retire
ment residences and monasteries will be com
pared as examples o f intentional and uninten
tional, planned and unplanned community
creation.
Not offered 1989-90. Keith.
103. Political A n th ro p o lo g y .
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain
ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects
of politics. Readings will cover a wide range o f
cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradi
tional society.
Not offered 1989-90. Keith.
104. Culture and C re a tiv ity .
(Formerly, Human Nature and Culture: Con
vergent Perspectives.) The orientation o f this
seminar is evolutionary and interdisciplinary.
Whatever we are, psychologically and cultur
ally, is in some sense the result o f our evolu
tionary history. But in what sense? The focal
issue: How do natives selectively and creatively
make use o f available cultural resources to
construct themselves and their lifeways? The
vast diversity o f human lifeways argues that
such creative construction is a—perhaps the—
hallmark of human adaptation. Toward explor
ing this issue, the seminar will treat, a) human
evolution materials; b ) foraging band mate
rials; c) language; d) human intelligence;
e) human sexuality; f) emotion; g) gender;
and, h) an appropriate conception o f history
('elective affinity’). Readings will include eth
nographies, novels, and native narratives. The
seminar may be taken for either two or three
units of credit. Two: a normal seminar. Three:
a normal seminar, plus a research paper to be
worked out in consultation with the instruc
tor.
Fall semester. Piker.
105. M odern S o cial T h e o ry .
An analysis o f selected works by the founders
of modem social theory and contemporary
social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Freud will be discussed.
Fall semester. Kaplan.
107. Religion a s a C ultural Institution.
religious evolution; religion as a force for
both social stability and social change; the
psychological bases for religious belief. Major
theories to be considered include those of
Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund
Freud. A cross-cultural perspective will be
emphasized, and attention will be paid to
religious change in modem America.
Not offered 1989-90. Piker.
108. S o cial Inequality.
This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning o f
social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the na
ture and representations o f work, property,
body, and mind in revealing and reproducing
social inequalities. The approach is phenome
nological: how are inequalities made social
and how are they disrupted?
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
109. S o cial and C ultural Change.
This seminar will examine the theories o f
social movements, modernization, Westerni
zation, cultural diffusion, and stages o f devel
opment as they apply to the process o f social
change in non-Western societies. Case studies
will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia,
Peru, Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and
South Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Legesse.
110 . W o rk and the W orkp lace.
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in mod
em societies. Among the topics to be discussed
are classic statements on the division o f labor,
theories, o f "post-industrial” society, occupa
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa
tional socialization, ideology and identity,
career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world, pro
fessions and semi-professions.
Spring semester. Charlton.
The following specific topics will be treated:
251
Sociology and Anthropology
114 . Political S o cio lo g y.
This seminar analyzes the ways in which power
emerges, circulates, is augmented and resisted
in diverse political contexts. Historical and
contemporary cases are interrogated with the
theoretical frameworks o f Marx, Weber,
Gramsci, Arendt, Parsons, and Foucault.
Issues include the question o f state autonomy,
political legitimacy, and the interpenetration
o f the personal and the political.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
115 . Fre ud and M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading o f selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Mitchell, Rieff,
Habermas, and Foucault will be examined.
Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1989-90. Munoz.
118 . Ec o lo g y and S o c ie ty .
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems.
Special attention will be given to the world
food crisis, to climatic change, demographic
252
pressures, environmental degradation, and a
wide range o f adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1989-90. Legesse.
119 . A g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
The social and cultural significance o f age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping cul
tural definitions o f the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastA ff ican and Latin-American age grades, mod
ern retirement communities, life histories
from various cultures. Seminar members will
also do observation and interview projects
focused on age.
Fall semester. Keith.
120 . Ge n de r and C ulture.
A comparative exploration o f the social con
struction o f gender utilizing diverse theoretical
and empirical perspectives.
Not offered 1989-90. Charlton.
180. T h e s is .
Candidates for External Examination who
choose to write theses will usually do this
during the senior year. Students are urged to
have their thesis proposals approved as early
as possible during the junior year.
Members o f the Department.
Women’s Studies
Coordinator: M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y
Committee: N ath alie F. A n d e rso n (English) (fall)
A b b e Rlum (English)
J o y C harlton (Sociology & Anthropology)
N a n c y J . H irsch m an n (Political Science)
Je a n n e M a re c e k (Psychology)
G eorge M o s k o s (French)
A program in Women’s Studies provides stu
dents with the opportunity to learn the con
tributions o f women to society, science, and
the arts, to study gender and gender roles in a
variety o f social and historical contexts, and
to explore new methods and theories arising
from interdisciplinary study. Women’s Stud
ies encourages students to examine critically
the representations o f women in religion, in
the arts and literature, in social and political
theory, and in the sciences.
Students in any major may add either a con
centration or a focus for External Examination
in Women’s Studies to their program by ful
filling the requirements stated below. Students
intending to pursue Women’s Studies should
submit their proposed program to the coordi
nator o f the concentration at the time they
submit their sophomore papers. All program
proposals must be approved by the Women’s
Studies Committee.
The Jean Brosius Walton ’35 Fund contributes
to the support o f activities sponsored by the
Women’s Studies Committee.
C O N C E N T R A T IO N
Each concentration must include a minimum
of six credits (for the class o f 1990, five
credits) o f Women’s Studies courses. Two
courses shall be outside the student’s major;
one course must be the Capstone Colloquium.
Students may elect, with the approval o f the
coordinator, to write a one-credit thesis or
pursue an independent study as a substitute
for regular course work. Students may further
elect, with the approval o f the coordinator, to
include in their programs courses on women
and gender offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford,
and the University o f Pennsylvania. Students
will normally take the Capstone Colloquium
in the spring semester o f the senior year.
Concentrators must complete the equivalent
of a comprehensive examination devised by
the colloquium instructor.
English Lite ra tu re 10. Fa m ily T ie s .
Courses on women and gender currently of
fered for the concentration:
English Lite ra tu re 9 0 A . C h e rc h e z la
fe m m e : Th e “ M y s te r y ” o f W om an in
th e M y s te r y Ge n re .
Biology 9 3. Directed Reading in
Fem inist C ritiq u e s o f Rio log y.
Economics 7 2 . W om en and M in o rities
in the Ec o n o m y.
Education 3 1. W om en and Education.
English Lite ra tu re 12. Th e O th e r:
L ite r a ry Rep re se n tatio ns o f G ender,
C u ltu re , and Pla ce .
English 2 9 . In scrip tio ns o f the
Fem inine in 16 th - and 17th -C e n tu ry
England.
English Lite ra tu re 5 3: C on te m p o ra ry
W om en’s P o e try .
English 8 1. W om en and M o d e rn ism .
En g lish Lite ra tu re 8 2 /P s y c h o lo g y 5 2.
R e p re se n tatio ns o f W om en’s
Iden tity.
English 8 3 . Fe m in is m /P s y c h o A n a ly s is / M a rx is m .
English Lite ra tu re 9 1. Fe m in ist L ite ra ry
C ritic is m .
English Lite ra tu re 112 . W om en and
Lite ra tu re .
253
W om en’s Studies
H is to ry 10 6. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r.
W om en in E a rly A fric a n
C iv iliza tio n s .
H is to ry 2 5 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and
Change in M od ern Eu ro p e .
H is to ry 3 4. W om en, G e n d e r, and
M od ern Eu ropean H is to ry .
H is to ry 5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and
P o litic s .
M o d e rn Lan gu age s 25 F. L ’Ancien
Regim e.
M o d e rn Lan g u ag e s 33 F. Fem m e s
E c riv a in s .
M od ern Lan g u ag e s 7 6 F . Ec ritu re
Fem inin e.
M od ern Lan g u ag e s 5 0 6 . S tu d ie s in
M od ern G e rm an Lite ra tu re :
T w e n tie th C e n tu ry G e rm an W om en
in Film and Lite ra tu re .
M od ern Lan gu age s 5 5 S A . Th e Fiction
o f C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n ish -A m e ric a n
W om en W rite rs .
M od ern Lan gu age s 6 6 S . Spanish
W om en W rite rs o f the N ineteenth
and Tw e n tie th C en tu ries.
M u s ic 3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and
C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f th e E a rly 20th
C e n tu ry.
Ph ilo so ph y 4 5 . Ph ilo so p h y and
Fe m in ism .
Political S cie n ce 3 1 . Fe m in ist Political
Thought
P s yc h o lo g y 4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and
W om en.
Religion 109. Fe m in ist In terp re ta tion o f
S c rip tu re .
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 7 . S e x
R o le s, P o w e r, and Ide n tity.
S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 56.
Fa m ily .
S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 80.
W om en and Fem inism in the Third
W orld.
S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 8 4 . La w
and S o cial P o lic y o f S e x and
R eproduction.
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 120.
Gen de r and C ulture.
W om en’s S tu d ie s 8 4 . L a w and Social
P o lic y o f S e x and Reproduction.
This course will examine how the law, through
statutes, court decisions, and other forms of
social policy, encourages and discourages vari
ous forms o f sexuality, reproduction, and
parenting. Such issues as contraception, abor
tion, gay and lesbian rights, reproductive tech
nology, family violence, and welfare and fam
ily policies will be covered.
Limited enrollment.
Fall semester. Kolbert.
W om en’s S tu die s 9 1 . Capstone
C olloquium in W om en’s S tu d ie s.
Advanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. The class is normally
limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in
their senior year who have satisfactorily com
pleted their courses in Women’s Studies and
cannot normally be used to fulfill distribution
requirements. (In 1991, Women’s Studies 91
will convert to Women’s Studies 100, a twocredit seminar.)
Spring semester. J. Marecek.
A F O C U S F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N
Each focus for External Examination must
include the following 12 credits, after which
the student may take the appropriate external
examinations and may, at the discretion o f the
external examiners, receive honors in Wom
en’s Studies:
254
1) at least 3 fields as defined by the student’s
departmental major, one field o f which must
also be a Women’s Studies field as defined by
the Women’s Studies committee and listed
below, 2 ) at least 3 fields in Women’s Studies
outside the student’s departmental major,
fields as defined by the Women’s Studies
committee and listed below, 3 ) one o f the
Women’s Studies fields outside the departmental major must be the Women’s Studies
Capstone Seminar (2 credits), normally taken
in the spring semester o f the student’s senior
year.
The following is the list o f fields in Women’s
Studies for which external examinations may
be arranged. Though a course or seminar may
appear in more than one combined field on
the list, a course or seminar may be used only
once in a student’s program o f study. Students
should note that some courses and seminars
may have prerequisites for which they will be
responsible. More information is available
from the Women’s Studies Coordinator.
Fields
Preparations by Course Combinations
Women and th e Ec o n o m y . (2 or 3 credits)
At the general level this field examines topics
in labor and/or social economics. These in
clude the organization o f labor markets, deter
minants o f wages, income inequality, and
discrimination. Government policies with re
spect to labor relations, health, education, and
welfare are also studied. The particular em
phasis in examining these topics is on the
experience and special problems o f women in
the economy, including labor market dis
crimination, wage differentials, and unem
ployment. Students may prepare for this field
by taking a combination o f the following
courses.
1. Economics 72. Women and Minorities in
the Economy plus either
2. Economics 70. Labor Economics a n d /o r
3. Economics 71. Social Economics or
4. Economics 170. Labor and Social
Economics.
[Four combinations are possible here: Eco
nomics 72 plus Economics 70 (2 credits),
Economics 72 plus 71 (2 credits), Economics
72 plus Economics 70 plus Economics 71 (3
credits), or Economics 72 plus Economics
170 (3 credits).]
Women in A m e ric a n H is to ry and
the Econ o m y. (2 credit)
This field covers the experience o f women in
American society from the Colonial period to
the present, with emphasis on women’s place
in the larger economy, the changing nature o f
work, economic explanations o f differences
in wages (discrimination, human capital, oc
cupational segregation), the rise o f feminism,
and the resistance to women’s rights. Students
may prepare for this field with a combination
o f the following courses.
1. History 54. Women, Society, and Politics
plus
2. Economics 72. Women and Minorities in
the Economy.
W om en in E a rly M od ern Eu ro p e .
(2 credit)
This field considers continuity and change in
the conditions and representations o f western
European women between the Renaissance
and early nineteenth century with emphasis
on France. Students may prepare for this field
with a combination o f the following courses.
Note that French 25 is conducted in French.
1. History 25. Women, Society, and Change in
Modern Europe plus
2. French 25. L’Ancien Regime.
Fre nc h W om en W rite rs . (2 credit)
Students preparing this field should be famil
iar with important French women writers
from the Middle Ages to the present day,
examining their writings for their intrinsic
literary value, for their contributions to phi
losophical and critical theory, and also as
cultural artifacts through which the shifting
social position o f women in France can be
understood. Students may prepare this field
through a combination o f the following
courses. Both courses are conducted in French.
1. French 33. Femmes écrivains plus
2. French 76. Ecriture feminine.
C o n te m p o ra ry Fem in ist T h e o ry .
(2 credit)
French women have made crucial contribu
tions to literary, philosophical, and critical
theory in France since 1968, questioning and
subverting from a feminist perspective estab
lished structures and male norms o f interpre
tation. Essential areas o f study include decon
struction, psychoanalysis, the notion o f au
thority, and general critical theory. Students
may prepare for this field with the following
255
W om en’s Studies
combination o f courses. Note that French 76
is conducted in French.
Preparation by Seminars and Theses
1. French 76. Ecriture feminine plus
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism.
W om en and Lite ra tu re : Fe m in ist Theory
and W om en N o v e lis ts —R e vo lt o r
Containm ent? (2 credit)
Fe m in ist A p p ro a c h e s to P o e try .
English 112.
(2 credit)
A consideration o f contemporary American
women’s poetry through the perspectives of
fered by contemporary feminist theory. Stu
dents may prepare for this field with a com
bination o f the following courses.
W om en and Lite ra tu re : Th e Politics of
S u b je c t, O th e r, S e lf. (2 credit)
1. English 53. Contemporary Women’s Poetry
plus
2 . English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism.
Fe m in ist A p p ro a c h e s to
Re pre se n tatio n. (2 credit)
This field examines different approaches to
the category o f woman and the subject and
considers social, cultural, psychological, and
linguistic constructions o f identity. The focus
is on discovering the gender assumptions that
underlie various representations o f the self,
and on questioning how representation me
diates our notions o f identity. Students may
prepare for this field with a combination of
the following courses.
1. Psychology 52/English 82. Representations
o f Women’s Identity plus eith er
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism or
3. Modern Languages 50G . Twentieth Century
German Women in Film and Literature.
Fe m in ism , P h ilo so p h y, and Po litics.
(2 credit)
This field encompasses the theoretical consid
eration o f women’s relation to political and
philosophical concepts through the study o f
both classic works in political theory and
philosophy, and contemporary feminist schol
arship. Students may prepare for this field
with a combination o f the following courses.
1. Political Science 31. Feminist Political
Thought plus
2 . Philosophy 45. Philosophy and Feminism.
256
English 112. (new, spring 1990)
W om en and Lite ra tu re : M od ern Poetry.
(2 credit)
English 112. (new, to be offered 1990-91)
Fem in ist In terp re tation o f S crip tu re.
(2 credit)
Religion 109.
Ge n de r and C ulture. (2 credit)
Sociology-Anthropology 120 (new, fall 1989)
T h e s is . (2 credit)
Thesis to be on a related women’s studies
topic, appropriate from any department which
approves the student’s proposal.
C apstone S e m in a r in W om en’s Studies.
(2 credit)
Advanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. Required of, and
normally limited to, students in the spring of
their senior year who are completing either a
concentration or a focus for external exami
nation in Women’s Studies. (The Capstone
seminar is currently listed as Women’s Studies
91 and will continue to be offered for one
credit until the spring o f 1991 when it will
convert to a two-credit seminar. For the class
o f 1990 only, students who wish to complete
a Focus for External Examination may take a
one-credit attachment to the one-credit Cap
stone Colloquium to complete the 2 credit
field.)
Women’s Studies 100.
VI
The Corporation
Board o f Managers
Alumni Association
Officers
The Faculty
Administration
Visiting Examiners
Degrees Conferred
Awards and Distinctions
Enrollment Statistics
257
The Corporation
Neil R. Austrian, Chairm an
22 Ballwood Road
Old Greenwich, C T 0 6870
Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
J. Lawrence Shane, V ice-Chairm an
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Suzanne P. Welsh, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
William T. Spock, Secretary
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Board of M anagers
Ex officio
David W. Fraser
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Chairm an o f the Board Emeritus
Eugene M. Lang
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021
Em eriti
Boyd T. Barnard
Dunwoody Village CH105
3 5 0 0 West Chester Pike
Newtown Square, PA 19073
Isabel Jenkins Booth
#84 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
#100 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier
209 N. Fairfield Road
Devon, PA 19333
Julien Cornell
Central Valley, NY 10917
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. .
#916 The Benson East
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Term Expires D ecem ber, 1989
Maria Klemperer Aweida
7184 Spring Court
Boulder, CO 80303
258
Clark Kerr
8 3 0 0 Buckingham Drive
El Cerrito, CA 9 4530
Walter Lamb
Merlin Road
Chester Springs, PA 19425
Charles C. Price III
15 Dogwood Lane
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Sue Thomas Turner
Box 121, Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803
Richard B. W illis
Foulkeways, Apt. N14
Gwynedd, PA 19436
David Baltimore
Whitehead Institute for Biomedical
Research
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology
9 Cambridge Center
Cambridge, MA 02142
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
1080 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10028
*J. Martin Cornell
205 Parrott Road
West Nyack, NY 10994
‘ Eleanor Duguid Craig
Department o f Economics
University o f Delaware
Newark, DE 19716
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Griswold Hall, Room 208
Harvard Law School
Cambridge, MA 02138
Ramon Lee Posel
212 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19106
J. Lawrence Shane
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
William T. Spock
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Ira Tensard Wender
Patterson, Belknap, Webb Sc Tyler
3 0 Rockefeller Plaza, 36th fl.
New York, NY 10112
Term Expires D ecem ber ig g o
Neil Austrian
22 Ballwood Road
Old Greenwich, C T 0 6870
‘John C. Crowley
615 Linda Vista Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91105
‘ Marilyn Tindall Glater
131 Myrtle Street
Boston, MA 02114
Samuel Hayes III
Harvard Business School
Soldiers Field
Boston, MA 02163
Richard Hurd
167 Wharton Lane
Bethlehem, PA 18017
Barbara Weber Mather
Pepper, Hamilton &. Scheetz
Fidelity Building
123 South Broad Street
Philadelphia, PA 19109
Term Expires D ecem ber ig g i
Mary Schmidt Campbell
457 N. 144th Street
New York, NY 10031
Graham O . Harrison
8017 Grand Teton Drive
Potomac, MD 2 0854
James C. Hormel
1546 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94102-6007
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
Elise F. Jones
108 Beaumont Drive
Newtown, PA 18940
Avery P. Rome
6 4 Raynham Road
Merion, PA 19066-1829
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
101 Central Park West
New York, NY 10023
Board o f M anagers
*Daniel Singer
5410 39th St., N.W.
Washington, DC 20015
*Sally A. Warren
11 East 63rd Street, #3 A
New York, NY 10021
Rosalind Chang Whitehead
415 E. 54th Street, Apt. 29G
New York, NY 10022
Term Expires D ecem ber, 1992
Dulany Ogden Bennett
9 8 School Road
Wilmington, DE 19803
Frederick A. Hargadon
295 Harrison Street
Princeton, NJ 0 8540
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
The Urban Institute
2100 M Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20037
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Kohlberg S t Company
116 Radio Circle
Mt. Kisco, NY 10549
William F. Lee, Jr.
Three Rosemont Business Campus
Suite 211
919 Conestoga Road
Rosemont, PA 19010
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Rockefeller Family & Associates
Room 5600
3 0 Rockefeller Plaza
New York NY 10112
‘ Susan W illis Ruff
3521 Ordway Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20016
‘ M arcJ. Sonnenfeld
2000 One Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Committees O f The Board
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Neil R. Austrian, Chairman
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice Chairman
Marilyn Tindall Glater
Graham O. Harrison
Richard Hurd
Elise F. Jones
Eugene M. Lang
William F. Lee, Jr.
Barbara Weber Mather
Elizaabeth J. McCormack
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
William T. Spock
Finance and Trusts Adm inistration
J. Lawrence Shane, Chair
William T. Spock, Vice Chair
Eleanor Duguid Craig
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Richard Hurd
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
260
Walter Lamb
Barbara Weber Mather
Daniel Singer
Richard B. W illis
Instruction and Libraries
Marilyn Tindall Glater, Chair
David Baltimore, Vice Chair
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Julien Cornell
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Frederick A. Hargadon
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
Elise F. Jones
Clark Kerr
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Barbara Weber Mather
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Ramon Lee Posel
Charles C. Price III
Avery P. Rome
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
William T. Spock
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Investment
Graham O. Harrison, Chair
Samuel Hayes III, Vice Chair
Eleanor Duguid Craig
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Ann Brownell Sloane
Sally A. Warren
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis
Property
Richard Hurd, Chair
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser, Vice Chair
David Baltimore
Boyd T. Barnard
Mary Schmidt Campbell
Julien Cornell
J. Martin Cornell
John C. Crowley
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes III
James C. Hormel
Walter Lamb
William F. Lee, Jr.
Lloyd W . Lewis
Ramon Lee Posel
Avery Rome
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Daniel Singer
Sally A. Warren
two faculty members
two student members
Student Life
Elise F. Jones, Chair
J. Martin Cornell, Vice Chair
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Mary Schmidt Campbell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Marilyn Tindall Glater
Frederick A. Hargadon
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
James C. Hormel
Eugene M. Lang
Susan W illis Ruff
Marc J. Sonnenfeld
Sue Thomas Turner
three faculty members
five student members
Nominating
Marage Pearlman Scheuer, Chair
David Baltimore
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Elise F. Jones
William F. Lee, Jr.
Ramon Lee Posel
261
Board of M anagers
Development
William F. Lee, Jr., Chair
Sally A. Warren, Vice Chair
Boyd T. Barnard
David Baltimore
Julien Cornell
J. Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
John C. Crowley
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes 111
Richard Hurd
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Walter Lamb
Eugene M. Lang
262
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Susan W illis Ruff
Daniel Singer
Marc J. Sonnenfeld
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Rosalind Chang Whitehead
Richard B. W illis
Elinor Meyer Haupt, ex officio
Thomas Henderer, ex officio
Suzanne Rekate Post, ex officio
three faculty members
three student members
Alumni Association
Officers & Alum ni Council
P re s id e n t Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55
Box 36, Between-the-Lakes Road
Salisbury, C T 0 6068
231 N. Third Street, Apt. 3 2 0
Philadelphia, PA 19106
President Designate
S e c re ta ry , Margaret L. MacLaren ’49
Francis M. James III ’57
15 Graylyn Place Lane
Winston-Salem, NC 27106
152 E. 94th Street, Apt. 2B
New York, NY 10128
Vice P r e s id e n t William C. Fredericks ’83
Vice P re s id e n t
Gretchen Mann Handwerger ’56
3427 34th Place, NW
Washington, DC 20016
Terms Expire in June
Zone A
Delaware, Pennsylvania
1990
Kathleen Daerr-Bannon ’71
226 Broughton Lane
Villanova, PA 19085
Christian E. McMurtrie ’56
523 Hamilton Road
Lancaster, PA 17603
1991
Nancy Fitts Donaldson ’4 6
765 E. Forge Road
Media, PA 19063
David C. Rowley ’65
401 Strath Haven Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
1992
Samuel C. Newbury ’67
7422 Ben Hur Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15208
Jane Martin Newcomer ’45
6 0 0 Pleasure Road
Lancaster, PA 17601
ZoneB
New Jersey, New York
1990
Robert D. Brownstone ’82
203 Prospect Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11215
1991
C. Dante DiPirro ’83
4568 Province Line Road
Princeton, NJ 0 8 5 4 0
Carolyn Shuler Minionis ’56
82 Rushmore Avenue
Roslyn Heights, NY 11577
263
Alum ni Association
O ffice rs & Alum ni Council
1992
Debra Felix ’83
142A Van Cortlandt Park So.
Bronx, NY 10463
John W. Harbeson ’60
86 Old Post Road, S.
Croton-on-Hudson, NY 10520
ZoneC
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1990
Walter F. Carter ’62
177 Homer Street
Newton Center, MA 02159
Linda Datcher-Loury ’73
581 Mt. Auburn Street, #7
Cambridge, MA 02138
1991
Robert M. Lippincott ’74
16 Pheasant Trail
Weston, MA 02193
Patricia Imbrie Moore ’55
O ff State Road
West Tisbury, MA 02575
1992
Beverly Bruhn M ajor ’57
RFD 3, Box 631
Westminster West, V T 0 5346
Heinz Valtin ’49
Route 1, Box 526, Bradley Hill Road
Norwich, V T 05055
Zo n e D
District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1990
Orville Donnelly ’43
2 5 0 8 Eye Street, N W
Washington, DC 20037
Carol Hartnett Sieck ’71
1819 Knox Avenue
Reistertown, MD 21136
1991
Colgate S. Prentice ’49
213 Woodland Terrace
Alexandria, VA 22302
Barbara Starfield ’54
2008 South Road
Baltimore, MD 21209
1992
Carol Ann Dubivsky Becker ’57
12 Fendali Avenue
Alexandria, VA 22304
264
David H. W ise ’67
3943 W hite Rose Way
Ellicott City, MD 21043
Zo n e E
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota,
Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin
1990
Jonathan F. Galloway ’61
771 Green Briar Lane
Lake Forest, IL 60045
Catherine Good Abbott ’72
2342 Quenby
Houston, T X 77005
1991
Jill Kempthorne Thompson ’73
974 Osceola Avenue
St. Paul, MN 55105
Allen B. Maxwell ’61
2705 W. Jefferson Road
Kokomo, IN 46901
1992
Barbara Allen Fuchsman ’63
192 Forest Street
Oberlin, OH 44074
Frank R. Borchert, Jr. ’58
2631 Ashton Road
Cleveland Heights, OH 44118
Zone F
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee, territories, dependencies, and foreign countries
1990
J. Albert Roy ’40
617 Applewood Avenue
Altamonte Springs, FL 32714
Jeannette Strasser Falk ’6 0
1711 Allard Road
Chapel Hill, NC 27514
1991
Anne Smith Weatherford ’51
Rt. 1, Box 102
Black Mountain, NC 28711
Robert N. Stauffer ’44
7 Downshire Lane
Decatur, GA 30033
1992
Margaret Reno Hurchalla ’62
5775 SE Nassau Terrace
Stuart, FL 33494
William D. Jones, Jr. ’54
1051 Corondado Drive, NW
Atlanta, GA 30327
Zone G
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming
265
Alum ni Association
O ffice rs & Alum ni Council
1990
America Rodriquez ’78
4 9 7 2 Mt. Antero Drive
San Diego, CA 92111
Andrew G. Schultz ’79
1609 California, NE
Albuquerque, NM 87110
1991
Carol Thompson Hemingway ’52
2 5 0 Moss Bridge Road
Bozeman, M T 59715
John F. Humphrie, Jr. ’74
4 4 4 2 S. Morgan Street
Seattle, WA 98118
1992
Ann Baerwald ’60
4 9 3 8 Alhama Drive
Woodland Hills, CA 91364
Dana Carroll ’65
498 11th Avenue
Salt Lake City, U T 84103
M e m b e rs a t La rg e
Joan Heifetz Hollinger ’61
502 Rock Creek Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48104
Stephen B. Mauer ’67
206 Benjamin West Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Lowell W. Livezey ’66
5 4 0 0 S. Eastview Park
Chicago, IL 60615
Freeman L. Palmer ’79
445 Old Lancaster Road
Haverford, PA 19041
Connection R e p re se n ta tive s
266
Virginia Mussari Bates ’73
115 Ashland Street
Melrose, MA 02176
Judith Meighan ’73
6 0 0 W. 111th Street, Apt. 2C
New York, NY 10025
Sohail Bengali ’79
3643 Glenwood Avenue
Redwood City, CA 94062
Constance Gayl Pious ’53
3602 E. Schubert Place
Seattle, WA 98122
Kathleen Daerr-Bannon ’71
2 2 6 Broughton Lane
Villanova, PA 19085
Mary Schless ’81
1946 N. Seminary, 3rd Fir.
Chicago, IL 60614
Susan Foster ’64
1949 39th Street, NW
Washington, DC 20007
Diana Royce Smith ’68
1930 Oak Avenue
Boulder, CO 80302
Marilyn Tindall Glater ’63
131 Myrtle Street
Boston, MA 02114
Craig E. Stein ’78
5 7 0 0 Collins Avenue, #8M
Miami Beach, FL 33146
Lydia Razran Hooke ’64
1111 Westmoreland Road
Alexandria, VA 2 2308
Sally Vongsathom ’86
1448 W. Cornelia, #2
Chicago, IL 6 0657
The Faculty
Da vid W. F ra s e r, B.A., Haverford College;
M .D., Harvard Medical School, President.
3 2 4 Cedar Lane.
Ja m e s W. En gland, B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost and
Professor o f Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Ja n e t S m ith D ic k e rso n , B.A., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.
Kendall La n d is , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., Wesleyan University, Vice
President —Alumni, Development, Public
Relations. 5 5 0 Elm Avenue.
R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r . , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.
M ichael D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue.
S te ve n W. S o w a rd s , B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., M .L.S., Ph.D., Indiana
University, Humanities Librarian. 3 Crum
Ledge.
S u s a n G . W illiam so n, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M .S., Drexel
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
302 North Chester Road, Apartment 2.
Leighton C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 2 2 0 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
EMERITI
Elisa A s e n s iO , M .A., Middlebury College,
Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.
Alin e B rod he a d, B.S. and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
Emerita o f Education. 144 Park Avenue.
Ly d ia B a e r, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee
River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.
Hilde D. C ohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
Tatiana M . C o s m a n ,
in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 4 0 4 Walnut Lane.
b .a . and M.A.,
Middlebury College; M .A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 3 0 6 S. Chester Road.
Paul H . B e ik , B.A ., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, W inter Park, FL 32789.
G o m e r H . D a v ie s , B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education.
225 Cornell Avenue.
Da vid L B o w le r, B.S. in E.E., Bucknell
University; M .S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Howard N. and Ada J.
Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
W illiam C . Elm o re , B.S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris
L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
2 8 8 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.
C arl B a ru S , B.A., Brown University; M .S.
268
Le w is H . Elv e rs o n , B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical
Education for Men. 535 Cornell Avenue.
Edw ard A . Fehnel, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor
Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063.
Ja m e s A . F ie ld , J r . , B.S., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H.
Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History.
605 Hillborn Avenue.
Launce J . F le m is te r, B.A., M.A. and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
of Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
Milan W. G a rre tt, B.A. and M .A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D . Phil., University o f
Oxford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
16 Beach Road, Severna Park, MD 21146.
Charles L G ilb e rt, B.A., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor Emeritus o f Political Science.
223 Kenyon Avenue.
Barbara Lan ge G o d fre y , Dean Emerita of
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Olga Lan g , Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W. 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
Sarah Le e Lip p in c o tt, B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .A., Swarthmore College;
D.Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emerita o f Astronomy and Director
Emerita o f the Sproul Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.
Irena M o ll, B.S. in Ed., University of
Kansas; M .A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.
Jo h n M . M o o re , B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor Emeritus o f
Philosophy and Religion. Friends Home,
4 0 0 N. Walnut Street, West Chester, PA
19380.
Be rn a rd M o rrill, B.S. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M .M .E., University o f Delaware; Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 1014 Strath Haven
Condominiums.
J . Roland P e n no ck, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.
Fra n k C . P ie rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus of
Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
H e d le y H . R h y s , B.A., West Virginia
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
David R o se n ,4 B.A., New York University;
M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Mathematics.
394 Riverview Road.
Franz H . M a u tn e r, Dr. Phil., University of
Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German.
Apt. E106, Martin’s Run Life Center,
Marple Township, PA 19063.
A lb u rt M . R o se n be rg , B.A., Harvard
University; M.S.,University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor Emeritus o f Natural Science.
John D. M c C ru m m , B.A. and M .S.,
B e rn a rd S . S m ith , B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f History.
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and
Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 6 0 6 Ogden Avenue.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
269
Faculty
G ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M .A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus.
318 Dartmouth Avenue.
P e te r G ra m S w in g , B.S. and M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor
Emeritus o f Music and Director o f the
Chorus. 614 H illbom Avenue.
D e re k T r a v e r s i, B.A. and M .A.,
University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English.
12 Richmond Mansions, Denton Road,
Twickinham, Midd, T W 1, 2HH, England.
P e te r va n de K a m p , Cand. and Docts.,
University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University o f
Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory,
c/o Peter Rademacher, R.D. 2, Salem,
New York 12865.
P. Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . , B.A., Princeton
University; S.T.B., S.T.M., and Th.D.,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor Emeritus
o f Religion. 2 0 South Princeton Avenue.
H an s W ailach, Dr. Phil., University of
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus o f
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.
Neal A . W e be r, B.A., M .S., and D.Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M.A. and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 1805 Aaron Drive,
Tallahassee, FL 32303.
M . Jo s e p h W illis, B.C.E., University of
Washington; M .S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. Box 397,
103 Jefferson Street, Oxford, MD 21654.
PROFESSORS
M a rg a re t A n d e rs o n ,12*B.A ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor
o f History. 401 Walnut Lane.
G e o rge C . A v e r y ,1 B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
German. 230 Haverford Avenue.
R o b e rt C . B a n n iste r, B.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford, Scheuer Professor o f History.
737 Harvard Avenue.
O le x a -M y ro n B ilaniu k, Cand. ingénieur,
Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M .S.,
M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
6 On administrative assignment, 1989-90.
270
T h o m a s H . B la ckb u rn , B.A., Amherst;
B.A. and M .A., University o f Oxford;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor of
English. 6 0 9 Elm Avenue.
Jo h n R . B o ccio ,6 B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 2020 Walnut Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
T h o m p so n B ra d le y , B.A., Yale University;
M .A., Columbia University, Professor of
Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan, PA 19065.
Le e D e v in , B.A., San Jose College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f the
Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue.
H. S e arl Dunn, B.S.E. and M .S.E.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.
Robert S . Du P le s s is ,3 B.A., Williams
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
Ja m e s D . Fre e m a n , B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 206
Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
J . W illiam F r o s t B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F.
Jenkins Professor o f Qjiaker History and
Research, and Director o f the Friends
Historical Library. 3 W hittier Place.
John E. G a u sta d , B.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f Astronomy. 4 3 0 S. Chester
Road.
Kenneth J . G e rg e n , B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor o f
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Jam es H . H a m m o n s ,3 B.A ., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Professor o f Chemistry.
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
John J , H a s s e tt, B.A ., St. Francis
College; M .A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Professor o f
Spanish. 514 S. Providence Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Mark A . H e a ld , B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
of Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers Avenue.
Wulff D. H e in tZ , Dr. rer. nat. München
University, Professor o f Astronomy.
540 Riverview Avenue.
Eleanor K . H e s s , B.S. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
Physical Education. 3 0 2 North Chester
Road.
Robinson G . H o llis te r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics. 1 W hittier Place.
Raym ond F. H o p kin s, B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; M .A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
3 0 8 Ogden Avenue.
C onstance Cain H u n g e rfo rd , B.A.,
Wellesley College; M .A., Ph.D., University
o f California, Berkeley, Professor o f Art
History. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
Gudm und R . Iv e rs e n , M .A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies.
212 Elm Avenue.
M a rk Ja c o b s , B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor o f
Biology. 6 0 6 North Chester Road.
CharlOS L J a m e s , B.S., State University
o f New York at New Paltz; M .S., State
University o f New York at Albany,
Professor o f English Literature. 402 Laurel
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Jo h n R . Je n k in s , B.S. and M .S., Utah
State University; Ph.D., University o f
California, Los Angeles, Professor o f
Biology. 403 Walnut Lane.
Je n n ie K e ith , B.A., Pomona College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Anthropology.
612 Ogden Avenue.
C h a rle s F. K e le m en , B.A., Valparaiso
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, Professor o f Computer Science
and Mathematics. 2105 N. Providence Road,
Media, PA 19063.
Deborah G . K e m le r N e ls o n , B.A., M .A.,
and Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f
Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue.
T . K ao ri K ita o , B.A. and M .A., University
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f A rt History.
540 Westminster Avenue.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
271
Faculty
Eugene A . K lo tZ ,3 B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.
G e o rge K ru g o v o y , B.A ., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria,
Professor o f Russian. 562 Juniata Avenue.
Ja m e s R . K u rth ,3 B.A., Stanford
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
Hugh M . L a c e y , B.A. and M .A., University
o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana University,
Professor o f Philosophy.
4 W hittier Place.
A s m a ro m Le g e s s e , B.A., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.
Lillia n M . L i ,1 A .B., Raddiffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f
History. 8B W hittier Place.
N e ls o n A . M a c k e n , B.S., Case Institute of
Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware, Professor o f Engineering.
250 Haverford Avenue.
Paul C . M a n g e ls d o rf, J r . , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.
Je a n n e M a re c e k , B.S., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Psychology. 325 S. Monroe Street, Media,
PA 19063.
Stephen B . M a u re r,12 B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Professor o f Mathematics.
206 Benjamin West Avenue.
Philip M e tzid a k is ,1 B.A., Dartmouth
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
272
K a th ry n L M o rg a n , B.A., Virginia State
College; M .A., Howard University; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor o f History. Apt. 710, Strath
Haven Condominiums.
Donna J o N a p o li, B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Linguistics. 226 Park Avenue.
H elen F. N o rth , B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Centennial Professor of
Classics. 6 0 4 Ogden Avenue.
H an s F. O b e rd ie k , B .s. and Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Professor of
Philosophy. 510 Dickinson Avenue.
M a rtin O s tw a ld , B.A., University of
Toronto; M .A., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics.
4 0 8 Walnut Lane.
H aro ld E. P a g lia ro , A .B., M .A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
5 3 6 Ogden Avenue.
R o b e rt F. P a s te rn a c k ,3 B.A. and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Edmund Allen Professor
o f Chemistry. 4 0 4 Park Avenue.
Dean P e a b o d y,2 B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
J e a n A s h m e a d P e rk in s , s B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M .A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W. Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.
S te v e n I. P ik e r, B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Professor of
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.
Ern e s t J . P ru d e n te , B.s. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor of
Physical Education. 914 Surrey Road,
Media, PA 19063.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
Frederic L P r y o r ,2
3*B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
of Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
R a rry S c h w a r tz , B.A ., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor o f Psychology.
210 Garrett Avenue.
Charles R a ff, B.A., University o f
Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Professor o f Philosophy.
214 Rutgers Avenue.
Kenneth E. S h a rp e ,3 B.A., Dartmouth
College; M .S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
521 Elm Avenue.
Gilbert P. R o se , B.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f California, Berkeley, Professor
of Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue.
Robert R o za ,9 B.A., University o f Toronto;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f French. 233 Cornell Avenue.
Richard L . R u bin,3 A .B., Brown
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor o f Political Science
and Public Policy (part-time). Swarthmore
College.
Bernard S a ffra n ,2 B.A., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Franklin and Betty Barr Professor o f
Economics. 201 Garrett Avenue.
S.W.R. D e .A. S a m a ra s in g h e , B.A.,
University o f Ceylon; Ph.D., University of
Cambridge, Cornell Visiting Professor.
Swarthmore College.
Vidyamali S a m a ra s in g h e , B.A.,
University o f Ceylon; Ph.D., University of
Cambridge. Cornell Visiting Professor.
Swarthmore College.
Robert E. S a v a g e , B .A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor o f Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.
Allen M . S ch n e id e r, B.S., Trinity College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 6 0 8 Elm Avenue.
J . Ed w a rd S k e a th , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Illinois, Albert L. And Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor o f Mathematics.
4 0 0 Dickinson Avenue.
David G . S m ith , B.A., and M.A.,
University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Richter Professor o f
Political Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose
Valley, PA 19086.
S im one Voisin S m ith ,11 Licence et Lettres,
University o f Grenoble, Professor of
French. 125 Forest Lane.
S u s an S n y d e r, B.A., Hunter College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Eugene M.
Lang Research Professor o f English
Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue.
Donald K . S w e a r e r ,3 B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and
S.T.M., Yale Divinity School, Lang Research
Professor o f Religion. 109 Columbia
Avenue.
Fra n c is P. T a fo y a ,10 2 B . s . and M.A.,
University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f French and
Spanish. 6 2 0 North Chester Road.
P e te r T. Th o m p so n , B.A., The Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry.
203 College Avenue.
Richard S ch u ld e n fre i,3 B.A. and M .A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University o f Pittsburgh, Professor of
Philosophy. 2 Furness Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
U ri T re is m a n , B.A., University of
California at Los Angeles; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f California at Berkeley, Lang
Visiting Professor. Swarthmore College.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
9 Campus coordinator, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble.
10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1989.
11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1990.
273
Faculty
Philip M . W ein stein , A .B., Princeton
University; A.M . and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.
T im o th y C . W illia m s ,1 B.A., Swarthmore
College; A.M ., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Professor o f Biology.
314 Rutgers Avenue.
L a r r y L W estphal, B.A., Occidental
College; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore
College.
C raig W illiam so n, B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
o f English Literature. 6 0 2 Elm Avenue.
R o b e rt L W illia m s, B.S., Delaware State
College; M .S., Rutgers University, Professor
o f Physical Education and Athletics. 507
Oak Crest Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Je r o m e H . W ood, J r . , 1 B.A., Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence Rd.,
Aldan, PA 19018.
H a rris o n M . W rig h t, B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D, Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor o f History. 319 Cedar Lane.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
N ath alie F. A n d e rs o n ,2 B.A ., Agnes Scott
College; M .A., Georgia State University;
Ph.D., Emory University, Associate
Professor o f English Literature.
3 0 2 N. Chester Road.
C h a rle s R . R e itz ,3 B.A., Colgate
University; M .A ., University o f Michigan;
M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science.
5 0 9 Harvard Avenue.
J o y C h a rlto n , B.A., University o f Virginia;
M .A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Associate Professor o f Sociology. 503 North
Chester Road.
M ich a e l W. C o th re n ,2 B.A., Vanderbilt
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Art
History. 4 0 6 N. Swarthmore Avenue.
R ich a rd Eld rid g e ,2 A .B., Middlebury
College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Chicago, Associate Professor o f Philosophy.
423 Harvard Avenue.
A n d re a s Es h e te , Ph.D., Yale University,
Visiting Associate Professor o f Philosophy.
Swarthmore College.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
274
Randall L E x o n ,3 B.F.A., Washburn
University; M .A. and M.F.A., University of
Iowa, Associate Professor o f Studio Arts.
8 Crum Ledge.
M a rio n J . Fa b e r, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Professor of
German. 2 3 4 Benjamin West Avenue.
C re g o ry L Flo ra n t,4 B.S., Cornell
University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Associate Professor o f Biology. 304
Woodridge Lane, Media, PA 19063.
D o roth e a Fre d e , Hamburg University;
Ph.D., Gottingen University, Associate
Professor o f Philosophy. 2 Whittier Place.
S h a ro n Frie d le r, B.A., Colby College;
M.F.A., Southern Methodist University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director
o f the Dance Program. 11 Franklin Street,
Trumbull, C T 06611.
S C O tt F. G ilb e rt, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M .A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Biology. 2 2 4 Cornell Avenue.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
Stephen S . G olub ,3 B.A., Williams
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Professor o f Economics.
318 N. Chester Road.
Charles NI. G rin ste a d , B.A., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
California, Los Angeles, Associate Professor
of Mathematics. 8 W hittier Place.
Nancy V. H a m le tt,3 B.S. and M .S.,
University o f Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D.,
The Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Samuel K ap la n , M .A., University o f
California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f
Sociology. Swarthmore College.
Judy K e pi, B.A ., M .A., Brown University;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology. Associate Professor of
Linguistics and Psychology. 7 Crum Ledge.
Philip J . K e llm an , B.A., Georgetown
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
Mark K u p e rb e rg , B.A., Amherst College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Associate Professor o f
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.
Gerald Le v in s o n , B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Associate Professor o f Music.
2 Crum Ledge.
Ann K o sa ko w sk l M c N a m e e , B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Associate Professor o f Music.
6 Whittier Place.
Arthur E. M c G a rity , B.A., Trinity
University; M .S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor o f
Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue.
Brian A . M eu n ier, B •F.A., University o f
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School of Art, Temple University, Associate
Professor of Studio Arts. 150 Brown St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19123.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
Izc h a k M ille r,5 B.A. and Ph.D., University
o f California at Los Angeles, Visiting
Associate Professor o f Philosophy.
Swarthmore College.
Fra n k A . M o s c a te lli, B.S., C. W. Post
College; M.S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Associate Professor o f Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA
19086.
G eorge M o s k o s , B.A., Davidson College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Madison, Associate Professor o f French.
730 Yale Avenue.
Braulio M u n o z,3 B.A ., University of
Rhode Island; M.A. and Ph.D., University
o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Sociology. 5 0 0 Harvard Avenue.
M a rjo rie M u rp h y , B.A., Jersey City State
College; M .A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Associate Professor o f History.
723 Yale Avenue.
Fre d e ric k L O rth lie b , B.S. and M .S.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University,
Associate Professor o f Engineering. 13
Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Kenneth O y e , B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate
Professor o f Political Science. Swarthmore
College.
P e te r J . S c h m id t, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Associate Professor o f English Literature.
6 0 6 Elm Avenue.
H elen e S h a p iro , B.A ., Kenyon College;
M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D.,
California Institute o f Technology, Associate
Professor o f Mathematics. Swarthmore
College.
Faruq M . A . S iddiq ui,23B.S., Bangladesh
Unversity o f Engineering and Technology;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Associate Professor o f Engineering.
6 3 6 Yale Avenue.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
275
Faculty
B a rb a ra Y o st S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Professor o f Biology.
1062 Lancaster Avenue, Rosemont, PA
19010.
P a tric ia S tr a m b a i!,* B.A., Westminster
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Visiting Associate Professor
o f History. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Ev a F. T ra v e r s ,6 B.A., Connecticut
College; M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f
Education. 416 Park Avenue.
W illiam N . T u rp in ,3 M .A., University o f
St. Andrews; M .A., University o f Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Associate
Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College.
Ju d ith G- Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandéis University, Associate
Professor o f Chemistry. 3 6 8 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
Robin E . W a g n e r-P a cifici, B.A., Brown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f
Sociology. 3 3 0 North Princeton Avenue.
J a c o b W ein er,3 B.A., Antioch College;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Oregon, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 16 S. Princeton Avenue.
Bouglas M . W e iss , A.T.C., Associate
Professor o f Physical Education.
117 S. Chester Road.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
M a rtin A . A s h e r, Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Visiting Assistant Professor o f
Economics. Swarthmore College.
B e tse y B a tch e lo r, B.F.A., Philadelphia
College o f Art; M.F.A., Rhode Island
School o f Design, Assistant Professor of
Studio Arts. Swarthmore College.
Steph en P. B e n sch , M .A., University of
Toronto; Ph.D., University o f California,
Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f History.
614 Yale Avenue.
A la n B e r k o w itz , M .A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Assistant
Professor o f Chinese. Swarthmore College.
La u rie B e rn ste in , B.A., Sonoma State
College; M .A., Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f
History (part time). 512 Elm Avenue.
M a rk B re ite n b e rg , B.A., William and
Mary College; M .A., University of
California at San Diego, Assistant Professor
o f English Literature. 915 Harvard Avenue.
A m y R . B u g , B.A., Williams College;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
Swarthmore College.
B a rb a ra B u rre ll, A .B., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f Classics.
Swarthmore College.
Jo h n P. C a s k e y , Ph.D„ Stanford
University, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 318 North Chester Road.
J e ffr e y A . C ha ro n na t, B.S., Stanford
University; M .A., M. Phil., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Assistant Professor of
Chemistry. 510 Elm Avenue.
A b b e B lu m , B.A ., University o f California,
Berkeley; B.A. and M .A., Cambridge
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant
Professor o f English Literature.
4 0 0 Walnut Lane.
E r ik C h e e v e r,2 B.S., Swarthmore College;
M .S.E. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Engineering. 732 Yale Avenue.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
6 O n administrative assignment, 1989-90.
276
Peter C o rco ran , A .B., Antioch College;
M.Ed. and Ed.D., University o f Maine,
Assistant Professor o f Education.
Swarthmore College.
Fra n c is M e a g h e r, B.A., Holy Cross
College, Assistant Professor o f Physical
Education. 3726 Woodland Avenue, Drexel
Hill, PA 19026.
I Susan P. D a v is ,1 B.S., Springfield College;
Rachel M e r z ,1 B.A., Western New Mexico
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 515 Elm Avenue.
I M.S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of
I Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road,
Berwyn, PA 19312.
| Miguel D ia z-B a rrig a , M .A., Stanford
University, Visiting Assistant Professor o f
Sociology. Swarthmore College.
Aaron M . Elliso n , B.A., Yale University;
I Ph.D., Brown University, Assistant
Professor of Biology. Swarthmore College.
Erich C arr Ev e rb a c h ,*3 A .B., Harvard
College; M.S. in M .E., and Ph.D., Yale
I University, Assistant Professor of
Engineering. Swarthmore College.
Steven B. Goodm an, M .A., Temple
University, Assistant Professor o f Religion.
Swarthmore College.
Maria Luisa G u a rd io la -Ellis, Licencieda,
University o f Barcelona; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Spanish. Swarthmore College.
I Nancy H irsch m an n , A .B., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University,
I Assistant Professor o f Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
Laurie Langbauer,3 B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell
University, Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. Swarthmore College.
Am y-Jill Le vin e , B.A., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University, Assistant
Professor of Religion. Swarthmore College.
Ellen B. M agenheim , B.A ., Jniversity of
Rochester; M.A., Ph.D., University o f
[ Maryland, Assistant Professor o f
j Economics. 316 Maple Avenue.
Li-ching Chang M a ir, b .a . and M .A.,
I National Taiwan University; M.A.,
| University o f Washington, Assistant
Professor of Chinese. 23 Oberlin Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
Ronald B . M in c y ,4 A .B., Harvard College;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Visiting Assistant Professor of
Economics. Swarthmore College.
Ly n n e A . M o lte r, B .s. and B.A.,
Swarthmore College; S.M. and Sc.D.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology,
Assistant Professor o f Engineering.
Swarthmore College.
Ethel D . M O O re , B.A ., California State
University; A.M. and Ph.D., University of
Michigan, Assistant Professor o f
Psychology. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
M ichae l L . M u lla n , B.A., University o f
California, Berkeley; M.Ed., Temple
University, Assistant Professor o f Physical
Education. 511 Harvard Avenue.
J o y c e J . N a g a ta ,1 b .f . a . and m .a .,
University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 3 Crum Ledge.
Diane D’ Donoghue,3 B.A ., Mount Holyoke
College; M .A., Harvard University,
Assistant Professor o f Art History.
Swarthmore College.
Ro b e rt S . R a le y. B.S., McGill University;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
Swarthmore College.
Em ilie P a s s o w , B.A., City College o f New
York; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Visiting Assistant Professor of
English Literature. 30 N. Highland Avenue,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
277
Faculty
Steph en M . P la tt, B.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute; M .S.E. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Engineering.
81 Oberlin Avenue.
Ja n e t C . T a lva c c h ia , M .A., Bryn Mawr
College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Assistant Professor o f Mathematics.
Swarthmore College.
University o f Washington, Assistant
Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore
College.
V irginia V an de rslice ,4 B.S., M .S., Cornell
University; Ph.D., State University of New
York at Buffalo, Visiting Assistant Professor
o f Psychology. 531 Durham Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19119.
K . A n n R e n nln ge r, B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Assistant Professor o f Education.
2 0 President Avenue, Rutledge, PA 19070.
Terje G . Void, B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.
and Ph.D., University o f Washington,
Assistant Professor o f Physics. Swarthmore
College.
Fra n c is J . S c h w o e ri,5 B.A., LaSalle
College; M .A., New School for Social
Research; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College,
Visiting Assistant Professor o f Psychology.
200 Laurel Lane, Mt. Laurel, NJ 08054.
A m y Cheng V o llm er, B.A., William Marsh
Rice University; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, Assistant Professor o f Biology.
Swarthmore College.
Douglas P u ffe rt, B.A. and Ph.D.,
Don S h im a m o to , B.S., Stanford
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Brandeis
University, Assistant Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
K ath leen K . S iw ic k i, B.S., Brown
University; M. Phil., Cambridge University;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 109 Barley Mill Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
Lis a S m u ly a n ,1 B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A.T., Brown University; Ed.D., Harvard
Graduate School o f Education, Assistant
Professor o f Education. 115 College Avenue.
T h o m a s S te ph e n so n, B.S., Furman
University; Ph.D., The University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
221 Woodward Road, Moylan, PA 19065.
Philip K . S to d d a rd ,4 B. A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., University o f Washington,
Assistant Professor o f Biology. 314 Rutgers
Avenue.
M a rk I. W allace, Ph.D., University of
Chicago Divinity School, Assistant
Professor o f Religion. Swarthmore College.
R o b e rt E. W einberg, B.S., Cornell
University; M .A., Indiana University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley,
Assistant Professor o f History.
512 Elm Avenue.
H a n s -Ja k o b W erlen , M .A., University of
Notre Dame; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f German.
515 Elm Avenue.
Ly n n W estling, Ph.D., University of
Rochester, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
Swarthmore College.
B . T yre n e W h ite,*3 B.A ., Middle Tennessee
State University; M .A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University, Assistant Professor o f Political
Science. 318 N. Chester Road.
A lis o n P. W illia m s, M .S., University of
Rochester, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
Swarthmore College.
Ja m e s P. S to d d e r, M .A., University o f
Essex, Visiting Assistant Professor o f
Economics. Swarthmore College.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989.
3 Absent on leave, 1989-90.
278
4 Fall semester, 1989.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
INSTRUCTORS
Peter Benda, M .A., Princeton University,
Instructor in Political Science. Swarthmore
College.
M ichael M a rris e n , B.A ., Calvin College,
Instructor in Music. 915 Harvard Avenue
#1301.
Laura A . C hesak, M .A., University of
Wisconsin, Instructor in Spanish.
Swarthmore College.
Elk e P la xto n , B.A., Brigham Young
University; M .A., University o f Colorado,
Instructor in German. 2022 Brandywine
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Dennis C h ristin e s, M .A., Southwest Texas
State University, Instructor in English
Literature and Technical Director o f The
Theatre. Swarthmore College.
Steven W. D an iels, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.S. and Ph.D., University o f
Maryland, Pew Postdoctoral Fellow.
Swarthmore College.
Katherine F. H a c k e r,5 B.F.A., Ohio
University; M .S., University o f Oregon,
Instructor in Art History. Swarthmore
College.
Elizabeth H irs h , M .A., University o f
Chicago, Visiting Instructor in English
Literature. Swarthmore College.
Ronald J u d y , B.A., University o f
Minnesota, Visiting Instructor in English
Literature. Swarthmore College.
Gaile H o c k e y , B.S., West Chester
University, Instructor in Physical Education.
404 Elm Avenue.
Daniel S m a rtt, M .A., Emory University,
Instructor in Art History. Swarthmore
College.
Le slie P. T h ie le , M .A., University o f
Calgary, Instructor in Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
C on stance W ilm a rth , M .A., Yale
University, Instructor in English Literature.
Swarthmore College.
Le e W im b e rly, B.A ., Stanford University;
J.D ., University o f California at Berkeley,
Instructor in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
Diarmuid M a g u ire , M .A., Cornell
University, Instructor in Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
LECTURERS (all part-time)
Abigail A d a m s ,5 Diploma, Royal Academy
of Dramatic Art; Certificate, Wielopolska
Training School, Visiting Lecturer in
Theatre. Swarthmore College.
Edward Dixon, B.A ., LaSalle College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University,
Lecturer in German. Swarthmore College.
Robert Fish e r, A .B., Marietta College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Lecturer in
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
Joan Friedm an, M .A., University o f
R o b e rt G ro s s , Ed.D., Harvard University,
Lecturer in Education. Swarthmore College.
Evg e n iya L . K atsenelinboigen, Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
133 Deerpath Lane, Media, PA 19063.
M a ry K . K e n n e y , A .B., chestnut Hill
College; M .A., Villanova University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
K a th ry n K o lb e rt, J.D ., Temple University
School o f Law, Lecturer in Sociology.
Swarthmore College.
Wisconsin, Lecturer in Spanish.
421 Cornell Avenue.
5 Spring semester, 1990.
279
Faculty
J i e L I, B.A., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer
in Chinese. Swarthmore College.
M ichael M alo n e, Visiting Writer in
English Literature. Swarthmore College.
C aro le N e tte r, Maitrisse and DEA,
University o f Paris, Lecturer in French.
Swarthmore College.
M a tth e w J . S la g te r, B.A., Northwestern
University; M .A., University o f Chicago;
M .A., Bryn Mawr College. Lecturer in
Classics. 2828 Egypt Road, Apt. B102,
Audubon, PA 19041.
Leah Jo h n s o n S m ith ,5 B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Lecturer in Economics. 406
Cedar Lane.
J a c k To p io l, B.S., Yale University; M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. 10 Llanfair Road,
U nit #9, Ardmore, PA 19003.
ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)
Darlen e D . B ram u cci, B.A. and M .S.,
University o f Maryland, Assistant in
Biology. 532 Milmont Avenue, Milmont
Park, PA 19033.
M ichae l J o h n s , Associate in Performance
(M usic). Swarthmore College.
T im B rO O k e, Assistant in Physical
Education. Swarthmore College.
C u rtis La u b e r,5 A .B., Duke University;
M .A., Villanova University, Assistant in
Physical Education. 167 Indian Lane,
Media, PA 19063.
An n e C o yn e l, Maîtrise de Français Langue
Etrangère, Université de Grenoble, Assistant
in French. Swarthmore College.
M a rg a re t M . Le h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 765 W.
Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087.
U rs u la M . D a v is , B.S., Colby Junior
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19063.
H e rb e rt Le im b a c h ,5 b .a ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
15 Forest Lane.
L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
K are n M e y e rs , Associate in Performance
(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.
Diane Fre e d m a n , B.A., Pennsylvania State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
1356 Sellers Street, Philadelphia, PA 19129.
D o ro th y K . Fre e m a n , B.M ., M.M., Boston
University, Associate in Performance
(Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Lo ri F rie s , Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
V irginia M . In d ive ro , B.S., Elizabethtown
C a ro lyn R e ich e k, B.S., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
A rn e Running, Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
Paula S e p in u c k, B.A., Bennington
College; M .A., Villanova University,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
3 0 9 Dickinson Avenue.
J o n S h e rm a n , B.A., Temple University,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.
College; M .S. Villanova University,
Assistant in Chemistry. 2915 Wakefield
Drive, Holmes, PA 19043.
4 Fall semester, 1989.
280
5 Spring semester, 1990.
Robert M . S m a r t B.A., Curtis Institute of
Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Associate in
Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.
Dale S tra w b rid g e ,4 B.S., Slippery Rock
State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
8 Wood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380.
C. Jo se p h S te fa n o w ic z,4 B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061.
Ronald A . T irp a k , B.A., Millersville
University; M .A., Temple University,
Assistant in Physical Education. 103
Hinkson Boulevard, Ridley Park, PA 19078.
Anne S to rk , B.A., Mount Holyoke College,
Assistant in Biology. 1304 Virginia Avenue,
Havertown, PA 19083.
Standing Committees o f the Faculty 1 9 8 9 -9 0
Academic Requirements
C ooper
DICKERSON*, Bensch, England*, Jacobs,
Macken, Moskos, Mullins*, Napoli, North,
Travers*, Void
LEVINSON, Durkan, Eldridge, M., Klotz,
Li (spring), Morgan, Perkins, Williamson, C.
Admissions and Scholarships
ENGLAND*, Faber*, Kellman, Kuperberg,
Mullins*, Rose
Curriculum
MAURER, Avery (spring), Barr*,
Charonnat, Darrah*, Eldridge, M ., Freeman,
Talbot*, Thomas-Walker*
Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory
Black and Minority Concerns
VOET, Anderson, N. (fall), Mullan, Smith,
S. (fall), Wood (spring)
BRADLEY, Darrah*, Davis, Dickerson*,
England*, Grinstead, Piker, ThomasWalker*, Wright, 2 staff members
Faculty and S ta ff Benefits
Bookstore
DEDDY*, Caskey, Dunn, England*,
Friedler, Heald, Rinker*, Robinson*,
3 staff members
NORTH, Breitenberg, Rinker*, Stewart
Fellowships and Prizes
Council on Educational Policy
S T O T T *, Burrell, Dunn, Frede, Peabody,
Roza, Travers*, Weinstein
ENGLAND*, Blum, Faber*, Fraser*,
Gilbert, Lacey, Pagliaro, Schmidt,
Wagner-Paciflci
Foreign Study
Council on Faculty Procedures
PIKER, Bilaniuk, Dickerson*, Hassett (fall),
Hopkins, Legesse, Metzidakis (spring)
FRASER*, Charlton, England*, Hollister,
McNamee, Moscatelli, Murphy, Smith, D.
H ealth Sciences Advisory
Computing Services
BLACKBURN, Bannister, Boccio*, Jenkins,
Renninger
4 Fall semester, 1989.
STEW ART*, Hamlett (spring),
Mangelsdorf, Mullins*, Schneider,
Thompson, Weiss
* staff ex officio
281
Faculty
Library
Research Support
DURKAN, Kitao, Saffran (fall), Savage,
1 staff member
PEABODY, Bilaniuk, Hoover*, Krugovoy
Physical Education and A thletics
ORTHLIEB, Downer*, Heintz, Muenier,
Mullins*, Smythe*, 2 staff members
Space U se and Energy Conservation
SKEATH, Devin, Hess, Weinberg,
Williams, R.
Women's Concerns
Promotion and Tenure
FR A SER*, England*, Hungerford, Kemler
Nelson, Skeath, Smith, D.
WAGNER-PACIFICI, Bug, Faber, James, C.
Oberdiek, Perkins, Rockey, Shapiro,
2 or more staff members
Research Ethics
Secretary to the Faculty
1VERSEN, Raff, Siddiqui (fall), Williams,
X (spring)
Iversen
Parliam entarian
Frost
Faculty Representatives to Other Committees
C ollege Judiciary
Lang Scholarship
FROST, Keith, Mullins*, Stephenson
KELEMEN, Napoli, Westphal
Financial Planning
U se o f C ollege Facilities by O utside
O rganizations
HOLLISTER, McNamee, Molter, Schwartz,
2 staff members
GOLDEN*, Balbierer*, Brighenti*,
Carnall*, Gillespie*, Smythe*, Williams, R.
Honorary Degrees
FR A SE R *, Gergen, Landis*, Meunier,
Ostwald
Faculty Representatives to Committees o f the Board
D evelopment
Student L ife
Keith, Schmidt
James, C., Moscatelli, Murphy
Property
Heald, Orthlieb
*staff ex officio
282
Divisions and Departments
I.
D IV IS IO N O F T H E H U M A N IT IE S
Gilbert Rose, Chair
Art
M u sic
Michael Cothren, Chair (fall)
Brian Meunier, Acting Chair (spring)
Ann K. McNamee, Chair
Classics
Hans Oberdiek, Chair
Ph ilo so p h y
Helen North, Chairman
Religion
English Lite ra tu re
Amy Jill Levin, Acting Chair
Harold Pagliaro, Chair
Modern Lan gu ages and Lite ra tu re s
John J. Hassett, Chair
Jean Ashmead Perkins, Acting Chair (spring)
II. D I V I S I O N O F T H E N A T U R A L S C I E N C E S A N D E N G IN E E R I N G
Philip Kellman, Chair
Biology
Engineering
Mark Jacobs, Chair
Nelson Macken, Chair
Chem istry
M ath e m a tics
Judy Voet, Chair
J. Edward Skeath, Chair
Computer S cience (P ro g ra m )
P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y
Charles R Kelemen, Program Director
Frank Moscatelli, Chair
III. D IV IS IO N O F T H E S O C I A L S C I E N C E S
Mark Kuperberg, Chair
Economics
Political S cience
Larry Westphal, Chair
Raymond Hopkins, Chair
Education (P ro g ra m )
P s yc h o lo g y
Lisa Smulyan, Chair
Jeanne Marecek, Department Head
History
S o ciolo g y and An th ro p olo g y
Lillian Li, Chair
Margaret Anderson, Acting Chair (fall)
Jennie Keith, Chair
Linguistics (P ro g ra m )
Donna Jo Napoli, Program Director
283
Adm inistration
PRESIDENT’S OFFICE
Da vid W. F ra s e r, B.A., Haverford College;
M .D., Harvard Medical School, President.
Lis a M . B rig h e n ti, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Social Coordinator.
Le ah J . S m ith , B.A., Stanford University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Assistant to the President and Director o f
Institutional Research.
M a rg a re t M . Gio van n ini, Diane L
W atSOn, Secretaries.
VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE
Kendall Lan d is, B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
S u za n n e P. W elsh, B.A., B.S., University
o f Delaware; M .B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Treasurer and
Budget Director.
Pauline M . C a rro ll, M a ry C . K a s p e r,
Secretaries/Assistants.
PRO VO ST’S OFFICE
Ja m e s W. En gland, B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost.
Jo h n R . BoCCiO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Associate Provost for Academic Computing
and Professor o f Physics.
M a rio n J . Fa b e r, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Provost and
Associate Professor o f German (part-time).
M a rc ia C . B ro w n , B.A., Villanova
University, Assistant to the Provost.
K are n D. J o n e s , Secretary.
DEAN’S OFFICE
J a n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western
Tedd R . Goundie, B.S., Muhlenberg
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College.
College; M .S., Bowling Green State
University, Assistant Dean for New Student
Affairs and Lecturer in Biology.
Pa tricia E. D a rra h , B.A., Lincoln
University; M.Ed., Lehigh University;
Ph.D., Temple University, Associate Dean;
Director o f Black and Minority Affairs.
S u s an D in sm ore S m y th e , B.A., Wesleyan
University, Coordinator o f Student
Activities.
G ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M .A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean.
G loria C a re y E v a n s , B.A., Western
Washington College o f Education; M.S.,
University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.
Ev a F. T ra v e r s , B.A., Connecticut College;
M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard University,
Associate Dean and Professor o f Education.
N o rm a B o yle , A.A., Temple University,
C ath y P e s c a to re , A lm a E . S te w a rt,
284
Secretaries.
A DM ISSIO N S O FFIC E
Robert A . B a rr, J r . , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.
Wallace A n n A y r e s , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
G loria T h o m a s W a lke r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
Fre d e ric a M . H e n d ric k s , B.A., Vassar
College, Admissions Counselor.
S u s an K . U n te re k e r, B.A., Smith College;
Phyllis H all R a ym o n d , B.A., Indiana
M.A., Columbia Teachers College, Assistant
to the Dean o f Admissions.
University; M .A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
Ellen D o lsk i, B a rb a ra A . H a d ly ,
M au re e n M c K e o n , A g n e s S h o n e rt,
David A . W a lter, B.S., Swarthmore
College; MJDiv., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.
Secretaries.
M. Regina M a is o g , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions and
Western Regional Representative.
A rle n e K . M oo s h ia n , B.S., West Chester
University, Receptionist.
ALUMNI RELATIONS, PUBLIC RELATIONS, AND PUBLICATIONS
Maralyn O rbiso n G illesp ie, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Public Relations.
David H . A llg e ie r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Director o f Alumni
Relations.
Roger W illia m s, B.A., University of
Kansas, Director o f Publications and
Managing Editor o f the Alumni Bulletin.
C atherine D o w n in g , B.A., Kent State
University, Associate Director of
Publications.
Relations.
N a n c y C u rra n , B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant Director o f
Publications.
Lorna Greene S h u rk in , B.A., Brooklyn
College, Director o f Public Relations.
A n n D. G e e r, B.A., Randolph-Macon
Woman’s College, Copy Editor.
Marsha M ullan, B.A., Washington State
University, Assistant Director o f Public
Relations.
A s tr id D e v a n e y , Ja c k ie F in k , S h e rry A .
P rin g le , A.A., University o f Toledo,
Miml G e lss, Assistant Director o f Alumni
Secretaries.
BUSINESS OFFICE
Meryle R in ke r, B.A ., Southern Oregon
State College; M .B.A., The University o f
Tulsa, Director o f Financial Operations/
Controller.
Louisa R id g w a y , B.A ., Vassar College,
M.B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Controller.
N a n c y E. S h e p p a rd , Business Office
Manager.
M a rg a re t A . Th o m p so n , Bursar.
M a r y P. W a lke r, Purchasing Clerk.
M au re e n M a rc h , B.A., Georgian Court
College, Director o f Financial Systems.
285
Adm inistration
Kebede T e fe ri, M .Sc., University of
Timshoara, Accountant.
J e a n En g lish , Accounts Payable/
Purchasing Supervisor.
D a rry l R obin son, B.A., West Chester
University, Fixed Asset Clerk.
Ju d ith F. V alo ri, B.A., University of
Maryland, Payroll Supervisor.
Ellen R . A u g s b e rg e r, J o y D o h e rty , Je a n
RaiSCh, Payroll Administrators.
C h ristin e H o u rica n , B.A ., B.S., Temple
University, Manager o f Bookstore.
La u ra M c La u g h lin , Cashier.
Ern e s tin e Grien dling , Secretary.
CA REER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
H . Th o m a s Fra n c is , B.A., Kalamazoo
College; M .A., Western Michigan
University, Director.
Pa tricia L T rin d e r, A .B., Oxford College
o f Technology, Recruitment Coordinator/
Office Manager.
Elaine M e th e ra li, B.A ., University of
Vermont; M.Ed., University o f Delawre,
Assistant Director.
College, Secretary.
Le slie M . B ru b a ke r, B.A., Cedar Crest
CEN TER FO R SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES
Rich ard L Ru bin, A .B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Gudntund R . Iv e rs e n , M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.
N aom i M a rc u s , Secretary.
COMPUTING SERVICES
Jo h n R . BOCCiO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Associate Provost for Academic Computing.
J u d y R . D o w n in g , Director o f
Administrative Computing.
W illiam E . C on n e r, J r . , B.A., B.S.,
Villanova University, Director o f System
and Network Operations.
Ja n e F. Ja m e s , B.S., State University of
New York at New Paltz, User Services and
Training Coordinator.
L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Administrative Systems/
Analyst.
Robin Ja c o b s e n , B.B.S., Temple
University, Administrative Programmer/
Analyst.
286
M a r y K . H a s b ro u c k , B.A ., oberlin
College, Academic Computing Coordinator.
K im b e rly A . J o r d a n , B.A., Williams
College, Social Sciences Computing
Coordinator.
K a re n V. R oop, B.S., Widener University,
Hardware Support Technician.
A lic e H . M c G o v e rn , B.S., Fordham
University, Information Coordinator/
Computer Operator.
Lis a B ru n n e r-B ire le y , A .A .S., Delaware
County Community College, Computer
Operator.
H a z e l C . Rap p , Secretary.
DEVELOPMENT
John E. O w e n , B.A., Earlham College,
Ju d ith Egan P a g lia ro , B.S., Columbia
Associate Vice President.
University, Assistant Director.
MOUrice 6 . Eld rid g e , B.A., Swarthmore
M a r y Ja n e F e lix S m e d le y , B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Development
Associate.
College; M.Ed., University o f
Massachusetts, Associate Director.
Douglas B . H a s b ro u c k , B.A., Hampshire
College, Associate Director.
C a ro lyn C . A n d e rs o n , S a n d ra M . Bell,
Rose S a c k s , Secretaries.
Curtis A . La u b e r, B.A., Duke University;
M.A., Villanova University, Associate
Director.
Annual Funds
Elizabeth D . M a c in to s h , A .B., Bryn Mawr
College, Director.
Sarah Ach e n b ac h , B.A., Hollins College,
Ruth V. K e n n e d y, B.A ., University o f
Pennsylvania, M iche le S h a rk e y ,
Secretaries.
Assistant Director.
Corporate and Foundation Relations
Karen W. H o o v e r, B.S., McPherson
College; M.A., Bethany Theological
Seminary, Director.
S u s an A . Jo h n s o n , B.S., Arizona State
University, Assistant Director.
La u rie H a lle tt, Secretary.
Planned Giving
M argaret W. N ik e lly , B.A ., Upsala
C in dy R o s s le y , Secretary.
College, Director.
Anne Bonner, B.A ., University o f
Wyoming; M. A., University o f Washington,
Development Associate.
Gift and A lu m ni Records
Diane C . B ro w n , Assistant Director o f
Development - Records and Data Systems.
Pauline M e tzid a k is , Office Manager.
Jo a n n e B ra m le y , Secretary.
Irene M a rtin , B.A., Lock Haven
University, Robin M o b le y , Jo s e p h in e
Vounkin, Recorders.
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE
Patricia A . W h itm an, B.A ., West Chester
State College; M .A., Miami University of
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.
Pe g g y B io va n n in i, Secretary.
287
FIN A N CIA L A ID O FFIC E
La u ra Talb o t, B.A ., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.
Jo a n n e B a rra c liff. H elen Elm e r,
Secretaries.
Pa tricia S e ria n n i, B.A., M.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State University,
Assistant Director o f Financial Aid.
HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM
B a rb a ra Yo st S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Health Sciences Advisor.
Bonnie B . H a r v e y , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Secretary.
HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth H ea lth Center
Linda Ec h o ls, R.N., B.S.N., and M S N.,
University o f Pennsylvania; M.B.A.,
W harton School; CRNP, Johns Hopkins
Hospital, Director o f Worth Health Center.
Hospital, B a rb a ra A . S m e ta n a , R.N.,
Samaritan Hospital, B.S., St. Joseph’s
College, College Health Nurse Practitioner,
Brigham Young University.
Vera H o w la n d , B.S., Widener University,
J a m e s E. C la rk , B.A., West Virginia
M .D., Hahnemann Medical College, College
Physician.
University; M .D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior College Physician.
M a r y Ja n e O s m ic k , B. Med., University
o f Delaware; M .D., Temple University
Medical School, College Physician.
Paul S . Z a m o s tie n , B.S., Ursinus College;
M .D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.
A la n Z w e b e n , B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook;
M .D., New York Medical College, College
Physician.
Fra n k P. G ia m m a tte i, B.A., Williams
College; M .D:, University o f Cincinnati,
Orthopedic Consultant.
Eliss a B. C h a n s k y, R.N., Beth Israel
Hospital, B.S., St. Joseph’s College,
C on stance C . Jo n e s , R.N., Hospital o f
University o f Pennsylvania, A n n e N ic h o ls,
R.N ., B.S.N ., Gwynedd-Mercy College,
C arol E . Bonan, R.N., Philadelphia General
C h a rle s D. H u m m e r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; M .D., Hahnemann Medical
College, Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.
A n ita M . KnOW leS, Health Services
Secretary.
P sy ch o lo g ica l S erv ices
Le igh to n C . W h ita k e r, B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director.
Paula S . R o se n , B.A., University of
Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College;
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School
o f Social Work and Social Research, Clinical
Social Worker.
288
J a c k L S o lo m a n , B.S., Villanova
University; M .D., Hahnemann University,
Consulting Psychiatrist.
Lis e K . D e G u ire , B.S., Tufts University;
Clinical Psychology Intern from Widener
University.
B a rry J . Ja c o b s , B.A., Brown University;
Clinical Psychology Intern from Widener
University.
Lisa O rto n , B.A., Rutgers University;
Clinical Psychology Intern from Widener
University.
D o rc a s A lle n , B.A., Rosemont College,
Secretary/Receptionist.
LIBRARY STAFF
C ollege Library
Michael J . D u rkan , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, College Librarian.
A n n S . B la ckb u rn , Secretary to the College
Librarian.
Acquisitions
Elizabeth A m a n n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.S. in L.S., Rutgers University,
Acquisitions Librarian.
Pauline M a rs h a ll, B.S., Simmons College,
Continuations Assistant.
Monique C on stantin o, Records &
Acquisitions.
Purchasing Assistant.
Joanne B u rn s, B.A., West Chester
Eliza b e th W oolson, A .B., Chestnut Hill
College, Periodicals Assistant.
University, Assistant/Acquisitions.
M a rg a re t R iv e llo , Assistant/Periodicals.
Rose M a rie Jo h n s o n , Assistant/
Cataloging
Am y V. M o rris o n , B.A. and M .L.S.,
Rutgers University; Catalog Librarian.
An n e S w a n n , B.A., Swarthmore College,
Cataloging Assistant.
Barbara J . W eir, B.A ., Pennsylvania State
University; M .L.S., Drexel University,
Serials Cataloger.
S o-You ng J o n e s , B.A ., Euha Womens
Anne J . P e rk in s , Cataloging Assistant.
Lo u ise P e trilla , A.A., Delaware County
Community College, Processing Assistant.
Netta Shinbaum , B.A., State University of
University, Korea; M .L.S., Simmons
College, Cataloging Assistant.
New York-Oswego; Cataloging Assistant.
Circulation and Reserve
Catherine J . S m ith , B.A., Swarthmore
College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University,
Circulation Librarian.
Viola G . H o ld s w o rth , B.S., Westminster
College; M .E.D ., Temple University,
Receptionist.
Jean P fe iffe r, Circulation Assistant.
Dorian B. B e rr y , B.A., Temple University,
Nancy C. Bech , Assistant.
Assistant.
Marian B. B ru ce , B.S., James Madison
University, Assistant.
Pauline E. H a llm a n , Receptionist.
Claire R. S m ith , Receptionist.
Diane van Roden, Receptionist.
Lis a F. In fante, B.A ., Pennsylvania State
University; M .L.S., Widener University,
Receptionist.
Ed w a rd H . F u lle r, B.A ., Widener College;
M .S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special
Collections Librarian.
289
Adm inistration
Bibliographic Instruction and R eference
S te v e n W. S o w a r d s , B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., M .L.S., Ph.D., Indiana
University, Humanities Librarian.
S u s a n G . W illiam so n , B.A., University o f
California-Berkeley; M .S., Drexel
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
K a te C . M y e r , B.A., Neumann College,
Assistant/Interlibrary Loan.
Ja c q u e lin e M ag a g n o s c, B.A., University
o f California, Berkeley, Assistant/
Documents.
Eric J . MaillOUX, B.A., Temple University,
Audio-Visual Coordinator.
M inda H a r t, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Interlibrary Loan Assistant.
C ornell Library
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian.
M eg E . S p e n c e r, B.A., University of
Richmond, Science Library Assistant.
U nderhill Library
G e o rge K . H u b e r, B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Music Librarian.
T hree C ollege Library A utom ation
Linda G . B ills , B.A., University o f
California, Los Angeles; M .S.L.S., Case
Western Reserve University, Coordinator.
Friends H istorical Library
J . W illiam F ro s t, B.A., DePauw
N a n c y P. S p e e rs , Archivist.
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Wisconsin, Director.
Pa tricia Chapin O ’ Bonnell,
M a r y Ellen C hijio ke , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f California, Los
Angeles; Diploma in Librarianship,
University o f Ibadan, Curator.
b .a . and
M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; M.A.,
University o f Delaware, Archivist.
C h a rlo tte A . B la n d fo rd , Program
Secretary.
C la ire B. S h e lte r, Cataloguer.
Swarthm ore C ollege Peace Collection
W endy E . C h m ie le w s k i, B.A., Goucher
College; M.A. and Ph.D., State University
o f New York at Binghamton, Cooley
Curator.
B a rb a ra E . A d d is o n , B.S., University o f
Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M .S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger.
290
Ele a n o r M . B a rr, B.A., Mount Holyoke
College, M .L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.
K a te C . M y e r, B.A., Neumann College,
Periodicals Assistant.
M a rth a P. S h a n e , B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.
Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library
M argaret Hope Bacon , Jo h n Ed w in
Brush, H a rrie t F ro re r B u rh a m , David C .
Elkinton, LaV ern e Fo rb u s h , C aroline
Biddle M alin , Jo h n M . M o o re , Ly m a n W.
B iley.
Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection
Irw in A b ra m s , H elen M . C a rro ll, Ju lie n
Cornell, H ila ry C o n ro y , M e rle C u rti,
L a r r y G a ra , Phebe B. Ja c o b s e n , Kendall
La n d is.
OPERATIONS
Carole S . D e d d y, B.S., Wilkes College;
Didi Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg College,
Ed.M., Rutgers University;
Fairleigh Dickinson University, Associate
Vice President for Operations.
Secretary.
A u xiliary S erv ices
Kay Fairs G olden, B.A., University o f
Lancaster; M .S., University o f Pennsylvania,
Director o f Auxiliary Services.
K are n M a z z a , Auxiliary Services
Assistant.
Security and Safety Services
Owen B e d g rave , B.S., West Chester
University; A .A .S., Delaware County
Community College, Director o f Security
and Safety Services.
Leon Fra n c is , Coordinator o f Safety
Services.
T e rri H a rk in , Secretary.
B ria n H a r ris , Security Patrol Lieutenant,
Jo h n K e lle y , Security Patrol Corporal.
P a tric k B ro w n , J u d y F e iy , Ellie
K o la c h n y, Ev e M a g e e , Stephen
S iS S O n S , Communication Center Staff.
Je ffre y B u s s , To n y D a n ne tte lle , Ja m e s
Ellis, Greg H a rtle y , Jo h n K e s s le y ,
Joanne Beichle, Bobby Van W ilso n ,
Security Officers.
Post O ffice
June T a S S O n i, Supervisor.
Kathleen M a n a p a t, Mail Courier.
Theresa M a tte o , Assistant.
Word Processing Center
Diane S ta siu n a s, Director.
Jo a n n M . M a s s a ry , C h e ryl Robinson,
Secretaries.
Food Service
Paul Tuennerm an, Director o f Dining
Services.
Donald T in g o , B.A ., State University o f
New York, Associate Director o f Dining
Services.
J o d y La p c h ic k , Secretary.
291
Adm inistration
K are n Pio m e lli, Catering Manager.
Daniel Papu ga, S c o tt H o ld re dg e , A.A.,
T h o m a s M c H u g h , B.A., Gannon
University, Managers.
Luzerne County Community College,
P erson n el
Le e R obin son, B.A., Rhode Island College,
Director o f Personnel.
Gail V. Redden, A.A., Sullins College,
Benefits Administrator.
Jo a n K . K re h n b rin k , B.A., Pennsylvania
P a tric ia P o w e ll, Office Manager.
State University, Associate Director o f
Personnel.
M ild re d L . Connell, Personnel Assistant.
P h y sica l P la n t
Da vid R . D o w n e r, B.S., Harvard College;
M .A., University o f Oklahoma, Director o f
Physical Plant.
A lic e R a lb ie re r, Assistant to the Director.
C la ire En n is , Secretary.
Ju n e C arn e ll, Facilities Coordinator,
Ja c q u e lin e R a tk e r, Purchasing, Eleanor
R re is c h a ft, Bookkeeping.
M aintenance
Tom C o c h ra n e , Acting Director o f
Maintenance.
Es th e r K e lle y , Work Order Secretary.
Tom C o c h ra n e , Maintenance Mechanic
Foreman, Jo h n S c H a m b e rs, Building
Trades Foreman.
Environmental Services
To n y W h ite, Director o f Environmental
Services.
D o ro th y D a llam , D a rb a ra G re e n ,
P a tric ia T h o m p k in s, Environmental
T im o th y S ty e r , A .A., St. Josephs
Technician Supervisors.
University, Operations Coordinator.
Grounds
S te ve n W h eaton , B.S., University o f
Vermont, Director o f Grounds.
Rich ard Ev a n s , Foreman, Paul Erickson,
B.S., University o f Delaware, Th om as
Lo h s e , Crew Leaders.
P la n n in g a n d C on stru ction
P e te r R . V ish to n , B.S. and M .S., Drexel
University, Project Engineer for Planning
and Construction.
Fre d e ric k D ick e l, Owner’s Representative
for the Performing Arts Center.
Jo s e p h D e L o zie r, J r . , Plant Engineering
Engineer.
Coordinator.
292
A lic e R a lb ie re r, Assistant to the Project
I
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Jane H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
A g n e s K e n n e d y, N a n c y O c h s , Recorders.
College, Registrar.
Evelyn G. H u k , Senior Recorder.
THE SCO TT ARBORETUM
Judith D. Z u k , B.A., Rutgers University;
Jo s e p h in e 0 . H o p kin s, Office Manager.
M.S., University o f Delaware, Director.
H elen D iFe lician to n io , Secretary.
Steven F. W heaton, B.S., University of
Fra n k G . S re cke n rid g e III, B.A.,
University o f Texas; M .S., Sul Ross State
University, Conservation Intern.
Vermont, Assistant Director - Horticulture.
Erica G la se ne r, B.S., University of
Maryland, Education Coordinator.
Andrew G. Bunting, B.S., Southern Illinois
La u rie A . J e ffe r s , B.S., State University of
New York, Education Intern.
University, Plant Recorder.
UPWARD BOUND
Edwin A . C ollin s, B.A., Lincoln
University; B.S. and M.Ed., Cheyney
University, Director.
D eLoiS M . C ollin s, B.A ., Temple
University, Associate Director.
Robin D. G re e n e , Secretary.
DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS
A r t June V. Cianfrana, Secretary.
William H. Bishop, Jr., B.F.A., Colorado
State University; M.F.A., University of
Cincinnati; M .L.S., University o f Texas at
| Austin, Slide Curator.
Astronom y R e se a rch : Patricia O ’Hara,
Research Assistant.
Biology: Maria E. Musika, Secretary;
George Flickinger, Shop Engineer; Anne M.
Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore C ollege; M.S.,
Cornell University, Manager o f Martin
Laboratories; Judith M. Meenen, Laboratory
Technician.
Junior C ollege; Sara-Page White, B.A.,
Swarthmore C ollege, Secretaries.
Ed uca tion : Janet A. Kazio, Secretary.
Ele c tro n ic s Tech nicians: John J.
Dougherty, Charles A. White.
En gineering: Jacqueline Robinson,
Administrative Secretary; Grant Lee Smith,
Mechanician.
English Lite ra tu re : Thelma M. Miller,
Administrative Secretary.
H is to ry : Eleanor W. Bennett,
Administrative Secretary.
Chem istry: Dixie Andrews, Secretary;
James W. Bell, Instrument Coordinator.
Lin g u istic s: Dorcas Allen, B.A., Rosemont
Classics: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,
M a th e m a tic s : Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.
University o f Wisconsin, Secretary.
Computer S c ie n c e -A s tro n o m y
Research: Barbara C. Niebruegge, A.B.,
R addiffe College, Secretary.
Economics: Teresa Klingler, A.A., Hershey
C ollege, Secretary.
M od ern Lan g u ag e s: Eleonore Baginski,
B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary;
Edward Dixon, B.A., L a S alle College; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University, Language
Laboratory Assistant.
293
Adm inistration
M u s ic : Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College,
Secretary.
P h ilo so p h y: Fran Cuneo, B.S., West Chester
University, Secretary.
P h ysic a l Education and A th le tic s : Jean
Moat, Karen Russo, Secretaries; Octavius
Holland, David Lester, Equipment
Managers; Marie Mancini, A.T., C., B.S.,
West Chester University, Doug Weiss Sports
Medicine Resident.
P h y s ic s : Nancy L. English, Secretary; John
R. Andrews, Mechanician.
294
Political S cie n ce : Nancy Maclay, B.A.,
Grove City C ollege, Secretary (International
Relations); Naomi Marcus, Secretary
(Public Policy).
P s yc h o lo g y: Donald Reynolds,
Instrumentation Technician; Julia L.
Welbon, B.A., W illiam Smith College,
Academic Coordinator.
Religion: Eileen McElrone, Secretary.
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y : Marie C.
Ominski, Secretary.
Visiting Exam iners 1989
A rt
English
Professor David Cast, Bryn M awr C ollege
Professor Robert McVaugh, C olgate
University
Professor Kathleen Nolan, H ollins C ollege
Professor Josephine Withers, University o f
Maryland
Professor John Anderson, University o f
Pennsylvania
Dr. Philip Ausländer, Georgia Institute o f
Technology
Professor Rhonda Cobham-Sander, Amherst
C ollege
Professor Marianne Hirsch, Dartmouth
C ollege
Professor Margaret Homans, Yale University
Professor Edward Irving, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Ann Jones, Smith C ollege
Professor Cary Mazer, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Enrique Sacerio-Garf, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
Dr. Sharon Seelig, Smith C ollege
Professor Peter Stallybrass, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Susan Wolfson, Rutgers University
Professor Melissa Zeiger, Dartmouth C ollege
Biology
Dr. Richard Donham, University o f D elaw are
Dr. Daniel Goldowitz, Thom as Jefferson
University
Dr. Paul Grobstein, Bryn M awr C ollege
Dr. Carl A. Huether, University o f Cincinnati
Dr. Dietrich Kessler, C olgate University
Dr. Jan Pechenik, Tufts University
Dr. Daniel Roberts, University o f Tennessee
Dr. Daniel Rubenstein, Princeton University
Chem istry
Professor Martin Feldman, Howard
University
Professor Richard Pizer, CUNY, Brooklyn
College
Professor Frederick Richardson, University
of Virginia
Classics
Professor Edward J. Champlin, Princeton
University
Professor James J. O ’Donnell, University o f
Pennsylvania
Computer Science
Professor Norman Badler, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Douglas L. Long, W ellesley C ollege
Economics
Professor Stephen Blough, Johns H opkins
University
Professor Mohsen Fardmanesh, Temple
University
Jeffrey S. Hammer, The W orld Bank
Dr. Arnold Kling, Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corp.
Professor Janice Madden, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Samuel A. Morley, V anderbilt
University
James Ohls, M athem atica Policy Research
Professor John T. Scott, Dartmouth C ollege
Professor James Thornton, University o f
Delaware
H is to ry
Professor James M. Bergquist, V illanova
University
Professor Eric Brose, Drexel University
Professor Elizabeth Brown, Brooklyn C ollege
Professor Richard L. Bushman, University o f
D elaw are
Professor David Faure, C hinese University o f
Hong Kong
Professor Janet M. Oppenheim, American
University
Professor Sean Redding, Amherst C ollege
Professor John H.M, Salmon, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
Professor Arthur P. Schmidt, Temple
University
Professor Kathryn Sklar, State University
Professor William O . Walker III, Cornell
University
Professor Charters Wynn, Rice University
M ath e m a tics
Professor Margaret Cozzens, Northeastern
University
Professor Omar Hijab, Temple University
Professor John H. McCleary, VassaT C ollege
Professor Robert Steine, University o f
Pennsylvania
295
Visiting Exa m in e rs 1989
M od ern Lan g u ag e s—French
Professor Mario Maurin, Bryn M awr College
M o d e rn Lan g u ag e s—G e rm an
Professor R olf Kieser, Queens College, CUNY
Professor Clark Muenzer, University o f
Pittsburgh
M od ern Lan g u ag e s—Spanish
Professor Santiago Tejerina-Canal, H am ilton
C ollege
Dr. Joseph Chrzanowski, C aliforn ia State
University
M u s ic
Professor Allen Forte, Yale University
Professor J. Larry Stockton, Lafayette
C ollege
Dr. Susan Weiss, Peabody Conservatory
o f Music
Jane Wilkinson, Bryn Maun C ollege
Ph ilo so ph y
Professor William Desmond, Loyola College
Professor Gary Gutting, University o f N otre
D am e
Professor Gary Hatfield, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Edward Minar, Johns H opkins
University
Professor Steven Strange, University o f
Pittsburgh
Professor William Sullivan, L a Salle
University
P h y s ic s / A s tro n o m y
Professor Neal Abraham, Bryn Maun C ollege
Professor Alfonso M. Albano, Bryn M awr
C ollege
Dr. David Hochberg, B artol Research
Institute
Dr. Luz Martinez-Miranda, The M oore
School, University o f Pennsylvania
Professor Dan Mumick, Rutgers University
Political S cie nce
Professor Marc Blecher, O berlin C ollege
Professor Thomas Callaghy, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Milton C. Cummings, Johns
H opkins University
Professor Michael Doyle, H arvard University
Professor Stephen L. Esquith, Michigan
State University
Professor Joanne Gowa, University o f
Pennsylvania
296
Professor Nora Hamilton, University o f
Southern C alifornia
Professor Charles A. Miller, L ake Forest
C ollege
Professor Jonas Pontusson, Cornell
University
Professor Joan Tronto, Hunter College
Professor Eric Uslaner, University o f
M aryland
P s yc h o lo g y
Professor Daniel R. Anderson, University of
M assachusetts
Professor Robert Becklen, Sarah Lawrence
C ollege
Dr. Carol Cornsweet, Menninger Foundation
Professor Charles Dyke, Temple University
Professor Rachel Hare-Mustin, Villanova
University
Professor Clark R. McCauley, Jr., Bryn
M aun C ollege
Professor Louis Sass, Rutgers, The State
University o f New Jersey (Busch Campus)
Professor Jonathan Schull, H averford College
Professor Alan Silberberg, The American
University
Professor Jaine Strauss, W illiam s College
Professor Claes von Hofsten, University of
U mea, Sweden
Religion
Professor Henry Bowden, Rutgers, The State
University o f New Jersey
Professor Stephen N. Dunning, University of
Pennsylvania
Professor Nancy Fuchs-Kreimer,
Reconstructionist R abbinical C ollege
Professor Howard Clark Kee, Boston
University
Professor Anne McGuire, H averford College
Professor Eleanor McLaughlin, AndoverNewton T heological Seminary
Professor Vivian-Lee Nyitray, Barnard
C ollege, Colum bia University
Professor Emeritus Richard Shaull, Princeton
T heological Seminary
Professor W illiam Werpehowski, Villanova
University
S o c io lo g y & An th ro p olo g y
Professor Harold Bershady, University of
Pennsylvania
Professor Eugene Burns, Princeton University
Professor Sam Kaplan, Bryn M aun College
Professor Carl Kendall, Johns H opkins
University
Professor Robin Leidner, University o f
Pennsylvania
Robert Rubinstein, P hiladelphia G eriatrie
Center
297
Degrees Conferred
June 5, 1989
BA CH ELO R O F ARTS
Rasheed Mohamed Abou-Alsamh, P olitical
Science
Gretchen Alger, Special M ajor: A esthetic
Psychology
Allison Lynne Anderson, P olitical Science
Kyle David Anderson, P olitical Science
Elise Marie Arle, M athem atics and Physics
David Keith Arthur, Special M ajor:
Environmental Studies
Emily Suzanne Aubrey, Biology
Laura Marie Augustine5, Religion
Patrick Gyimah Awuah, Jr., Economics
Ruth Baguskas, Philosophy
Michael Thomas Balas, Biology
Robert Rohan Barker, Economics
Erica Jean Barks, Biology
Brian Keith Barry, Economics
Homer Martin Tiger Bass, English Literature
Gregg Evan Bassett, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Anne Elizabeth Batman, Economics
Donald J. Baxter, Jr.*3, P olitical Science
Katherine Louise Beaverson, English
Literature
Michael William Beckett, History
Robert J. Bein, English Literature
Lionel Pedro Marie Benoist, Economics and
P olitical Science
Glenn Merlind Berntson, Biology and
Sociology & Anthropology
Penny Ann Berrier4, P olitical Science
Amanda Sidney Bickel, History
Michael Andrew Bird, History
David Michael Bishop, P olitical Science
Noël Bisson, History
Amy Claire Bloom, English Literature
Julie Elena Blue, English Literature
Paul Lev Bogorad, History and Physics
Susan Sonya Borenstein, History
Deborah Ellen Branker1, English Literature
Richard Anthony Brigandi, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Claire Bernice Brill5, Special M ajor:
Education-Psychology
Sara Florence Brock, English Literature
Kevin Pearse Brown, Art History
Michael Lloyd Buehler, Philosophy
John David Buek, Biology
Annalise C. Buonanno6, Special M ajor:
Sociology & Anthropology and Education
Diane Alison Burner, Psychology
Melissa Faye Caccam, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Megan A. Callaway, Special M ajor: Psychology
and Religion
Angela Maria Canas3, P olitical Science
Paul Joseph Carek, P olitical Science
Joan Marie Cargill, Psychology
Joan Patricia Cargill, Economics
David Jonathan Casarett, Sociology &
Anthropology
Philip Anthony Cavalier, Economics
Li-Lan Cheng, Economics
John David Christianson, History
Robyn Tracy Churchill, Special M ajor: Latin
A m erican Literature and Society
James Ivan Clem, P olitical Science
Julia Eden Cohen, Philosophy
Katharine Elizabeth Cohen, English Literature
Samuel Schlesinger Cohen, English Literature
Daniel Mejia Colgan3, P olitical Science and
Economics
Tracy Renée Collins, Psychology
Kirsten Fay Condry, Psychology
Susanna Martin Cowan, English Literature
Howard Morrison Crow, III, Economics
Kevin James Crowley, Psychology
Rosanne Nellie Currarino, History
Alexander Darren Curtis, Ancient History
Kathleen Louise Dalton6, Psychology
Marc D ’Arienzo, Economics
Aria W illa Davis, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Charles Howard Davis, Jr., Economics
Matthew Mason Davis, Biology
Kristin Elizabeth Denham, Special M ajor:
Linguistics/French
Gretel Carolyn De Ruiter, Literature
Kunya Scarborough Des Jardins, Psychology
Tamar Lisa di Franco, Economics
Katharine Logan Donnelly, English Literature
i with the Concentration in B lack Studies
5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
3 with the Concentration in International Relations 6 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
4 with the Concentration in Public Policy
298
Kristen Dorrity, Special M ajor:
Psycholinguistics
Jonathan Emmanuel Dworkin, Physics
Leigh Anne Earls, History
Martha Anderson Easton, Sociology &
Anthropology
James William Ellis, Psychology
Margaret Marie Ellis6, English Literature
Hannah Jessica Elsing, Chemistry
John Jacob Embree3, History
John William Erler, Greek
Daniel Elliott Farnham, Philosophy
Elizabeth Ann Fecko3, P olitical Science
Frederick George Field, Biology
Wayne William Finegar II, Philosophy
Krista Marie Fischer, Biology
Kirsten April Fisher, Russian
James Francis Fleigner4, Economics and
Political Science
Robert William Fortner, Jr., P olitical Science
Garth Robert Fraga, Psychology
David Charles French, Art History
Margaret Francesca G. Fried, English
Literature
Anna Margaret Gade, M athem atics
Hannah Laura Galantino, English Literature
and Biology
Bonnie Elizabeth Galvin, History
Julie Anne Gardner, Special M ajor: Political
Science and Psychology
Daniel Jay Garfield, History
Andrew Scott Gamer, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
John Webster Gastil, P olitical Science
Antoine Lamont Gayles4, P olitical Science
Debrielle Joyce Gettler, Philosophy
Stephanie Ann Gonzalez3, History
Deepak Gopinath, P olitical Science
Douglas Lee Gramiak, P olitical Science
Lisa Anne Grohskopf, Psychology
Lynn Francis Guertin, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
James Gunshenan, Economics
John E. Haegele, Economics
Kevin Kyung-Whan Hahm, Psychology and
Political Science
Dima Sami Hakura3, Economics and P olitical
Science
Jamin Brett Halberstadt, Philosophy
Kevin Robert Hall, P olitical Science
Lori Jean Hall6, Special M ajor: Psychology and
Education
Marc Hammarlund, English Literature
Randi Tina Hansen, Biology
Leslie Dinah Haravon, Philosophy
Gecole Louise Harley, English Literature
Kenneth Albert Harris, Jr., Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Leah Ann Harris, Special M ajor: Religion,
Sociology & Anthropology and Psychology
David Richard Harrison, French
Elisabeth Dutton Heath6, Special M ajor:
Human Growth
Amy Marie Held, English Literature
Roger Owen Hill4, P olitical Science
Alec Jay Hirsch, Biology
Julie Hohenemser, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Douglas David Horgan, Philosophy
Stuart Williams Hough, Biology
Deborah H. How, Music
Edward Ming Yu Hsu, Physics
Ipek Ilkkaracan, P olitical Science
Lisa Marie Jackson, Religion
John Lockwood Jamison, Special Major:
Psychobiology
Jenneane Louise Jansen, Philosophy and
Special M ajor: Astrophysics
Patrick Michael Johnson, Physics
Kourtney Dawn Johnston, Psychology
Brian Douglas Jones, Economics
Chevaughn Venesa Jones, Psychology
Steven Alvin Jones, Economics
Martin Youngsuk Juhn, History
Lisa Anne Kaiser, English Literature
Jill Corie Kalen, Psychology
Daniel Adam Kaufman, Political Science
Brendan Patrick Kelly, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Mark Douglas Kenward, English Literature
Virginia Kathryn Kiggins, History
Astri Jeanine Kingstone, English Literature
William Richard Kirschner3, History
Scott Thomas Kisker3, History
Michael Brent Koch, Special Major:
Biochemistry
John Gregory Kourakos, Psychology
Bianca Elke Kuehn3, P olitical Science
3 with the Concentration in International Relations
4 with the Concentration in Public Policy
6 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
299
Degrees Conferred
Wendy Katherine Kuenstler, Literature
Clifton Lee Kussmaul2, Music
Timothy Moore Kuykendall6, English
Literature
Cynthia Catherine Kynard, P olitical Science
Marianne Elisabeth LaRiche, Philosophy
Inger Lynge Larsen, Biology
Robin Kristin Lasersohn6, Special M ajor:
Education and Social Change
Michael Albert Lawless4, Economics
Thomas Gary Leckrone, Psychology
Min Hwan Lee, Philosophy
Kenneth Patrick Leonard6, Economics
Peter Harriman Lewis6, Special M ajor:
Psychology and Education
Laura Louise Lichter, P olitical Science
Valerie Michelle Lieber, English Literature
Jonathan Donald Lippincott6, Art
Laura Anne Lomas, English Literature
Douglas H. Loynes, Economics
James Eric Magleby, P olitical Science
Maria Regina Maisog, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
C.J. Malanga III, Biology
Timothy Patrick Malarkey, Physics
Candida Livia Mannozzi, German
Julie Felice Marcus, Sociology & Anthropology
Christopher James Marquardt, Economics
Frederick Hope Marsh, Sociology &
Anthropology
John Robert Martinez6, Psychology
David Alan Maybee, Jr., P olitical Science
Robert Edwin McCann, Economics and
Psychology
Patrick Robert McCauley, Economics
Anne Bessiere McCormick3, Economics
Elizabeth Clark McCulley, Economics
Jennifer McDiarmid, M athem atics
Michele Joan McDonald, Philosophy
Jennifer Ellen McDowell, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Collins Edward McGovern III, Economics
Charles Granville McGucken, M athem atics
and Philosophy
Annie McQuilken, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Rebecca Mison, Religion
Khalid Mohammed3, Economics and Political
Science
William F. Montgomery III2 6, M athematics
Sara Louise Morrison, English Literature
Monique Meroe Morrissey, P olitical Science
Duncan John Moss, History
Denis James Murphy, English Literature
Kevin Peter Murphy, M athem atics
Michael Scott Niklaus, English Literature
Michael Conner Nilon, English Literature
Dev Kumar Niyogi, Biology
Richard Matthew O ’Brien, Economics
Michael Gregory O ’Connell, English
Literature
Jeffrey Howard Odell, Political Science
Virginia Francisca O ’Hare6, Special M ajor:
C hild D evelopment and Education
Matthew William Ohland, Religion
Serban Olaru, Religion
Robert Louis Oliver, Jr., Economics
Colin John O ’Neill, Art History
Brian Richard Pariser, P olitical Science
Julie Love Patrick, Religion
Jay Stanley Peichel, Economics
Christine Jamison Phillips4, Economics and
P olitical Science
Corinne Ihle Phillips, English Literature
Christine Ann Piffat, Chemistry
Catherine Angela Pilgrim, English Literature
Karla Jean Pinion5, History
Harold Robert Pomeranz2, M athem atics
David Robert Pope, Psychology
Alexander Darryl Porter, Psychology and
Special M ajor: Chem ical Physics
Jeannette Hill Porter, Economics
Laurie Ann Power, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Barbara Elisabeth Pralle, Art and Chemistry
Javier Jose Provencio, Biology
Gerald Ernest Quirk3 6, P olitical Science
Karen Elizabeth Ramirez, English Literature
Jennifer Lynn Rawcliffe6, Spanish
Tristan Stanley Reader, Philosophy
Peter W harton Regen, P olitical Science
Joseph Spalding Resovsky, Physics
Daniel Stuart Rice, M athem atics
Jennifer Lynn Ritter, English Literature
2 with the Concentration in Computer Science
5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
3 with the Concentration in International R elations 6 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
4 with the Concentration in Public Policy
300
Craig Drury Robin6, English Literature
Cirri Kirsten Rohrbach, P olitical Science
Amelia Roosevelt, Religion
Rebecca Laura Rosen, French
Maya Esther Roth, T heatre Studies
Mark Wayne Sabel, Jr., Biology
David Lion Salmanson, History
David Julian Samuels, P olitical Science
Matthew Glen Sanders, Economics
Laura Carrie Schall, English Literature
Derek Karl Scheips, English Literature
Robert Mark Scher, History
Karen Renee Schlossberg, M edieval Studies
Simone A. Schweber, Art History
Catherine Ann Sears, Literature
Steven Jackson Sell, Economics and P olitical
Science
Brian Laurence Selsky, English Literature
Mark Stephen Selverian, Economics
Philippe Jacques Senechal, History
Dolly Rebecca Setton, English Literature
Sharon Ann Seyfarth, Sociology &
Anthropology
Robin Lauri Shiels6, Special M ajor:
Psycholinguistics
Paul L. Sidelko, M edieval Studies
Elizabeth Ann Silverberg, History
April Kamalalehua Silverman, Political
Science
Maria Kathleen Simson, M edieval Studies
Henry Churchill Skinner, Special M ajor:
Russian Studies
Min Yong Soh, English Literature and Art
Laurie Ann Sorgen, English Literature and
German
Andrew McBride Stanton, Philosophy
Martha Rose Stark, Biology
Michelle Marie Steen, Art History
Emily J. Stevens, Psychology
Kathryn Elizabeth Stevens, Psychology
Douglas Christopher Stewart, Political
Science
Diana Ruth Stiefbold, M athem atics
Susan Margarete Stine, Biology and
Economics
Kevin J. Stiroh, Economics and Psychology
Christine Marie Stodolski, Special M ajor:
Urban Sociology and Education
Tracy Lynn Stokes4, P olitical Science
4 with the Concentration in Public Policy
5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
Kirsten Ann Stoppel, German
William R. Strutton, P olitical Science
Katherine Marie Stubbs, English Literature
Seija Frances Surr, English Literature
William Lee Sweidel, Jr., Psychology
Kirsten Jane Talmage, Special M ajor:
Astrophysics
Kelly Jean Terwilliger, English Literature
Kathryn Lucy Theodore, English Literature
Evangelia Theologides, Economics
Brian Steven Thompson6, Economics
Iselin Ann Thorpe, English Literature
Nicholas Adam Tobier, History and Art
Elizabeth Rose Tomar5, Sociology &
Anthropology
Steven Christopher Toy, Economics
Jacqueline Marie Trockenbrod, Economics
and Special M ajor: M athem atics, Emphasis
on Statistics
Tomochika Uyama, P olitical Science
Anne Liberty Vaillant, English Literature
Mark Vincent Valli, History
Mark Franklin Van Buskirk, Art
Mark Adrian Van Wyk, M athem atics
Antonio Viego, Jr., Literature
Andrew Jay Wagner, Biology
Jessica Mai Wagner, French and German
Nora Elizabeth Walsh, Sociology &
Anthropology
Kathy Ellen Wang, Economics
Robbin M. Washington-Smart6, P olitical
Science
Benjamin Joshua Weiner, Physics
Roger Edward Welser, Physics
Magnus Lars Wennemyr, Music
Shaune Elizabeth Whaley, Music
Lynn Alfred Williams, IV, English Literature
Douglas Michael Winneg, P olitical Science
Matthew Melvin Wise, Sociology &
Anthropology
Elizabeth Emily W itt, English Literature
Melissa Wong, Economics
Sarah Janet Wood, English Literature
Brian David Work, Biology
Brendan David Works, P olitical Science
Stephen Ross Yeaple, Economics
Andrew Wetmore Young, Biology
Patrick Alfred Zweidler, Biology
6 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
301
Degrees Conferred
B A C H E L O R O F S C IE N C E
Patrick Gyimah Awuah, Jr., Engineering
Daniel Clarence Bock, Engineering
Naomi Claire Chesler, Engineering
Tamar Lisa di Franco, Engineering
Alan Eric Dixon, Engineering
Elizabeth Ann Fecko3, Engineering
Lee A. Fineman, Engineering
Lisa Michelle Harris, Engineering
Mark Stanton Hillier2, Engineering
Kerry-Ann Arthurine King, Engineering
Clifton Lee Kussmaul2, Engineering
Thomas Rothwell Lee, Engineering
Kelley Lynn Meagher, Engineering
Matthew William Ohland, Engineering
David Robert Pope, Engineering
Magnus Lars Wennemyr, Engineering
2 with the Concentration in Computer Science
3 with the Concentration in International Relations
302
Aw ards and Distinctions
H O N O R S A W A R D E D B Y T H E V IS IT IN G E X A M IN E R S — 2 7 M A Y 1 9 8 9
HISHEST H O N O R S :
David Richard Harrison, Tristan Stanley
Reader, Laura Carrie Schall, Katherine
Marie Stubbs, Brendan David Works.
HIGH H O N O R S :
Noël Bisson, Michael Lloyd Buehler, James
Ivan Clem, Julia Eden Cohen, Kirsten Fay
Condry, Susanna Martin Cowan, Rosanne
Nellie Currario, Alexander Darren Curtis,
Robert William Fortner, Jr., John Webster
Gastil, Debrielle Joyce Gertler, Jamin Brett
Halberstadt, Marc Hammarlund, Kenneth
Patrick Leonard, Laura Anne Lomas, Denis
James Murphy, Michael Scott Niklaus,
Serban Olaru, Karla Jean Pinion, Daniel
Stuart Rice, Maya Esther Roth, David Lion
Salmanson, David Julian Samuels, Robert
Mark Scher, Simone A. Schweber,
Catherine Ann Sears, Brian Laurence Selsky,
Andrew McBride Stanton, Seija Frances
Surr, Kelly Jean Terwilliger, Benjamin
Joshua Weiner, Stephen Ross Yeaple.
HONORS:
Laura Marie Augustine, Erica Jean Barks,
Brian Keith Barry, Michael William Beckett,
Robert J. Bein, Penny Ann Berrier, Julie
Elena Blue, David Jonathan Casarett,
Samuel Schlesinger Cohen, Howard
Morrison Crow, III, Matthew Mason Davis,
Katharine Logan Donnelly, Leigh Anne
Earls, Daniel Elliott Farnham, Margaret
Francesca G. Fried, Stephanie Ann Gonzalez,
Kevin Robert Hall, Amy Marie Held,
Douglas David Horgan, Deborah H. How,
Edward Ming Yu Hsu, Kourtney Dawn
Johnston, Martin Yougsuk Juhn, Lisa Anne
Kaiser, Daniel Adam Kaufman, William
Richard Kirschner, Scott Thomas Kisker,
Min Hwan Lee, Laura Louise Lichter,
Valerie Michelle Lieber, James Eric Magleby,
Anne Bessiere McCormick, Elizabeth Clark
McCulley, Collins Edward McGovern, III,
Rebecca Mison, Sara Louise Morrison,
Monique Meroe Morrissey, Duncan John
Moss, Michael Gregory O ’Connell, Jeffrey
Howard Odell, Brian Richard Pariser,
Corinne Ihle Phillips, Christine Ann Piffat,
Catherine Angela Pilgrim, Karen Elizabeth
Ramirez, Peter Wharton Regen, Joseph
Spalding Resovsky, Amelia Roosevelt, Dolly
Rebecca Setton, April Kamalalehua
Silverman, Emily J. Stevens, Douglas
Christopher Stewart, Anne Liberty Vaillant,
Mark Vincent Valli, Mark Adrian Van Wyk,
Antonio Viego, Jr., Roger Welser, Douglas
Michael Winneg, Melissa Wong.
D IS T IN C T IO N IN C O U R S E A W A R D E D B Y F A C U L T Y
Gregg Evan Bassett, Glenn Merlind
Berntson, Paul Lev Bogorad, Claire Bernice
Brill, Megan A. Callaway, Li-Lan Cheng,
Naomi Claire Chesler, Hannah Laura
Galantino, Bonnie Elizabeth Galvin, Andrew
Scott Garner, Lisa Anne Grohskopf, Lynn
Frances Guertin, Randi Tina Hansen,
Kenneth Albert Harris, Jr., Mark Stanton
Hillier, Julie Hohenemser, Stuart Williams
Hough, Brendan Patrick Kelly, Michael
Brent Koch, Robin Kristin Lasersohn, Peter
Harriman Lewis, Candida Livia Mannozzi,
Annie McQuilken, Dev Kumar Niyogi,
Laurie Ann Power, Matthew Glen Sanders,
Martha Rose Stark, Susan Margarete Stine,
Kevin J. Stiroh, Nicholas Adam Tobier,
Elizabeth Rose Tomar, Tomochika Uyama,
Mark Franklin Van Buskirk, Andrew Jay
Wagner, Nora Elizabeth Walsh, Magnus
Lars Wennemyr.
E L E C T IO N S T O H O N O R A R Y S O C I E T I E S
PHI RETA K A P P A :
Gregg Evan Bassett, Glenn Merlind
Berntson, Noël Bisson, Paul Lev Bogorad,
Michael Lloyd Buehler, Li-Lan Cheng,
Naomi Claire Chesler, James Ivan Clem,
Kirsten Fay Condry, Susanna Martin
Cowan, Rosanne Nellie Currarino,
Alexander Darren Curtis, Matthew Mason
Davis, Hannah Laura Galantino, John
Webster Gastil, Lisa Anne Grohskopf, Lynn
303
A w a rd s and Distinctions
Frances Guertin, Jamin Brett Halberstadt,
Kenneth Albert Harris, Jr., David Richard
Harrison, Mark Stanton Hillier, Stuart
Williams Hough, Michael Brent Koch,
Robin Kristin Lasersohn, Peter Harriman
Lewis, Valerie Michelle Lieber, Laura Anne
Lomas, Annie McQuilken, Kevin Peter
Murphy, Michael Scott Niklaus, Dev Kumar
Niyogi, Tristan Stanley Reader, Daniel
Stuart Rice, Maya Esther Roth, Matthew
Glen Sanders, Laura Carrie Schall, Simone
A. Schweber, Andrew McBride Stanton,
Susan Margarete Stine, Kevin J. Stiroh,
Katherine Marie Stubbs, Seija Frances Surr,
Kelly Jean Terwilliger, Elizabeth Rose
Tomar, Mark Adrian Van W yk, Nora
Elizabeth Walsh, Benjamin Joshua Weiner,
Brendan David Works.
S IG M A X I:
Richard Anthony Brigandi, Claire Brill,
David Casarett, Naomi Chester, Mikhail
Chkhenkeli, Kirsten Condry, Matthew
Davis, Tamar di Franco, Jonathan Dworkin,
Anna Gade, Hannah Laura Galantino,
Andrew Garner, Lisa Grohskopf, Lynn
Guertin, Randi Tina Hansen, Kenneth
Harris, Mark Hillier, Stuart W. Hough,
Edward Hsu, Jill Kalen, Brendan P. Kelly,
Clifton Kussmaul, Charles M. McGucken,
Annie McQuilken, W ill Montgomery, Dev
Niyogi, Christine Piffat,. Harold Pomeranz,
Laurie Power, Joseph Resovsky, Daniel Rice,
Mark Van Wyk, Andrew Wagner, Roger
Welser, Magnus Wennemyr, Patrick
Zweidler.
TA U B ETA PI:
Patrick Awuah, Naomi Chesler, Mark
Hillier.
Elise Arle, Gregg Bassett, Paul Bogorad,
F E L L O W S H IP S
T he Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant to
Tessa Izenour ’9 0
T he Susan P. Cobbs Fellowship to John Erler
’8 9
T he Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship to
Barbara Ellen West ’90
T he E lizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet
Scholarships for Spring, 1989, to Baird
Dodge ’90, violin; Amie Roosevelt ’89,
violin; Ana Ruesink ’92, viola; Syrena Case
’92, cello
Friends o f Music and D ance Summer
Scholarships: Lois Sach ’90, Elizabeth
Mountford ’92, Ruth Baguskas ’89, Lorin
Lyle ’90, and Kathy Quick ’90
Phi B eta K appa Fellowship to Lisa Anne
Grohskopf ’89
T he H annah A. Leedom Fellowship to Laurie
C. Matheson ’84
The Eugene M. Lang G raduate Incentive
Fellowship to Felix B. A. Asiedu ’86, Eric D.
Gordy ’88, Suzanne M. Holm ’88, and
Hannah B. Swallow ’87
T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Charles
A. Haworth ’87, Geoffrey A. Pigman ’83,
and Doriet E. Sallis ’86
The John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship to
John W, G astil’89
T he Thom as M. M cC abe, Jr., and Yvonne
M otley M cC abe M em orial Fellowship to
Steven Lipchin ’86 and Hooman Pourafzal
’86
T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Deborah E.
Branker ’89, Deborah H. How ’89, Valerie
M. Lieber ’89, Anne B. McCormick ’89, and
Emily J. Stevens ’89
A W A R D S A N D P R IZ E S
The Academ y o f A m erican Poets Prize to
Anne Vaillant ’89; honorable mention to
Scott Kugle ’91
T he Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry to
Jon R. Lorsch ’90
304
T he Am erican C hem ical Society Award
(Gonzalez-Vilaplana Award) to Michael B.
Koch ’8 9
T he A m erican Institute o f Chem ists Award
(Gonzalez-Vilaplana Award) to Kenneth A.
Harris ’89
The Jam es H. Button ’72 Award to Kenya
Anderson ’92
The Paul H. B eik Prize in History to Beth
Silverberg ’89
The Tim Berman M em orial Award to Kevin
Hall ’89
The Brand Blanshard Prize to Tristan Reader
’89
The Heinrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics
Prize to Kevin Peter Murphy ’89
The Chemistry Department Service Awards
(Wolfson Prizes) to Melissa F. Caccam ’89
and Sean M. Decatur ’90
The CRC Press Achievem ent Award to
Outstanding Freshman Chemistry Student to
Ellen F. Licking ’92
The Robert H. Dunn Trophy to Robert Marx
’90
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes to Tim
McDonald ’91, first prize; Elizabeth
Grossman ’92 and Stanley Burgiel ’92,
second prize; Jed Hartman ’90, Denis
Murphy ’89, Anne Vaillant ’89, and Barbara
West ’90, honorable mention
The Flack Achievem ent Award to Mark
Silverman ’91
The Philip M. H icks Prizes to Christopher J.
Cobb ’90 and Brian W. Murry ’90
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to
Courtney Bender ’91. Honorable mention to
Rebecca Sharpless ’9 0
The Ivy Award to Matthew M. Davis ’89
The Naomi K ies Award to Laura Lomas ’89
T he Kwink Trophy to Kenneth Leonard ’89
The Linguistic Prizes to Kristen Dorrity ’89
(psycholinguistics) and Kristin Denham ’89
(theoretical linguistics)
The M cC abe Engineering Award to Mark
Hillier ’89
T he M erck Undergraduate Science Research
Award to Daniel Schwartz ’90, Julia
Wormser ’90, and Jean-Luc Jannink
The Lois M orrell Poetry Award to Alexander
Joseph ’92
T he A . Edward Newton Library Prize to James
Ellis ’91 (first prize); Diana Stiefbold ’89
(second prize); Ben Weiner ’8 9 (third prize)
The O ak L e a f Award to Martha A. Easton
’89
The May E. Parry M em orial Award to Jody
Lathwell ’8 9 and Lee a Fineman ’89
T he W illiam Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction:
Anu Murgai ’90, first prize; Joseph Gangemi
’92, second prize; Jack Ruehsen ’90, third
prize
T he Dinny Rath Award to Penny A. Berrier
’89
T he Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay to
Daniel Colgan ’8 9 and Tomochika Uyama
’89
T he H ally Jo Stein M em orial Award for Dance
to Melissa Silverman ’90
T he Peter Gram Swing Prize to Deborah How
’89
T he Melvin B. Troy Award to Lauren
Alexander ’8 9 and Michele McDonald ’89
The P. Linwood Urban Prize in Religion to
Emily J. Stevens ’89
305
Enrollm ent Statistics
E N R O L L M E N T O F S T U D E N T S BY C L A S S E S 1 9 8 8 -8 9
MEN
WOMEN
TOTAL
Seniors
170
152
322
Juniors
161
135
296
Sophomores
160
151
311
Freshmen
209
186
395
700
624
1324
0
0
0
7
3
10
707
627
1334
Graduate Students
Special Students
TOTAL
G E O G R A P H IC A L D IS T R IB U T IO N O F S T U D E N T S 1 9 8 8 -8 9
New York ........................... . . 2 1 7
Pennsylvania ............... . 167
New Jersey ........................ . 133
C a lifo rn ia ...................... . . 9 3
Maryland ....................... . . 8 3
Massachusetts .............. . . 7 4
Connecticut ...................... . . 4 3
Ohio ...................................... . . . 3 5
Florida ................................ . . . 3 1
V irg in ia ................................ . . . 3 1
Delaw are ............................... . . 2 8
Illin o is ....................... .......... . . . 2 8
District o f Columbia .. . . 2 4
Washington ..................... . . . 2 4
North Carolina ......... . . . 2 1
West V irg in ia............. . . . 1 6
Maine ................................. . . . 1 5
M innesota ......................... . . . 1 5
Texas ................................... . . . 1 5
M ichigan ........................... . . . 1 4
Oregon .............................. . . . 1 4
Vermont ........................... . . . 1 4
Colorado ......................... . . . 1 3
Indiana .............................. . . . 1 1
G e o rg ia ........................ . . . 1 0
Missouri ...................... . . . . 9
W isconsin ...................... . . . . 9
Arizona .............................. . . . . 7
....6
___ 6
New H am pshire ........... . . . . 6
New M e x ic o ................... . . . . 6
Rhode Island ................. . . . . 5
306
Louisiana ...............
O klahom a ...................
Tennessee ...................
Alabama ..................
A rkan sas..................
H aw aii......................
Kentucky ...................
Mississippi .................
Puerto Rico ..............
Utah ..............................
Wyoming ...................
Idaho ........................
South Carolina . . .
A la s k a ......................
Montana ..................
N ebraska..................
Nevada ........................
Virgin Islan d s ...........
Total U .S.A .
........... 4
.............. 4
........... 4
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
.............. 3
.............. 3
.............. 3
.............. 3
.............. 3
.............. 2
.............. 2
.............. 1
.............. 1
.............. 1
.............. 1
.............. 1
.. . . .
1268
Canada ........................ .............. 6
India .............................. .............. 4
Ghana ........................... .............. 3
Jamaica .................... ........... 3
T u rk ey ...................... ........... 3
C h in a .............................. .............. 2
E ngland ......................... .............. 2
Ethiopia ...................... .............. 2
.............. 2
.............. 2
K o re a .............................. .............. 2
K u w ait ........................... .............. 2
South A fric a .............. .............. 2
Singapore ................... ........2
Sri Lanka ........................ .......... 2
Union o f Soviet
Socialist Republics . . . . 2
A u stralia.................... ............1
Bangladesh ............... .. . . . . 1
B arbad o s .....................................1
B elgiu m ........................... ...........1
B o liv ia ................................ ..........1
Chile ................................ [ ..........1
Dominican Republic ,..........1
Egypt .......................... . . . . . 1
Guam .........................................1
I t a l y ............................ ..........1
Japan .......................... ...........1
Lebanon .................... ......... 1
Malaysia ........................ .......... 1
Mexico ........................... ......... 1
N e p al ................................ ......... 1
N o rw ay ........................... ......... 1
P akistan ........................... ......... 1
Paraguay ........................ ......... 1
Philippines ................... ......... 1
Sweden ...................... ........1
Switzerland............... ........1
United Arab Emirates . . . . 1
West G erm an y ........... ......... 1
Zaire ................................ ........1
------- Total from Abroad . .
GRAND TOTAL
... .
1333
Index
Absence from examinations, 62
Academic honesty, 62
Administration and staff, 284
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 18
Application dates, 19
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 19
School subjects recommended, 18
Advanced Degrees, 64
Advanced Placement, 20
Advanced Standing, 20
Advising, 38
AIMS, 46
Alumni Association Officers, 263
Alumni Council, 263
Alumni Office, 41
Ancient History and Civilization, 100
Art History, 75
Arts, Studio, 44, 79
Asian Studies, 81
Astronomy, 84, 219
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 46, 209
Attachments to Courses, 55
Attendance at Classes, 61
Automobiles, regulations 43
Awards and Distinctions, 303
Awards and Prizes, 66
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 64
Bachelor of Science Degree, 64
Bequests, 10
Biology, 85
Black Cultural Center, 37
Black Studies, 91
Board of Managers, 258
Committees of, 260
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5
Career Planning and Placement, 39
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 12
Chemistry, 93
Chinese, 184
Classics, 98
College Entrance Examinations, 19
College, committees of, 281
College jobs, 24
Comprehensive Examinations, 50, 64
Computer Science, 104
Computing Center, 12
Cooper (William J .) Foundation, 13
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 58
Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering, 10
Corporation, officers of, 258
Courses of Instruction, 73
Course Program, 52
Creative Arts, 57
Curriculum, 49
Dance, 45, 200
Degree Requirements, 64
Degrees offered, 64
Degrees conferred, 298
Dining Hall, 36
Directed Reading, 55
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 320
Distinction in Course, 52
Distribution requirements, 50
Divisions and Departments, 283
Dormitories, 36
Drama, 45, 141
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 12
Economics, 108
Education, 115
Education Abroad, 58
Emeritus Professors, 268
Endowed Professorships, 15
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 120
English Literature, 129
Enrollment statistics, 306
Equal Opportunity Office, 287
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 62
Exceptions to the four-year program, 54
Exclusion from College, 63
Expenses, 21
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 49, 52
Extra-curricular activities, 44
Faculty advisers, 38, 50, 51
Facility, committees of, 281
Faculty members, 268
Faculty Regulations, 61
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 21, 65
Fellowships, 70
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 306
Formats o f Instruction, 55
Fraternities, 37
French, 185
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 37
Geographical distribution o f Students, 306
German, 188
German Studies, 145
Gifts, 10
307
Index
Grades, 61
Graduate study, 64
Graduation requirements, 64
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 99
Grenoble Program, 58
Handicapped Student Services, 38, 54
Health care, 37
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 57
History, 147
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 54, 295
Housing, 36
Insurance, 36
Interdisciplinary work, 56
International Relations, 158
Judicial Bodies, 43
Lang Music Building, 12, 45
Language Laboratory, 12
Latin, 99
Leaves o f Absence, 63
Libraries, 10
Linguistics, 160
Literature Program, 167
Loans to students, 23
Madrid Program, 59
Map o f College grounds, 318
Martin Biological Laboratory, 12
Master’s degrees, 64
Mathematics, 169
McCabe Library, 10
Media, Student, 4 6
Medieval Studies, 178
M odem Languages and Literatures, 180
Music, 44, 195
Music, performance, 196, 199
Normal Course Load, 55
Observatory, 12, 214
Papazian Hall, 12
Peace Studies, 241
Pearson Hall, 12
Philosophy, 203
Physical Education and Athletics, 209
Physical Education requirements, 63, 209
Physics and Astronomy, 211
Political Science, 221
Practical work, 55
Pre-medical Program, 57
Prizes, 66
308
PROGRAM OF STUDY, 49
Freshmen and Sophomores, 50
Juniors and Seniors, 51
External Examination (Honors) Program, 52
Psychological Services, 38
Psychology, 229
Public Policy, 236
Public Relations, 42
Publications, College, 41
Publications, Student, 46
Registration, 62
Religion, 238
Religious life, 8, 37
Requirements for Admission, 18
Requirements for Graduation, 64
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 36
Russian, 191
Scholarships, 24
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 19
Scott Arboretum, 13
Security Policies and Procedures, 40
Sharpies Dining Hall, 36
Social Committee, 44
Sociology and Anthropology, 244
Spanish, 192
Special Major, 52
Sproul Observatory, 12, 214
Student Art Association, 44
Student conduct, 43
Student-run courses, 55
Student Council, 43
Student employment, 24
Student Exchange Programs, 58
Study Abroad, 58
Summer school work, 63
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 11
Swarthmore Foundation, 47
Tarble Social Center, 37
Theatre, Courses in, 141
Transfer, application for, 20
Tuition and other fees, 21, 65
Tutorials, 55
Upward Bound, 46
Visiting Examiners, 295
Vocational Advising, 39
Volunteer Program, 46
W ilcox (Florence) Gallery, 12
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 39
Women’s Center, 37
Women’s Studies, 253
Worth Health Center, 37
S w a rth m o re College Cam pus M ap
j- V
A <
M
■9 h NI É . ? '
M
c m
k'
Y JL H u ü ^ E ä S S t^ ^
hA£ ¡ H
•f f . :iV,>vfit
»■
k& V f
*B W 3 *
*y?vH8
M
ässas
*4 Jr
••■ •.»•I ,
.V > ;
m ,
W
3üö0fi
I ■ "«
e
? *
i S » » ir
h b
s é b
sw ,
»
uS!P
« r - i c 31
4 fip
IV
JK
t fi.
<$■
fi
> .{
Jr
Ü
yj«
Explanation off Buildings
.
r g
318
y
1ft
1. Parrish Hall—Admissions O ffice, administration offices, business offices,
classrooms, and dormitory
2. Parrish Annex—Faculty offices
1ft
3* Scott Building—R elief map o f campus
4. Performing Arts Center (under construction)
5. Lang Music Building—Underhill Music Library, dance, music
6 Martin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory—Biology, language
laboratory
7. Cornell Science Library
8 . Du Pont Science Building—Chemistry, mathematics, physics, and astronomy
9. Beardsley Hall—Art history and studio art, Computing Center, and Wilcox
Gallery
10. Hicks Hall—Engineering
11. Trotter Hall—Social sciences and Center for Social and Policy Studies
12. Pearson/Arts Center—Pearson Theatre, drama, education, religion, studio artij
and faculty offices
13. Papazian Hall—Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratory
14. Friends Meeting House
15. Whittier House
rfhra
KGB
»
16. Cunningham H ou se—
Scott Arboretum O ffic e s
17. Wister G reenhouse
18. McCabe Library
18. Old Tarble— D an ce stu dios
(temporary)
120. Worth Health C e n ter
21. Beniamin W est H ouse—
Birthplace o f B en jam in
west (design ated a
national historical
omy
landmark)— in form ation ,
security, a n d com m u n ication s
* 22. Bond M em orial and
Lodges— Dormitory sp ace
and meeting rooms
^ Robinson H ouse— B la c k
Cultural Center
V vg "
27. Clothier Fields
28. Barn
29. Lamb-Miller Field House—
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
8. Ashton G uest H ouse
• Tennis C ourts
39.
Physical education
Tarble Pavilion—Physical education
Ware Swimming Pool
Squash Courts
Service Building—Maintenance, grounds, and
environmental services
Heating Plant
Fraternity and Social Lodges—Alice Paul
Women’s Center
Sharpies Dining Hall
Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial—
Personnel offices, snack bar, student offices,
bookstore
Sproul Observatory—Astronomy and computer
science
Scott Outdoor Auditorium
Dormitories and Residences
1. Parrish Hall
A. Dana Dormitory
B. Hallowell Dormitory
C. Wharton Hall
D. Willets Dormitory
E. Worth Dormitory
F. Mertz Hall
6 . Palmer Hall
N. Pittenger Hall
I. Roberts Hall
J . Mary Lyon Building
K. Woolman House
L Professors* Houses
M. Employees* Houses
N . Courtney Smith House—
P resid en t’s H ou se
Cunningham Fields
319
Directions fo r Reaching
S w a rth m o re College
DRIVING
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike
Take Exit 2 4 (Valley Forge). From the toll booth, travel about 2 miles
on 1-76 to the Gulph Mills exit, then follow Route 3 2 0 South
approximately 14.5 miles to College Avenue. (Beware: Route 3 2 0 has
unexpected turns along the way.) Turn right onto College Avenue and
follow the road to Parrish Hall. (The entrance to the Admissions
Office is through the archway at the back o f Parrish Hall.)
From the N e w Je rs e y Turnpike
Take Exit 3 and follow signs to the W alt Whitman Bridge. After
crossing the Bridge, stay to the right and follow signs for 1-95 South.
Pass Philadelphia International Airport and continue on 1-95 toward
Chester, Pa. Exit onto MacDade Boulevard. Follow signs for MacDade
Boulevard East. Turn left at second light on MacDade (Dunkin’
Donuts is on the corner to the right) onto Fairview Road. Continue
1.2 miles to Route 3 2 0 North (Chester Road). Turn right and go one
mile to College Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and follow the
road to Parrish Hall.
From the South
Traveling on 1-95 from the south, exit on MacDade Boulevard.
Follow signs for MacDade Boulevard East. Turn left at second light
on MacDade (Dunkin’ Donuts is on the com er to the right) onto
Fairview Road. Continue 1.2 miles to Route 3 2 0 North (Chester
Road). Turn right and go one mile to College Avenue. Turn left onto
College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall.
TR A IN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train. Amtrak
trains from New York and Washington arrive hourly at Philadelphia’s
30th Street Station. From 30th Street Station, the SEPTA Media
Local takes 21 minutes to reach the campus.
AIR
An express train runs from the airport to 30th Street Station where
you can take the SEPTA Media Local train directly to the Swarthmore
campus. The combined fare is about $ 6 .0 0 , and the trip requires
about one hour. Taxi service is also available. The fare is approxi
mately $18.00, and the trip requires about 3 0 minutes.
320
Second-Class Postage Paid
Swarthmore, PA 19081 ■
ISSN -0888-2126
1
Swarthmore ( .«liege
Swarthmore, PA 19081
215-328-8000
W j|
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1989-1990
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1989 - 1990
324 pages
reformatted digital